Visual Astronomy of the Deep Sky

Roger N. Clark, PhD

ip

r

Th right !he University of Cambridge to print and sell all         of bio^iks

wa$ granted by Henry VIIS in パ“.

The University has printed andpubhshed continuously since 1584.

-

CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS

Cambridge

New York Port Chester Melbourne Sydney

&

SKY PUBLISHING CORPORATION

Cambridge, Massachusetts

Published by Sky Publishing Corporation

49 Bay State Road, Cambridge, Massachusetts, 02238 ! 290 and by the Press Syndicate of the University of Cambridge CB2 1RP

The Pitt Building, Trumpington Street, Cambridge CB2 1RP 40 West 20th Street, New York, NY 10011USA

10 Stamford Road, Oakleigh, Melbourne 3166, Australia

© Roger N. Clark 1990

First publis ied 1990

Printed in the United States of America

British Library cataloguing in publication data

Clark, Roger N.

Visual Astronomy of the Deep Sky.

1 Astronomical bodies. Observation -Amateurs' manual

I. Title

522

Library of Congress cataloguing in publication data

Clark, Roger N. (Roger Nelson)

Visual Astronomy of the Deep Sky / Roger N. Clark

p. cm. Bibliographyp. Includes Index.

ISBN 933 346 54 9 (Sky Publishing Corporation)

ISBN 521 36155 9 (Cambridge University Press) 1.Astronomy Amateurs7 manuals.  4. Nebulae - Atlases —

Amateurs' manuals. I. Title

QB64.C58 1990

523-dc 19 88 10290 CIP

ISBN 933 346 54 9 (Sky Publishing Corporation) ISBN 521 36155 9 (Cambridge University Press)

LU

For I can end as I began.

From our Jiomc on theearth wc look out into the distances and strive to imagine the sort of world into which we arc born., Today we have readied far out into space.

Ourimmediatencighborhood wc know ratlierin timatcly.

But with increasing distance our knowledge fades... until at the last dim horizon w e search among ghostly errors of observations for landmarks that arc scarcely more substantial. The search will continue.

The urge is older than history.

It is notsatitiedand it will not besuppr csscd.

Edwin P. Hubble

Contents

Photograph Credits

Preface

Acknowledgements

ix

xi

5. Making drawings and keeping records

Introduction

54

54

xiii

Written descriptions

54

Drawings

55

1

About this book

I

Drawing method 1:the initial-blind method

57

2.

The human eye

4

Drawing method 2: filling in details

57

Introduction

4

Drawing method 3: the double-blind

Rods and cones

4

method

57

Units of brightness

4

Summary

57

Dark adaptation

6

Contrast discrimina tion

7

6. A case study: the Whirlpool Galaxy,

Averted vision

12

Messier 51

59

Exposure time

14

Introduction

59

Color

15

Brightness profile of M51

59

Vision and health

16

Visual detection

59

Summary

17

Discussion and summary

60

3.

Theeyeandthetelescope

19

7. A visual atlas of deep-sky objects

64

Telescope basics

19

The personal equation

64

Aberrations

19

Averted vs. direct vision

65

T ypes of telescopes

20

The observa tions and drawings

65

The refractor

20

Definitions

67

The reflector

22

M31 The Andromeda Galaxy (NGC 224),

Catadioptric telescopes

23

M32 (NGC 221), MHO (NGC 205),

Telescope mountings

23

Galaxies in Andromeda

68

Eyepieces

24

NGC 246, Planetary Nebula in Cetus

72

Field ofview

28

NGC 253, Galaxy in Sculptor

74

The ro© of a telescope's f/ratio

28

M33 (NGC 598), Galaxy in Triangulum

77

The exit pupil

29

M74 (NGC 628), Galaxy in Pisces

80

Seeing and resolution

30

M76 (NGC 650—651),Planetary Nebula in

Filters

31

Perseus

82

Using the telescope to find objects

38

NGC 891,Galaxy in Andromeda

83

Celestial cooordinates

38

M77 (NGC 1068), Seyfsrt Galaxy in

Precession

40

Cetus

86

Finders

44

NGC 1365, Barred Spiral Galaxy in

Miscellaneous topics

46

Fornax

87

Caring for optics

46

M45, the Pleiades Open Cluster in

Dew

47

Taurus

90

Summary

48

Ml (NGC )952), the Crab Nebula:

4.

Supernova Remnant in Taurus

95

The faintest star visible in a telescope

49

M42 (NGC )976), M43 (NGC )982),

Introduction

49

the Great Nebula in Orion

98

Magnification

49

NGC 2023, NGC 2024, IC 434 (the

Finding tonight's magnitude limit

50

Horsehead Nebula) Nebulae in

Summary

53

Orion

)06

CONTENTS

M78 (NGC 2068) NGC 2071,DifFuse Nebulae


in Orion

NGC 2261, Hubble's Variable Nebula in

Monoceros

M46 (NGC 2437), NGC 2438, Open

Cluster in Puppis with NGC 2438, a

Planetary Nebula

M67 (NGC 2682), Open Cluster in

Cancer

NGC 2903, Spiral Galaxy in Leo

M81(NGC 3031),Spiral Galaxy in Ursa

Major

M82 (NGC 3034), Peculiar Galaxy in Ursa

Major

M96 (NGC 3368), Galaxy in Leo

M105 (NGC 3379), NGC 3384, NGC 3389,

Galaxies in Leo

M 108 (NGC 3556), Galaxy in Ursa

Major

M97 (NGC 3587), the Owl Nebula: Planetary

Nebula in Ursa Major

M66 (NGC 3627), NGC 3628, M65 (NGC

3623), Galaxies in Leo

M109 (NGC 3992), Galaxy in Ursa

Major

NGC 403& NGC 4039, the Ringtail

Galaxv in Corvus

M99 (NGC 4254), Galaxy in Coma

Berenices

M106 (NGC 4258), Galaxy in Canes

Venatici

M 100 (NGC 4321),Galaxy in Coma Bere

nices

M84 (NGC 4373), M86 (NGC 4406), and

13 other galaxies in Virgo

NGC 4449, Galaxy in Canes Venatici

M87 (NGC 4486), NGC 4476, NGC 447&

Galaxies in Virgo

NGC 4565, Edge-on Galaxy in Coma

Berenices

M90 (NGC 4569), Galaxy in Virgo

M104 (NGC 4594), the Sombrero Galaxy

in Virgo

M94 (NGC 4736), Galaxy in Canes

Venatici

M64 (NGC 4826), the Black Eye Galaxy

in Coma Berenices

M63 (NGC 5055), Galaxy in Canes

Venatici

NGC 512 & Peculiar Galaxy in

Centaurus

NGC 5139 (Omega Centauri), the Great

Globular Cluster in Centaurus

M51(NGC 5194), the Whirlpool

Galaxy in Canes Venatici NGC 5195

M83 (NGC 5236), Galaxy In Hydra

M4 (NGC 6121),Globular Star Cluster in

Scorpius

M13 (NGC 6205), Globular Cluster in Her


cules

M20 (NGC 6514), the Trifid Nebula in

Sagittarius

M9 (NGC 6523), the Lagoon Nebula in

Sagittarius NGC 6530

M16 (NGC 66111,the Eagle Nebula in

Serpens

M 17 (NGC 6618), the Omega Nebula and

Open Cluster in Sagittarius

Mil (NGC 6705), Open Cluster in

Scutum

M57 (NGC 6720), the RingNebula in

Lyra

M27 (NGC 6853), the Dumbbell Nebula in

Vulpecula

NGC 6888, the Crescent Nebula in

Cygnus

NGC 6946, Galaxy i n Cepheus

NGC 6960 and NGC 6992-5, the Veil Nebula

in Cygus

NGC 7000, the North America Nebula in

Cygnus

M15 (NGC 7078), Globular Cluster in Pega

sus

M2 (NGC 7089), Globular StarClusterin

Aquarius

NGC 7293, the Helix Nebula in

Aquarius

NGC 7331,Spiral Galaxy in Pegasus

NGC 7662, Planetary Nebula in

A ndromeda

Conclusions

Appendices

A. Suggested reading

Recommended books

Beginning: learning the sky

Star atlases

Handbooks and observing guides

BStaT clusters for finding your limiting

mag n ude

CAir mass, atmospheric extinction, and

other calculations

Calculating zenith angle and air mass 268

Other useful computations

deep-sky objects

How the computation is done

What the ODM means

The role of contrast

Bibliography

Index

Photograph Credits

Chapter 3:

Figure 3.2b: Johnny Horne

Chapter 6:

Figui・亡6.hPalomar Observatory

Chapter 7:

M3】, M32, M]1〇: Palomar Observatory

NGC 246: Jack B. Marling

NGC 253: Palomar Observatory

M33Naiional Optical Astronomy Observatories

M74: Naiional Optical Astronomy Observatories

M76: Laird A. Thompson, Canada-France-

Hawai felescope Corporation

NGC 89]: Mount Wilson and Las Campanas

Observatoires, Carnegie Institute of Washington

M77: Lick Observa(ories

NGC 1365: Wayne C. Annala, Copyright Uni

versity of Hawaii, Insiitute lor Astronomy

M45: Mount Wilson, and Las Campanas Observatories, Carnegie Institute of Washington

Ml: Eve red Kreimer, The Messier Album

M42, M43: Mount Wilson and Las Campanas

Observatories, Carnegie Institute of Washington

Trapezium: Lick Observatories

NGC 2023, NGC 2024, IC 434;James E. Gunn

M78, NGC 20? :Evered Kreimer, The Messier

Album

NGC 226]: National Optical Astronomy Observatories NGC 2903: Palomar Observatory

M81National Optical Astronomy Observatories

M82: Laird A. Thompson, Canada -Francc-

Hawan relescope Corporation

M96: Evered Kreimer, The Messier Album

M97Evered Kreimer, The Messier Album M66, NGC 3628, M65: Laird A. Thompson,

France-Canada-Hawaneescope Corporation

M109: Evered Kreimcr, The Messier Album

NGC 4038, NGC 4039: Palomar Observatory

M99: Evered Kreimer, The Messier Album

M106: Palomar Observatory

M100Evered Kreimer, The Messier Album

M84, M86]13 other galaxies: Akita Fujii

NGC 4449: K.A. Brownlee, courtesy of Deep Sky Magazine

M87, NGC 4476, NGC 4478: Evered Kreimer, The

Messier Album

NGC 4565: Palomar Observatory

M90: Evered Kreimer, The Messier Album

M 104: National Optical Astronomy Observatories

M94: Palomar Observatory

M64: Martin Germano

M63: Evered Kreimer, The Afessier Album

NGC 5128: David Malin, Ango-Aus(raian Telescope Board

NGC 5139: National Optical Astronomy Observatories

M5 ], NGC 5195: National Optical Astronomy Observatories

M83Evered Kreimer, The Messier Album

M4: Martin Germano

M3: Palomar Observatory

M20: National Optical Astronomy Observatories M8: National Optical Astronomy Observatories M16: National Optical Astronomy Observatories Ml1:Ben Meyer

M57: Laird A. Thompson, Canada-France-

Hawaii 'relescope Corporation

M27: National Optical Astronomy Observatories NGC 6888; Martin Germano

NGC 6946: Nationalpiical Astronomy Observatories

NGC 6960: Mount Wilson and Las Campanas

Observatories, Carnegie Institute 〇)'Washington NGC 6992-5: Mount Wilson and Las Campanas

NGC 7000: Ron Pearson

M15: National Optica] Asironomy Observatories

M2: Evered Kreimer, The Messier Album

NGC 7293: National Optical Asironomy Observatories

NGC 733】:Palomar Observatory

NGC 7662: Jack B. Marling

Preface

To stand beneath a dark, crystal-clear, moonless country sky is an awe-inspiring experience. Those thousands of stars, many larger than our own Sun, can make us feel small indeed. Il seems possible to see to infinity, though we cannot reach beyond arm's length. The beauty of the universe defies description.

Turn a telescope on a seemingly empty part of sky and swarms of new stars come into view — and possibly a faint glow of fuzzy nebulosity. Yet the heavens are subtle. Imagine that the fuzzy patch at the threshold of visibility is really a trillion suns a galaxy larger than our own, in which our Sun is but a liny speck. Incomprehensible; yet somehow we try. Seeing that galaxy first-hand, even through a small telescope, is much more inspiring than the large, beautiful photograph in the astronomy book back indoors. Nothing can compare to viewing the universe directly.

The city dweller looks up at night and if lucky, sees a few stars and thinks "That's nice". But show that same person a very dark country sky and he or she will be awe-struck. Such a sky can be so spectacular that the Milky Way casts a shadow, and so many stars may be visible that even experienced observers have trouble finding constellations.

Even after many years as an amateur astronomer, I am still awe-struck on a dark moonless night. I was a very active amateur in the late 1960s and early 1970s, making both visual and photographic observations of everything within reach. By 1971,I had observed all the Messier and many NGC objects with an 8-inch telescope. I was especially interested in astrophotography, and taking pictures of the heavens consumed most of my spare time. Visual observing seemed just an eiijoyment, something to do while getting warmed up for those long hours ,guiding the telescope for that prize astrophoto.

In the late 1970s, my amateur career came to a standstill while I worked on a Ph.D. in planetary science. By 1982 the amateur bug was biting hard again, and all my old, pleasurable observing memories brought me back to active status.

Now that I had seen "everything55, I was willing to spend lime making detailed drawings of what I saw. I began a literature search for material on how the eye performs in low-lighl-level conditions the handbooks for amateur astronomers available today, I found a surprising lack of information on observing deep-sky objects, or on what can actually be seen of them through telescopes.

The typical handbook devotes considerable space to observing the Moon and planets, but when the subject of galaxies and nebulae comes up, it has less to say. Usually it just recommends that because these objects are faint, low power should be used. Such works have inculcated the idea among amateur astronomers that one should have a "richesl-field telescope55 and low-power eyepieces for deep-sky work.

This concept seemed wrong to me. My impression al star parties in the dark skies of the Cascade Mountains of Washington state was that an 8-inch f/10 telescope ,gave a more detailed view of most objects than richest field telescopes of the same or even slightly larger aperture! This was one reason I built an 8-inch fl1.5 assegrain. Although I had started to build an 8-inch f/4.5, my opinions changed so much that I decided on the longer fbcal length partway through the prefect. I heard a few experienced amateur astronomers express the same thoughtsbut none could give a good reason why high f/ralio telescopes seem to work belter on faint objects.

PREFACE

During research for this book I found the answer. The impression that higher "ratios by themselves give a better view is largely wrong. The true reason is partially what this book is about. The magnification used, not the f/ratio, determines what can be seen in a very faint object. A higher "ratio telescope simply yields higher power with a given eyepiece, and therefore it is more likely to be used that way.

In August,1982, I gave a talk to the Hawaiian Astronomical Society, an amateur club, in which I discussed how the human eye detects light at low levels and how various objects appear through telescopes. Many beginners see the beautiful pictures in astronomy books and expect the same views in their telescopes. This often results in disappointment. But I have found that if amateurs know more of the characteristics of the eye, and use the telescope a little dif1 ferently, quite a lot of detail in galaxies, nebulae, and star clusters can be seen.

The response to that talk convinced me that this material should be presented to all amateurs. It was then that I decided to write this book.

Roger N. Clark Denver, Colorado

XU


Acknowledgements

As with any large work, there are many who helped in the creation of this book. I would like to thank Herman Dittmer, Ray Fabre, Ivan Gieslcr, Bob Gunnersoil, Ruthi Moore, Mike Morrow, Milt Sher, and Bill Tittcmore for their reviews of various drafts of the book. Their comments helped my ideas evolve to the present work.

I wish to extend a special thanks to Alan MacRobert of Sky Publishhig Corp, for his extensive review and editing. Alan is the only editor I have known who can take a rough manuscript and change it into a flowing work without changing any of the original ideas. His knowledge of astronomy and attention to detail assured that every thought was correct and understandable.

Finally I wish to thank my wife, Susan, for reviewing parts of the book and sons Matthew, Christopher, and Tyler for putting up with my many hours spent at the computer, and the many nights observing far from home.

Xlll


About this book

Before the late nineteenth century all astronomy —amateur and profssi 0011—was visual. Everything depended on skilled use of the eye. Today, however, the professional astronomer rarely looks through the large telescopes at his or her disposal. As photographic film became more sensitive, both professionals and amateurs devoted more time to photography. In the last few decades, the advent of sensitive slsctronic light dstsc-tors diverted professional and even some amateur work further from visual astronomy. Direct viewing — at least of deep-sky objects — is now mainly for those intsrsstsd just in beauty and inspiration.

The typical amateur astronomer today has a telescope with a main mirror or lens 4 to 1() inches in diameter. A modern instrument of this size often provides a more detailed view of deep-sky objects than the larger telescopes used by the pioneering astronomers to make the great discoveries of the past. There are literally thousands of interesting objects, primarily ,galaxies but also star clusters and nebulae, within reach of the small telescope. Most are very faint, hundreds of times fainter than can be seen with the naked eye. However, a telescope with only 6 inches of aperture gathers about 400 times the light of the unaided eye, so these beautiful but dim objects can be brought into view.

The first-time user of a telescope is often disappointed that galaxies and nebulae do not look like the photographs in astronomy books. In some respects, the eye is no match for the camera. The beautiful photos are the result of very long exposures on sensitive film that builds up an image out of light too faint for the eye to see al all.

Nevertheless, the human eye is a very sophisticated light detector in its own way, and if used correctly, it can reveal considerable detail in galaxies, nebulae, and clusters.

Some beginning amateurs, inexperienced in the use of the eye and telescope, dismiss most deep-sky objects as faint smudges and merely search for a few easy ones before loosing interest. Others, thrilled by the ability to see galaxies millions of light years away, diligently search out the faintest ones possible. Soome amateurs turn to 0111er sights such as the planets, where even small telescopes can match the largest ones because of limitations by the Earth's atmosphere. Other amateurs turn to photography. The difliculty of obtaining a spectacular astrop^liol^o^, however, soon becomes evident. Compensation for the Earth's rotation requires that the telescope be moved precisely to track the stars. This requires somewhat soophisticated equipment, lots of patience, and long spells of staring at a guide star while correcting the rate of a never-perfecl telescope clock drive. Coount-less amateurs have gone through all of these stages and I am no exceptions.

With this book I hope to imparl new knowledge that will rekindle enthusiasm for visual studies of galaxies, nebulae, and star clusters. Visual observing is not only highly enjoyable; it can even be a useful tool for research, such as in the search for supernovae in other ,galaxies.

Many books are available on the basics of astronomy, so such material is not presented here. The appendices will direct the reader to excellent sources of basic information. This book is, however, designed for the beginner as well as the most advanced observer. Soome chapters contain complex diagrams and math, but the beginning astronomer with a limited math background will find a simple summary at the end of each chapter. Il might

VISUAL ASTRONOMY OF THE DEEP SKY

be beneficial for all readers, during their first encounter with the book, to read the chapter summaries before the technical portions. Chapters 3, 5 and 7 contain little math and need not be skipped by the beginner.

The capabilities of the eye are presented in Chapter 2. We will see that the eye is more sensitive to faint, extended light sources if the light is spread out over about 5 to 10 degrees. Because the ability to see low-contrast features in faint objects depends on their angular size, the visual observer will detect different amounts of detail at diff^i'ent magnifications. The implications of this fact for observing faint astronomical objects are discussed in Chapter 3, which also presents an introduction to telescopes, mountings, eyepieces, and how to Gnd celestial objects.

Chapter 4 analyzes the faintest star observable in a telescope and shows how this is a function of both the magnification and sky brightness, as well as the more commonly known factor of telescope aperture.

In Chapter 5 the techniques of making and keeping ,good records and drawings are discussed^. We analyze the visibility of the galaxy Messier 51 in Chapter 6 to illustrate the detection of low-contrast features in deep-sky objects. In this instance, the visibility of a galaxy's spiral arms is addressed, and we see that there is an optimum magnification for viewing faint detail.

Chapter 7 describes the visual appearance of more than 90 deep-sky objects. A catalog of photographs and drawings is presented to illustrate what can be seen with a typical amateur telescope. This chapter is laid out so that ■ a photograph and drawing are reproduced on facing pages at the same scale, to show exactly what in the photograph can be viewed in the telescope. Viewing distances from the drawing to the eye are given so the drawing can be seen at the same apparent size as at various, magnifications in a telescope.

The appendices include charts of star clusters for use in determining the faintest star visible in a telescope, a catalog of more than 600 deep-sky objects and the optimum magnifications to use on each, and equations for determining rise and set times of an object, as well as its altitude and azimuth.

This book presents many new concepts, some of which may be difficult for the experienced amateur to accept. The most revolutionary is the ''optimum magnified visual angle This is the magniGcation at which an object should be viewed for best detection.

Research on how the eye detects faint objects eontradiets several basic pieces of conventional wisdom. One is the belief that low magnification should be used to concentrate a faint nebulosity on a small area of the eye's retina. This would be true if the retina worked passively, like photographic film. But it doesn't. The visual system has a great deal of active computing power and combines the signals f?om many receptors to detect a faint extended object. Increasing the magnification spreads the light over more receptors, and the brain's processing power can then bring into view fainter objects having lower contrast.

Another interesting concept is how the optimum magnification for a given object varies with the size of the telescope. Since the surface brightness is less in a telescope of smaller aperture, the optimum power is higher than in a bigger telescope! This applies only to deep-sky objects, and is illustrated nicely in Appendix F. Brighter objects, such as details on planets, fall on a different part of the eye's detection curves. In that case, about the same magnification should be used on all telescopes. Planetary observing is not discussed in this book, but this conclusion is very interesting nonetheless.

Another new concept is the highest magni-Gcation that may ever be usefully employed on a telescope. It is normally accepted that the highest power is about 50 to 60 times the objective in inches. This limit is correct only for bright objects such as the Moon and planets. For fainter objects the eye has less resolution and needs to see things larger, so higher powers are called for. At the limit of the eye's detection ability, the highest useful magnification is on the order of 330 per inch of objective! These extremely high magnifications are useful in specialized cases such as detection of detail in a small planetary nebula. For the drawing of NGC 7662 in Chapter 7, a magnification of nearly 600 was needed with an 8-inch telescope.

These results are based on an elaborate study of the eye's performance carried out during world war II and published in 1946 by Blackwell (see the bibliography). This information has been around for quite some time and is occasionally presented in some forms (e.g. Roach and Jamnick,1958). However, it has not been fully understood. It took considerable computer processing to convert BlackwelTs original data into a form useful in an astronomical context. Thus, it is not surprising that these concepts have not been previously discovered.

The human eye

INTRODUCTION

The eye is a remarkably adaptable light detector, able to funclion in bright sunlight and faint starlight, an intensity range of more than ten million. This is a considerably greater range of brightness than can be handled by man-made instruments such as photographic film or television cameras.

The eye consists of the cornea, which provides most of the lens action; the lens, which provides the focusing ability; the iris, which restricts the aperture and the amount of light entering the eye; and the retina, which detects the light and sends the signal to the brain. The slriicliire of the eye is shown in Figure 2.1.

In the retina, light is recorded by a photochemical reaction: when light impinges on a photochemical substance, a reaction sends an electrical signal to the brain. The sensitivity of the eye depends on the amount of chemicals present. It is primarily by varying the amount of photochemical material, not by opening the iris, that the eye can adapt to an amazing range of light levels.

RODS AND CONES

The light-detection devices in the retina are of two types: rod cells and cone cells. The cones are concenlrated in the Jovea where visual acuity is greatest. This small area, appearing less than a degree in diameter, is the center of vision. We normally aim the fovea directly at an object to see maximum detail.

However, the cones are not as sensitive to light as the rods. Al the center of the fbvea (on the visual axis), there are no rods al all. The rods increase in density from zero al the center of the fbvea to a maximum al about 18 degrees ofl-axis. The density of rods and cones is shown in Figure 2.2. There are no rods or cones al all on the spot where the optic nerve leaves the eye. This is called the blind spot.

The rods and cones respond best to different colors of light, with the rods slightly more blue-sensitive than the average of the cones. This is shown in Figure 2.3. The cones are entirely responsible for color vision, and since they require bright illumination one secs no color in dim light, when only the rods are working.

The rods and cones are connected to nerves via ganglion cells. In the fbvea, a ganglion may serve a single cone, but in the periphery of the retina, where rods are prevalent, one ganglion may be connected to )()0 rods. Il is via the ganglion cells that the electrical signals from the rods and cones arc transferred to the optic nerve and the brain. The detection of faint light apparently depends on how many ganglion cells are involved. Those in the periphery each serve rods covering an area about 20 minutes of arc in diameter. The detection and conlrast-discrimination capabilities of the eye involve the summation eflecls of several ganglion cells. These are the capabilities that al low light levels are of interest to the visual astronomer.

UNITS OF BRIGHTNESS

Two factors govern the eye's detection of light. One is the total brightness of an object, and the other is its surface brightneso Surface brightness is the total amount of light divided by the area over which it spread.

A physicist might describe an object's total brightness by units of power (that is, energy flow), such as walls or number of photons per second. However, more specialized terms have been introduced for visual perceptions. The term illuminance describes the total light output of an object in the wavelengths seen by a typical human eye. One of the earliest units of illuminance measure was a candle. Requirements for precision led to the unit called the candela, the total visual light emitted in all directions by a standard candle made of a specific material and of a certain size, The lumen (Im) is another common unit of measure, and is equal to a candle divided by 4 (=12.5664).

Surface brightr^ess, intensity per unit area, is described by another term, luminance. Note the subtle, but important, difTcrEncc between luminanee and illuminance. Common units of luminanee are eandelas per-square meter, or lumens per square meter.

Astronomers use their own brightness unit: the stellar magnitude. And instead of linear msasursmsnts of distance on a surface, they use angular msasursmsnts of distance on the sky.

The magnitude was invented because the eye responds to light approximately logarithmically. One magnitude corresponds to a change in brightness by a factor of lUO”, which is about 2.51. Five magnitudes is a factor of 100 in brightness and 10 magnitudes is a factor of 100 times 100 or 1(0 000.

Figure 2.1.The human eye. (From Sky & Telescope       1984


Since astronomical objects cover an area of sky, their surface brightnesses arc described in magnitudes per square arc-second. The full Moon, for example, is a half degree (1800 arc-seconds) in diameter, so it covers 2.5 million square arc-seconds of sky. Dividing its brightness by its area gives it a surface brightness of 3.6 magnitudes per square arcsecond.

Astronomical objects difler vastly in both total brightness and surface brightness. The full Moon and the planet Mars have nearly the same surface brightness; their total amounts of light are so different only because the Moon covers a much larger area of sky. The Moon and the Sun, on the other hand, have nearly the same apparent size. Here if s a diflerence in surface brightness that causes such dissimilar amounts of light.

An object of a certain total brightness (such as the Moon) also illuminates the sur-fkee of the Earth with a certain number of lumens per square meter. Any astronomical object illuminates the Earth's surface in such a manner. Examples are in Table 2.1.

The illumination an object causes on the Earth's surface is directly relevant to astronomy. A telescope objective has a given area on which light from the object falls. The illumination per unit area times the area of the objective determines how many lumens are delivered to the eye.

Conversion between common units of surface brightness is shown in Table 2.2. The surface brightnesses of some familiar astronomical objects are shown in Table 2.3.

DARK ADAPTATION

When a person walks from daylight into a darkened room, the pupil of the eye opens to a maximum of about 7.5 millimeters (0.3 inch) in only a couple of seconds. However, the eye cannot yet see very well in the dim light. The effect of opening the iris changes the light entering the eye by no more than a factor of about 16. But as minutes go by, the eye's sensitivity increases by a factor of many thousands.

This dark adaptation is due to a chemical process. In darkness a chemical called rhodopsin, or visual purple, is manufactured and builds up in the rods and cones. The amount of visual purple governs the sensitivity of the eye. Dark adaptation is mostly complete after approximately 30 minutes, as seen in Figure 2.4a, though a slight buildup of visual purple continues for as long as two hours.

As can be seen f?om Figure 2.4b, the greater the angle an object subtends — that is, the


(temporal side)                       (nasal side)

ANGLE FROM FOVEA

Figure 2.2. Distribution of rods and cones along a horizontal line across the retina. Parallel dotted lines represent the blind spot. (From Sky & Telescope April,1984.)

Table 2.1. Common illumination levels

Total                Luminance caused at

stellar                      Earth's surface

Source                       magnitude             (lumens/square meter)

Sun

267

130,000

Full daylight (not direct sun)

—24 to— 25

10,000 to 25,000

Overcast day

21

1,000

Very dark overcast day

19

100

Twilight

16

10

Deep twilight

T4

1

1 Candela at 1 meter

— 13.9

1.00

Full Moon

12.5

0.267

Total ofall starlight

_6

0.001

Venus (at brightest)

—4.3

0.000139

Total of overcast starlight

_4

0.0001

Sirius

— 1.4

0.0000098

Oth-magniitude star

0.0

0.00000265

lst-magnitude star

1.0

0.00000105

6th-magnitude star

6.0

0.0000000105

Table 2.2. Conversion ostellar magnitudes per square arc-second to candelas per square meter

Magnitudes per sq. arc-sec

Candelas per sq. meter

Magnitudes per sq. arc-sec

Candelas per sq. meter

o

1)2700.0

14

0,283

1

44880.0

15

0.113

2

)7870.0

16

0.0449

3

7114.0

17

0.0179

4

2832.0

18

0.00711

5

1128.0

19

〇.00283

6

449.0

20

0.00)13

7

179.0

21

0.000449

8

71.1

22

0.000179

9

28.3

23

0.0000711

10

11.3

24

0.0000283

11

4.49

25

0.00001)3

12

1.79

26

0.00000449

13

0.71

27

0.000001)3

larger its apparent size the greater the sensitivity of the eye to it at all stages of dark adaptation, and especially after 30 minutes、 This is an important concept to understand, for not only the brightness but the size of an object in the telescope will affect its visibility.

CONTRAST DISCRIMINATION

Visual astronomical observations depend not just on detecting faint light but also on contrast discrimination. Both abilities are involved in seeing such things as spiral arms of galaxies and dark rifts i n nebulae, and in simply perceiving any object against the sky background. Contrast detection thresholds, as a function of background surface brightness for several object diameters, are plotted in Figure 2.5. This diagram shows that, for a given background (c.g. the night sky), less contrast is needed to sec a larger object.

The data in Figure 2.5 were used to plot minimum detectable contrast versus angular size at constant values of background luminance to make Figure 2.6. Here we notice that for objects with small angular sizes, the smallest detectable contrast times the surface area is a constant. As an object becomes larger, this product is no longer constant. The angle at which the change occurs is called the er■址ical visual angle. An object smaller than this angle is a point source as far as the eye is concerned. (A point can be considered the angular size smaller than which no detail can be seen.)

This critical angle is shown in Figure 2.7a plotted R)r various background luminances. Figure 2.7a shows that as the background becomes fainter, the size of a '"point source"

(」EQU 一一)①suods①エ①A'-e-①匕


1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2

0.0


4000

5000     6000     7000
Wavele ngth (an gstroms)

Figure 2.3. The relative response of the rods and cones as a function of wavelength (color) of light. Light of wavelength 5000 angstroms is green, 4000 angstroms is blue, and 6300 angstroms is red. Graph a shows the eye's response in linear units, while graph b shows the response in stellar magnitudes, a logarithmic scale. The data in both graphs a and are scaled to the same value at their maximum to illustrate the color response of the rods and cones.

The cones are less sensitive than the rods, so the peak of the cone curve falls below that of the rod curve. How much below depends on the dark adaptation of the eye. When fully adapted, the rod peak is higher by slightly more than (bur magnitudes. FThis is shown in graph c. Here it is seen that the cone curve lies completely below the rod curve. Thus, the rods arc more sensitive at all colors when dark adapted than the cones. Derived from data in Table II of Kingslake (1965). The cone relative to the rod sensitiv y in graph was derived from data in Crossier and Holway (1939).

2 y-6-8

(s ① pnu6eE) 〇 suod s ①匕 〇 a ーーー①匕


—Night Vision: ~ S c o t o p i c ノ " (rods) /


4000

Day Vision: P h o t o p i c (cones)


5000     6000     7000

Wavele ngth (an gstroms)

2 4 6 8 (S①pコ七①suods①匕①Nle-①工


4000     5000

6000

7000

Wavele ngth (an gstroms)

Dark Adaptati on at Differe nt Positi ons on the Reti na


o

2

Goeslo」e ゝ Sepn=u6elu)

Sseur6-」R eoejjns


25


10      20      30      40
Time in Dark (minutes)

Figure 2.4. ) Dark adaptation measured with a 2° diameter test object placed at various angular distances from the fovea. Derived from data in Middleton, 1958.

20

Goeslo」e ヽ sepruc6euj) sseu£6 ー」a。こ」ns


Dark Adaplati on

Different -Sized Objects at

Cen ter of Vision


£~qo


20


25
10        20        30
Time in Dark (minutes)

b) Dark adaptation as measured with test objects of different angular sizes located at the center of vision. The sizes are the diameter in degrees at which the objects could just be detected. Derived from data in Hecht et al.(1935) after Bartley (1951).

Table 2.3. Approximate surface brightnesses a^^mmonly observed objects

Object

Candelas per sq. meter

Magnitudes per

sq. arc-sec

Sun (magnitude —26.7, d =1800")

3000000000

—107

Venus (at greatest elongation,

4.3,d = 24", ilium. = 50%)

15000

1.9

Cleardaytime sky (at horizon)

10000

3

FullMooo(—12.5,d= 1800")

6000

3.6

Mars at nearest opposition ( — 2.8, d = 25.1")

4000

3.9

Overcast daytime sky (at horizon)

1000

5

Jupiter at opposition ( 一 2.5, d = 49.8")

800

5.7

Saturn at opposition (—0.4, d = 20.5")

700

5.9

Heavy daytime overcast (at horizon)

100

8

Uranus (5.7, d = 4.2")

60

8.6

Neptune (7.6, d = 2.5")

30

9.3

Sunset at horizon, overcast

10

10

Clear sky 15 minutes after sunset (at horizon)

1

13

Clear sky 30 minutes after sunset (at horizon)

0.1

15

Fairly bright moonlight (at horizon)

0.01

18

Moonless, clear night sky (at horizon)

0.001

20

Moonless, overcast night sky (at horizon)

0.0001

23

Dark country sky between stars (atzenith)

0.00003

24

Note: Sky brightness values at the horizon can vary by a factor of ten and are adapted from Middleton (1958).

For the Sun, Moon, and planets, the total stellar magnitude and diameter (d) in seconds (") for which the computation was performed are listed in parentheses.

becomes larger for objects that are just detectable. In other words, the eye's resolution or ability to see detail is much coarser in the dark.

The eye's ability to see a point source, such as a star, increases as the background luminance ,gets dimmer. This is shown in Figure 8. Dark country skies arc better than city skies for seeing faint stars because the background is fainter — not because the country skies are significantly more transparent. A stm)nomeis often refer to sky darkness as "ltanspateelcy,l' but this is a misnomer.

A low-conir'ast object is more easily detected if it is larger. For an extended object such as a galaxy viewed in a telescope, mag-niHcation does not change the contrast with the background, because both the sky's and the object's surface brightnesses are affected equally. Some visual observers have stated that a dim object's contrast with the sky background increases with higher magnification, but this is clearly wrong. The contrast merely looks greater because of the increased detection capabilities of the eye.

This facet of human vision has not been described in print to my knowledge, so I will coin a name for the maximum magnification that will help detection: the "optimum magnified visual angle1'. This angle is shown in Figure 2.6 and also Figure 2.7b. For those readers familiar with calculus and the slope of a curve, the optimum magnified visual angle occurs when the first derivative (the slope) of each curve in Figure 2,6 is equal to -I.

If an object is at the threshold of detection and smaller than the optimum angle, more magnification will make it easier to see. When the object is magnified beyond the optimum angle, its surface brightness decreases faster than the eye's contrast detection threshold, and the object will become harder to detect. Remember that even for an

ll


object somewhat above the detection threshold, higher magnification may bring out details within the object that are smaller than the optimum angle at a lower magnification. An example of what this means in practical terms k)r the observer is given in Chapter 6.

AVERTED VISION

We have seen that the rods are more sensitive to light than the cones, and that they are concenlrated in the periphery, not in the central part of the eye where visual acuity is best. Most amateur astronomers quickly learn about averted vision: a faint object may be invisible when you 100k straight at it, but it pops into view if you look slightly to one side. As was shown in Figure 2.2, the density of the rods increases away from the fbvca, reaching a maximum at about 18° to 20° off-axis. However, this generally docs not correspond to the maximum sensitivity region. The sensitivity of the eye varies somewhat with the person, with the direction oflPaxis, and with the diameter of the object.

104
103

12

10
1
101

io2


10

15        20        25

Backgrou nd Surface Bright ness, B (mag nitudes / arc-sec )

Figure 2.5. The minimum contrast needed to detect an object of a ,given angular size shown as a function of background surface brightness, B The larger an object appears to the eye, the easier it is to detect. For small, bright objects on a bright background, a contrast less than 0.01 is enough for detection. But against the very dim night-sky background seen in a telescope (fainter than 25 magnitudes per square arc-sec), a large object must have a contrast of nearly 1.0, and a small object more than 10(), to be detected. Derived from data in Table VIII of Blackwell (1946).



10 100 1000
Appare nt Angular Size (arc-mi n)

Figure 26 The smallest contrast needed to detect objects of various sizes on various backgrounds. This diagram is the most important one in the book, so it's worth taking the time to figure out its complexities. This is the same data as in Figure 2.5, except that contrast detection ability is plotted against angular size for various background surface brightnesses (magnitude per square arc-second).

When an object is magnified in a telescope, the contrast between object and background does not change since both are magnified equally. However, the object becomes larger as viewed by the eye. Therefbre, moving horizontally across the chart corresponds to increasing the magnification.

As wc start with low magnification on the left side, the contours of background surface brightness are diagonal straight Tines. At a point called the critical visual angle, the lines begin to curve. Objects smaller than this value appear as point sources (the smallest detail that can be distinguished). As one moves to the right of the eritieal visual angle Tine, the faintest detectable surface brightness decreases faster than the background surface brightness. Thus, fainter objects or detail within objects can be seen as magnification is increased.

This is true only until the ''optimum magnified visual anglc" is reached. Thereafter, higher magnification decreases the detection threshold faster than surface brightness. A faint object is most visible when magnified to this angle. Chapter 6 is devoted to an example of the use and implications of this fact. Derived from data in Table VIII ofBlackwell (1946).

An exaniple of peripheral vision capabilities is shown in Figure 2.9. The periphery is about 40 tinics (4 miagnitudes) more sensitive than the fovea. As Figure 2.10 shows, peripheral vision is best when the object appears 8°to 16° ofT-axis in the direction toward the nose. The areas up, down, and toward the ear (temporal side of the head) are not quite as sensitive. The blind spot lies 13° to 18° toward the ear.

EXPOSURE TIME

Contrary to what nearly every astronomer believes, the eye seems to have an integration capability similar to photographic film, though much more limited. For the detection of the faintest objects, the light must accumulate on the retina for around 6 seconds. When searching for faint objects in the telescope field, scanning the area too fast will considerably raise (worsen) the detection threshold. Fixating on a point in the field of view while using averted vision should work best. Practice is required to concentrate on a point while using averted vision, because the eye tends to jerk around slightly. Fatigue seems to compound the problem, an inherent problem for the casual astronomer trying to stay awake all night.

100

10



5         10         15        20        25

Backgro und Surface Bright ness, Bo (mag nitudes / arc-sec?)

Figure 2,7a. The eye's resolving power, unlike a camera's depends on an object's surface brightness. The critical visual angle is the angle below which no detail can be seen and objects appear as point sources.

COLOR

The human eye is a remarkable detector of color under bright, daytime conditions. But the color receptors, the cones, do not function at all in the low light levels of night, so no color is seen. The threshold of color is about 21.5 magnitudes per square arc-second (0.00003 candelas per square meter). At this intensity both rods and cones are working. Because rods and cones are most sensitive to different colors (Figure 2.3), the perceived brightness of an object near the transition light level can depend on what color it is. This Purkirj effect is well known to variable star observers, who often have to compare two stars of difTi'cnt colors.

In amateur telescopes, color can only be seen in the brightest portions of a few deepsky objects, such as the Great Orion Nebula (M42) and bright planetary nebulae. Usually the only color seen is pale green, but if the contrast is high (as might be found in the mountains (ar       city lights), pastel reds

sometimes appear in bright emission nebulae such as M42. However, color sensitivity seems to be among the greatest variables of the human eye. It is the authors experience that the sensitivity to seeing red in M42 varies considerably from person to person

100

10


5         10         15        20        25
Backgro und Surface Bright ness, Bo
(mag nitudes / ac-sec2)

Figure 2.7b. The "optimum magnified visual angle” of an object depends on surface brightness. This angle is the size (or which a faint object, or detail within an object, should be magnified in order to maximize the possibility of detection.

when all Took through the same telescope. At the threshold of color vision, one should keep in mind, the perceived color may not be the true color of the object because of the Purkinje effect - and no deep sky object is much above the threshold.

Note that the threshold of 21.5 magnitudes per square arc second is fc)r the surface brightness at the eye, after the image is mag-nf ied by the telescope. Depending on the magnification, a telescope usually reduces the surface brightness by 0.6 to 7 magnitudes per square arc second. Appendices E and F give the mean surface brightnesses of various objects. These lists make it clear that few objects offer any possibility for detecting color. (Many objects, however, have bright spots several magnitudes above the mean; see the entry for M42 in Appendices E and F and in Chapter 7).

VISION AND HEALTH

Many other factors afTect the eye's sensitivity to faint light. For the eye to function properly there should be no vitamin deficiencies, and levels of blood sugar and oxygen should be adequate. At high altitudes, where the air is thin, some observers discover that heavy breathing (but not to the point of hyperventi-iating) enhances their night vision. Smoking will reduce the sensitivity of the eye. Contrast

o 5

(s ① pn±u 6eE)」s 10 ① 4①〇一e 丄


5         10         15        20        25
Backgro und Surface Bright ness, Bo
(mag nitudes / arc-sec2)

Figure 2.8. The faintest star that can be detected by the trained human eye, shown as a function of the background surface brightness. This curve was derived from the data in Figures 2.6 and 2.7a. The faintest point source, magnitude 8.5, was determined by Curtis (1901).

sensitivity decreases as blood-alcohol levels increase, so one should not drink alcoholic beverages bcfbre observing. Eating candy or other food gives a blood-siigar boost. Vitamin A and zinc arc crucial for maintaining the eye's sensitivity, but taking supplements will not improve one's vision if the body already has enough.

Sunlight can be very dstrin1snta1 to dark adaptation. When the eyes arc exposed to bright sunlight for long periods, dark adaptation can take several days. Before an observing session, xiilaviolel-ffilc广ing dark glasses should he worn outdoors for several days.

As a person ages the eye does loo. The transmittance of the eye's lens declines and the pupil is not able to open as wide. Exposure to ultraviolet radiation reduces the lens transparency and also ages the retina, so unprotected exposure to bright sunlight (such as at the heach or in bright snow) should really be avoided al all times. Some sunglasses provide no protection al all against ultraviolet light. Ordinary eyeglasses, on the other hand, can be ordered with ultraviolet-flltining lenses. These are a fine idea for any astronomer who wears ,glasses.

The pupil will open to about 7 or 8 millimeters when a person is in his or her teens and early twenties, but by age 80, it may open to only about 3 to 5.5 millimeters. rThe age of the observer should be considered when choosing low power so that the telescope's exit pupil is not larger than what the eye can accept. The next chapter discusses exit pupils; see Bowen (1984) for further discussions.

SUMMARY

To delect bint objects use averted vision. The best direction to avert your view is so the object lies 8° to 16° toward the nose from the center of vision. Viewing 6° to 1 2° above or below the object is almost as good, but placing the object toward the ear should be avoided because of the blind spot.

A faint extended object (eg a galaxy, a bright spot within a galaxy or nebula) should

(s ①Pn--u6eun A--A---SU ① s u- 〇 s 〇」



TO

-5°       0       
Dista nee from Fovea

10°

Figure 29 Peripheral vision. The average sensitivity of the eye is shown at diflcrent angular distances from the fbvea (center of view). The eye can see about 4magnitudes fainter when an object is placed a few degrees ofl-axis rather than stared at directly. 'Vhe data were derived by averaging the response curves from three individuals. Derived from data in Crossier and Holway (1937).

be viewed with enough magniHcation so it appears several degrees across to the eye. To be detected, it must be surrounded by a darker or lighter background so the eye can distinguish contrast. Various magnifications should be tried to bring details into the range of best detection. At each magniGcation, considerable time must be spent examining for detail. Higher magnifications should be tried until the object is totally lost fi~om view.

The eye should be dark adapted for at least 30 minutes so the photochemical visual purple is at fiill abundance. Bright stars and extraneous lights will tend to destroy dark adaptation.

0.0

-0,5


(s ①Pn--U6B £ ) AIS =-5uqs ①-1-①H



-1.0
-20° T0°      0°      10°      20
Dista nee from Fovea


0.0

0.5

-1.0

-ods P u ーーm


-20° -10° 10° 20°
Dista nee from Fovea

Figure 2.10. Peripheral vision further broken down. The detection threshold is shown for each field quadrant of the eye. The highest sensitivity occurs about 8° to 16° from the fovea where the image appears closer to the nose, although above and below the fovea are nearly as good. Placing the image further the nose (in the temporal quadrant) should be avoided because of the blind spot. Derived from data in De Groot et al.(1952)-

3

The eye and the telescope

TELESCOPE BASICS

In the last chapter, wc saw that five factors influence the visibility of a faint astronomical object: its brightness, the brightness of the background, the objects apparent size as viewed by the eye, the eye's dark adaptation, and where the image faTTs on the retina.

The first three factors depend in part on the telescope. ATT that really influences them is the telescope's aperture and magnification. Other details of what goes on between the eye and the teiescope objective arc immaterial, as long as the optics do not significantly absorb or scatter light. This rule has interesting im-pTieations for the long-standing question of the best type of telescope for deep-sky objects. The answer is, it doesn't really matter.

The design of the telescope, however, may restrict the achievable magnifications and field of view, and some designs do absorb or scatter light Tess than others. Redactors are generally better in this regard than reflectors if the aperture is Tess than about 8 inches.

Telescope design is a compromise of many factors. The most important is the aperture. This is the size of the objective, the main lens or mirror which collects the light. The larger the objective, the more light it gathers and the brighter the image. A bigger objective can also resolve finer details, but in practice the Earth's turbulent atmosphere often blurs the image so that a large telescope can sec no more detail than a small one.

A large-aperture telescope certainly costs more than a small instrument of similar design and is also bulkier and harder to store and transport. For the amateur astronomer, portability is often crucial because the telescope will be carried by car far from city lights. If the telescope is kept indoors, it should not be too heavy or complex to move outdoors and set up. A troublesome giant of an instrument wiTT be used only infrequently. There are many telescopes designed to optimize performance while minimizing the conveniences.

A telescope acts as both a light-gathering and magnifying device, whether used visually or for taking photographs. The objective gathers light and focuses it to form an image, which floats in the air Tike a tiny upside-down picture of the scene. The distance from the objective to the image is called the ^focal length (F). (Some complex telescope designs have effective jocal-lengths that differ from this distance.)

A key characteristic of any telescope is its focal ratio or f/ratio. This is simply its focal length (F) divided by its aperture diameter (D)

"ratio = F/D.                (equation 3.1)

A telescope with a 4-inch diameter objective and a focal length of 40 inches, for instance, is called f/10.

In order to see through the telescope, an eyepiece must be used. The eyepiece magnifies the image the same way a hand Tens magnifies newspaper print. The telescope's power, or magnification [m) equals the effective focal length of the telescope divided by the focal length of the eyepiece (/):

m = F / f.                        (equation 3.))

In general, the higher the magnification, the Tess sky can be seen at once.

ABERRATIONS

There are many telescope designs, and every one suffers to some degree from optical defects known as aberrations. These result

when rays of light from a point on a distant object fail to reach the correct point on the image (also called the focal surface). Some such errors are inherent in the system design; others are added by imperfect construction. The six main ones arc: chromatic aberration, coma, astigmatism, spherical aberration, distortion, and Petzoal curvature.

Chromatic aberration arises because different colors of light arc bent by difllerent amounts when they pass through a lens. Unfortunately, no kind of glass known has the same index of refraction (light-bending strength) for all colors. Simple lenses suffer from chromatic aberration the most. Images formed by a simple lens are surrounded by obvious blue and red fringes. When two or more lenses with diflcrent index-of^i'ef'action properties arc combined, the chromatic aberration can be controlled to some extent because two or more difllerent colors can be made to focus at the same place.

Coma is named for the comet-like images of stars seen oflPaxis (away from the center of the field). The farther the star is from the objective's optical axis, the worse the coma will be. Coma also depends on the "ratio of the system, and for a given "「atio and angle ofPaxis, it increases with the aperture.

Astigmatism may be caused by errors in the manufacture of an optical component or may be inherent in the design. An example might be a "sphciicaf' lens surface that is not perfectly spherical but slightly cylindrical, for instance if the light from the left and right edges of the lens is focused at a different point than light from the top and bottom edges. Astigmatism can also be caused by improper alignment of an optical system.

Spherical aberration is a telescope's inability to focus all the light at the same distance from the objective. For example, a beam of parallel light that encounters a spherical mirror will not all be focused at the same distance from the mirror. The light that encounters the mirrorS edge will be focused closer than light that strikes the center. Parabolic mirrors do not suffer f?om spherical aberration when focused on objects very far away. Zonal Aberration is spherical aberration at a particular radius from the center of a lens or mirror.

Distortion is the squeezing or stretching of a part of an image toward or away from the center. A common lest of distortion uses a square grid; the lines may bend toward or away from the center, giving the appearance of a pincushion or a barrel. Hence the common names of pincushion distortion and barrel distortion.

Petzval curvature (or field curvature) results from the image being not ffat but slightly concave or convex. Typically, the best focus at the edge of the field lies closer to the objective than the best focus at the center. (Astigmatism also a fUects the surface of best focus.) Eyepieces too can have field curvature, so stars at the edge of the view are rarely as sharp as on-axis unless the eyepiece curvature happens to compensate for that of the objective

TYPES OF TELESCOPES

Telescope design is a compromise between aberrations, cost, portability, fbcal length and field of view, among other things. The diflcrent types of telescopes described below arc illustrated in Figure 3」.

The refractor

A ref'actor is a telescope whose objective is a lens. To reduce chromatic aberration, the lens is almost always compound, or made oi two or more disks of glass (lens elements). Usually the objective is achromatic (made of two elements), though a few expensive ones arc apochvomatic (usually having three elements).

The main defect of refractors is chromatic aberration, but astigmatism and spherical aberration can also be problems depending on field size, focal ratio, and design. A high focal ratio is required in most achromatic lens designs in order to minimize the aberrationg. The commonly accepted f/ratio for refractors is f/15, though if they are small and not intended for high magnifications, f78 or even f/6 will give acceptable definition. Binoculars are refracting telescopes with an image-erecting

Telescope Types




Figure 3.1. Basic telescope designs. In each case, starlight arrives from the left and is focused to a point on the image plane, which is seen in profile as a short line.


system and a low-power eyepiece for each

eye.

A dvantages of the refractor:

The enclosed tube helps keep the optics clean.

Redactors are relatively free of coma.

There is no central obstruction (see refecting telescopes below).

The construction is rugged and stays in optical alignment.

A lens scatters Tess light than a mirror.

Disadvantages:

The cost is often many times that of the same size reflecting lelescope

The Tong ffocaT length makes it difficult to achieve a large field ofview.

The long focal length means a long tube, which requires a larger mounting, reduces portability and increases susceptibility to being shaken by wind.

Astigmatism is present ofPaxis.

The reflector

A reflector uses a mirror for its objective, so it is free from chromatic aberration. (ATT eyepieces, however, employ lenses, so the eyepiece can add noticeable false color to a reflector.) Only the surface of the mirror needs to be optically perfect, whereas in a ref'actor the entire volume of glass must be of high optical quality. An objective mirror has only one optical surface, making it Tess expensive to manufacture than an objective Tens, which has at least four.

Reflectors come in two basic designs: Newtonian and Cassegrain.

The Newtonian reflector

The Newtonian telescope, named for its inventor Isaac Newton, usually has a parabolic objective mirror. The focal point is between the mirror and the object to be viewed. In order to sec the image, a small flat mirror is usually placed just inside the focus to reflect the converging light to the side of the tube where the observer can place an eyepiece or other equipment such as a camera.

Advantages:

Low cost.

Freedom f?om chromatic aberration.

Focal ratio can be short (as low as about f/4), giving a large field of view and good portability.

Disadvantages:

Substantial coma at low f/ratios.

Alignment may often need some adjustments

The refective coatings are easily scratched and more diflicult to clean than a Tens.

The small diagonal mirror blocks some Tight, and also slightly reduces resolution and contrast.

The Cias^^t^i^irain reflector

The classical Cassegrain telescope has two curved mirrors: a paraboloid just like the Newtonian, and a small convex hyperboloid instead of the Newtonian's flat secondary. The hyperboloid secondary mirror magnifies the image formed by the primary. In the most common conffguration, the image is directed baek through a hole in the primary to a convenient location behind, where eyepieces and other equipment can be placed.

The coma in a Cassegrain is the same as in an equivalent focal length Newtonian. In cfleet, the Cassegrain is a compact high f/ratio Newtonian. In addition, a flat diagonal mirror may be temporaiTy substituted for the hyperboloid secondary, creating a shorty-focus Newtonian telescope.

Advantages:

Freedom from chromatic aberration.

The f/ratio can be fairly Tow, givinga relatively large field ofview, though not as large as in a Newtonian.

A Cassegrain is more compact than an equivalent Newtonian.

Disadvantages:

Substantial coma.

Alignment is more difficult than for Newtonians.

The reflective coatings are easily scratched and more diflicult to clean than a Tens.

The hyperbolic secondary mirror is larger than the fat secondary ofa Newtonian, blocking more light and further degrading image sharpness and contrast.

Variations on the Cassegrain include the Gregorian, which has a parabolic primary and a concave ellipsoidal secondary, and the Ritchey-Chretien and Dall-Kirkham, which look like ordinary Cassegrains but have slightly'diflbreiit mirror figures.

Catadioptric telescopes

Catadioptric or compound telescopes use a combination of lenses and mirrors. The lenses do not refract light enough to cause chromatic aberration, but merely correct for aberrations in the mirrors.

The SchmidtCassegrain

The Schmidt-Cassegain has a spherical primary mirror and a convex, usually spherical secondary mirror. A thin lens or corrector plate in front corrects the spherical aberration. This lens has an unusual aspheric figure.

Advantages:

All the advantages of a Cassegrain.

A sealed tube keeps dust off the mirrors. Better freedom from aberrations than a classical Cassegrain.

Disadvantages:

Same as those for Cassegrains.

More expensive than Newtonians or classical Cassegrains.

Curved focal surface.

The Maksutov Ctas^^ieg'rain

A Maksutov telescope has a spherical primary and secondary much like the Schmidt-Cassegrain, but the corrector lens is a deeply curved meniscus.

Advantages:

Similar to those of the Schmidt-Cassegrain except the tube is even shorter.

No aspheric surfaces. (Minor spherical aberration is sometimes corrsctsd by aspherizing the meniscus.)

Disadvantages:

Similar to those of the Schmidt-Cassegrain.

Curved focal surface, but better than for similar Schmidl-Casscgrains.

TELESCOPE MOUNTINGS

A telescope's optics are only half the story. The best optical system will be useless if it is on a wobbly, quivcry mounting.

A telescope mounting must not only hold the instrument solidly, but allow it to be pointed anywhere in the sky smoothly and easily. Three basic types of mountings are in common nsc:】)the German cqiiaKoial,2) lhe fork, and 3) the Dobsonian. They are illustrated in Figure 3.2. There are many variations on these basic designs.

AH mountings can be divided into two groups: altazimuth and equatorial. If one of the mount's axes is made parallel to the earth's axis, then the telescope is called an equatorial. It swings in the direction of celestial north-south and east-wesl, and can be made to follow the stars as the earth rotates by turning only one axis. This tracking of the stars can be done with a motor known as a clock drive.

An altazimuth mount, on the other hand, swings up and down (in altitude) and side to side (in azimuth). The German and fork mountings arc equatorial, whereas lhe Dobsonian is altazimuth.

The German equatorial mounting (Figure 3.2a) is good for long telescopes such as refractors and long-fbciis Newtonians. But it requires a heavy counterweight, and when it Allows an object crossing lhe meridian, the telescope must be taken off the object, swung around to the other side of the mount, and re-aimed.

The fork mount (Figure 3.2b) is probably the best for telescopes with short tubes. The eyepiece does not move much as the telescope is pointed to diflerent parts of lhe sky, and there is no counterweight. A disadvantage is that the sky around the celestial pole sometimes cannot be viewed.

A variation of the fork mounting is lhe yoke, which is supported by two piers, one on either end of a framework that holds the telescope. The yoke mounting is very steady but not portable and not commonly ffound in commercial instruments fbr amateurs.

The Dobsonian mount (Figure 3.2c) is the most stable design commonly used by amateurs. It is sort of a fork mount, but because it is an altizmuth the design is simple while mechanical stresses are minimized. Commonly built of plywood with teflon pad bearings, the Dobsonian mount can be very compact, and it has no counterweights. Its main disadvantage is dificulty in tracking

Figure 3.2a, The author's homemade telescope, an 8-inch classical Cassegrain on a German equatorial mounting. The primary mirror is f/3.5, and the secondary mirror magnifies the focal length to 2336 mm (f/11.5). The smaller finder has a 60-mm objective with a 300-mm focal length and a 38-mm Erfle eyepiece, giving 7.9X and an 8° field of view. The larger finder is a 3.1-inch refractor normally used with a 20-mm Erfle eyepiece giving a 2° field of view and 31X. stars, especially near the zenith. It is often used to mount short-focus Newtonian telescopes of very large aperture. Such a mount costs very little to build basically the price of the wood yet it can be as stable as a massive equatorial.

EYEPIECES

Eyepieces aL short-focal-length lens systems that magnify the image formed by the telescope objective. Because the eye is most comfortable when focused on objects at infinity (10 meters or more in practice), the eyepiece is designed to convert the light from a telescope image into a system of parallel rays. The eye lens and cornea focus these rays onto the retina just as a camera lens focuses light from a distant object onto film.

Eyepiece designers try to minimize aberrations while maximizing the field of view, Most eyepieces have two or more lenses (Figure 3.3). The one closest to the eye is called

Figure 3,2b. Johnny Horne's 12.5inch combination Ncwtoo(t:;Casseerraln telescope is shown on a fork mount.

the eye lens, and the one farthest is called the field lens. The focal plane of the eyepiece, commonly called the image plane, should be positioned to correspond to the image plane of the objective. This is what you do when you focus a telescope.

The light that leaves the eyepiece forms a cone ofparallel ray bundles. The angle of this cone is called the apparent field of view, because this is the angular size the eye sees as the round "window" of the telescope's view.

Each bundle of rays from a point on the image has the same diameter as it leaves the eyepiece. This diameter depends on the magnification of the telescope and the size of the objective. These ray bundles come together behind the eyepiece to form a disk called the uexit pupil." It can be seen as an actual disk of light floating just behind the eyepiece. The

Figure32c. A telescope in a typical Dobsonian mounting. This 6-inch f75 Newtonian with a square tube was built by the author. The Dobsonian mount is lightweight and very portable.

iris of the eye is placed here for optimum viewing. If the exit pupil is too close to the eyepiece, the observer will not be able to get his or her eye close enough to see the whole field of view. The distance from the eye lens to the exit pupil is called, appropriately enough, the "eye relief \

Eyepieces used for astronomy should have antireflection coatings on all air-tglass surfaces, in order to reduce loss of light, loss of contrast, and spurious images caused by reflections from glass surfaces. <cMulticoatings>, are more eflective than single-layer coatings.

Many eyepiece designs have been in vented. Here are some of the more common ones.

Huygens. The Huygens eyepiece has two plano-convex lenses and overall low performance. The curved sides of the lenses face toward the objective, and the image plane lies between them. The apparent field ranges from 25° to 40°. This eyepiece works satisfac torily on telescopes with f?ratios of f/8 and higher. The eye relief is only about 25 percent of the focal length.

Ramsden. The Ramsden eyepiece also con sists of two simple plano-convex lenses, but the curved surfaces face each other. The image plane is just outside the field lens. The Ramsden is a very low-cost, low performance eyepiece, but slightly better than the Huygens. 'The apparent field ranges from 30° to 40°. It works satisfactorily on telescopes with "ratios of f/7 and higher. The eye relief is about 30 percent of the focal length.

Kellner The Kellner comes in three types, I, 11, and III. Types I and II consist of a simple and an achromatic lens. Type I has a single plano-convex field lens and type II has a single double-convex eye lens. Type III is also known as a Plossl and is discussed below. In all cases the image plane is just outside the field lens, and the apparent field is 35° to 50°. Types I and II have an eye relief of about 30 percent of the focal length, and all three work well with “ratios of f/6 and higher. The Kellner provides better color correction than either the Ramsden or Huygens.

Orthoscopic This is one of the finest tele scope eyepieces. It consists of a triplet field lens and a plano-convex eye lens. A well-designed orthoscopic can be fully corrected for distortion, and has very good color correction. It works well with telescopes having (/ratios as short as f/4.5. The apparent field is 30° to 50°, and the eye relief is as much as 80 percent of the focal length.

PlOss 1The Plossl eyepiece consists of two achromats in a design similar to the type I and II Kellners. It rates as one of the Gnest telescope eyepieces. The apparent field is 35° to 50°, and the eye relief is about 75 percent of the focal length. The Plossl works well with f/ratios as short as f/4.5.

Erfle. This eyepiece has a very wide apparent field, about 50° to 70°, with 65° common. It has three achromats and provides good definition in the center, but aberrations become obvious toward the edges. The eye relief is about 30 to 40 percent of the focal length. The Erfle works well with "ratios of f/4.5 and up.

Nagler. The Nagler is a proprietary design having seven elements and an astonishing 82° apparent field. It is designed for use with (74.5 Newtonian telescopes, though it will work well with higher f/ratios. The field of view can be breathtaking, though it is sometimes difficult to see the entire field at once because it appears so large. This is a very expensive eyepiece, often costing fbur to five times as much as a good quality Erfle, Plossl, or orthoscopic.

In recent years eyepiece sales have become a very competitive business, and new (and expensive) proprietary designs are coming to the market.

The Barlow lens. A Barlow is a negative lens that enlarges the image plane in a telescope. It is not an eyepiece but an eyepiece accessory. Barlow lenses are usually used to increase the telescope's effective focal length two to three times so an eyepiece will give a correspondingly higher magnification. A Barlow lens is a necessity for short-focus telescopes if high magnifications are desired.

For example, say your telescope has a focal length of 1200 mm (47 inches), and your shortest focal length eyepiece is 6mm. That eyepiece on that telescope gives a magnification of 200 X. Shorter focal length eyepieces are impractical because their eye relief is too small. But using a 2X Barlow lens would give 400X and a 3X Barlow 600X with the same 6mm eyepiece. With three eyepieces and a Barlow lens that is continuously variable, almost any reasonable magniGcation can be obtained. The Barlow docs add more optical surfaces in the light path, reducing the light transmission of the telescope. But the nega-

«■— Eye Relief―*

Image        Field              Lens

Plane        Lens

Figure 3.3a. How an eyepiece focuses light for the eye.


Eyepiece Types




Kellner, Type 2




Erfle                                           Nagler

Figure 3.3b.


tive Barlow lens actually flattens the Petzval curvature of most visual telescopes and thus makes them perform better.

FIELD OF VIEW

When telescopes first came into common use in the 18lh and early 19th centuries, eyepieces were unsophisticated — at first a single simple lens, then later the Ramsden and Huygens. These eyepieces had small apparent fields of view. Looking through them was almost like looking through a peashooter. To obtain a large true field of view on the sky, long focal length eyepieces had to be used, resulting in low power. As better eyepieces were invented that offered wider views, visual discoveries of wide-field objects became possible.

For a ,given telescope focal length, it is the choice of eyepiece that determines both the magnification and the true field of view. The eyepiece magnifies the true field of view to a large circle projected in front of the eye. The size of this circle is the apparent field of view. The magnification (m) also determines the apparent diameter (oj of an object with a true angular diameter (o) in the sky:

=2arctan[ m tan(0.5 oj], (equation 3.3) which can be simplified to

Qp —m(2(.                        (equation 3.4)

Equation 3.4 is accurate to within a couple percent when the apparent diameter, ap,is less than about 30° and m is greater than about 10.

An eyepiece for a ,given magnification should be able to view as much as possible of the image formed by the telescope's objective. The linear size (s) of an image in the focal plane is given by

s = 2 F tan(0.5 aj,             (equation 3.5)

where F is again the telescope focal length. An eyepiece of focal length f will magnify the image so that, to the eye, it will subtend an apparent angle

(2p = 2 arctan(0.5 s/f).          (equation 3.6)

If the image's linear size, s, just fills the field of the eyepiece, we find the maximum apparent angle that can be viewed by the eyepieces. This is the apparent field of the eyepiece, ac.

Different types of eyepieces have diflerent apparent fields. A simple lens may have an apparent field of only about 10°. Table 3.lists the characteristics of several syepiscs types.

At low powers and wide fields, we run into a practical restriction. The eyepiece should not allow you to see a larger image than the rest of the telescope provides. Otherwise, you'll just be viewing the inside walls of the eyepiece holder or other telescope parts, such as light baffles.

Modern telescopes commonly have eyepiece holders of sithsr 1.25 or 2.00 inches (31.7 or 50.8 millimeters) inside diameter. Since the eyepiece barrel must fit within this, the maximum achievable image size is about 1.14 and 1.90 inches (29 and 48 mm) for 1.25-and 2.00-inch holders, respectively. For a given eyepiece apparent field, the maximum usable focal length (B) can be computed by rearranging equation 3.6:

7^ = 5 / [2 tan(0.5 ce)].         (equation 3.7)

where s is 29 or 48mm, for the two sizes of eyepiece holder. The maximum useful focal lengths of eyepieces with various apparent fields are shown in Table 3.1.

Erfle and Nagler-type eyepieces have the largest apparent field. A focal length of about 23 millimeters is the maximum for an Erfle in a 1.25-inch eyepiece holder. Buying a 40-mm Erfle in a 1.25-inch tube defeats its purpose, since the apparent field would be restricted to 40°.

THE ROLE OF A TELESCOPE'S F/RATIO

The angle of the converging light cone from the objective to the image plane is determined by the "ratio. Light cones are illustrated in Figure 3.1. The refractor and reflector diagrams have "ratios of f/3.3 and the Cassegrains 76.5. Even shorter "ratios are illustrated by the primary mirrors of the Cassegrains: 1.3. For narrower lighi. cones, the f/ratio is larger, the telescoped aberrations are smaller, and eyepieces work better.

As the f/ratio decreases, the surface brightness in the image plane increases. Given two six-inch telescopes with focal lengths of 30 and 60 inches (f?5 and f/10, respectively), the "5 telescope will produce images with higher surface brightness than the f/10 telescope

Table 3.1. Eyepiece characteristics

Focal length (mm) that views an image

Apparent               of diameter:

Type

degrees

29.0 mm

48.0 mm

Nagler

82

67

27.6

goodErfle

65

22.8

37.7

average Erfle

60

25.1

41.6

55

27.9

46.1

Kellner, some orthoscopies

50

31.1

51.5

Plossl

45

35.0

57.9

limit for Huygens

40

39.8

65.9

limit fbrRamsden, some orthoscopies

35

46.0

76

30

51

89.6

25

65.4

108.3

singlll achromml

20

82.2

136.1

single simple lens

10

165.7

274.3

when viewed with the same eyepiece. A 12-inch (75 telescope will produce images with the same surface brightness as the six-inch f/5. However, in the 12-inch the image would be twice as large.

The f/ratio determines the useful range of magnifications that may be obtained with standard equipment. With long focus (high f/ratio) instruments, low powers and wide fields are diflicult to obtain. For short focus (low f/ratio) telescopes, it is diflicult to obtain liigh power. You can always use a barlow lens to boost magnification, but another optical element is introduced and some low (/ratio systems may begin to show aberrations. Choosing the telescope's f/ratio is important because you want to be able to use low power to get wide lields of view to see large objects against the sky background, yet you also want high power to see fine detail.

The eye, however, is not aflected by the f/ratio of the telescope. Only the size of the object in view (the magnification) and its brightness (telescope aperture) are ultimately important. Consider two 8-inch (203 millimeter) teleskopes, one an f/4 Newtonian, the other an V\2 Cassegrain. Suppose two eyepieces with the same apparent fields of view are available, one of 21 millimeters focal length, and one of 7 mm. The 7-mm eyepiece on the f/4 telescope gives a magnification of 116 (116X), and the 21-mm eyepiece on the (712 Cassegrain also gives 116x. Each telescope-eyepiece combination provides the same true field of view on the sky. In this ease, all deep-sky objects viewed through the two telescopes will appear identical. Neither telescope has an advantage We can stale a general rule:

Telescopes of equal aperture and good, clean optics that do not scatter light will show identical views of deep-sky objects at the same magnifications, regardless of their f/ratios.

THE EXIT PUPIL

As mentioned earlier, a telescoped exit pupil is the little disk of light projected behind the eyepiece. The eye should be placed here to see the field of view best.

The exit pupil is actually a small image of the telescope objective. In a reflector, it will show a silhouette of the central obstruction and spider (the support vanes to the secon ・ dary mirror) and may become distractingly visible if the eye is kept too far back from the eyepiece.

The diameter of the exit pupii,ep, is the objective diameter, D, divided by the magnification, m:

ep = D / m.                     (equation 3.8)

Table 3.2. Minimum useful telescope magnifications

Aperture

inches


cm         Magnification


12 3 4 5 6 7


8

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

24

30

36


2.54

5.08

7.62

10.1

559

61.0

7 6.2

91.4

3.4

6.8

10.2

13.6

17

20

24

27

34

41

47

54

61

68

75

81

101

121


The magnifications are for a 7.5 mm exit pupil.

If all the light collected by the telescope is to enter the eye, then the exit pupil must be smaller than the eye's pupil. In Chapter 2 we saw that the iris of a young adult wiTT open to about 0.3 inch (7.5 millimeters) when ffuTTy dark-adapted. This value sets a lower iimit to the magnification that can be used on a given telescope. By setting D to 25.4mm (1.0 inch) and ep to 7.5mm, we fnd that the minimum useful magnification is 3.4X per inch of objective diameter.

Table 3.2 gives the minimum magnifea-tion for common telescopes based on this relation. However, it is usually wise to be conservative since individual observers' eyes may vary, and the maximum size of the pupil shrinks as a person ages. Thus a value of 4x or even 5x per inch of objective may be more appropriate. If lower magnifications arc used, the iris of the eye may block some light, reducing the effective aperture of the telescope.

SEEING AND RESOLUTION

The size of the smallest detail that a telescope can reveal (ignoring atmospheric turbulence) is called resooution. This depends on the size of the objective, since that is what determines the size of the telescoped diffraction pattern.

Tlie diffraction pattern of a point source, such as a star, is a circular disk of light surrounded by bright rings. At visual wavelengths, the angular dlame(e(i(2, of the disk is

a — 5.45 / D                    (equation 3.9)

where the aperture of tlie telescope, D, is in inches and a is in arc-seconds. Tiiis size represents the diameter of the difraclion pattern's first dark ring, just outside the central spot (Figure 3.4). (The diameter of the second dark ring is twice that of the first.) Tiie angular size a of the disk is called the Rayleigh resolution limit.

If a bright image in the telescope is magnified too much, it appears fuzzy due to the telescope's limited resolution. The generally accepted magnification limit for bright objects is about 60 times the diameter of the objective in inches. As ail example, considera 3-inch telescope; the central disk of the di匸 fraction pattern is nearly 2 arc-seconds wide. The eye is able to resolve about 1 arc-minute for bright objects, so only about 30 power is needed to enlarge the difTaction disc up to the resolving power of the eye. This is only 10X per inch of telescope objective diameter. At 90 power (30x per inch of oIMective), the eye can easily see the diffraction disk and rings if tiiere is little atmospheric turbulence, and at 180 power (60x per inch of objective) the disk is obvious. On extended sources such as planets or scenes on the ground, the image is made up of multiple overlapping difTrac-tion patterns, so it appears fuzzy.

With fainter subjects it's a different story. As we saw in Chapter 2, tiie eye has Tess resolution in dim light. Tiie magnification limit is found by dividing the eye resolution (1800 arc-seconds when the light is extremely dim) by the telescope resolution, using equation 3.9. The limit is 330X per inch of objective. And so, for faint stars and most deep-sky objects, there is essentially no limit to the useful magnification at all. For example, many planetary nebulae have small angular sizes but relatively high surface brightnesses. Very high magnifications may be employed to b ring detail within such a nebula into view.

High magnifications, however, cause more problems than limiting the field of view. Any vibration or looseness in the telescope mount becomes intolerable. Irregularities in the atmosphere the constant quivering, churning and boiling ofan image, which astronomers call the seeing usually make an image fuzzier than the telescope's theoretical resolution limit, and high power only magnifies this problem. Furthermore, the 330X per ineh of objective mentioned above is useful only at the very limit of detection. Any object brighter than the threshold of detectability will appear fuzzy at such powers. Because most fields will contain some brighter subjects, the overall impression will be that everything looks fuzzy (and it is, all except the one thing at the extreme limit of detectability).

Magnification also reduces the surface brightness of everything in view. It must not reduce an object's surface brightness below the eye's detection limit, of course, or the object will disappear. Therefore, the only case where 330X per inch might be justified is the detection of a star against a bright background, as discussed in Chapter 4.

FILTERS

Wouldn't it be wonderful if there were a device that darkened the sky background while leaving stars and nebulae bright? We saw in Chapter 2 that the detection capability of the eye depends on an object's contrast with its background as well as on its size and surface brightness. One way to reduce the sky background is to get far away from city lights. But even where there is no artificial pollution, the Earth's sky glows from scattered starlight and from airglow. Airglow is like a permanent, low-grade aurora. It is caused by charged particles from the Sun encountering our atmosphere at very high altitude.

Airglow occurs at only a few wavelengths (isolated colors), and if a filter could be made to remove these wavelengths while passing the rest of starlight and nebular light, contrast would be increased and the view would


Figure 3.4. A typical diffraction disk of a star image in a telescope. At top center is a photograph showing the diffraction rings, taken by Allyn J. Thompson. The central spot was intentionally overexposed to show the rings. The 3-dimsnsiona1 plots of diffraction patterns indicate brightness by height above a square base, viewed obliquely. Faint diffraction rings appear as concentric ripples around the center of a star's Airy disk. At left is the pattern of a star in a telescope having no central obstruction, while at right is the pattern for a telescope having a round central obstruction 30% of the objective's diameter. The central obstruction removes light from the central spot and rsdistributss it into the rings. From Stoltzmann (1983).

Table 3.3. Typical emission lines onebulae

Color

Wavelength

(angstroms)     Atom or Ion

Notes


Strongest lines:

Violet

3727

Oxygen II

Forbidden llne,oftcnitI^ong

3869

Neon III

Forbidden line

4340

Hydrogen I

H gamma, 40% as strongas H beta line

Blue-Green

4861

Hydrogen I

H beta, 30% as strongas H alphaline

Green

4959

Oxygen III

Forbidden, 30% as strongas 5007 line

Green

5007

Oxygen III

Forbidden, usually strongest of all

Red

6548

Nitrogen 11

Forbidden, 30% as strong as 6584 line

6563

Hydrogen I

H alpha

Red

6584

Nitrogen II

Forbidden line

Weaker lines:

Violet

3798

Hydrogen I

3835

Hydrogen I

3888

Hydrogen and Helium I

3969

Hydrogen I and Neon III Forbidden

4102

Hydrogen I

Blue

4471

Hydrogen I

Blue

4686

Helium II

Yellow

5876

Helium I

Red

6300

Oxygen I

Foirbiddenline

6364

Oxygen I

Foirbiddenline

6717

Sulfur II

Forbidden line

Red

6731

Sulfurll

Forbidden line


appear better. If city lights emitted only a few wavelengtlis, they too might be ffitered from the observer's view. Fortunately, this can be done — at least partially. To understand how, we'll need to examine the nature of light celeitial objects.

The liglit from a star consists of many wavelengths or eolors. Such light is called conlinuum radiation, since its spectrum appears nearly continuous.

Some nebulae also give off continuum radiation. But many of the best and briglitest emit light at only a few, specific wavelengths. These two types are rjlection and emission nebulae, respectively.

Reflection nebulae shine by reflected starlight, similar to the way a cloud in the Earth's sky reflects sunlight or tlie way the molecules in the Earth's atmospliere scatter it. Because the molecules and some dust particles in our atmosphere are smaller than the wavelengths of visible light, blue light is scattered more efliciently than red, and thus the sky appears blue. This type of scattering is called Rayleigh scattering after the scientist who first described the eflect. Reffection nebulae "shine" in part by Rayleigh scattering of starlight, so the spectrum is continuous, much like that of a star but usually bluer.

Emission nebulae, on the other hand, shine in only a few colors, They come in two types: planetary and diffuse nebulae. Both shine because starlight excites speciftc types of atoms; which rc-cniit this energy only al certain wavelengllis.

The briglitest spectral lines (colors) of emission nebulae are listed in Table 3.3. The atom that emits the radiation is listed, Allowed by a Roman numeral tlial indicates its ionization state. (I is un-ionized, II means the atom is missing one electron, III means two electrons arc missing, and so on.)

A forbidden line is not really forbidden to happen; it just cannot be observed in labor-

Table 3.4. Natural a^nd manmade light pollution

Source

Wavelength

(angstroms)

Comments

Manmade:

Mlercury Vapor

3660

Strongest mercury line

Mercury Vapor

4050

40% as strongas 3660 line

Mercury Vapor

4360

75% as strongas 3660 line

Mlercury Vapor

5460

98% as strong as 3660 line

Mlercury Vapor

5750

96% as strong as 3660 Tine

Mercury Vapor

3200-7300

Continuum; 3% as strong as 3660 line

Lucalox Mercury Vapor:

5500—7000

Peak is 5700-6200 angstroms

Lucalox Mercury Vapor:

5000

15%ofPeak

Lucalox Mercury Vapor:

4000-7500

Continuum; 5% ofPeak

Low Pressure Sodium

5893

Nearly monochromatic

High Pressure Sodium

3500-7000

Partly continuum; brighter in red

Incandescent

4000-^7000

Continuum; brighterin red

Natural:

Airglow

557 7

Oxygen

Airglow

5893

Sodium

Airglow

6300

Oxygen

Moon

3500-7500

Continuum; similar to sunlight


atories because the gas density must be lower than in the best artificial vacuums. Normally when an atom is excited, it emits a piioton within about 10*' second. But the excited states that result in forbidden lines can last minutes to hours. In the laboratory, atoms cannot remain undisturbed that long because they eollide with each other or the walls of the co^itain^er^.

Because Tess energy is needed to excite the forbidden Tines, they are much stronger than ordinary Tines when they can occur at all. Hydrogen is the most abundant clement in emission nebulae, but the f^orbidden lines of oxygen emit the most light.

Just as light from deep-sky objects comes in two types, continuum and discrete wavclcngtiis, so does ligiit pollution. For example, moonlight and ligiit from ineandes-cent bulbs is of the eontinuum type. Fortu-naiely, the ligiit from airglow and most streetlights is at discrete wavelengths in different parts of the spectrum than most of the light ^om nebulae. So the two can be separated with an appropriate filter.

Such filters are known as nebula filters or light-pollution fillers. The term "nebula fillcド' is more appropriate, since views of nebulae are improved most.

The usefulness of such a filter depends on the nature of the interfering light. Table 3.4 lists common sources.

In examining Tables 3.3 and 3.4we see that most light pollution is at wavelengths diflerent from the light of nebulae. This is illustrated graphically al the Tops of Figures 3.5 to 3.8. Referring back to Figure 2.3, recall that the peak response of the human eye's night vision is near 5000 angstroms (at the color green), or the same wavelength as the strongest nebular line at 5007 angstroms. But there are strong light pollution lines close by, near 4 400 and 5400 angstroms. A filler must cut the spectrum pretty finely to reject these wavelengths and still have a high transmission at 5000 angstroms. This can only be achieved with modern interference-filter icchnology.

Interference filters have very thin layers of partially reflecting material separated by thin transparent layers. Depending on a layer's thickn^esses, different wavelengths of light will undergo constructive or destructive interference. The number of wavelengths that can be controlled depends on how many layers are deposited. Ordinary colored filters are added to block wavelengths far bom the primary transmittance region.

Interference filters can have very high transmittance at very narrow wavelengths. They are ideal for isolating the light of nebulae and have uses in many other areas of science. In the early 19705s the technology to make them was quite expensive, but now they can be mass produced and cost no more than a high quality eyepiece.

What about continuum light pollution? This is harder to deal with. It can be rejected only by making the filter absorb all light not at the wavelengths of the nebula. The wavelength bandpass of an interference filter can indeed be made extremely narrow. For example, filters used by amateurs for observing solar prominences have a bandpass of only 0.7 angstrom at the wavelength of hydrogen alpha, 6563 angstroms. At wavelengths as fhr away as 6500 angstroms, the filter may transmit less than one thousandth as much as

Light-pollution Lines


Nebular Lines


せート」'ゝ

(s ① DE U6BE) 〇 suods ①エ ①--1-①匸


Wavele ngth (an gstroms)

Figure 3.5. The spectral transmission of the Lumicon UHC filter is shown for light arriving face-oil (solid line) and at an angle of about 20° (dashed line). Note how the bandpass (the central peak) shifts to shorter wavelengths as the fflter is tilted, and how the blocking of the light outside the bandpass becomes less eflective. A relative response of -2.0 magnitudes is a transmittance of 16%, -5.0 magnitudes is 1 %, and -8.0 magnitudes is 0.06%. The positions of major nebular lines f?om Table 3.3 and the major light -pollution lines from Table 3.4 are shown above the graph. The dashed pollution lines are natural airglow lines of oxygen. The broad dashed line that peaks around 5800 to 6000 angstroms is the Lucalox streetlamp. Continuum pollution sources are not shown because they affect all wavelengths to some degree. at its peak. Similarly, a nebula filter could be constructed that trans mitted only the light al 5007 angstroms.

However, interferenee fillers have some undesirable charaeteristies. In partieular, they work at the correct wavelength only if the layers making up the filler are exactly the korreet - thickness. Two things disturb the thihkncss of these layers: temperature and tilting of the filter.

As the temperature changes, the layers will expand or contract, and the transmitted wavelength changes accordinglyThe narrow-band solar filters are mounted in a small oven to precisely control their temperature. A solar filer's wavelength can actually be scanned slightly by changing the oven temperature.

When a filter is tilted, the transmitted wavelength becomes shorter, the bandpass broadens, and more unwanted light is transmitted. If you have aeecss to a nebula filter, try tilting it and you will see its color change from greenish to purple.

These effects limit the design of nebula filters for practical purposes. All nebula filters are made with bandpasses broad enough so temperature changes have no effect. Tilting the filter, however, does alter its characteristics.

Because stars emit continuum light, when any wavelengths at all are blocked, stars will appear fainter. The narrower the bandpass, the more starlight will be lost. Furthermore, many stars are bright enough to stimulate color perception, so if the filter transmitted only the nebular line at 5007 angstroms (green), all stars would appear ,green. Thus some manufacturers have made filters that transmit some blue and red light so the color balance is closer to normal. Light pollution at these wavelengths is not very great.

Light-Polluti on Lines

Nebular Lines


-2

-4

—6


-8


4000     5000     6000     7000
Wavele ngth (an gstroms)

Figure 3.6. Transmittance curves of the Edmund Deep-Sky Filter (solid line) and Lumicon Deep Sky Filter (dashed line).

Light &om nebulae is also reduced because no filter transmits 100% at any wavelength. At its peak response, it may transmit 80% to 90%, which would reduce the light from the nebula by 1 to 0.2 magnitude even if all the light were emitted in the filter bandpass. Nebula filers work because they increase the contrast between the object and background more than they reduce the light from the object. A nebula filter improves visibility only when the improved contrast outweighs the loss of light. This depends on the eye's eharacteris-tics in the particular situation, the filter design, and the type of the light pollution.

Let's examine some filters and the implications for their use. The spectral response of one of the better nebula filters in common use, the Lumicon UHC Filter, is shown in Figure 3.5. Note that the main bandpass (the central peak) is centered at a wavelength a . little longer than the nebular lines at 5007 and 4959 angstroms. This may seem like a; mistake, but is a very clever design. When the ■ filter is tilted 20° (dashed line), the bandpass shifts l()a shorter wavelength and the 5007 line still falls within the long-wavelength side of the bandpass.

Light from a telescope is always a converging or diverging cone, so the filter must be able to transmit the strong nebular line over a range of angles. For example, if the apparent field of an eyepiece is 40°, then the light at the edge of the field is tilted 20° from the 〇卩氏乩 axis. If the Lumicon UHC filter is placed between the eye and eyepiece, then all the light from the 5007 line reaches the eye. However, if an Erfle eyepiece is used, any nebula near the edge of the field of view (30°

Light-PoTutIon Lines

Nebular Lines


________…… 「T+•卜………i一…•

I ll -


-2

-4

—6

8


4000     5000     6000     7000
Wavele ngth (an gstroms)

Figure 3.7. The Lumicon H-Beta Filter spectral response is shown for light on-axis (solid line), and of axis (dashed line). Note that a small tilt of the filter shifts the bandpass so the H-beta line at 4860 angstroms is no longer transmitted.

ofPaxis) may be completely invisible because the filter bandpass shifts enough to cut o(F the nebular line.

On the oihcr hand, the light from the edge of the objective even in a fast telescope of f74.5 is only 6.3° from the optical axis. So. if a wide-field eyepiece is used, the filter should be placed between the eyepiece and the objective, not between the eyepiece and the eye.

One observers trick takes advantage of a fiilter's off-axis problem. The filter can be used to help detect a faint object by tilting it back and forth between the eye and eyepiece. The nebula will blink in and out of view.

If we examine other ma1lufact:ursrs5 filters, we see some interesting results. 'The Edmund Scientific Deep-Sky Filter (Figure 3.6. solid line) has a slightly wider bandpass than the Lumicon UHC so that the 4861-angstrom H-beta line is also transmitted when the light arrives o ロ・ axis. However, when the Edmund filter is lilted only slightly, the 5007-angstrom line is lost. Some objects do have their strongest emission in H-beta. The nebula IC 434 surrounding the Horsehead (B33) is a good example. Thus the Edmund filter appears to be a good H-bcta filler. The Meade Instruments Deep-Sky Filter has a spectral response very similar to the Edmund filter, but does not transmit any blue or ultraviolet light.

The Lumicon Deep-Sky Filter (Figure 3.6, dashed line) follows a different strategy. It has a very wide bandpass that transmits light from both the 4861- and 5007-angstrom nebula lines even when the light is substantially axis. Thus it is good for use with wide-field eyepieces and fast f/ratio tele:-scope:s. Such a wide-bandpass filler will transmit more light from galaxies and star clusters but also more light pollution.

Lighht-Pollution Lines ----1-------1------【・・・・,-•・い*-ゝ“”…’•十i I----1       ..........................

(s ① pn 七 ubEE)① suods ①工 ①-1-①工


Wavele ngth (an gstroms)

Figure 3.8. rhe Daystar Nebula Filter transmission on-axis (solid line) and about 20° ofFaxis (dashed line).

The Lumicon H-Beta Filter (Figure 3.7) has a narrow bandpass designed for use on objects that emit most of their light at 4861 angstroms. But when light passes through this filter only slightly ofF-axis, the bandpass wavelength becomies too short to transmit much of this light (dashed line). This fflter is only good for use between the eyepiece and the objective and should not be used even for casual observations between the eyepiece and eye.

The Daystar Nebular Filter (Figure 3.8) acts similarly to the Edmund fflier, but the bandpass is at a slightly longer wavelength, the tranimittanec is higher at the center of the bandpass, and the ofF-axis blocking is as good as on-axis. These factors are probably why some observers declare this fflter better than the Lumicon UHC fflter in actual observing practice, though the author believes them to be very elosc.

The manufacture of nebula Alters is so new that different ones may be available by the time this book is published. The factors discussed here, however, will help in evaluating any of them. Finally, observers about to make a purchase should remember that the difference between even the best nebula filter and none at all is usually rather subtle.

USING THE TELESCOPE TO FIND OBJECTS

So far this book has discussed observing techniques. But the best deep-sky techniques are useless unless the objects can first be found.

In order to find anything in the sky, you must become familiar with the bright stars and constellations - just as when you drive into a new city you get oriented by major landmarks. Once you're in the right celestial neighborhood, a detailed map is required for locating small, faint objects. Constellation guides and star atlases are listed in Appendix A.

Celestial coordinates

The stars appear fixed on an imaginary celestial sphere, which is always centered on the observer. The celestial sphere appears to rotate once every day because we observe it from the rotating Earth. Lines projected from the center of the earth through the north and south poles extend to the north and southpoles of the celestial sphere. The stars appear-to rotate around these poles, as was known in ancient times.

Astronomers have set up a coordinate system (or describing positions on the celestial sphere similar to latitude and longitude on Earth. The Earth's latitude lines: arc projected outward from our globe onto the sky to become the lines of declination. The celestial equator, straight overhead at the Earth's equator, defines 0° declination on ■ the celestial sphere. The north celestial pole is at + 90° declination, the south celestial pole at -90° declination.

"Longitude'' on the celestial sphere 也, called Right Ascension. Longitude lines are a little more difficult than latitude to prefect onto the sky because the stars are constantly rotating across the longitude lines on the Earth. For the 0° point astronomers have chosen the place at which the Sun crosses the celestial equator from south to north on its yearly journey around the sky. This point is called the First Point of Aries (though it is now in Pisecs because of a slow movement of the coordinate system over the known as precession).

Imagine aiming a telescope at thc First Point of Arics and keeping the telescope fixed with respect to the earth (on a motionless mount). As thc Earth turns, the right ascension of stars crossing thc view increases. Right ascension is commonly measured im hours, minutes, and seconds of time instead ■ of degrees, minutes and seconds of arc. There are 24 hours of right ascension just as there are 360 degrees of longitude. (Therefore, a minute or second of right ascension is not thc same as an angular minute or second of arc. Each is 360/24 or 15 times greater than the correiponding unit of longitude.)

Note that as declination increases (pos itivc) or decreases (negative) ftom the celcs-tial equator, the right ascension lines become closer together. They converge at the poles.

Since the Earth's axis is tilted with respect to its path around the Sun, the apparent track of the Sun on the sky is north of thc celestial equator for half the year and south for half The sun's apparent track on the celestial sphere is called the ecliptic, and tilted 23.5° to thc celestial equator. The planets generally follow the ecliptic too because the orbits of all except Pluto are inclined only a few degrees from the plane of the Earth's orbit.

The line on the celestial sphere that passes through the pole and directly overhead, and extends to the north and south points on the horizon, is called the meridian. The point dircetly overhead is called the zenith.

The Sun is at 6 hours right ascension at the beginning of summer in the Northern Hemisphere, so right ascension 18 hours (the opposite side of the sky) will be on the meridian at midnight

At the beginning of autumn in the Northern Hemisphere, right ascension 〇 hours is on the meridian at midnight. At the beginning of winter, 6 hours R.A. is on the meridian, and at the beginning of spring,12 hours.

With these facts, and a little study of the approximate right ascensions of the cogstcllatlogs, you should be able to figure out what cogstcllatlogs are up at night any time of the year.

For example, say it is 9 p.m. on August 20; what constellations are on the meridian? Consider that one month later is the bcglgglgg of fall, when hours R.A. is on the

Figure 39 The celestial sphere. The observer is aligning the equatorial mount's polar axis by making it parallel to the Earth's axis. (Courtesy of Sky & Telescope.)


meridian at midnight. Since there are twelve months in a year and 24 hours of right ascension, the constellations move 2 hours per month. Counting 2 hours backwards from hours (the same as 24 hours), we find that on August 20, right ascension 22 hours should be approximately on the meridian at midnight. Three hours earlier the right ascension would be three hours less, so at 9 p.m., right ascension 19 hours should be on the meridian. A star map shows that constellations near RA 19 hours include Lyra, Aquila, Sagittarius, Corona Australis, Telescopium, and Pavo.

Precession

The Earth is spinning like an ofFbalance top in that the direction of its axis is very gradually changing. Thus the stars are gradually changing their declination and right ascension. The direction of the Earth's axis follows a slow cyclical motion, with a 26,000 year period, called precessiort. Thus, star charts need to be updated with a new coordinate grid about once every 50 years. Since precession is very predictable, the coordinates for a ,given year can be changed to those for another year by putting them through mathematical formulae.

Whenever a coordinate is given for an object, the year is specified when that coordinate is correct. This time is referred to as the epoch more precisely, the equinox. Most coordinates are currently given for equinox 2000 if the object is "flxedT like a star, or for the actual date (e.eg 1988.5) if the object is a short-term phenomenon like a comet.

The following simplified formulae for precession are reasonably accurate. If RA and Dec are an object's right ascension and declination (RA expressed in decimal hours and Dec in decimal degrees), the yearly changes ARA and ADec in these coordinates are given by:

RA = 0.051 +

0.022 sin(15RA)

(equation 3.10a)

ADec = 0.33 cos(15 R.A.)

(equation 3.10b) where ARA is expressed in minutest)i time and ADec in minutes of arc. Multiply by the total number of years desired, negative if going back in time, and apply the corrections to RA and Dec. More complex formulas must be used for stars near the poles, but the ones given here work well in most of the sky.

Many modern observatories have very precise positioning capabilities, and dhangs coordinates to the epoch of the date and time the observation is made. By adding farther corrections such as for the flexure in the telescope mount and atmospheric refraction, the telescope can be aimed to within a couple of arc-seconds of an object.

Such modern technology has led to a generation of professional astronomers who do not need to know where something is in the sky. If they know its coordinators, a computer tells when it is observable and points the telescope right at it. Amateur astronomers are now beginning to use such technology too. But even a totally automatic telescope must first be accurately aligned on the celestial pole for the system to work, and that can only be done with a knowledge of where things are in the sky.

Furthermore, "flying on instruments" takes much of the fun out of skywatching, and leaves the viewer helpless in the face of problems. Most amateurs recommend against it ffor beginners, who need to learn the sky for themselves. Once the brighter stars and major constellations can be identified, the fainter objects that cannot be seen with the unaided eye can be found by using one of the following methods.

1 Star hopping

Star hopping should be learned by all amateur astronomers. It is the method of starling at a known naked-eye star and using a chart to move carefully from star to star until the desired object is reached.

The best way to plan such a search is to draw a circle on a piece of clear plastic representing the field of view of the finder telescope at the correct scale fbr the star chart. A wire ring the right size works just as well. The search route can be tested by sliding the circle across the chart. The route is then duplicated on the sky. Examples of star hopping are illustrated in Figures 3.10a through e.

THE EYE AND T1IE TELESCOPE

2. USng setting circles

Setting circles are graduated scales on a tele-icoped equatorial mount. They allow the telescope to be positioned on an astronomical object by "dialing in" the object's coordinates. This is not as simple as it sounds, and it should not be considered a substitute for learning to itar-hop,

Thc first step in using setting circles is to align the mount's right-aiccniion axis (alio called the polar axis) so it points to thc celei-tial pole, One method is to insert a special ffndcr telescope right into the mount's polar axisSuch ffnderi have a special reticle that shows the star pattern at thc celeitial pole. It is a simple matter to align the star pattern on the reticle with that on the sky. A few manufacturers offer such ffnderi inside their mountings.

A second method of alignment is to chosc two stars at the same declinati on about 6 hours apart, with one on the meridian. The telescope is aimed at one star and then swept to the other; the mount is adjusted until the telescope can bc made to point to both stars by only moving in right asceniion (that is, with the declination axis locked).

For example, consider one star on the meridian and one 6 hours further west. If you center on the first and try to move to thc second, any error will bc largely due to an alignment error in azimuth (the polar axis is pointed to one side of the pole). If the telescope ends up pointing south of the second star, then turn the entire mount until the star is centered. Now move back to the star near the meridian. This move is sensitive to an alignment error in altitude (the polar axis points too high or low). If the star is not centered, then move the mount in altitude to correct the position. Theoretically the mount should now be aligned, but repeat the procedure to check.

The accuracy of polar alignment you need depends on how accurate your setting circles are, what your field ofview is when searching for 0bjects, and how closely you want them centered. The accuracy requirement for visual observing is much less severe than for astrophotography. If your field of view is about 1°, and the setting circles are graduated


Figure 3.10a. How to find the open cluster M41 by star hopping from Sirius in the constellation Canii Major. The circles show a typical finder telescoped 6° field of view. First center Sirius in the ffnder, then sweep 2/3 of a (inder field south and a bit east, keeping track of star patterns along the way. (East is always the direction of increasing right ascension.) M41 should be visible as a faint, sparkling haze. Chart reproduced from Sky A lias 2000.0 by W l irion.

every 1° in 4x11131:101 and 4 minutes in right ascegsiog, then the polar allgimeit should be better than 1°. But it probably does not need to be better than about 1/2°. If, on the other hand, you wish to center small planetary nebulae at high power in a 10 arc-mliute field of view, you need big, observatoryquality setting eirelcs that can be read to about 2 arc-mliutes, aid the aligiment should be better than about 5 arc-minutes. Such allgimeit will take time aid better methods than described here, aid is probably got feasible with a portable iistrumeit.

Oice the mount is aligned, the setting circles must be set to read correctly. This is easily done by ceiterlgg the telescope on a


Figure 3.10b. Flidlig faint NGC 253 in the coistellatloi Sculptor is more dlfllcult than f idlig M41. The galaxy is in a star-poor region only about two degrees from the south galactic pole. The brightest star in the region is Beta Ceti,7° to the north aid slightly west of NGC 253.

Start by placlig Beta Ceti fg the center of the field of view. (You must know the coistellatlois well enough to locate Beta Ceti!) Just outside the southern edge of the 6° ffeld is a pair of 5th-magiltude stars. Find them aid center them. Now NGC 253 is just south of the field of view aid a little east.

Move south until the two 5th-maggiitude stars are just outside the north edge. NGC 253 should be just east of ceiter. Moving a fractloi of a degree east should put NGC253 in the ceiter of the feld of the main telescope as well as the fi ider. The correct spot can be estimated by comparing the positions of the faiit stars in the fider with those on the chart. Chart reproduced from Sky Atlas 2000.0 by W. Tlrloi. star whose coordinates are known and then moving the setting circles until they read the correct position.

If the polar alignment was not adequate, you might have difficulty ffnding objects. One way to circumvent this problem when observing in a localized region of the sky is to aim at a star in the region and turn the setting circles to read that star's coordinates. This way, any error in pointing nearby is minimized. When another area of the sky is to be observed, the setting circles would need to be reset using a star in that area. The time spent resetting the circles takes away from precious observing time.

Note: the right ascension circle must be carried along with the telescope by a clock drive, or it will give false readings just a minute or two after being adjusted to the coordinates of a known star.

In this author's opinion, setting circles should not be used except on permanent mountings by very experienced astronomers. The beginning amateur needs to learn the sky, and the learning will be impeded if setting circles are used. Many amateurs find that they remember object's positions among the stars (but not their coordinates) after only a year or two of active observing, and can position a telescope on one of those objects before most people would have time even to look up the coordinates. While examining a






Figure 3.10c. M5 1,the Whirlpool Galaxy, is a bvorite of amateur astronomers. Finding it is not too diHicult as it lies near the end star of the Big Dipper (Eta Ursa Maj oris). Start by centering the finder on that star. Move west nearly half a finder ffeld to center the 5rh-magnitude star 24 Canum Venaticorum. Now move south about a third of a field and west a little. M51 is just west of a 7th-magnitude star. Note the many other galaxies in this region, and how one would star hop to them. The brightest galaxies are the Messier objects: M51, M63, M94, and M101. Chart reproduced from Sky Atlas 2000.0 by W. Tirion.

star chart to star hop to an object, the amateur often sees other objects nearby worth searching out too. And who knows? By constantly searching for objects and comparing views to star charts, novae, supernovae, comets, or asteroids may be discovered.

FINDERS

The finder is a small low-power, wide-field telescope attached parallel to the main telescope. The main telescope has a very small true field of view, usually less than 2° and often less than 1/2°. A wider-field telescope is essential to point such a tiny field at something otherwise you'd be searching for a needle in a haystack with a microscope.

Many telescopes come with finders too small and cheap for easily locating deep-sky objects. For star hopping, the finder must have a wide enough field of view to easily be pointed at objects (stars) seen with the unaided eye It must also have enough magni-


Figure 3J0d. Another way to locate objects is by ttoflsetting:n moving the telescope a known amount of right ascension and declination from a bright object to a faint one. Use the known size of your finder's view (in this case 6°) as your measuring device. M8. the Lagoon nebula in Sagittarius, is a favorite target of amateurs in the Northern-Hemisphere summertime. Offsetting to M8 and many other objects in the area can be done by first locating the "Teapot" of Sagil-tarius, outlined here. In dark skies, the Milky Way star clouds near the galactic center appear like steam rising fi*om the spout cf the Teapot. Start at the Teapot's top, Lambda (X.) Sagittarii, and move north 1°. (In oflset-ting it is usually best to do the shortest direction first because any distance errors will be minimized.) Next move west (the direction of decreasing right ascension) by 5.3°. M8 will now be centered. Chart reproduced from  Allas 2000.0 by W. Tirion. ffcation to accurately aim at the object meant for viewing in the main telescope. A good finder is essential. If you can't find an object, what good is the main telescope?

A good ffnder has the characteriitici of good binoculars. The smallest binoculars really useful for astronomy are 7X 35 (7 power and 35 millimeters aperture), so a 7 X35 ffnder is adequate only on the smallest telescopes, such as 2.4-inch refractors. Most amateur telescopei should be considered undcrequipped if they have anything less than an 8x50 finder.

A finder also needs to be of high optical quality. Since ma ny of the brighter deep-sky objects appear as fuzzy stars at low power, real star images should be very sharp to help distinguish them.

The magnification of thc finder is important 100、If the main telescope is to bc positioned very accurately, thc magnification of thc ftnder should be at least one tenth that of the main telescope. If we call the magnification of the main telescope divided by that of the ffndcr the Finder Magnification Ratio (FMR). then the FMR should be less than 10. An FMR less than 5 is even better.

For example, suppose identical eyepieces were used on the main and finder telescopes. The apparent fields would bc the same, but the true field of view of the higher power main telescope would be much less. If the fnder has a power of 7x and a 7° field of view, and the main telescope has a power of 70X, the latter has a 0.7 ° field of view. An object must be placed within one twentieth of the ffnder's field of view from the center in order for it to appear in the field of the main telescope at all!

But the ffnder should be able to do better than place the object just anywhere within the main telescope field. It should really put it no farther than half the field of view (0.35° in this example) from the center. That is an

Figure 3.10e. In another example of offsetting, Ml 5, a globular star cluster, can be easily found northwest of the 2nd-magnitude star Epsilon Pegasi. Move north 2.3°. then west 3.4°. Note that Ml 5 is about 1/3° west of a 6th-magnitudc star. Chart reproduced from Sky A lias 2000.0 by VV.

Ti rion.


error of only one quarter the field diameter, or 10.5 arc-minutes for this ease.

A 7-power finder can do this if it is accurately aligned with the main telescope and has thin cross hairs. (An 8-inch focal length finder objective and a 7X eyepiece would require cross hairs 0.01 inch or less in thickness —a reasonable value.) But now consider that after an object has been acquired, the magnification may be increased to 150X or 200X. If the object is lost from the field of the main telescope, where the true field is now only 20 or 15 arc-minutes, it would be very diflicult to reacquire the object. A low-power eyepiece would have to be reinserted in the main telescope and you'd have to start all over again.

Because this book advocates observing at magnifications well above 1OOX on some deep-sky objects, a relatively high-power finder is also a ,good idea. Higher power, however, means a redueed field of view, and that can hinder comparisons with star charts. The field of view must not be less than about 5° or this becomes a real problem.

The solution to this dilemma is one of two: 1 a finder with exchangeable eyepieces, so that wide fields can be used for finding an object and higher magnification for precise aiming, or 2) two finders, one low power, one higher. Option 2 has the advantage that the higher-power finder could also be of ,greater aperture, and then very faint objects bceomc easier to find. Disadvantages are the added expense and weight.

The ease of locating objects with two finders, a small one of low power and a larger one of higher power, cannot be overstressed. For many years I had a single find ef on the 8-inch Cassegrain used for most of the drawings in this book. It is far better than most, because it has a 60 mm objective of 300 mm focal length (f?om an old telephoto lens) and a war-surplus Erfle eyepiece of 38 mm focal length and a 65° 'apparent field of view. The combination gives a breathtaking 8° field on the sky and 7.9X. The cross-hairs are graduated in 1° increments for easy star-hopping. However, after much of the research lor this book was completed, and I was using magnifications consistently higher than in my early years of observing, I added a 3.1inch, "7.9 refractor. With a 20 mm Erfle, this telescope gives a 2° field of view at 31 X.

The ease of getting the general region of the object in the low-power finder, then moving to the 3-inch and almost always seeing the object and eentcring it, and then moving to the 8-inch, makes the added cost well worth it. Except for a very few objects, the 8-inch is used at magnifications of 117X and higher. The FMR ratios are then only 3.9 from the 7.9X finder to the 31 X finder, and only 3.8 from the 3 1 X finder to the 117x of the main telescope. The 8-inch would have to be used at a magnification greater than 310x for the FMR ratio to be greater than 10, but higher-power eyepieces can also be used jn the 3-inch refractor at such times. In addition, the 3-incli is a richest-field telescope, giving some marvelous views of the sky not possible with the 8-inch Cassegrain.

With these thoughts in mind, Table 3,5 was drawn up to recommend finder configurations.

MISCELLANEOUS TOPICS Caring for optics

If the optics are to perform to their limit, they must be clean and free from scratches. This is true of eyepieces, finders and the main telescope. All optics get dirty with use, and they must be cleaned with ,great care.

The worst problem is invisible: fine abrasive dust that will scratch suriaices during cleaning. Before anything else, very gently brush ofr the surfaces with a earners hair brush (which like other cleaning items is available at camera shops). Some companies sell cans of pressurized ,gas for blowing dust off surfaces such as lenses and mirrors, but beffore using one of these be sure it says it will not leave a residue and is safe for optics.

To clean small lenses such as eyepieces, the next step is to use lens-cleaning paper (obtainable at most camera stores) or sterile cotton swabs and a mild soap, alcohol, or lens cleaning liquid (also obtainable fom some camera stores). Use only ,genuine sterile surgical cotton, not synthetic "cotton" balls. The glass should only be patted and not rubbed because any rubbing action will tend to scratch dust across the surface.

Mirrors can be cleaned the same way, but the aluminum coating is extremely easy to scratch, so the utmost care is required. If the mirror is removed from its cellit can be

Table 3.5. Recommended two-finder combinations

The low^ir-power                   The high power

figder                                    finder

Mlafn telescope                   ---------------------- -------------------

aperture

power

aperture

power

aperture

2- to 3-inch

7x

35 mm

gone

3-to 7-fnch

1)

8X

50 mm

aid

15X

50 mm

or2)

12 x

50 mm

ioie

8- to 11-inch

8X

50 mm

aid

25 x

60 mm

12- to 16inch

8x

60 mm

aid

40 x

80 mm

1& to24-fnch

8X

60 mm

aid

50 x

100 mm


immersed ii lukewarm water and mild, unscented pure soap for cleaiing. First run lukewarm tap water over the mirror for several minutes to dislodge dirt on the surfacc. Then soak it in a plastic tub or sink full of lukewarm soapy water. (Place a towel in a sink to cushion the mirror if' it is dropped.) Now swab the mirror very gently uinderwater with sterile cotton. Turn the wad of cotton in a backward-rolling motion so that as soon as part of it rubs the surface, it is carried away aid won't touch it again. When the wad has been completely turned, throw it out and use a new one. Rinse by ruiiing tap water over the mirror again for several miiutes. Finish with a riise of distilled or defoiized water (this does not leave stains), staid the mirror on its side on a towel, aid let it dry. If your tap water coitaiis many imp uritie.s, you should use distilled or deionized waler for the whole process.

Eyepieces should be stored in a safe case. Some companies sell eyepiece cases, or camera cases can be adapted, or you can build your own. Most cases are foam liied, and many anialeurs simply place the eye pieces in slots or holes in the foami. Such practice can damage the eyeplec e if ' aiy lens surface touches the fioam. Thc extreme case of damage would occur if the case was exposed to suilfght; the foam cai melt 0110 the lens! The eyepieces should have sonic form of lens cover, like a plastic cap, be (orc being placed in a foarn box. Or keep them in plastic sandwich bags.

Dew

Dew is extremely hazardous to optics. Repealed dewings can turn mirror coalings brown because when dew settles, dust settles with ft. The presence of waler cai also start a chemical etching process by impurities.

A telescope brought into a warm house from the cold will immediately dew up. The optics should be scaled before eitering the house so that little water will condense oi them, aid after reaching room temperature, the seals should be looseied so aiy trapped moisture cai escape

Dew cai also form on a telescope while it is being used outdoors, fogging the view. This can be preveited to some degree by having a long tube fi ftroi of the objective, about twice as long as the tube's diameter. Reflectors oily dew in the severest conditions, because the mirror is al the end oi ' a very long tube. Fiider telescopes should have a long shield ii front of the objective to preveit dew as well as to keep out stray light. Eyepieces are more dlfllcult to keep from dewing up, especially since they are gear the observer's breath. Eyepieces should got be left uncovered, but pul ii a protective box when not in use.

In really wet conditions, the box could be heated with two to three watts to drive off dew. The objective can also be kept dew free by placing one to three watts of heating elements around ft. Such heaters can be made with small resistors or resistive wire and a low voltage source such as a car battcry. (Do not use the car's own battcry because after heating all night it might not have enough power to start the car.)

SUMMARY

The purpose of a telescope is to gather light and focus it to form an image. An eyepiece magnifies the image and directs the light to the eye, whcrc it is refocused on the retina. Two basic parameters govern a telescope's ability to show an object: the amount of light gathered (determined by the size of the primary mirror or lcns) and the total magnification at the eye.

The magnification and the eyepiece's apparent fcld of view determine the true field of view on the sky. A short-focus tclcscopc (i.e. f/4.5) and a long focus instrument (such as f/15) of the same aperture will give essentially identical views of deep-sky objects when used at the same magnification with cycpicccs having the same field of view. The short-focus tclcscopc has an advantage in that it can achieve low powers and wide fields with standard eyepieces. The long-focus telescope has the advantage when working at high powers, as they can bc achieved with cycpicccs having reasonable focal lengths and comfonable viewing positions for the eye. Optical aberrations are also reduced.

The differences among telescope types are not as important for viewing deep-sky objects as for planetary or double-star observing, since most of the limitations for deep-sky work are in the human eye.

Even in perfect seeing conditions, an upper limit to thc useful magnification is set by the resolution of both the telescope and the cyc. The cyc can rcsolvc about one arc-minute when an object is bright, but resolution decreases as the object becomes fainter, and at the limit of detection, the cyc's resolution is only about 0.5°. In this situation very high powers are necessary to magnify the fnest details a telescope itself resolves so that they become visible to the eye.

For bright subjects, the magnification limit is oficn said to be about 60x per inch of thc telescoped objective diameter. (A SO-inch telescope is said to have a limit of6()0 power). However, for faint objects the limit is as much as 330X per inch. The lesson to remember is to use however high a magnification seems to work best.

Special flters can partially reject both natural and manmade light pollution. These nebula flters work by increasing contrast between certain objects and the sky back ・ ground. Even though the Alters decrease the light of all objects, if thc background is reduced cvcn further, thc improved contrast may more than compensate, and the object will actually appear brighter to thc eye. Nebula filters work best on emission and planetary nebulae, rather than on stars, galaxies, and reflection nebulae. The filters -generally should be used between the cyepicce and the telescope objective, because many such filters do not work well if thc light is. more than a few degrees o(Faxis. The effectiveness of filters from different manufacturers varies considerably, so try to use several in actual observing sessions, and choosc the best one to purchase.

For finding objects in the frst place, thc best method for thc amateur to learn is star hopping. First thc brightest stars must be learned with the aid of an all-sky map or planisphere. Then, using a detailed star atlas, thc telescope’s finder is pointed to a known naked-eye star. By using thc patterns on thc star chart, the finder telescope, along with the main telescope, is moved step by step to the object of interest.

The finder should have an aperture of at least 35 mm for main telescopes of 3 aperture or less, and at least 50 mm (2 inches) for teleskopes with apertures over 3 inches. The ffnder magnification should be no less than one-tenth the magnification used on the main telescope. Otherwise the main telescope cannot be pointed accurately. Amateur telescopes larger than about 8 inches Should have two finders, the second with an aperture and magnification midway between the small finder and thc main telescope.

4

The faintest star visible in a telescope

INTRODUCTION

The faintest oint of light detectable by the unaided eye was derived in Chapter 2. The eye's fundamental limit is around 5() to 15() photons of,green light arriving over a several-seeon(leriod, corresponding to a star as flint as magnitude 8.5. Seeing such a faint star requires perfect conditions and dark adaptation as well as exclusion of all extra nc()us light, including all other stars in the sky.

Thus it's not sur rising that no one sees 8.5-ma niludc stars with the naked eye in real life. A more typical limit is 7 or 7.5 for a skilled observer in excellent country skies.

Stars and other small objects form a special case for detection by the eye in the telescope. As we have seen, any object less than about 0.5° across as presented to the eye can be considered a point source if it is so dim it's at the threshold of detection. A star image is actually a ditrraction disk, but it is so small that, if faint, the disk is a point to the eye at any reasonable magnification at all.

Magnification does not change the brightness of a oint source in the telescope, but it does decrease the surface brightness of the background and reduces the field of view so other stars do not interfere. ThereGre the fundamental limits of the eye can be reached when a telescope is used. Here it really is possible to see the equivalent of 8.5-magnitude stars naked-eye.

MAGNIFICATION

The fundamental magnitude limit B , of a telescope is given by

,叫=仏 + 2.5 log1o(が b / Q/)

(equation 4.1) where is the eye limiting magnitude (8.5 for the ideal case), D is the tc1cseope diameter. Dc is is the eye diameter, taken to be 7.5 millimeters, and t is the telescope transmission factor (which is usually about 0.7). This equation reriuces to

Mr = 3.7 + 2.5 logio (ひ') (equation 4.2) where 1 is expressed in millimeters. This formula was used to list the ideal limiting magnitudes for telescopes of various apertures in Table 4.1.

The surface brightness A/tj of lhe sky oran extended object (in magnitudes) is darkened by the telescope magnificalion and transmission (actor as follows:

Mb = -2.5 log](D inD?) (equation 4.3) where m is the magnification. This is why magnification helps to detect faint stars when the sky is bright, or even under dark country skies compared to when low power is used. High magnification also increases the apparent angle between Geld stars.

Consider a dark country sky with a surface brightness of 24 magnitudes per square arcsecond. At the minimum usable magnification. computed from the equation

mm = D / D®                 (equation 4.4)

which is 27 X for an 8-inch telescope, the sky brightness is redueed from its naked-eye level by

.Arn = -2.5 logt0(/)             (equation 4.5)

or if / is ().7, 0.39 magnitudes / sq. arc-second

Examining Figure 41.which shows the faintest star detectable by the eye, we find that at a sky background of24.4 mag./sq. arc-sec., the naked-eye limit is 7.6. Using this value for B B , in equation 4.1 we find a limiting magnitude of 14.4 for an 8-inch telescope al its lowest usable power of 27 X.

Table 4.1 Ideal limiting magnitudes

Aperture

(inches)

Visual magnitude

Aperture (inches)

Visual magnitude

1

10.7

12

16.1

2

12.2

14

16.5

3

13.1

16

16.7

4

13.7

18

17.0

5

14.2

20

17.2

6

14.6

22

17.4

7

14.9

24

17.6

8

15.2

30

18.1

10

15.7

36

18.5

Note: Large refraetors have brighter limiting magnitudes due to absorption in the thick objective glass.

Computed from equation 4.2

For higher magni^cations, equation 4.3 gives the reduction in sky brightness. For example, choosing a power of 90X and (—0.7 in equation 4.3, we see the sky background is 3 magnitudes fainter than that at 27X! Thus, the background is reduced to 27 magnitudes/ sq. arc-second, improving the cyc limit, A/,., to its best possible value, 8.5. The magnitude limit is then 15.2 in the 8-incli telescope, an increase of 0.8 magnitudes over that seen at 27 power.

A more dramatic example can be sccn byobserving stars in a suburban sky with a surface brightness of 2() magnitudes/iq. arc-see., where the naked cyc limit is 5.5. Al a magnification of 27 X on the 8-inch, stars of magnitude 12.5 would be just detectable. If the magnification were increased to 20(), the sky surface brightness in the telescope would bc reduced to 24.7 magnitudes / sq. arc-sec. and stars as faint as 14.6 would be within view. At 57() power, the sky suriace brightness in the telescope would bc reduced to 27.0 magnitudes / sq. arc-sec. and the 8-incli would reach its limit oi' magnitude 15.2.

This would bc true even in bad seeing, because a very faint star image blurred to a diameter of three arc-seconds is still a point as iar as the eyc is concerned, even at high magnification.

Al the very limit of detection, there must be no other stars within at least a couple of degrees (as sccn by the cyc) of the star being scrutinized. Greater distances are required if thc neighboring stars arc bright.

FINDING TONIGHT'S MAGNITUDE LIMIT

Because atmoipheric seeing docs not a flCct visibility of faint objects at the cyc's threshold, thc deep-sky observer s main mea・ sure of sky quality is merely the sky surface brightness. However, this is difficult to determine. Instead, observers traditionally take note oi' the faintest star visible to the naked cye.

'1-he atmosphere itself absorbs light and thus ailccts the faintest star observable. This atmospheric extinction inkrcases farther from thc zenith, as deicribed in Appendix C. 'rhus, when thc faintest star visible to thc naked cyc or in a telescope is determined, its altitude above the horizon should bc factored in at least if the altitude is less than about 60°.

Making such a sky-quality estimate requires adequate star charts w h visual magnitudes recorded. For naked-eye determinations many charts arc available, some of which are listed in Appendix A.

For telescope work, open star clusters provide many stars in one view for easy limiting magnitude determinations. Appendix B pnい senls a number of clusters around the sky for this purpose. They wcrc plotted f?()m data gathered by Hoag et aL (1961)and are shown in two charts per cluster: one with stars only, and on the facing page, the cluster with visual magnitudes given to the tenth with tlic decimal point omitted (129 is magnitude 12.9). Also given are thc platc scale and the viewing distance from the book to show how the cluster will appear at various magnificationi. Sparsely populated clusters were ehoscn so brighter field stars do not interfere. Clusters that have very bright members, such as thc Pleiades, arc not ink1uded since these interfere severely with viewing thc fainter members. Table 4.2 lists the star clusiecs in Appendix B and the magnitude range of thc stars plotted on the charts.

Unfortunatelyopen k1usters arc not evenly distributed around the sky, but are eomeen-tratcd near thc Milky Way. This caused -gaps in the Hoag study, su. ch as a lack of clusters between 7.5 hours and nearly | 8 hours right asceisioi. Clusters do exist ii this right ascegsioi range, but they are far south and were got measured ii the Hoag study. But at least oie of the clusters should be visible at some time of night each night of the year.

Ai example of using the star clusters to monitor site quality is shown in Figure 4.2. I waited to find the site closest to Denver, Colorado' that could be considered free of light pollution. The star cluster NGC 6910 was chosen for the test. Sites were selected at dlffereit distances from the metropolitai area that were uicoitamiiated by smaller, closer towns. 4'he best skies were found oily at a dlstaice of 70 to 80 miles away in the Rocky Mouitaiis. A site over 200 miles from Denver produced the same result as one at 80 miles, though there were always small towns at distances of about 5() miles. The theoretical limit was never reached, possibly because of these small cities, or because of atmospheric dust or airglow during the season of observations (summer), or more likely, the telescope traismissioi factor is closer to ().5.

-5


5         10         15        20        25
Backgr• und Surface Bright ness, Bo (mag nitudes / arc-sec2)

Figure 4.1. The faintest star that can be seen by a trained observer depe nds oi the background surface brightiess of the sky. A good dark country sky has a surface brightness of about 24.4 magiitudes per square arc-secoid, giving a visual limit of magnitude 7.8. High magiiflcatioi on a telescope cai reduce the background below 27 magiitudes per square arc-second, allowing the eye to reach its fuidameital detectioi limit given in Table 4.1 Detection of faint stars in a nebula is more difTicult since the background (surrouidlig the star) is greater than that of the night sky.

Table 4.2. Star clusters illustrated in Appendix B for faintest-sita^r determination

(Opru-UEBE)

〇 doos ①一①ー・ qo——8 su①-u 一 e



Position (epoch 2000.0) ----------------------------- Magnitude Object                    R.A.                 Dec.                  range

NGC 225

00h 43.8

+6147‘

9.3

15.9

NGC1647

04 46.9

+ 19 05

8.6

16.3

NGC2129

06 01.1

+ 23 18

7.4

16.6

NGC 2422 (M47)

07 36.3

—14 30

5.7

14.2

NGC 6494 (M23)

17 56.9

!9 01

6.5

14.2

NGC 6823

19 43.2

+ 23 19

8.8

15.9

NGC 6910

20 23.0

+ 40 48

7.4

14.8

NGC 7031

21 07.3

+ 50 50

11.3

17.2

NGC 7235

22 12.5

+ 57 15

8.8

15.8

All data from Hoag et a.(1961).

Dista nee From Den ver (miles)

Figure 42 "The faintest star visible at diflbrcnl distances from the Denver metropolitan area, population 1.8 million.

SUMMARY

The faintest star visible li a telescope depends on the aperture, power aid sky brightness. H igh power reduces the surface brightness of both the sky aid the star image (slice the star is a diffraction disk in the telescope). However, since the eye sees fkiit star disks as points, the surface brightiess of a fhiit star does not appear to change with increasing magnifeatioi. The background surface brightness does visibly darken, aid so faint stars become easier to sec.

The telescope, with its magnified aid restricted field of view, can be used to reach the eye's fuidameital detectioi limit, something a naked-eye observer can never achieve. This ideal condition is reached when the background is darkened suficleitly by magnification so that the faintest star possible can be seen. This cai be done whether observing li superbly dark country skies or ii city skies with Tight pollution. Similarly, faint stars li a nebula can be seen more easily at higher magnifications because the surface brightness of the nebula is reduced.

The faintest star observable gear the zenith with a specific telescope aid magnification is a fuidameital parameter documeitiig the conditions for observing deep-sky objects.

5

Making drawings and keeping records

INTRODUCTION

Anyone who observes the sky should keep a logbook. Even the most casual celestial sightseeing becomes more mearingf1i1 if a few notes are jotted down in a permanent record. For more serious observing, complete notes are essential. They document the viewing conditions, provide a record of what was actually seen, and create a baseline for comparing future observations and gaining perience. And, of course, they will form a rich personal diary of starry nights.

Good records sometimes serve purposes unanticipated at the time. Finding a supernova in a galaxy, or an unexpseted asteroid or comet, are examples that come to mind.

Amateur observers often just list the ob-)cets they see during a night. This has little value unless you just like to compile lists and figure out such tilings as how many galaxies you have seen. The next level of sophistication is to note the date, time, magnifieation and telescope used. This still has little value except to list-compilers.

At the next level, the observer might write a few comments such as:

Time

Objeet

Power

Commcn ts

11:05

M63

36X

easy

11:10

M51

75X

maybe some spiral

structure

11:15

M14

50 X

partially resolved

11:25

M13

75X

mottled, spectacular

11:40

M57

100X

ring easily seen

12:10

Veil

36X

barely seen

Such a list has only a little more value. What is "easy?" Spiral structure means different things to diflerent people. <Barely seen" does not tell what it actually looked like. Was it elongated? Were stars visible through it? Which parts of it were seen?

Ihe list above is typical of some of my early records. In preparing this book, I was very disappointed to discover their lack of usefulness. Back then I also made many drawings a half inch to two inches wide, but rarely included field stars. Thus there is no way to tell the scale of a drawing or the size of what was seen. Is that fuzzy patch tlie full extent of a galaxy including its spiral arms, or only the bright central region? A couple of field stars would have allowed comparison with photographs to ffnd out.

Even longer descriptions can seem adequate on future reading. In soome of my more exciting moments under superbly dark country skies, I wrote Just like a photograph", and "so spectacular and complex that a true drawing cannot be made.5' These comments recall fond memories but serve little other purpose.

To Coeumsnt the view fully, records must include the sizes of objects, the shapes and relative brightnesses of all their partsT and their placement with respect to stars. This chapter outlines ways to do so - either in writing or by one of three methods for making drawings.

WRITTEN DESCRIPTIONS

Any record of a sighting should include certain basic data: the observer, date, start and ending times of the observation (be sure to state the kind of time and date, such as Universal Time or Mountain Standard Time), the observing site, the eyepieces and their magnifications, a sky quality note such as the faintest star visible, wliethcr a clock drive was used, and tlie approximate altitude or air mass of tlie object. (See Appendix C for a discussion of air mass.)

A written description should include estimates of the object's size, the direetlons aid distaices of its details from refcrcncc points, and the details' relative briglitnesses. Ai example:

NGC 4565 Edge-on galaxy in Coma Berenices 5/11 83 Start10:00 T

8-inchJ/11.5 Cassegrain     LocationWaianae Ranch,

Hawaii

Eyepieces: 20mm Erfle (111X)124mm Erfle (188X)

Faintest star at zenith: about magnitude 143 at 188X. ObsenerR. Clark.

This object was haM to find, being in a star-poor area Once found, the view was amazing / I had seen the galaxy in poorer skies in the      1970s but did

not think the dork lane was visible with an 8-inch. Now the dark lane could be seen at 117X and 188X by several observer easily (no averted. vi^^^ton).

The galaxy is about 11 arc-minutes longexte^^d-ing northwest to southeast. The boundaries of the arms are J airly sharp, except at the lips where they fade slowly into the sky background. he central hub is oval (about 2 by 1.5 arc-minutes); the long axis is aligned with the arms. The edges oj the hub fade fast slowly, then quickly into the sky background. Best view is with the 12.4 mm Erjle at 188X. in which the galaxy extends over the whole field.

The dark lane is about 4 to 5 arc-minutes long and about 0.3 arc-minute wide. The inner nuclear region (the central 025 arc-minute) is much brighter and lies southwest of the dark lane.

On each side oj the nucleus in the long direction is a bright spot about '25 arc-minute in diameter. Another bright spot was glimpsed occasionally about 4 arc-minutes from the nucleus along the galaxy's long axis.

A star lies 1.5 or 2 arc-minutes noorheast of the nucleus. It is janter than the nuclear region, probably 12th or 13th magnitude. A second star, a little fainter, is about 4 arc-minutes south of the nucleus and slightly west. A brighter on (mag.10 or 11?) is 8 arc-minutes west and 3 arc-minutes south of the nucleus.

End of oobeeuvUion: 10:42 UT.

DRAWINGS

It's often said that a picture is worth a thousand words. Composing a thousand words takes much time aid thought aid still may leave the reader with the wrong mental image. So when it comes to accurate recording of seicntilie data, there's often no substitute for a picture.

In past ceiturles a scientist was necessarily a draftsman. Nowadays scientists li almost all fields rely on photography to record images, aid the pencil aid sketchpad io longer rank as esseitial scleitific tools. Visual astronomy, however, remains ai exception.

Y ou'll need white paper, either plain or with light 'graph Tines forjudging distances, a soft peicll such as number 1 or 2, and a clean eraser. Some observers draw wh chalk oi black paper, but others find chalk hard to coitrol. Drawings of deep-sky objects made at the telescope are generally done with scribbled pencil shading. Better-looklig fiilshed versions, made immediately afterward indoors, use what is called the figer-smudglng technique. Using a dull peicll, lightly scribble a somewhat smaller area than the desired shading. Then use a clean, dry finger to smear the marks until they blend together into a uniform texture. If the patch is too faint, scribble aid smear some more until the desired efl^ct is produced. If the smear becomes too dark, the eraser is used ii the same way as the pencil, followed by more smearing. But lighteniig a smudge is harder than darkeiiig it, so sometimes is necessary to start again.

Pencil drawings oi white paper are negatives: the brighter a star or nebulous patch, the darker the pencil mark or smudge. Some people fnd it hard to get used to a iegative image, but most quickly leari to meitally reverse dark areas on the paper to correspond to bright areas in the sky.

Doing aiythiig at the telescope other than looking through it requires light. Any extra light reduces the eye's sensitivity to faiit objects. But if the working light is too dim, drawings become Tess accurate. I recommend that a very dim flashlight be used. Red light is tradltloially preferred, but the rod cells are more sensitive to all colors than cone cells so there is io advantage to using red light. Figure 2.3c (page 9) shows this. In fact many amateurs tend to use too bright a red light. They have the false impression that if it is rcd, night vision will not bc impaired. In practice, however. I ffnd that very dim grccn or yellowish light works fine. Strong colors should bc avoided because they distort the eye's color perception at the telescope, if an objcct is bright enough to show color at all.

A good light lcvcl can be obtained from a two-battery ffashlight by replacing thc bulb with onc meant for three, four, or five batteries. This both dims and rcddcns thc light, while extending battcry lifC. Thc ffashlight should cast a smooth glow with no bright or dark spots. This can bc ensured by placing one or two pieces of paper in front of thc bulb to act as difliiscrs. Thc brightness can bc ffnc-tuncd by using two pieces of polarizing material between the bulb and paper to act as a variable filter. Buy a high-quality ffashlight it is very annoying to have to shake or bang it to make it work.

A drawing can cover any amount of sky and bc any size on the paper you wish. Some authors recommend using just one cycpicec drawing a eire1e to represent its field of view, and sketching what is seen in this field. This is a bad idea for several reasons. The most important is thc need to use many magnifica-tioni l()explore an object properly, one of the main thrusts of this book. Another is that you may want to draw a larger area than fits in the field, or . just a small detail.

One rationale for the clre1e method is to give others a fccl for what they might scc in their cycpiccc at the same magnification. But even al the same power, onc eyepiece can show a feld twice as big as another, 'l'hc right way to indicate an objectS apparent size is to give the distance f?omi which to view the paper so thc object looks as big as it did in thc lelescope. Angular distance on the sky corresponds to linear distance on a drawing or photograph. The relationship between them is called the scale (or frequently the ‘‘plate ska1c2' a carryover from photographic plates). Often it is given in arc-icconds per millimeter. If an angle in the sky corresponds to the distance l on the drawing or photograph, then the scalep is

qJ Is,.                        (equation 5」)

Oncc the scale is sct. the appropriate viewing distance v to the paper depends only on the magnification . of the telescope:

v = JI(2m tan(7t/2)).          (equation 5.2)

The drawings in Chapter 7 give both thc scale and viewing distances for various mag-nllleatio ns. By holdi n your cyc at these distances from the. page, you scc just how large an object appears at a .given mag^ificat.ion.

If an eyepiece's true ffcld in your tcleseope is known (scc Chapter 3), you can find thc linear size of the eyepiece fi.cld of view on thc drawing (or a photograph) from thc equation

仁=2mv tan(nt/2)             (equation 5.3)

where is now thc true field oi view d thc telescope with that eyepiece.

Even though many magnifications should be used to view an object, onc will often give thc best overall impression of the object. This magnification, along with a viewing distance of about 25cm (1() inches), will define a good scale for thc drawing.

Any drawing takes considerable limc, first at the telescope, then indoors doing a gcomet-rth correction and a finished version (discui-sed below). A very simple subject with only a couple of field stars, such as a faint. Icatu^re-lcii galaxy, may lake only 1()minutes al thc telescope. Most subjects take over 30 minutes, and complicated ones like thc Orion nebula (M42) several hours. The more complex a subject, thc more you must go back and forth from eyepiece to paper, and each lime you return to the telescope it takes five minutes or so to regain full night vision even when using a very dim flaslilight.

After thc drawing is completed at thc telescope. a finished version is made indoors by the finger smudging method. For this finished drawing, a geometric correction should be made using known positions of stars to "straighten outu positional errors. This drawing usually takes longer than thc onc made at the telescope. In general, thc more lime spent, thc more aeeuratc the portrayal is. likely to be.

Good drawings do not require special artistic talent or experience, but they do demand close attention, much time at the tclcscopc, much time redrawing with ffnger smudging, and honesty in not recording details rcmem* bered from photographs but not positively sccn. All this can require more time than taking a long-exposure photograph. But the result is often as satisfying or more so.

Drawing even has certain advantages over photography. One is low cost. The simplest, bare-bones telescope is all you need no clock drive, alignment devices, or electronic guider, not to mention camera, film, and a photographic darki■〇om. Secondly, the eye has a far greater 1at1tuCeor dynamic range, than film. This means bright and faint details can be seen at the same time, which is something film cannot do (without very special techniques). For example, have you ever seen a photograph of M42 that shows the large, fehit outer wisps and the bright Trapezium? See Chapter 7 for many examples.

Drawing method 1the initial-blind method

For this method you start "blind" with no information about the subject that might bias you; a photograph should not be at the tele-sdope.

First the held stars are drawn, then the ob)cet itself is sketched in, using the stars to position its parts correctly. Finger smudging is not used,just gentle shading with the pen-di11 The working light should be so dim that you can't tell pencil shading from ffnger smudges anyway; the smallest detail visible in very dim light at a distance of 10 inches (25 4 cm) is about a sixteenth of an inch (1.6 mm).

Because of this, a drawing made at the telescope will look terrible in normal room lighting. More to the point, a subject cannot be rendered very faithfully under dim illumination. But detail will be remembered (or a short while after leaving the telescope. This is the time to redraw the rough sketch indoors.

While doing so, a geometric eorreetion can be performed. This is done by finding a suitable photograph of the object and tracing only the field stars (and, if the object has very bright portions with sharp boundaries, these as well.) But remember that brightnesses may appear diflererit on the photo than per-de1ved by the eye. Draw the star brightnesses as remembered and rceorded not as they appear on the photograph.

Lastly, the photograph should be put away and the hazy object finger-smudged in. Here one needs to be very hon est and not biased by the photo just seen. Only when thedrawing is complete may it be compared with the photo.

The final drawing should be checked for accuracy during another observing session preferably under similar skies at the same time the next night. The object should first be studied in the telescope, then a bright enough light should be used to confirm the details in the drawing.

Drawing method 2: filling in details

I n this method you start with a pre-drawn, geometrically correct sketch and fill whatever details you can see in the telescope. Such a sketch could be traced &om a photograph but trouble may result because photos usually record stars that are too faint for visual use and the proper magnitude cutoff can't be told. A better source is a drawing already made by method 1 Such a drawing can be traced or copied, leaving out the detail at the limit of detection.

Using this preliminary sketch, you add any newly observed detail. Then a new final drawing is made indoors using finger smudging as in method 1.

Drawing method 3: the double-blind method

In this procedure no photographs are used before, during, or after the drawing at the telescope is made. This method, the Geest from bias, requires an accurately driven telescope and a grid reticle in the eyepiece.

The stars and subject are drawn on ,graph paper, where the squares match the reticle grid seen in the eyepiece. Everything can be plotted accurately this way; there is no need (or a geometrical correction in room light. However, nebulosity will still need to be redrawn by ffnger smudging. The grid may be rela1neC in the ffnal version, or removed.

This is the most difUcult drawing method, and retie1e eyepieces are not available in today's te1eseope market. They have to be custom made. A grid is not needed in all eyepieces, but in at least one so that some star positions can be accurately plotted.

SUMMARY

Good astronomical records provide a useful baseline for seeing the same and possibly more detail in thc future. They add meaning to a night's work and improve the observer's perceptiveness. Detailed records provide reminders of enjoyable and sometimes aweinspiring observing experiences. Careful drawings can also be displayed in thc same manner as photographs, showing others, eluding non-astronomy enthusiasts, thc beauty that can bc seen in the night sky-

6

A case study: the Whirlpool Galaxy Messier 51

INTRODUCTION

In this chapter wc will scc how thc principles diseuiicd up to now including teleicopc size, sky quality, and magnification - aflbet thc features that can be seen in a partieu1ar galaxy.

Our case study is an object that nearly every amateur tries to observe not long after getting a tclcscopc: the Whirlpool Galaxy M51,with s spiral arms. This was the first galaxy in which spiral itructurc was discovered, in 1845 by the Earl of Rossc using a 72inch speeu1um-meta1 rei1ector. It still has thc reputation as the galaxy with the most easily visible spiral arms. What telescope size, magni^cation, and sky conditions are required to scc them?

BRIGHTNESS PROFILE OF M51

Figure 6.1 shows a photograph of M51 with a line from thc nucleus to the edge. At 1 5 places along this line, the galaxy's light was measured photometrically by Francois Schweizer in 1976 as part of a study of the spiral structure of galaxies, providing us with an accurate brightness profile to analyze. Thc light levels along the line arc plotted in Figure 6.2 first thc actual levels that were measured, then with various amounts of light pollution added to illustrate the situati on un der in-ercasing1y poor skics. The same data arc listed in Table 6.1.

Note thc dip in luminance (surface brightness) 65 arc-seconds ^om the nucleus. This represents the background lcvcl between two spiral arms. What eonditions are needed to sce thc increase in brightness marking thc next spiral arm out, at 77 arc-sccondi?

Contrast is defined as

C = (B - Bo) / Bo               (equation 6.1) where B and Bo are the surface brightnesses (in linear units) of the object and background, respectively. In stellar magnitudes, this becomes

C =10[-° -ml 1         (equation 6.2)

where M and AIO are the surface brightnesses in magnitudes per unit area (such as pcr square arc-second). In the case we'rc considering in M51, Al = 20.4) and = 2).24 when the sky is very dark (24.25 magnitudes / sq. arc-scc; scc Table 6.1). This korresponds to a contrast C of 1.33. Note that the "background'' in this case is not the sky background, but the galaxy's glow between spiral arms.

If wc switch to higher powers, the surfkcc brightness dims because the light is spread out over a larger area. But the contrast remains the same. This fact is represented in Table 6.2 — which was drawn up for an 8-inch tclcicopc at various magnifications for thc six sky conditions in Table 6.1.

VISUAL DETECTION

Thc visibility of the spiral arm at a given contrast and surface brightness depends on its apparent size that is, the tc1cseope's power — and the eye's sensitivity. Take a minute to examine Figure 6.3. At 27X, the spiral arm appears 13 arc-minutes wide to the cyc. Note where the vertical line for 27X meets the horizontal line for sky condition A (contrast =1.33). Here, thc sloping lines showing background surface brightness show that the eye can only detect such a small object ifit is as bright as 21.3 magnitudes per square arc-second. This point falls bclow thc heavy, roughly horizontal arc showing the detektion limit for an 8-inch telescope. So the spiral arm will not be visible.

Distance from nucleus (are-see.)

Brightness in magnitudes/sq. are-seeond

Darkest sky A

B

C

D

E

Brightest sky F

18.00

17.98

17.98

17.94

17.84

17.64

25

20.56

20.48

20.33

20.03

19.51

18.78

31

20.73

20.64

20.47

20.13

19.57

18.81

38

21.07

20.95

20.73

2031

19.67

18.86

46

21.39

21.23

20.95

20.46

19.75

18.89

55

21.32

21.17

20.90

20.43

19.73

18.89

65 Mo

21.40

21.24

20.96

20.46

19.75

18.89

77M

20.48

20.41

20.27

19.98

19.47

18.76

92

21.37

21.22

20.94

20.45

19.75

18.89

110

22.39

22.03

21.51

20.78

19.91

18.96

130

22.60

22.18

21.60

20.82

19.93

18.97

150

21.98

21.72

21.31

20.67

19.86

18.94

170

22.11

21.82

21.38

20.71

19.87

18.95

190

23.50

22.70

21.87

20.95

19.98

18.99

210

24.25

23.00

22.00

21.00

20.00

19.00

Contrast M,M0

1.33

1.15

0.89

0.56

0.29

0.13

Log contrast

0.124

0.061

0051

—0.252

—0538

0.886

Data in column A are from Schweizer (1976),Astrop9sicai/OwmaSupplement3iy pp. 313-32, from his Figure 5h at position angle 135° from the galaxy's nucleus. Data are B 3 magnitude e^s, which are reasonably close to visual magnitudes.

If we boost the power to 120X, the apparent width of the spiral arm swells to 60 arc minutes. Its surface brightness is now fainter, 25.0 magnitudes per sq. arc-second. But the eye is much more sensitive both to faint objects and low-contrast objects if they are large. Under sky eondition A, the eye could see something 60 arc minutes wide even as faint as 25.7 magnitudes per sq. are-second1 So the arm is now quite visible in an B-inch scope. It could even be detected in a sky as poor as condition D.

Interestingly, the graph shows that boosting the power from 120X to 200 X would bring the spiral arm just into detectability in a 6-ineh scope under sky A. Even though the arm would be more apparent in the 8-ineh than the 6-inch at all powers, it is less apparent at 200X than it was at 120X.

Note that a faint object becomes harder to detect at both very high and very low powers. This is why the thick arcs for various telescopes curve up at both ends. Detcetion is easiest when the object is at the bottom of each arc - at the optimum magnified visual angle diseusss:C in Chapter 2. The optimum magnified visual angle is shown by the somewhat wobbly line climbing up the graph from lower left to upper right.

DISCUSSION AND SUMMARY

The sizes and contrasts of deep-sky objects vary greatly. So docs the size and contrast of detail within a single objs:el1 So a large range of magnifications is needed to see all possible detail. For any feature, there is an optimum magnified visual angle at which it can best be detected. Fortunately, the decrease of de tec ・ lability on each side of the optimum is small, so fine gradations of magnification are not needed.

The eye's response to light, like the r— sponses of our other senses, is logarithmic. So the sequence of magnifications used should follow a logarithmic trend. For example, you

Figure 6.1. Messier 51 The line shows where the photometric brightness measuremeits analyzed in this chapter were made. (Courtesy Palomar Observatory.)

Contrast (C)                                     Mo

c

Log(C)

27 X

60x

120X

200x

400 X

600 x

1.33

0.125

21.78

23.52

25.02

26.13

27.64

28.52

1.15

0.061

21.62

23.36

24.86

25.97

27.48

28.36

0.89

0.051

21.34

23.08

24.58

25.69

27.20

28.08

0.56

— 0.252

20.84

22.58

24.08

25.19

26.70

27.58

0.29

0.538

20.13

21.87

23.37

24.48

25.99

26.87

0.13

—0.886

19.27

21.01

22.51

23.62

25.13

26.01

Apparent size of

spiral arm:

13.5’

30'

60'

100'

200'

300'

Log size:

1.130

14 77

1778

2.000

2.301

2.477

Reductioi in surface

brfghtiess (mags)

0.38

2.12

3.62

4.73

6.24

7.12

U 18
19
20
21
22
23
24

〇     50    100    150    200
Dista nee from Nucleus (arc-sec ・)

Figure 62 The data from Table 6.1 are plotted to show the coitrast of M5Ts spiral arms in diflereit amounts of light pollution. Sky A is for a dark country site, while F is typical of a Targe city. The spiral arm analyzed ii the next figure is the one 77 arc-secoids from the iucleus.

might want a series of eyepieces that each give about 1.6 times higher power than the last. Ifyour telescope's minimum useful power is 30X, then a reasonable series of magni ・ ifcatioms might bc 30X, 50X, 75X, I25X200X, 315x, 510X, and so on.

An aitoniihing fact emerges from analyzing thc cyc's semsitivity under astromomica1 conditions. A small telescope requires higher magnification to detect a faint object than a large telescope! This cflect is discussed further in Appendix F.

m、(〇m—m)«e二 uoo e-qeloalao lse--elus


104
13
102
10
1
10-1
io"2

M 5 1 spiral arm a t position angle 135°

Detection Range in

Various Telescopes

6-inch telescope

B-inch

1 6-inch

1 2-inch


120x 200x  400x 600x

Magnification


10 100 1000
Appare nt An gular Size (arc-mi n)

Figure 6.3. Thc visibility of the main spiral arm in M5) is analyzed for various tc1cseopcs, powers, and sky con ditions, using the data in Tables 6.1 and 6.2. For diiferent amounts of light pollution (horizontal lines labeled ''A" through "F''), the contrast between the arm and its background was computed, using thc values of M and Mo in Tables 6.1 and 62 Next, for each magnification on a telescope of a given aperture, the apparent background surface brightness (A/〇) was computed. Each contrast (converted to a logarithmic scale) and each magnii^cation (which determines thc spiral arm width) was used to plot a point. If the background surface brightness Mo is brighter than the detection limit Bo (the lines sloping downward to the right), the spiral arm can bc sccn. Heavy black arcs show the detection limits for difEerent sized telescopes. Thc spiral arm can bc seen at brightnesses and contrasti greater than each telescoped limit; that is, above the arc.

The arcs illustrate several points. First, large telescopes do better than small ones for detecting low-contrast features or the same feature in a more light-polluted sky. The minimum useful magnification on a tclcscopc will not show all the detail. Instead, the optimum magnified visual angle should bc used. If the magnification is raised too high, the detail is again lost from view.

7

A visual atlas of deep-sky objects

This chapter illustrates many of the best galaxies, star clusters and nebulae as they appear in a modest amateur telescope. Most of the observations were made by the author with a homemade 8-inch f711.5 Cassegrain reflector from observing sites no better than those near any large American city. The drawings have good, uniform quality control, so an observer should be able to tell, after a few trials, whether he or she can expect to see less or more in any object illustrated, given his or her particular telescope and sky quality.

Facing each drawing is a photograph at the same scale and orientation. Thus the viewer can readily determine which features in photographs can and cannot be seen. Also given are the distances from which to view each drawing so the object looks the same size as at various magnifications in a tele-seopC1

Full data are given for each observation, including how long it took to make the preliminary drawing at the telescope. Much additional time was spent preparing each final drawing, as discussed in Chapter 5. All drawings were made by either method 1 or 2 described in that chapter.

THE PERSONAL EQUATION

Astronomers have long spoken of the "personal equation'' to account for differing results by visual observers. The personal equation is a correction to be applied to an indi-viduars data to bring it to some impersonal standard. The differences in what people see probably depend more on their experience than on actual difkrences in their eyes. The fundamental capacities of the eye are about the same for most people. For example, in controlled tests of the faintest visible star, the difference from one person to the next is probably less than one magnitude, and even this may be due largely to how well someone has learned to use averted vision.

Focusing a telescope corrects for nearsightedness and farsightedness. Other eye problems aside, visual acuity depends on the density of rods and cones in the retina; sensitivity depends on their photochemical action and links to the brain. This neural architecture is probably much the same in most people. On the other hand, years of practice can make a great difference in fine tuning the techniques of visual observing.

Hopefully the information in this book will greatly shorten that time. My own growth in observing ability is interesting in this regard. Starting as a very active amateur in 1968, I had observed all the Messier objects and many NGC objects by 197 1 I located many supposedly diflicult ones that turned out to be not very hard. Even the notoriously elusive Horsehead Nebula was easy in a dark country sky. By early 1982 I was making detailed drawings of everything observed, and that summer I decided to write this book. That autumn I did most of the research and analysis for the previous chapters.

While doing so, I realized I had not been reaching the fundamental limits of the eye. I had not known the concept of the optimum magnified visual angle: how to match the telescope power to the eye's detection characteristics. The result of this increased unCsr-standing can be seen in the drawings of the Orion Nebula (M42) made in January 1982 and January 1983, on pages 101 and 103. The second drawing shows much more dc-tail. Although sky conditions were slightly better, most of the improvement resulted from using the eye and telescope together more efUectively. A greater range of magni-fcations, aid speiding more time studying the object, resulted fi such features as faint arcs of gebulosity coming into view. Now, when examlniig M42, these details are quickly seen.

Previously each observer had to discover such techiiques by hit or miss, which often took many years or a lifetime. With an uider-standiig of the material presented ii this book, the time should be shorteied to perhaps a year or so. It does take considerable practice to develop good techiiques. After all, one can read a book on how to drive a cag but learning to drive happens behind the wheel. With these thoughts in mind we will now explore the variety and beauty that can be seen through small amateur telescopes.

AVERTED VS. DIRECT VISION

The appearance of deep-sky objects depends strongly oi whether direct oraverted vision is used. Direct vision has sharper resolutioi but Tacks sensitivity. Thus, looking straight at ai object will show its brighter parts in detail, while the fainter parts may be totally Tost. Chaigiig from direct to averted vision aid back cag produce some iiterestiig blliking eficcts. For example, when looking directly at a globular star cluster, the bright ceitral mass of stars may be partially resolved into individual piipoiits, but the faiiter outer regions are invisible. Averted vision will show a fuzzy, unresolved (or less resolved) central region, but the outer parts come into view.

Some open clusters show similar eflects. While using averted vision, faiiter stars may be seen ii the ceiter of the cluster but they will not be clearly resolved. Thus they give the impression of a faint nebulosity ii the cluster. This eflect is shown ii some of the drawings, such as of M11 aid M67, aid ft crops up in many old descriptiois of clusters by early visual observers.

In the case of difluse iebulae aid galaxies, if you cag see the object with direct vision at all, you cai probably iicrease the power to see more detail. Low powers should be used if the gebula is very large aid already at the limit of averted visiog. If all you want is to detect the object's existence, then a power should be used that magiifies its apparent size to about 3° or 4°.

But usually the nebula is brighter than the detectioi limit aid powers many times more than that required for simple detectioi can be used in an effort to see detail - perhaps swirls aid dark spots in a nebula, or Rlit mottllngs, spiral arms, or dark lanes in a galaxy. The range of visual experiences is actually quite large with modest amateur telescopes.

In some cases, stars coincide with the nebula or galaxy in view. A good example is the planetary nebula M27, which is ii a rich region of the Milky Way with many foreground aid background stars plus a 13th-magiitudc ceitral star. These stars cai be hard to detect against the n ebula's light. The ceitral star, for instaice, appears fainter than I3th-gfagiitude field stars; it is didlcult in an 8-lnch telescope at low powers or with mediocre sky coidltlons. But high powers spread out the n ebula's light while stars remain point sources so far as the eye is concerned. So the central star becomes much easier.

Oie of the hardest aspects of averted vision to master is holding the eye motionless on oie point for six seconds or more while trying to grasp detail in the periphery of your visions. The eye tends to jerk, especially if fatigued. Oi the other hand, in some conditions moving the eye (or gently jlggliig the telescope) helps bring ai object into view, because peripheral vision is highly sei sitive to aiy-thiig moving.

THE OBSERVATIONS AND DRAWINGS

The drawings in this chapter are the product of great effort to detect all the detail that could possibly be seen. This detail is i eces-sarily portrayed more promineitly than it actually appeared. If a true represeitation were drawn, it would take the reader similar time aid effort to discern it on the printed page. This would amount to several minutes (or simple objects, aid hours for something complex like the Orioi Nebula.

It's worth remembering, however, that the true detail and coitrast ii deep-sky objects is not subtle at al! as the camera proves. Only the detectioi limits of the eye make them seem so. After all, our eyes were not designed for astronomy but (or the very dlffereit job of day-to-day survival on Earth.

Since you arc probably reading this book in adequate room light, the detail in each drawing will bc obvious and quickly sccn. Experiment by viewing the book in very dim light — so dim that some details need averted vision. One thing you'll notice right away is that the photographs become much more like the drawings.

I find that the drawings of M51 are particularly interesting for practising averted vision techniques this way. For examiple, try to scc how far you can dim the lights and still sce the spiral arms from various distances, using direct and averted vision. Thc viewing distances represent miagnifications though the surface brightness of a pieture docs not diminish as you move closer, unlike the case with magnification in a tc1cseopc. Such practice is .good training before .going out into the field. '                                           

Included with each illusiration is the ob-jcktS Messier, NGC, IC, or other catalogue number, its right ascension and declination for equinox 2000.0, its constellation, and its type. Also .given are the Universal Times and dales when the observation for each drawing began and cndcd, along with thc observing 1oeation, telescope, cycpicccs, magnifications, air mass (scc Appendix C), and the faintest visible star (usually at the zenith at a given magnificaiion). Thc scale of the drawing is indicated, as is the orientation (direction of north) and in some cases thc drawing method used.

Thcrc is a brief description of each object's physical nature as currently known, but that is not the primary purpose of this book. Excellent companion guides that cover such material arc BurnhamJs Celesta! Handbook and The Messier Album. A more up-to-date listing of data for thousarids of deep-sky objects is Sky Catalogue 2000.0, Volume 2. See Appendix A

The objects are presented in order of increasing right ascension. Distances from which to view the page are given to represent a range of telescopic magnifications. At any other magnification m, the viewing distance in centimeters can easily bc comiputed from this simplified version of equation 5.1:

v =l/(2w lan(ps/l 2()))         (equation 7.1)

where p3 is the scale i n arc-minutes per centimeter and the argument to the tangent is in degrees.

My observing sites and conditions varied &om essentially perfect to quite poor, She best were at Manastash Ridge in the Cascade Mountains of 'Washington, site of the University of Washingtoifi 30-inch tclcscopc, and in thc Colorado Roekics. Observations at thc Washington site were made before 29721 Fhc dark sites there wcrc truly spectacular. The naked cyc could scc to magnitude '7.5, and thc summer Milky Way cast a diffuse shadow! The faintest star I documented was magnitude 14.8, in thc star cluster NGC 6910. This star was seen very easily by (bur observers in three 8-inch telescopei. Moreover it was close to other, brighter stars near the center of the cluster (scc the NGC 6910 magnitude chart in Appendix B), so thc true 8-inch magnitude limit must have been 15.0 and maybe slightly fainter.

Thc rest of the observing sites wcrc near sca lcvcl and close to major eitics. Onc is Patteri's Observatory, the old location of the Seattle Aslloiiomical Society's 12.5-tneh Newtonian telescope, whcrc observations were carried out in the laic 1960s and early 1 970s. The rest of the sites arc on the isl;and of Oahu in the state of Hawaii. Thc best location there to which amateurs had intermittent aeeess was a private ranch in tlie Waianae area, on thc west coast of the island. This spot was slightly better than that at Patten's, having an 8-inch limiting magnitude of about 14.5 on a .good nighl. (Hazc from ocean spray is a problem at all elevation Hawaiian sites.) The next best 1oea-tion was on an abandoned runway al Barbers Point Naval Air Station. Here the 8-imeh limiting magnitude was around 1 4.0, Somewhat poorer was my home in Hawaii Kai, at the east cnd of thc island, with 8-inch 1tmtts of 13.6 to 13.8. Finally, some observations wcrc made al Evva Beach, whcrc the 8-ineh limit was about 13.4. These limits are for good nights; they could bc considerably worse, owing to hazc.

Haze and volcanic smoke are two seemingly constant problems in Hawaii. The occan kicks up a lol of spray, which is carried all over the islands by strong trade winds. In thc spring of 1982, thc Mexican volcano El Chichon injected much dust high into the atmosphere, which had a devastating cffcct on observations by both professionals and amateurs. In April1982, while at Mauna Kea Observatory, I found the nakcd~eyc limit at new uiuuu iu uc aiuuna 争.u; normally it is 7 or better. By late June, on Oahu the faintest star observable was about 0.6 magni-wde worse than normal. In January and February 1983, Kilauea volcano was erupting, covering the Hawaiian islands with what is 'called "vog" (volcanic smoke plus fog), which worsened the limiting magnitude

Most observers don5t have to contend with such problems, but there are always variations from night to night. So the sky quality should be doeumented at the time of each observation.

Definitions

Several words and phrases used in the de-seriptions of the objects need to be defined:

Small telescope or small amateur telescope: one less than 6 inches (15.2 centimeters) in aperture.

Medium size telescope or medium amateur telescope: one 6 inches (15.2 eent1-meters) to 12 inches (30.5 centimeters) in aperture.

Large telescope or large amateur telescopes: one more than 12 inches (30.5 centimeters) in aperture.

Very poor skies: those typical of the middle of a large city with a population of a million or more. Such a sky is brighter than a country sky at full Moon, with a surfaee brightness overhead of about 19 magnitudes per square arc-sceond or brighter*.

Poor skies: those typical of the edge of a large city with a population of a million or moi■巳 The sky surface brightness overhead is about 20 magnitudes per square are-seeond or slightly brighter. The naked-eye limit is near magnitude 5.

Moderate skies: those typically found a few miles from large cities. THe sky surface brightness is 20 to 21 magnitudes per square are-sceond, and the naked-eye limit is magnitude 5.5 to 6.〇・

Good skies: those typical of the country a few tens of miles from a large eity with few lights in the vicinity. The sky surface brightness is 21 to 23 magnitudes per square arcsecond, and the naked-eye limit is magnitude 6.0 to 7.0.

Excellent skies: those typically found only 90 miles (150 km) or more from a large dity with no bright lights within a few miles. There is no haze in the sky. The sky surface brightness overhead is fainter than 23 magnitudes per square arc-second. These skies are common in the mountains of the western United States, but are rare along the east coast of the U.S. in the summer because of haze.

North, south, east and west are used in the astronomical sense: north means the direction to the north celestial pole, east means toward increasing right ascension. If an observer is in the Northern Hemisphere and facing south, astronomical east is to his or her left (which is also east on land).

Very low power: magnifieations less than about 30x.

Low power: magnifications from about 30X to 70X.

Medium power: from about 70x to 200X.

High power: from about 200X to 400X.

Very high power: over 400X .

M31, THE ANDROMEDA GALAXY (NGC 224), M32 (NGC 221),M110 (NGC 205), GALAXIES IN ANDROMEDA

M31: R.A. 0(427 Dec. 41° 16’ (20000) M32R.A. 00fl 427 Dec. 40° 52, MHO: R.A. 00 40.3n Dec. 414V

Technical. Messier 31,commonly called (he Great Galaxy in Andromeda, is a large spiral tilted 13° from edge-on. It is the brightest galaxy we can view li the sky apart from our own Milky \\'ay. Arab astroiomers recorded it in the 10th ceitury as a small, dlffiise patch but under the murky skies of Europe it eluded notice with the uiaided eye. No European recorded it until 1612, when Slmoi Y Tarlus saw it with the help of a telescope.

The Andromeda Galaxy is part of the Local Group of galaxies, which is about 5 mfllioi light-years li size; the four main members arc M31, M33, Mafiei1,and our owi galaxy. About 30 galaxies are currently recognized as members of the Local Group, most of them dwarf ellipticals or irregulars associated with our galaxy or Y 131.

Y131 has approximate^ly twice the mass of our galaxy, or about 300 (Amer.) bl11101 times the mass of the Sun. and puts out about 11 billioi times the Sun's light. Its distance is usually given as 2.3 million light-years, and if is approachiig us at about 80 kilometers per second.

Oi deep-sky photographs ヽ[31 covers fully 1.25° by 4.1°, which correspoids to a diameter of about 100,000 light-yearsIn his book Galaxies, Timothy Ferris gives an ii-teresting observatioi on space and time. Since Y131 is 2.3 million light-years away we are seeing 2.3 million years into the past. However, since one side of the galaxy is about 100,000 light-years more d1sta1t. a thousand centuries are spanned from one side to the other. Thus we are not only looking back in lime, we are seeing many limes at once!

Visual.M31 appears somewhat less than 4° long through most instruments, though some observers have reported seeing a 5° extent with fine binoculars, under excellent skies. These outer parts are extremely faint.

Unlike many bright objects, M31 often leaves a disappointing impression at first sight. The central region is very bright but fades quickly and smoothly toward the edges. The beautiful details seen in photographs are difficult visually in any telescope. In (act, to see the outer edge corresponding to about 2° length requires a very dark sky. Because of its size, very low power is needed to see all of the galaxy in one view. But at such magnifications, almost no detail appears.

With good skies and a moderate aperture, the dark lane to the northeast is easily seen at 30x and up. An 8-inch telescope will show this lane under moderate skies, as well as the bright star cloud to the southwest (upper right in the photograph) at higher powers. This star cloud is known as NGC 206. There are many dark patches in the galaxy, espe-dla11y near the bright central portion, but none have been reported by amateur observers.

The brightness of M31 varies tremendously from the nucleus to the outer edges. Assuming a size of 150 by 50 arc-minutes and a total magnitude of 4.0, the mean surface brightness is 22.3 magnitudes per square arc-scdond1 However, the nucleus is many magnitudes brighter than this, while the edges are fainter.

Near M31 are two of its companion galaxies: M32 and Ml! 〇・ These are dwarf eliiptic-al systems that have a relationship with M31 similar to that of the Magellanic Clouds with our own galaxy.

M32 is south of M31's nucleus. It appears on the edge of a spiral arm whose boundary is evident in good skies with a 6— or 8-ineh telescope. M32 was first seen by Le Gentil in 1749; it can be found by careful observers with a 2-inch telescope. Its angular size is 3.6 by 3.1 arc-minutes, and its total magnitude of 9.5 yields an average surface brightness of 20.7 magnitudes per square arc-second.

Ml10 (NGC 205), northwest of the nucleus of M31, is eonsidcrab1y more difficult than M32 beeause it is spread over a larger area and has a fainter total magnituCe10181 It is 8 by 3 arc-mi nutes in size, and has an average surface brightness of 22.9 magnitudes per square arc-second. This galaxy has been seen with te1eseopes as small as 2.4 inches. In fact, a good friend of mine, Jon Seamans. has observed all the Messier objects with a 2.4-inch refractor.

M3has two more companion galaxies about 7° to the north: NGC 147 and NGC 185. Both are about the same difliculty visually as NGC 205. They are described in Appendix E and in Burnham's CMelial Handbook.

Fhotograph of M31,M32 and M110. The Great Galaxy in Andromeda, M31, is the main object at center. M32 is at upper cenier, and M110 (NGC 205) is the small object about 6cm to the lower left of the nucleus of M31. South is up. (Courtesy Palomar Observatory.)


2/-----------

Drawing of M3L

Scale: 6.0 arc-mii/cm Viewing Distance (cm)

8'iich f25 Newtonian ----------------------

28mm Kellner (52X)      25x23 200X3

50Xll 300X:2 100X6   400XT

air mass:1 faintest star: 13.5 at zeilth, 52X; tracking

8/17/69 UT (time not recorded) at Pattens Observatory, Wash.; R. Clark

NGC 246, PLANETARY NEBULA IN CETUS

R.A, 0(少 47.rn, Dec. 1153’ (2000.0)

Technical. NGC 246 is a planetary nebula about 1,500 light-years Cistant and 1.7 light-years in diameter. It is elliptical in shape, but the rim is not quite complete on the west side.


Visual. With a total magnitude of8.5 and an angular size of 2.5 by 4 arc-minutes, the nebula's mean surfaee brightness is 19.6 magnitudes per square arc-second. It has a 12tti-magnitude central star. In 7 X 50 binoculars the nebula appears very small but not quite stellar. In small telescopes it is a featureless disk.

The 8-ineh under good skies showed the central star as well as two Held stars superimposed on the nebula, but no other features were made out. The west side faded gradually into the sky background, while the other edges appeared sharp. Large amateur telescopes under excellent skies may be able to bring out some details.


Photograph of NGC 246. Sout his up. (Courtesy Jack B. Marling.)


Drawing of NGC 246.

Scale1.5 arc-min/cm Vicwi ng Dista ncc (cm) 8-lneh 1215 Cassegrain

28mm Kcllncr (82 X)      25x92  200xll

20mm Erflc (117X)        50x46 310 X8

12.4 Erfle (188x)          100x79 40Ox6

air mass:1.20, faintest star:14.2 at zenith, 188X; no tracking.

10/8/83 9:50-1010 UT at Waianac ranch, Hawaii; R. Clark

NGC 253, GALAXY IN SCULPTOR

R^.A. 00h 47.6^, Dec. -25° 18 (2000.0)

Technical. NGC 253 is an uiusual galaxy in that its iucleus appears to be ejectlig material, much in the mainer of the iucleus of M82 but less vloleitly aid in a way not obvious on most photographs. The core of the galaxy radiates about half the system's total eiergy. Most of this emlssloi is at infrared waveleigths, amouitlig to about 100 billion times the energy of our Sui. Gas is being spewed from the iucleus at a velocity of 120 kilometers per second.

NGC 253 is part of the Sculptor cluster of Galaxies: a group over 20° in diameter aid centered gear the south galactic pole. The dlstaice to NGC 253 is somewhat uicertali, but it's probably oily a little beyond the farthest members of the Local Group. The galaxy is thought to be around 40 000 light-years in diameter.


Photograph of NGC253. South is up. (Courtesy Palomar Observatory.)

Visual.NGC 253 is large and bright but often overlooked by Northern-Hemisphere amateurs because it is rather far south in a nondescript constellation. It contains dust lanes of great complexity in all areas. The galaxy is fully 22 by 6 arc-minutes in size and is inclined 17° from edge-on. At a total visual magnitude of 7.〇, its average surface brightness is 20.9 magnitudes per square arc-sceonC .

When high in a good sky, NGC 253 shows considerable detail in medium size telescopes. The 8-inch under moderate skies shows distinct brighter portions that cones-pond to spiral arms. The galaxy is bright enough to be seen in a 2-inch. In the 3-inch finder at 31 X,it is a smooth oval. But even large telescopes show no nucleus. This galaxy must rival M31 in beauty for Southern Hemisphere observers, although it is somewhat smaller.

Drawing oj'NGC 253.

Viewing Distance (cm)


Scdl1.2 arc-min/cm

8-inch ffl1.5 Cassegrain

20mm Erfle (117x)

12.14mm Erile (188X, best view)

7 mm Erfle (334x)

25X115 200X14

50X: 57 300X10

100X29 400X: 7


air mass:1.51, faintest star: 13.8 at zenith, 188X; no tracki ng

9/5/83 13:0013:40 UT at Hawaii Kai, Hawaii; R Clark


M33 (NGC 598), GALAXY IN TRIANGULUM

R.A. 01h 3ヨ・9 Dec. 30° 39 (2000.0)

TeehhicaL M33 is onc of' the four spiral galaxies in the Local Group, but it is a small onc, estimated to hold fewer than 20 billion stars comipared to the 300 billion or so in the Andromeda Galaxy (M31).M33 is about 40 000 light-years across and tilted 55° from cdgc-on. It is probably only about 700 000 light-years from M31, which would appear thrcc times bigger from a planet in M33 than from Earth. M33 is about the same distance from our galaxy as M31 or possibly a little e1oicr. It was discovered by Messier on August 25,1764, and today is often called the Triangulum Galaxy or the Pinwheel.

Vissul. M33 is about 1° across, including the faint extensions, but it has a low surface brightness. Amateurs often miss it because they are looking R)r a smaller object. With a total magnitude of 5.3, its average surface brightdess is a dim 22.8 magnitudes pcr square arc-second.

M33 is a challenge to the noviec. Experienced observers seem to have little trouble Ending it, and it can even bc sccn with the naked cyc under excellent skics. The brighter portions cover an area 20 by 30 arc-minutes. Within 1° of the nucleus are many NGC and IC objects, the brightest of which is NGC 604. This is an H II region (a cloud ofionized hydrogen), similar to the Great Nebula in Orion but much larger, with an embedded star cluster. NGC 604 can bc seen as a round spot at the end of the spiral arm to the northeast of the nue1cus; it is at lower right in the drawing. I have sccn it in the 3-inch ff.nder at 89 x.

Most observing guides recommend very low powers for M33. Although low powers are ffnc f)r locating it, they will not show any detail. This probably aecoumts for the galaxyS often-reported lack of' features. Medium powers ))00X to 200X on an 8-inch tc1cseopc) will show the two main spiral arms and NGC 604 cvcn under only moderately good skics. Excellent dark country skies should show a wealth of detail with earciU1 observation using only a 6-incli iclcscopc.


^holograph o/M33. South is up. (Courtesy National Optical Astronomy Observatories.)


-------------5'-------------

Drawing of M33.

ScIi1.9 arc-min/cm     Viewing Distance (cm)

8-indh 111.5 Cassse^ain---

20mm Erfle (117X)        25x72 200X9

12.4mm Erfle (188x) 50x36   300X6

100X18   400x5 airmiass:1.03, faintest star:13.8 ntzsnilli,丨 88X : no tracking

9/5/83 12:00-12:50 UT at Hawaii Kai, Hawaii; R. Clark

M74 (NGC 628), GALAXY IN PISCES

RA. 01h 36.7rn,     154T (2000.0)

TedmicaL M74 was first seen in 1780 by Pierre F. A. Mechnin. It is a faee-oon spiral about 30 million 1ightiyenrs distant and 80 000 light-years wide. Its mass is cslimatcd at about 40 billion suns. On deep photographs M74 shows beautiful spiral arms about 3000 light-years thick, with dust lanes tending to outline their inner edges.

VissuL M474 is often regarded as the most difficult Messier object to locate. With a diameter of 9 arc - minutes and a total magnitude of 9.0, M74- ought not to be hard. The difli-culty is probably due to improper use of mag-nif1cnlion. Again, guides oflen suggest using loow powers, since the average surface brightness is low at 22.4 magnitudes per square nrcisecond. But most of the light is eoneen-trated in the small nuclear region about 40 arc-seconds in diameter. So at low power the galaxy can loook like a field star. Higher powers show the nuclear region as a disk.

In the 8-inch under only moderate skies, 188X gave the best view. The bright central region was surrounded by a (111X1, uniform glow174 cnn be seen in telescopes as small as a 214-inch refractor. Under excellent skies, I have seen it in the 3-inch finder at 31 X and even the 2.4-inch finder nl 7.9x.


Photograph of M74. South is up. (Courtesy National Optical Ast^rono-^iy Observatories.)

--------------------5'--------------------

Drawing /M74.

Scale 1.2 arc-m in/cm

8-i nch ff 11.5 Casscgrai n 12.4mm Er fie (188x,

best view)

20mm Erfle )117 X )

Viewing Distance (cm)

25x115 2O0X:14

50X57 300x:10

lOOx29 400x7

airmass:121,faintest star:14.0 at zenith, 188X no tracking

1/16/83 6:45—6:55 UT at Barbers Point, Hawaii;

R. Clark

M76 (NGC 650-651), PLANETARY NEBULA IN PERSEUS

R. A. 01 4L9m, De 1534 (2000.0)

TehuiEcl. N176 is a small planetary nebula similar in appearaice to the Dumbbell Nebula, M27. Like all planetarles, its distagce is poorly known; published values range from 1 700 to 8000 light-years. The central star, magnitude 16.5, is extremely hot, about 60 000 Kelvin. Its light output is less than the Sun's, while the nebula itself emits two or three times the Sui's light. The nebula is 1 to 4 light-years across, depending on the accepted dlstaiice.

Visual. MI76 is called the "Little Dumbbell'' aid is probably the faintest Messier object. Visually, it looks like the bright portion of M427 but much smaller. With a total magnitude of 10, the average surface bright ncss is 18.7 magnitudes per square arc-secoid, high compared with most deep-sky objects. This surface brightness, due to the small size of 1.5 by 0.7 arc-miiutes, allows high powers to be used to search for detail.

M76 is b righter at its ends than in the middle, which caused 19th-century observers to catalogue it as two objects, NGC 650 aid NGC 651.The 8-lnch showed coisideraible detail at powers around 20OX aid up under only moderate skies. The small size and bigh surface brightness mean that good, steady atmospheric seelig is needed for viewing fine detail within the nebula — an unusual situation for a deep-sky object. The 8-lnch showed a distinct difference between the two com po-nents; the southern portion had a marked point, aimed south. There are many field stars near MI76 even in a hlgh-power view.


Photograph of M76. South is up. (Courtesy Laird

A. Thompson. Canada-France Hawaii Telescope

CoTpoTation.)

Draining of M76.

Scali:1.2 arc-m in/cm

8-lnch 1711.5 Cassserain 12.4mm Erfle (188x, best view)

9mm Kellner (26(3 X)


Vlewlig Distance (cm)


25X :115 200X14

50x 57 300X10

100x 29 400x 7


air mass: 1.44, faintest star: 14.0 at zenith,188 X; no tracking

1/16/83 7:20-7:42 UT at Barbers Point, Hawaii;

R. Clark

NGC 891,GALAXY IN ANDROMEDA

R.A. 02h 22.4U Oec. 42° 2 T (2000.0)

Technical. NGC 891is a beautiful edge-on galaxy with a dark lane extending from one end to the other. This is one of a small group of galaxies that includes NGC 1023 and NGC 925. The distance to NGC 891is estimated to be bet ween 20 and 40 million light-years. The galaxy's total light is roughly 1 or 2 billion times the light of our Sun. The dark lane consists of dust clouds mainly along the gnlaetic equator, much like those in our Galaxy. In fket, all-sky photographs of the Milky Way appear remarkably similar to photographs of NGC 891.

Visual. NGC 891 has a total magnitude of 12.2 and an angular size of 12 by 1 arcminutes. Its mean surface brightness is somewhat low at 23.5 magnitudes per square are-second. Although NGC 891 may be glimpsed through a 3-inch telescope under excellent skies, a medium size telescope is needed to begin to show detail.

Through the 8-inch under good skies, the overall size and shape were seen well at 11 7X, but the dark lane could be detected only nt 188X. The dark lane was visible only near the nucleus. Larger telescopes under similar skies show the lane extending farther into the edge~on spiral arms. It has a surface brightness about 0.6 to 0.9 magnitudes fainter than the bordering bright zones. This magnitude difference implies a contrast of 0.57 to 0.44 (log contrast of -024 to -0.36). Such a contrast and surface brightness indicate that at least an 8-inch teleseope and good skies are required to detect the dark lane.

Photograph o/NGiC 891 SouLh isup. (Courtesy Mount Wilson and Las Campanas Observatories, Carnegie Institution / Washington.)

Scale: 0.75 are-m1n/em Viewing Distance (cm)

8-lnch f/ 11.5 Cassegrain -----------------------

20mm Erfle (117x)        25x183 200x23

12.4mm Erfle (18!3x)      50x 92 300x15

lOOx46 400x11

air mass:1.1 7, faintest star: 14.2 a tzeiith, 188X; io tracking

10/8/83 13:33-13:50 UT at Waianae ranch, Hawaii; R. Clark

M77 (NGC 1068), SEYFERT GALAXY IN CETUS

R.A. 02h 42T, Dec.0001(2000.0)

Technical. M477 is one of a class of galaxies with bright, very aetive nuelei. These arc the Seyfert galaxies, named after Carl Seyfert who studied them in the early 1940s. Thc nucleus of M477 is ejecting elouds of gas at a veloeity of 600 kilometers per second, and each of these elouds is estimated to contain as much mass as 10 million suns. The nuclei of sonic Seyfert galaxies vary in brightness, but that of MI77 does not.

Thc distance to 177 is about 75 million light-years, and thc diameter of its outermost region is around 100 000 light-years. Thc total mass is estimated to bc about 100 billion suns; the light output, 40 billion suns. Like most Seyfert galaxies,1477 is also a strong radio source. Radio astronomers know it as 3C 71.

Vis^uk MI77 is magnitude 10.0 and about 2.5 by 1.7 arc-minutcs in size. Its mean surface brightness is 20.2 magnitudes pcr square arc-sccond. Faint spiral arms extend to a diameter of 6 arc-minutcs but have not bccn reported visually. Thc galaxy has a bright inner spiral pattern 40 by 20 arciseconds in size, which is not seen in small amateur tele-seopes. Some observers have reported a mottled cffeet in large telescopes. A second, larger spiral pattern extends to 2.5 by 1.7 arc-minutes

Thc visual impression is that of a bright central region surrounded by a diffuse oval, which in turn is surrounded by a larger and fainter oval. In the 8-ineh the bright inner region did show a brighter spot southwest of the nucleus. This spot corresponds to a bright part of a spiral arm, which might be recogniz-ablc as such in a large telcseope under very dark skies at 200X or more.


Photograph of M77. South is up. (Courtesy Lick

Obse,rvato7^y.)

Scale: 0.6 arc-min/cm     Viewing Distance (cm)

8-inch f 11.5 Casssegain----

12.4mm Erile (188x)      25x229 2OOX99

9mm Kcllncr (260X)      50X115 300X!g

6mm Orthosc()pii:(369x)DOX: 57 400X14


air mass: 1.64, faintest star:13.5 at zenith, 188xno track ing

/13/83 8:45—9:18 UT at Hawaii Kai, HawaiiR. Clark                  ?

NGC 1365, BARRED SPIRAL GALAXY IN FORNAX

R. A. 03h 33.77, Dec, 360& (2000.0)

Technical. NGC 1365 is a beautiful barred spiral galaxy, probably the finest example of its e1ass in the southern sky. It is the third brightest member of the Fornax Cluster of Galaxies, which is some 50 million light-years distant. Thc bar is about 45 000 light-years long; thc arms stretch the bar's ends for at least twice that distance.

NGC 1365 is also onc of thc most luminous of all known barred spirals, and in the 1970s was found to emit X-rays. Thc X-ray emis・ sion comcs mainly from the region of thc nucleus, as is the case with Scyfcrt galaxies. But NGC 1365 sccms to bc a ncw type. The X-rays from Scyfcrts are associated with fastmoving gas, while none is observed in this galaxy.

Visual. NGC 1365 has a total magnitude of 1)12 and an angular size of 8 by 3.5 arcminutes. The mean surface brightness is 23.4 magnitudes pcr square arc-second, whieh is, unfortunately, somewhat low. Thc galaxy should bc visible in small tc1cseopcs as a faint patch if it can be observed high enough in a good sky.

Through the 8-inch under good skies, the galaxy had a bright, fbzzy nucleus surrounded by the soft glow of the unresolved spiral arms. Even from my Hawaii observing sites, NGC 1365 is never high in the sky, and for more northerly observers, it is too low to oiler any chance of detecting detail cvcn in large tc1cseopcs. Southern Hemisphere observers with large tc1cseopcs and good skies may bc able to scc the spiral arms.

Photograph /NGC 1365. South is up. (Courtesy ne C, Annala, Coopyight University of Hawaii, institute for Ast^ronomy.)

-----------------5’----------------

Dratving of NGC 1365.

Scale:1.2 arc-min/cim     Viewing Dlstankc (cm)

8-inkh f71115 Cassegrain -

20mm Erfle (11 7xj        25x15 200x14

12.4mm Erfle (188X)      50x57 3(0)乂:1

100X29 400x7 airmass:1.9 7, faintcit star: 14.2 al zeniih,1 88 X no tracking

1 0/8/83 1 4:0(〕一141 UT at Waianac ranch, Hawaii; R. Clark

M45, THE PLEIADES OPEN CLUSTER IN TAURUS

R.A. 03h 46.9rn, Dec. 24 , (2000.0)

Technical. The Pleiades have been familiar the world over since ancient times. The cluster is very elose, rs1ativs1y speaking, at a distance of only 400 light-years. It is also unusually large, 3((light-ycars in diamstsr so it is easily resolved by the unaided eye.

This unique grouping has had special significance in all cultures f)r which records can be found. Thc earliest recorded observation is found in Chinese annals from 2357 BC. The cluster had particular meaning in ngricu1tu-ral societies, since its rising and setting near sunrise and sunset marked important times in the growing season. Even Halloween is tied to the Pleiades. In thc Middle Ages the cluster cu1minatsC around midnight on the "Wiich's Sabbath,', which had its origin in ancient Druids' rites. (Since then the midnight culmination of thc Pleiades has shifted to November 21st owing to precession.)

References to thc Pleiades are found throughout literature, music, and religion. Thc great pyramid at Teotihuacan, 28 miles northwest of Mexico ity, has s wesl faee dirceted to the setting of thc Pleiades (14° north of west there), and all the east-west streets of thc ancient city are oriented in the same direction. Other cultures that gave the Pleiades special significance include American Indian, Maya, Aztce, Australian Aborigine, Egyptian, Greek, Roman and Persian. Robert Burnham devotes many pages to Pleiades lore in his Bumham Celestial Handbook.

The Pleiades are often called the Seven Sisters, though nine of the stars now have names. Seven of the names date back at least as far as the Greek poet Aratus in the 3rd century BC. (Aratus took his consts11ntion lore f?om writings by Eudoxus that were n1rendy about a century old, but are now lost.) Aratus spoke of a lost Pleiad, and indeed, many people can see only six stars here. Perhaps, it has been specu1nted a star did fade sometime within the historical memory of the aneient Greeks — possibly Pleione, since is variable today. References to the lost Pleiad are also found in Japanese lileraturc and legends from several other cultures.

M45 contains about 300 to 500 stars. Since all are at essentially the same distance, thcir apparent brightnesses reflect their intrinsic luminosities.Fhe brightest Pleiades are all blue—white; fainter ones are yellow and reddish. When the stars' brightnesses arc graphed as a function of their color (the so-called color—mag nt ude diagram), they all fall on the curve known as the main sequence. This is where a star resides fb r most of its active lifetime while it converts hydrogen to helium. None of the Pleiades visible today has yet evolved off the main sequenee to the red rgiant stage.

All the brightest Pleiades except Maia arc spinning very fast, with rotation periods of about two days. They are also quite young, about 88() million years old, and are rapidly consuming thcir hydrogen fuel. There is one known white dwarf in the cluster. Astronomer Alan Sandage has theorized that in the distant pas the Pleiades probably conlnincd two stars even brighter than those we see now, which have since become white dwarfs.

On photographs the brighter Pleiades are surrounded by a delicate web of neibulosity. This is a fine example of a reflection nebula, one visible because of starlight reflected and scattered by small dust grains. Color photography shows the Pleiades nebulosity to be quite blue. The reason is not just that the stars i11uminnting the dust are bluish. Thc grains tend to be smaller than the wavelength of light and thsrsf0re scatter blue light preferentially —a process similar to the Rayleigh scattering that makes our sky blue. Because the light is reflected starighl,s spectrum is continuous, rather than concentrated in emission lines as in emission nebulae like M42 (the Great Nebula in Orion) or M8 (the Lagoon Nebula).

Throughout the Pleiades, the nebulosity appears streaked in long filaments almost like eirrus clouds. Magnetic fields may be responsible f)r n1igning this dust. Some of the filaments appear only a few nrc-seconds in width and many arc-minutcs long.

Thc brightest patch of nebulosity, NGC 1435, appears to surround and extend south of the star Merope, and hence is known as the Mcrope Nebula. It has also been called the Thumbprint from its nppearnnce on an early drawing. In 1965 the astronomer F. ,Dell showed that the nebula is actually behind Merope, not enveloping it or in front of it.

Visual. M45 is a beautiful sight to the unaided cyc, in binoculars, or in a te1eseope. Its stars have a total magn udc of 1.4 and are spread across 100 arc-minutes. Bceause the cluster is easily resolved by thc normal unaided cyc, its mean surface brightness (20.0 magnitudes per square arc-second) has little meamlmg-excepl for comparison to other objects in this book.

Most people can scc six or eight Pleiades with thc naked cyc, though people with good visual aeutty can often sec 10 to 1 2, and as many as 18 have been claimed. The number visible to the naked eye is not only a test of how faint one can scc, but also a test of visual acuity and thc sky's freedom from haze. The table of bright Pleiades on page 94 shows that 10 stars are brighter than magnitude 5.651 Only because they are so e1ose together are the stars of this magnitude and fainlcr hard to scc. I have never been able to scc more than six Pleiades while wearing glasses, even under exee11ent skics, and without ,glasses thc cluster appears as a blob. However, even though my nearsightedness is severe, the senstttv y of my retina to the faintest of light appears to be normal.

Dcteetlon of bint te1eseoplc members of thc Pleiades is also eonfused by the glare of thc brighter serrs. Even under excellent skics, stars of only about magnitude 14.4 can just be seen with an 8-inch telescope in thc Pleiades. Elsewhere the limit is about 15.2. That is a loss of nearly a magnitude.

The Pleiades are often eonfUsed with the Little Dipper (Little Bear) by beginning amateurs and laypeople. Thc cluster docs have the shape of a small dipper about twice the size of the Moon, and it is easier to scc than thc Little Dipper of Ursa Minor because thc main stars are brighter.

M45 is certainly a favor c object among amateur astronomers for its beauty in virtually any optical instrument with an adequate field of view. Binoculars provide a pretty sight, but a 3* to 8-inch telescope at about 30 power probably shows the most spectacular view. A wide-field eyepleee at 60X will still show all the bright stars at oncc, including the dipper. At higher powers only smaller portions of the e1uster are seen, though these higher powers can bc useful and arc dlseus-scd bclow.

Thc Pleiades nebulosity is a prized trophy for visual observers. Dust- and dcw-frec optics are essential for thc pursuit, since light scattered from the bright stars will hide thc nebulosity. The easiest portion is NGC 1435 south of Merope. Other nebulosity appears to surround Alcyone, Maia, and Electra. There is little or none around Celaeno, Taygcta, and Asterope, and defi n cly none around Atlas and Plcionc.

Thc Merope Nebula was discovered by \V. Tempel in 1859 with a 4-inch refractor. In 1874 Lewis Swift found deteetab1c wh a

nch refractor at 25X. Modern observers seem to bc having more diniculty, and it is often stated that a 6- to 8-inch telescope is required. This dlserepaney is no doubt due to lnereased light pollution, and probably also to lnereased atmospheric dust particles, which scatter starlight. The mean suriaee brightness of NGC 1435 is 21.6 magnitudes per square arc-seeond and the total magnitude is 6.8, only slightly fainter than the Helix Nebula, NGC 7293.

Modern observers have reported viewing the nebulae around other stars. John Mallas in The Messier Album reported nebulosity, in-e1udlng fine streaks, around Maia, Taygeta, Alcyone and Celaeno with his 4-inch refractor. At least some of this must bc spurious, because there is little or no nebulosity around Celacno and Taygeta. Walter Scott Houston saw an unusual sight through an 8-inch telescope on an exceptional night in the southern Arizona mountains: "When I looked into the cycpiccc, expeetlng to scc a few faint wisps, the field was laced      edge to edge wh

bright wreaths of de1leate1y structured nebulosity...,'.

The brightest of the linear streaks are near Electra. One about 20 arc-sceonds wide extends from ,just south of that star about a third of thc way to Alcyone. A second streak about half as long runs parallel to it onc are-minutc brther south. They are easily confused w h artiitcia1 streaks caused by di 匚 iraetlon or rei1cetlons in the tc1cseopc.

Thc drawing shows what was seen through the 8-ineh under ,good skics. Thc lowest magnification with the 1.25-inch eyepleee holder was 82x, giving a field of view 40 arcminutes in diameter. This field eneompassed the bowl of the dipper qiHtc niccly. I had sccn the Merope Nebula many times before, at low power under cxec11cnt skics. This

VISUAI. ASTRONOMY OF THE DEEP SKY

SMh is to the hf t. Photogmph of M45. (Courtesy Mount Wilson and Las Campanas Observatories, Carnegie Institution oj Washington.)

Drawing oj M45


Scale4.4 arc-mii/cm     Viewing Distance (cm)

8-lich fl1.5 Cassegrain -------------------------

28mm Kellner (82 X)

25X31

200x4

20mm Erfle (11 7X, best

50x16

300x2.6

for nebula)

100X8

400x2

air mass:1.05, faintest star: 14.2 at zen1th 18J8X no tracking

10/08/83 11:40-12:15 UT at Waianae ranch, Hawaii; R. Clark

Brightest stars ofthc Pleiades

Star

Name

Magnitude

Star

Name

Magnitude

25 Tauri

Alcyone

2.87

19 Tauri

Taygeta

4.29

(Eta)

28

Pleione

5.09

27

Atlas

3.62

16

Cetaeno

5.44

17

Electra

3.70

21

Asteropc

5.64

20

Maia

3.86

18

=

5.65

23

Merope

4.17

22

6.41

observation proved diircrent, however, because the nebula could be seen well at as high as 82 X. And when the magnification was inereased to 117x, the nebula beeame easier! U ndcr excellent conditions, the Merope Nebula is easily seen in the 3-inch finder at 31x.

The Pleiades' many and varied stars and delieate nebulosity provide a beautiful view to the amateur. It is no wonder the cluster is called the most studied and photographed of astronomieal objects.

7.7

Aslerope

Pleiades

6.8

(5 3)

Taygeia

6-2 •

7.〇・

Maia*

(3 9)

(4.3)

6,8

Celaeno

7.4

2)

Plelone

(5.11♦

Alcyone

Ekedn

Atlas

(3.6)

(2.9)

Merope

(3.7)

7.3-

(4 2)

66

70

6,2

Figure 7.1.Thc brightest Pleiades, with their visual magnitudes. To the naked ye Asteropc appears single; the magnitude is |he eombined light of both stars. The 6.2-magnitude star at upper left is also a naked-eye blend. From Sky & Teles&pe、 November,19851

Ml (NGC 1952), THE CRAB NEBULA: SUPERNOVA REMNANT IN TAURUS

RA. 05h34.5m, Dec. 22° 〇!^, (2000.0)

Technical. Messier 1 has bccn known as thc Crab Nebula ever slnee the third Earl of Ros-sc observed it wh his 36-inch telescope in 28441 In the drawing hc made, the nebula's filaments suggest the legs of a crab. Photographs show a beautiful network of red filia-mcnts throughout a diffuse grcen oval.

Ml is onc of the youngest objects in the sky and certainly the youngest Messier object. It is the expanding remnant of a brilliant nakcd-cyc supernova that was sccn in July, 20541 Now 5 by 3 arc-minutes in size, Ml is growing by nearly a half arc-minutc per century. Changes have been photographed in only a couplc of decades.

M1 is about 6000 light-years distant and 6 light-ycars across. It is onc of thc strongest radio sources in the sky and also emits strong X-rays. Near the ecnter of the nebula is a lGth-magnitude star that (lashes 30 times a second in visible light, radio, and X-rays. This is a pulsar, the superdense neutron-star core of an old supernova. It is thought to bc only 20 kilometers in diameter, and so dense that a teaspoonful of its matter would have a mass of several million tons! The (lash rate c^irrcsponds to its period of rotation. Its very strong magnetle field spins with the star 30 times a second; energctle c1cetrons trapped in the field produce the radiation. Thc pulsar is actually pumping energy into the nebula, so thc expansion rate is lnercaslng.

Visual.MI can bc sccn in binoeu1ars and small te1eseopes as a small, faint patch. With a visual magnitude of 9 and a size of about 5 by 3 are-mlnutes, it has a mean surfaec brightness of20.6 magnitudes per square arc-second1 Large amateur tc1cseopcs under dark skics will show some of the filaments, though they are often diflicult.

At low powers (60x or less) fcw details are visible. At higher powers thc nebula's outline begins to depart &om a smooth oval. In thc 8-inch at 18«x, the "bay" to the east is visible, and the whole thing takes on the appcar-anee of two oblong nebulae side by side. No stars could bc seen inside the nebula with thc 8-inch, but many were around it.

Photograph of Ml. South is up. (Courtesy Evered Kreimer, The Messier Album,J,H. Mallas & E.

Kreimer.)

Viewing Distance (cm)


Sccal1.2 nrdimin/cm

8-indh f / 1.5 Cassegrain

1 2.4 mm Erfle (188X)


25x115 200x14

50x57 300x:10

100X29 400X: 7


air mass:1.01,faintest star:1 3.7 at zenith,188x, n [racking

11/14/82 1 2:48—13:10 UT at Barbers Point, Hawaii; R. Clark

VISU AL ASTRONOMY OF THE DEEP SKY

M42 (NGC 1976), M43 (NGC 1982), THE GREAT NEBULA IN ORION

M42:RA. 05k35.^rnD^(^.-05223, (^000.0) M43; RA. 05h 35J6n Dec.0516f

Technical. Mcssicr 42 and 43 arc probably t1te brightest and most spectacular nebulae in the sky, rivaled only by the Eta Carinae Nebula. Often referred to as lhe Great Nebula in Orii01142 and M43 are a beautiful example ofan H 11 region: an emission nebula containing mostly hydrogen, ffuoreselng in the ultraviolet light of very hot, newborn stars in its midst. The light of the Orion Nebula eonslsts primarily of grecn emission lines of oxygen, with other colors from blue to rcd coming from emission of hydrogen helium, nitrogen, and ncon.

Thc dlstanee of the Orion Nebula is usually given as around 1300 light-years and its size as about 3()light-years. The bright region is surrounded by vastly larger, dark clouds of gas and dust, which in fact fill much of Orion itself. Thc dusl is thought to bc primarily silicate (rock) particles only a micron in diameter. T'hc composition of the glowing gas has been given as: hydrogen 90.8 %, helium 9.08%, carbon 0.05%. oxygen 0.02%, nitrogen 0.02%, sulfur 0.003%, ncon 0.0009%, chlorine 0.0002%, argon 0.0001%, and ffuorine 0.000D%.

Dccp within the cloud many stars are forming. One sign lhal the dark cloud is much bigger than the portion wc sec is that the region is full of bright infrared sources -stars whose visible light is blocked by dusl. Ihc bright nebula appears to bc a hole blown in the dark e1oud's wall, allowing us to scc part way in.

In lhc brightest part o ftlic hole are lhe four bright Trapezium stars, which arc responsible for illuminating lhe ,gas. Thcsc very young, hot stars are estimated lo be only 100 000 years old. T'hcy arc among the youngest stars lhal amateurs can scc.

Visual Tlic Orion Nebula is easily sccn in the middle of the "Sword of Orion’ ' as a I'uzzy star. Curiously, however, its haziness is not mentioned in ancienl records. The first known dlseovery of the nebula was by Nicholas Pieresc in 16)1.

11 is very pretty in any instrumenl from binoeu1ars to the largest telescopes. N142 is 65 are-minutcs in diamclcr (twice the size of thc full Moon) with a total visual magnitude of 4. M43 is about 7 by 5 arc-minutcs and has a total magnitude of 8. Thc average suriace brightness of thc Orion Nebula is 21.7 magnitudes per square are-second - bul the faintest parts are much dimmer and thc ' Trapezium region very much brighter, in thc range of 17 magnitudes pcr square arc-sccond. This large range in brightness is diflicult to photograph, and most pictures overexpose the Trapezium region. Thc cyc has a larger dynamic range than Him and, given good skies, can scc thc faint and bright portions of thc nebula at thc same time.

Thc detail visible in the Orion Nebula is truly spectacular. Hcrc is onc of the few sights in the sky that, when seen through modest amalcur te1eseopes impresses cvcn those not excited by astronomy. The imtraca-is beyond description, and even after hundreds of hours of viewing this nebula, it still remains a beautiful and wondrous sight.

Its very complcxity makes the nebula di flcult to draw. Thc drawing made with the 8-inch on page 101 took two nights (January 17 and 181983) and nearly six hours of work (2 hours of observations and 4 hours for thc ffnal drawing). This short a time was only possible beeause many hours had bccn spent viewing and sketching thc nebula on other nights. In fact a drawing done a year bclorc, shown n page 103, shows eonslderab1y less detail. At lhal time I had less experience making detailed observations, used lower magnlf)eatlons, and spcnl less time at the tclcscopc.

Thc "I'rapczium region conlains tlic brightest patch of thc nebula, about 4 by 3 arc-minutcs in size. The surface brightness here is so high lhal the amount of detail is often limited by almospheric turbu1cnkc (seeing) ralhcr than thc lim ations of thc cyc - a silualion almost unknown in visual decp-sky work. With so much light, very high powers can bc used.

Many stars dot this region. The four brightest are the famous multiple star system 01 rioifs, They form a trapezoidal figure that inspired the group's name. The four stars are easily resolved in small telescopes as their separations range from 8.7 to 19.2 arc-seconds and their mag ntu des from 5 to 8. Two additloial components, shining at 11th magnitude, can be made out with a 6-lnch telescope in steady air. The rest of the nebila is full of fainter stars: over 300 brighter than magnitude 17 are within just 5 arc-miiutes of the Trapezium. The nebula contains more than 50 variable stars with maxima ,greater than magnitude 14.

The fainter regions of the nebula coitaln many loops of nebulosity familiar from photographs. They are visible in moderate sized amateur telescopes. 1'he brightest arc, extendfgg south oi the east side, is visible in telescopes as small as about 2 inches. Since M42 is over one degree in diamcter low powers are needed to view ft all at once. However, only at moderate to high powers do most of theelegant arcs become visible. In the 8-1 nch, they were best seen at powers near 200 x.

The faintest portions of the nebula form a loop at the southern end, opposite the Trapezium, giving the nebula a circular, almost bubble-like shape. At low power this outer loop is seen only on very dark nights. Surprisingly, though, at niedium to high powers it can be seen on moderate nights such as those on which the drawing of Jaiu-ary 1983 was made. The outer loop appears continuous at low powers, but at 11 7X in the 8-lnch, the individual sections seen on photographs could be resolved.

Powers of lOOx to 200x show a dark patch just south of the Trapezium. This patch is next to a star 2 arc-miiutes south aid slightly west of' the southern tip of the bright zone containing the Trapezium stars. This bright comer of the nebula is a nearly perfect right angle, aid its edges appear remarkably straight. It looks almost uniatural.

To most observers the Orion Nebula appears pale green. The visibility of other colors is somewhat conitoveesiaa A few observers report a faint reddish color, cspe ・ cially oi the southern edge of the Trapezium region - which is indeed qute red in photo  graphs. On extremely dark nights, I have seen the Trapezium and faint outer regions to appear green while most of the nebula appeared a vivid pastel pink, aid the bright arc extendlig south oi the east side appeared pastel blue. Blocking the bright area around the Trapezium makes the detection of red in the outer regions easier.

VIS UAL ASTRONOMY OF THE DEEP SKY


Photograph of M42 and M43. South is up. (Courtesy Mount Wilson and Las Campanas Observatories, Carnegie Institution of Washington.)


Drawing of M42 and M43 made in J anuary,1983 on previous page. The main loops oj'M42 and detail in the Trapezium region were best seen at 188X. The faint outer loop was fast detected at 82 x , then seen better at 117x, and could also be made out at 188X.

The fatal drawing took about fouT hours.


Scale: 2.5 asc-m1n/em

8-iiich(711.5 Cassegrain

28mm Kellner (82x)

20mm Erfle (117X)

1 2.4mm Erfle (188X )


Viewing D1siancc (cm)


25X55  200x7

50x28   300x5

1OOX14 4OOX3


Drawing Method 2 (see Chapter 5) on two nights: air mass:1.1 2, fklntest star: 14.0 at zenilh,1 88X, io tracking

1/16/83 8:00-8:40 UT at Barbers Point, Hawaii


Drawing of M42 and M 43 made in January,1982 on next page. Compare this drawing with the tone made tn January,1983. The greater detail tn the latter is due to the use oj'seueral magnifications and more time at the telescope.

Scale: 2.5 are-m1n/cm Viewing Distance (cm) 8innh(711.5 Cassegrain ------------------------

28mm Kellner (82X)      25x55  200X7

20mm Erfle (117x)        50X28  300X5

100x14  400X3

airmass: 1.24, faintest star: 13.4 at zenith, 117x io tsaek1ng

1/24/82 9:07-9:55 UT at Ewa Beach, Hawaii;

R. Clark


air mass:1.12, fainicst star: 13.8 ar zenith, 188x, no tracking

1/18/83 8:40-9:48 UT at Hawaii Kai, Hawaii;

R. Clark

visual astronomy of the deep sky

Photograph o/the inner region o[M42, the Trapezium area. South is up. (Courtesy Lick Observatory.)

2'--------------


Drawing of M42 Trapeziunn area.

Scale: 0.5 ase-m11/cm      Viewing Disaance (cm)

8-lich f/11.5 Casscgraii -------------------------

12.4mm Erfle (18 殳)     100x69   300x2

200 x 34   400x1 7 air mass:1.17, faintest star: 13.5 at zeniih,188 X no tracklig

1/13/83 9:30—9:55 UT at Hawaii Kai, Hawaii;

R. Clark

NGC 2023

NGC 2024, IC 434 (THE HORSEHEAD NEBULA) NEBULAE IN ORION

IC 434:    R.A. 05ft41.1rnDec. -0T>24,

NGC 2023;4 05t4L7n,Dec. -0213' NGC 2024: R.A. 051 41.9 Dec. -01° 5(2000,0)

Technical. The 2nd-magnitude star Zeta Orionis, the easternmost one of Orion's belt, is surrounded by bright and dark nebulae. Thc region is famous R)r the photographically speciacular Horsehead Nebula, B33. This is a dark dust clooud remarkably like thc head of a ghostly horse rearing up in silhouette against the bright background of thc emission nebula IC 434. Thc energy source illuminating IC 434 is the star Sigma Orionis, about 1 ° southwest of Zcta.

IC 434 appears to be colliding with, or perhaps burning its way into, a very large, dark eloud. The sharp, nearly straight boundary between them extends about 1° south of Zeta Orronis. The Horsehead, about halRvay down thc boundary's length, is a protuberancs of thc dark cloud. The boundary extends about 18 light-years from north to south, and thc Horsehead is about 1light-year across. Thc dark cloud covers the entire eastern part of the drawing and photograph, as can be seen by the relative absenec of stars on the right, and in fact it extends many degrees still farther cast. Thc whole complex has been placed at a distance of about 1200 light-years.

NGC 2024 is a complex nebulous patch about 15 arc-minutes east-northcast of Zeta Orionrs. It is an emission nebula, probably excited by Zeta, crossed by a large, dark lane running north to south.

NGC 2023 is a bluish reflection nebula surrounding an 8th-magnitude star a little less than half a degree farther south, castnorthcast of the Horsehead.

Visual. NGC 2024 is the brightest and easiest nebula in this fascinating region. It is very elose to 118^-magnitude Zeia Oi^Io^Is, so placing the bright star out of thc feld of view reduces glare. NGC 2024 shows considerable detail in medium size telescopes, and under good skies it is visible through the 3-inch finder at 3 1 X. Through the 8-ineli thc main dark lane could be seen, along with several smaller ones, as shown in the drawing. In a 13-incb telescope, many more dark lanes appeared.

NGC 2023, a diffuse patch around an 8tli-magnitude star, is quite easy to see ii the optics are e1enn and free of dew. The best way to check whether the nebula is real, rather than starlight scattsrcC in the atmosphere, telescope, or eye, is to examine other stars of similar brightness to make sure they arc fiee of ttnebulosity''.

IC 434 is very faint and considewd one of the most diHcult deep-sky objects to observe visually. It is often said that cxeellent skies and an 8- to 12-.nch telcseope at low power arc required. The Horsehead, B33, is even more diflleult, being only 5 arc-ii)fnutes across. Many amateurs find the dark lane NGC 2024 and believe they've found the Horsehead.

Glare from Zcta Orionis is one reason for failing to detect IC 434, especially with dirty or dewed optics. Low power is another. Medium powers not only make IC 434 and B33 larger but also increase their apparent distance from Zcta Orionis. As can be seen in the drawing with the 8-inch telescope, IC 434 and B33 were detected imde.r only moderate to good skies. Thc drawing by Ray Fabrc using a 13.1-inch Dobsonian telescope at nearly the same powers shows a much better view of both. This view of the Horsehead is similar to that in an 8-inch under excellent skies. If good to excellent skies can be (bund, the Horsehead Nebula should be fairly easy in a 6-Inch teleseope. I have also seen it through the 3-indh at 5()X under the excellent skies of the Colorado Rockies.

Unfbrtlmats1ythsrs are no magnitude or surface brightness measures of either NGC 2024, NGC 2023, or IC 434. However, IC 434 is slightly harder to detect than the Merope Nebula in thc Pleiades. Thc average surface brightness of that nebula is 21.6 magnitudes per square arCiSe(ondso IC 434 is probably 22 or slightly fainter.


Drawing ofNGC 2023, NGC 2024y and iC 434 by

Ray Fabre with a 13-inch Dobsonian reflector at 6"X and 90X . N°e the increased detail seen with the larger aperture coompared with the 8-inch draiw-ingf made al th e s ame time and site. The scale and viewing distances are the same as that for the 8-inch drawing.

air mass:1.1faintest star:15.2 at zenith, 9°X: no lracking

2/12/83 7:15-8:00 UT at Waianae Ranch, Hawaii; R. Fabre

Photograph ooNGC2^^^233 NGC2024, andIC434. South is up. (CourtesyJames E. Gum.)


Drawing " NGC 2023, NGC 2024, and IC 434 with an 8-inch telescope. Th£ Horsee)£ad was barely seen with the 8-inch telescope. A power o/ 117'x was

blitterfor detecting it than 82 x the higher power may have helped reduce the glare fom Zeta Orionis.

Scale: 4.6 arc-mii/cm     Viewing Dlitamce (cm)

8-inch fl1.5 Cassegrain ----------------------

28mm Kellner (82 X)      10x75   lOOx?

20mm Erfle (117X)       25X3O 200x4

50x15 3OOX2

air mass: ).)2, faintest star: 14.2 atzeniih, 117Xno tracking

2/12/83 7:0(0-8:00 UT at Waianae Ranch, Hawaii;

R. Clark

M78 (NGC 2068), NGC 2071, DIFFUSE NEBULAE IN ORION

M78:      R.A. 05h 46.8m,Dec. 00° 03'

NGC 2071: R.A. 05h 47.2 Dec. 0018, (2000.0)

Technical. M78 is a small refection nebula a little more than 2° northeast of Zcta Orionis. It was discovered by Pierre Mechain in 1 78〇. The nebula is bclicvcd to be about 1600 light-years distant, roughly thc same as Zeta Orionis. It is 2 or 3 light-years across. Thc light it scatters is from the 10th-magnitude star HD 38563.

Just northcast of M78 is NGC 2071, another reflection nebula. The entire region is enveloped in a dark nebula, so stars are few. The total magnitude of M78 is 8, and with a size of 8 by 6 arc-minutes, its average surface brightness is 20.8 magnitudes per square arc-second. NGC 207 1 is 4 by 3 arc・ minutes, and its average surface brightness is somewhat dimmer than M7 8's.


Photograph of M78 and NG C 2071.South is up. (Courtesy EveredKreimer, The Messier Album.)

Viisuuli M78 often looks like a small comct. With a visual magiitude of 8 aid a size of 8 by 6 arc-mi1utes it has a mean susface brightness of 20.8. Its 1osthes1 border is sharp, while the southcri part dims gradually, stasting near the iorthcri edge. Thc icbuia contaigs two lOth-magiitude stars, one near the iorthcri edge, thc other 53 arc-secoids to the south. A third aid faiitcr star is icar the southern limit of thc icbula, slightly east of the other two.

NGC 207] appears smaller aid fainter than M78. It has a size of 4 by 3 asc-ci1utcs but there arc io magiitude estimates.


Drawing of M78 and NGC 2071.

Scale2.0 ase-m11/em      Viewing Di^siai^c^c (cm)

8-11eh £711.5 Cassegrain -------------------------

12.4mm Erfle (188X)      25x69   200X9

5OX34   300x6

100x17   400x4 air mass:1.09, faiitcst star 13.7 at zciith,1 88x, no trackiig

11/14/82 11:51-12:15 UT at Barbers Point, Hawaii; R. Clark

NGC 2261, HUBBLE ' S VARIABLE NEBULA IN MONOCEROS

R^.A. 06h 39•广,Dec. 08° 43' (^2000.0)

Technical. NGC 2261 was discovered by Sir William Herschel in 1783, bul il has been known as Hubble's Variable Nebula ever since Edwin Hubble found, on photographs taken between 1900 and 1916, that it had changed shape. NGC 2261 is a small rcfleellon nebula that appears rather like a comct. Thc variable star R Mlonocerotis is at its apcx, and appears as if it were the "comet's" nucleus. R Mon varies by up to 4 magnitudes in an irregular way. Its variations arc responsible for the changing appearance of thc nebula, which it illuminates. However, thc nebula and star do not vary together. It seems that dusl clouds orbit close to thc star, blocking its light to a greater or lesser degree and casling thcir moving shadows on thc nebula.

Some changes have been seen lo occur in as 'tic as one day, and shadows have moved by up to 1 arc-second in four days. Changes that might bc seen in large amateur telc-icopei can occur on timcscalci as short as a month. On nights of very good seeing, with large teleicopei R Mon docs not appear quite stellar. Apparently dust close to thc star forms a very small, brillianl reflection nebula.


Photograph /NGC 2261.South is up. (Courtesy National Optical Astronomy Observatories.)

Visual.NGC 2261 is quite easy tn medium size telescopes even under oily moderate skies. I first found ft while randomly sweeping the winter skies aid immediately thought it was a comet. A check of several star charts and BumhamCeledal Handbook set me straight. At magnitude 10 with a size of2 by 2 asc-minutes it has a mean surface brightness of '20.1 magnitudes per square asc-seco1d. This is quite bright compared to most icbu-lae. Although no detail was seen ii the 8-lnch under moderate skies, ft should be possible to see detail under excellent skies if the shadows at the time arc high in coitrast. Since the surface brightness is high, and the icbula is a scflectio1 from dust gsai1s it may appear bluish in large telescopes under dark skies.

Drawing oj NGC 2261.

Scale: 0.8 asc-min/em

8-iich (711.5 Cassegrain ]24mm Erfle (188x) 9mm Kcllncr (260x)

Viewiig Distance (cm)

air mass:1.07, fai1lesi star:13.5 at zenith, 18J3Xio tracklig

1 / 13/83 10:35-11:05 UT at Hawaii Kai, Hawaii

R. Clark


25x172 200x21

50x : 86 300x14

100X: 43 400X: ll


VISUAL A STRONOMY OF THE DEEP SKY

M46 (NGC 2437), OPEN CLUSTER IN PUPPIS WITH NGC 2438, A PLANETARY NEBULA

M46:     RtA. 07h4L9m,Dec 14° 49

NGC2438: R.A. 0741.9m,Dec、一14° 43' (2000.0)

Teehnicca M46 was diseovered in 1 771 by Charles Messier. The cluster is about 5400 light-years distant and 30 light-years in diameter. It contains between 200 and 500 stars, with about 150 between magnitudes 10 to 13.

M46 is unusual in that it appears to contain a planetary nebula. NGC 2438. But thc nebula is not a member of the star cluster, since it is nioving through space at a different velocity. The nebula appears 65 arc-seconds in diameter. It is probably in thc foreground about 3000 light years from us, and has a diameter of about 1light-year. Its central star is 16th magnitude.

Visual. M46 is a pretty cluster at any mag-nificati on, where it all fits within the field of view. The cluster is round, with a Ciamster of 25 arc-minutes. Thc total visual magnitude is 8, and in small instruments and low power, where the cluster is not resolved, thc mean surface brightness is 23.6 magnitudes per square arc-sccond.

The planetary nebula is best seen at medium to high powers. At 150x or 200x with a wide-field eyepiece, the whole cluster and the planetary can be seen simultaneously. Thc nebula is 11 th magnitude, with a mean surface brightness of 19.81 In mediumsized telescopes, a star slightly northwest of center is often mistaken for the csntrn1 star, which is fainter. In thc 8-inch under moderate skies, the nebula appeared as a doughnut noticeably fainter on the west side.

Photograph /M46 andNGC2438. South is up. (^o^^tesy EueredKreiimier, The Messier Album.)

Drawing of M46 and NGC 2438.

Scale: 3.0 arc』】】い川     Viewing Distaicc (cm)

8-lich "11.5 Cassegraii -

1 2.4mm Erfle (18Bx)       10x115 100xll

9mm Kcllicr (260x)      25x: 46 20(° x: 6

50X23 300x4

air mass: 1.39, falitcst s:ar:13.5 at zciith, 188X, no tracking

1 /13/83 8:45—9:1 8 UT at Hawaii Kai, Hawaii;

R. Clark

M67 (NGC 2682), OPEN CLUSTER IN CANCER

R.A. 08h 51,0rn, De 11 49 (2000.0)

Tehhnihal. This open star cluster is unusual in that it is one of thc oldest known (estimates range from 3 to 10 billion years) and is very far from the plane of our Galaxy. Most open clusters, also known as galactic clusters,lic close to the galactic disk, whereas MI67 lies approximately 1500 light-years above it. The cluster is about 2500 light-years distant and 12 light-years in diameter. It includes some 500 stars brighter than magnituCs 16; the brightest is magnitude 10.

The stellar population is unlike that of most open clusters, but rather similar to the very old globular clusters. The only other open cluster known to have a similar pattern is NGC 18& in Cepheus. The most evolved stars in M67 have only about half the luminosity of similar stars in globulars, however. This difference is nttributcC to chemical composition: the typical globular is made almost entirely of hydrogen and helium, whereas M67 has a hcavyic1emcnt ratio similar to onr Sun.


Photograph of M67. South is up. (Courtesy Optical Astronomy Observatories.)

Visual. M67 has a total visual magnitude of 7, and it is 15 arc-minutes in diamcler. When unresolved in very small instruments such as binoculars, its mean surface brightness is 21.5 magnitudes per square arc-sccond. The drawing shows an intcrcsling visual cflcct of closely spaced stars. The cluster contains many faint stars not resolved in an 8-incli telescope. With averted vision, the eye can detecl their light without resolving them. This gives an appearance of a faint background nehulosity. The drawing is a rcpre-seKtation of this eflcct. With direct vision the "nebulosity" vanishes.

Drawing /M67.

Scale1.2 arc-min/cm

8-lmh(711.5 Cassegrain 20mm Erfle (11 7X 12.4mm Erfle (188x)

Viewing Distance (cm)

rirmrss: 1.05, faintest sar:14.0 al zenith, 188X, n o tracking

1/16/83 10:30-10:45 UT at Barbers Point, Hawaii;

R. Clark


25x115 200x14

50x67 300x10

00X 29 40Ox7

NGC 2903, SPIRAL GALAXY IN LEO

R.A. 〇卯 32,Dec. 21^ 3T (2000.0)

Technical. NGC 2903 is a large, many-armcd type-Sb spiral galaxy, one of the brightest galaxies in Leo. It shows complex detail og deep-sky photographs. Thc only other galaxy of comparable brightiess in Leo is M66.

Visual.Ii angular size NGC 2903 is 11.0 by 4.7 arc-miiutcs, and its total visual magnitude is 9.7. The mean surface brightiess is 22.6 magnitudes per square arc-sccond. In the 8-fnch under moderate skies, NGC 2903 was seen as a diffuse glow surrouidfig a brighter nucleus. Under excellent skies ft should reveal some detail in ai 8-fnch or largcs telescope.



Photograph of NGC 2903. South is up. (Courtesy

Palomar Observatory.)


Drawing /N GC2903.

Scalle 1.1 nrdimin/dm      ■Viewing Distn1dce (cm)

8-inch f/1115 Cnsscgrnin -----------------------

12.4 mm Erfle (188x)     25x125 200x16

50X63 300x10

100X31 400x8

air massLOO, faintest stta:1 3.5 at zenith, 188X no tracking

1/13/83 ll:4(0-12:40 UT at Hawaii Kai, Hawaii;

R. Clark

Notes: Intermittent clouds increased the time neeCeC to make the observation.

VISUAL ASTRONOMY OF THE DEEP SKY

M81(NGC 3031),SPIRAL GALAXY IN URSA MAJOR

RA. OS55.60 Dec, 69° 04 (2000,0)

Technical.M81 is sometimes known as Bodc's Nebula, after its discovery by J. E. Bodc ii1774. It is a spiral galaxy tilted 32° ^om cdgc-on. Relatively close to us at about 8 or 10 million light-years, ft has a diameter of 40 000 to 50 000 light-years. MI81 is the brightest member of a group of about a dozen galaxies; its nearest icighbor aid closest rival in brightness is M82 (NGC 3034). Radio observations show hot gas extending twice the length of the spiral arms seen on photographs. This hot gas has been traced all the way across a ^bridge'' to M82, Presumably thc bridge is the result of a close encounter between the two galaxies about 200 million years ago.

Visual.M81 appears as a diffuse oval with a bright hcntes. It has a size of 18 by 10 arcminutes, aid its total visual magnitude is 8.O). The mean surface brightness is 22.3 magnitudes per square arc-second. IThrough the 8-fncli under good skies, only the slightest hint of the spiral arms was seen. Thc outer spiral arms are of very low coitrast. On short-exposure photographs through large telescopes, spiral arms with thin dust lanes can be traced to within half an ash-mi1utc of the nucleus, but none could be seen through the 8-fncli.

Thc easiest part of thc outer arms to detect is west aid slightly north of the nucleus. Thc arm here consists of several bright knots, which in large telescopes look like a string of falit stars,

Photograph ojM81. South is up. (Courtesy National Optical Astronomy Observatories.)


Drawing of M81.

Scale1.3 arc-min/cm     Viewing Distance (cm)

8-inch (711.5 Cassegrain --------------------------

12 4mm Erfle (188X,      25x106 200X13

best view)                    50x53 300x 9

7mm Erfle (334x)        WOx 26 400x7 airmass: t.2t faintest star14.3 at zeniih,188 X no tracking

2/12/83 9:55-10:05 UT at Wninnnc ranch, Hawaii: R. Clark

M82 (NGC 3034), PECULIAR GALAXY IN URSA MAJOR

尺.4. O56.1,Dec. 69° 42, (^^000.0)

Technical. M82 's an irregular galaxy discovered, along with MI81 about a degree south, by J. E. Bode in 1774. Fills galaxy is unusual because its ec1tral region is very dusty aid seems to be violently disrupted. It was long thought that the core of the galaxy had uidcrgoic ai explosion a few million years ago. Now it is thought that the inner region is merely in vigorous turmoil, probably owing to great bursts of star formation in the dusty areas. Many of the abuidait gas clouds arc moving outward at speeds of up to 50() km/ sec. The violent gas motions have produced many shock waves, which have compressed the rcmaiiiig gas aid dust to trigger the formation of yet more stars.

This thick interstellar matter provides spectaculas detail on photographs. Much of the gas is heated by the newly formed stars to a temperature of 100 kclvfn (—17()°C). This is very hot compared with typical litcrstcllar dust, wliic h is only a fcw degrees above absolute (zero kelvin). Thc stars that do this heating arc in many large clusters, each with as many as 1 O 000 members. The heated dust makes M82 the brightest galaxy in thc sky at thermal infrared wavelengths, aside from thc Milky Way. M82 is also a strong radio source.

Recent reeonstruetions of thc history of XI82 may explain what happened to ft. About 200 million years ago X181 passed close to X182, aid the gravitational tidal effects pcr-turbed thc orbits of billions of stars and great masses of gas. Thc result was collisions between gas clouds, causing many of them to collapse and produce new stars, while other clouds were thrown out of the disk plane of XI88.The ejected material eventually slowed aid fell back into the plane, causing more cloud collisions aid thc burst of star formation wc sce today.

M82 is about 8 or 10 million light-years distant aid 16 0()() light-years across. Its mass is estimated at only oic-tcith that of M81.

Visual. M82 shows coisidcrablc detail in amateur telescopes. At a total magnitude of 9.2 aid with a size of 8 by 3 aro-mir^ut^cs, the mean surlacc brighticss rs 21.3 magnitudes per square ase-seeo1d. This is a full magnitude more surface brightness than the mean of neighbor X181 (though 18Ts central region is admittedly much brightes). M82s high surface brighticss allows high mag】-ficatlons to be used even with small w】— scopes.

In the 8-inch, the main 1rscgular dark laic in the ee1ter of the ,galaxy was very easy to see at medium powers under good sklcs. Thc dark lane, the galaxy's most promiicnt feature, is diHicult in 4-incli or smaller tcle-scopes. Other structure was visible in thc B-'icTi, such as the sharp drop in intensity about 1 are-m11utc cast of the iiucics.hc dark lane gave the appearance of an arrow pointing west aid slightly south. A bright region was seen to the west of the nucleus. Powers near 200X seemed to give the best overall view. More detail might have been visible if the seeing was not so poor (star images were 2 to 3 arc-seconds in size).


Photograph f M82. South is up. (Courtesy Cana-da_France-Hawaii Telescope Cooration.)

Viewing Dislancc (cm)


Scaale 1.2 rrk-min^m

8-inch f711.5 Cassegrain 20mm Erfle (117X)

12.4 mm Erfle (188x, best view) 7mm Erfle (334X)

25x) 25 200X:14

50x 57 300X)O

100X 29 400X: 7

air mass1.55, faintest star: 14.3 al zcnilh, 188X; no tracking

2/12/83 9:15-^9:55 UT at Waianae ranch, Hawaii; R. Clark

M96 (NGC 3368), GALAXY IN LEO

R,A 10h 46,Dec.11 49 (2000.0)

Technical. M96 is an 5a-typc spiral galaxy in thc Leo Cluster of Galaxies , which includes M95 M65, M66. and M )02. The group is around 30 million light-years distant. As with all type -Sa galaxies, a large central bulge Com1natss tightly wound spiral arms. M96 has a laint outer ring about 6 arc-minutes in diameter.

VisuuL M96 has a total magnitude of 10.2 and a diameter of 6 by 4 arc-minutes, for a mean surface brightness of 22.3 magnitudes per square are-sseond1 Most of the light is concentrated in thc central bulge, however, and the surface brightness thsrs is much higher. Through the 8-ineh in good skies, a dark lane was easily seen at medium powers. I did not know it existed before making the observation. The lanc is not visible in telescopes smaller than 4 inches.


Photograph of M96. South is up. (Courtesy Evered Kreimer, The Messier Alburn.)


Dawiing of M6

Scalle 1.2 arc-min/cm     Viewing Distance (cm)

8-inch f711-5 Caiiegrain ------------------------

12.4mm Erfle (188x)      25x115 200x14

5OX57   30x10

ld)x29   400x7

air mass:1.09, faintest sair 14.3 at zeniih, 188X; no tracking

2/12/83 11:10-10:31 UT at Waianac ranch, Hawaii; R. Clark

M105 (NGC 3379) NGC 3384, NGC 3389, GALAXIES IN LEO

M105:      RA10h 47,8m, Dec.1.35'

NGC 3384: R1A.10h 48.3m, Dee.1.38' NGC 3389: R.A.10h 48.4Dee.1.32' (2000.0)

1151 M 105 and NGC 3384 arc elliptical galaxies and NGC 3389 is a typc-Sc spiral. All arc part of the Leo Cluster of Galaxies, which includes M95, M96. M65 and M66 at a distance of about 30 million light-years. NGC 3384 is only 8 arc-minutss from M105, and NGC 3389 is 10 arc-minutes from it.

Visual. Ml 05 is thc brightest member of the trio, with a total magnitude of 10.61 Being 2 arc-minutes in diamstsr its mean surface brightness is 20.8 magnitudes per square arc-sscond but, like most galaxies, it is far brighter in the middle than at the edges.

NGC 3384 is only slightly fainter at magnitude 1110. It is larger, 4 by 2 arc-minutes, yis1ding a mean surface brightness of 21.9 magnitudes per square arc-second. Most of the light is concentrated in the c^ 0^X1111 arc-minutS1

NGC 3389 is ths most diHicult: it has a total magnitude of 12.2 and appears 2 by 1 arc-minutss. This size corresponds to a mean


Photograph of M105 (aL 帝)NGC3384 (at lower Tigh), and NGC 3389 (at upper right). South is up.

((Courtesy Evered Kreimer, The Messier Alburn.) surface brightness of 21.7 magiitudes pcr square ase-seco1d. The light is dishsibuhcd fairly uniformly, so thc peak surface brightness is not much gseatcs unlike with N1105 and NGC 3384.

All three appeared featureless through the 8-lnch under moderate skies. The elliptical galaxies showed brighter ceiters, and NGC 3384 appeared slightly eloigated, while Ml05 was round. NGC 3389 appeared as a very faint oval of u1ifosm esight1css. At medium powers with wide-field eyepieces, all three galaxies fit into thc ffcld of view aid provide a nice view.

--------------5’--------------

Drawing ^M105, NGC3384, QmiNGC3389.

Scaae:1.3 arc-mi n/cm

8-lnch "11.5 Cassegsa11

20mm Erfle (117x)

12.4mm Erfle (188X, best view)

9mm Kellner )26(0 X )

Viewing Distance (cm)


25x106 2OOX:13

50X53 300X9

100X: 26 400X7

air mass:1.03, faiitest star: 13.5 at zeiith, 188Xn o lsacki1g

1/13/83 1245—13:20 UT at Hawaii Kai, Hawaii;

R. Clark


M108 (NGC 3556), GALAXY IN URSA MAJOR

Il lL6m, Dec. 55° 4 (2000.0)

Technical.M 108 is a nearly edge-on spiral galaxy of type Sc. First discovered by Pierre Mechain in )78), it was not commonly included in Messier's catalog until the early 11970s. Ml08 is about 25 million light-years away and has many obscuring dust lanes and no pronounced central bulge.

Visual. Ml 08 appears 7.8 by 1.4 arcminutes in angular size, with a total brightness of magnitude 11118 and a mean surfkcc brightness of 22.0 magnitudes per square ar^c-second. It is 48 arc-minutes northwcsl of the Owl Nebula, M97 (NGC 3587). Through the 8-inch under moderale skics, no delail corresponding to dark lanes was seen. The nucleus looked like a star, and an aclual star is superimposed on thc galaxy's western side. The galaxy appeared as a uniform, elongated glow, fading at lhc edges into the sky background.


Photograph /M108. South is up. (Courtesy Evered Kreimer, The Messier Album,)

Drawing oj M108.

Scale:1.2 arc-min/cm

8-inch fll.5 Cassegrain

20mm Erflc (117X) 12.4mm Erflc (188X, best view)

7mm Erfle (334X)

Viewing Distance (cm)


25X:115 20Ox14

50X: 57 300x10

100X29 400X: 7


air mass: 1.41, fainlest stair 13.8 at zenilh, 188X; no lracking

5/15/83 8:41 - 8:52 UT at Barbers Point, Hawaii;

R. Clark

M97 (NGC 3587) THE OWL NEBULA: PLANETARY NEBULA IN URSA MAJOR RA.ll 14.9m Dec. 55° 02f (2000.0)

Technical.M97 was discovered by Charles Mlesskr's compatriot Picrre Mechain in 1171-When William Parsois, Lord Rosse, observed it with his 7 2-iich speculum-metal sef€Ctos in 1848, he made a drawing semark-ably like ai owl's face, aid M97 has been the Owl Nebula ever since. It is thought to be about 1600 light-years distant aid about 1.5 light-years in diametes. Its gas is only 1/10 to 1/100 as dense as that of a typical plaietary nebula, suggesting that M97 is relatively old aid has been expandiig and thiiiiig for a Tong time. The 14th-magiitudc ce1tsal star has ai elective tempesature of 85 000 kelvin.

Visual.Thc two dark "owl's eyes" are hard to dctcct in small to medium telescopes. With a diameter of 2.5 are-mi1ulcs and a total magnitude of 11.0, the nebula has a mean surface brightness of 22.6 magnitudes per square arc-sccoid — very low for a plaietary nebula. By comparisoi, thc famous Ring Nebula, M57 ii Lyra, has a mean surface esightness of 1 7.9 magnitudes per square arc-secoid. With the 8-iich uider moderate to good skies, the eyes were barely seen. If I had got known of their existence I probably would not have detected them at all. When making thc drawiig I did not know the eyes' true osie1tatio1, so the fact that they arc placed cosrectly iidicatcs that they really were seen unless blind luck was at work. This u1eertai1ty shows the extreme difllculty in observing the owTs eyes. Better skics or a larger teleseope are needed.


--------------------5—--------------------


Photograph of M97. South is up. (Courtesy Evered Kreimer, The Messier Album.)


Drawing /M97.


Scale:1.2 asc-m11 /cm

8-lich f/ 1.5 Casscgraii 20mm Erfle (:17X) 12.4mm Erfle (18Bx, best view)


Viewing Distaicc (cm)


25x115 200x:46

50X57 30)x10

100X29 400X7


air mas: 1.36, faintest staa' 13.8 at zciith, 188Xno tracking

5/15/83 8:25-8:40 UT at Barbers Point, Hawaii;

R. Clark

VISUAL ASTRONOMY OF THE DEEP SKY

M66 (NGC 3627) NGC 3628, M65 (NGC 3623), GALAXIES IN LEO

M65:           1&9 De 13° 07

M66:     Rl^.lih 20.2^, Dec.13 OU

NGC 3628 R.A.1N 20.3,Dec. 13°37‘ (2000.0)

Technical. This trio of galaxies fits into a low-powc field of view. They arc members of the Leo Cluster of Galaxies, about 30 million light-years away, which also includes M95, M96, and M105.

All three galaxies arc typc-5b spirals, with NGC 3628 being nearly edge-on. M66 has thick spiral arms and dust lanes.  M65

appears like a miniature Andromeda Galaxy (N31);it has a dark dust lane on thc east side, and the spiral arms are wound much like M31 s. M66 has a diamster of 50 000 light-years; M65 60 000 11ght-ysars; and NGC 3628, about 90 000 light-ycars.

Visua !・  M65 and M66 can be detected in

binoculars, while NGC 3628 requires a small telescope under good skies. M66 has a total magnitude of 9.7 and an angular size of 8.0 by 2.5 arc-m1nutssyielding a mean surface brightness of21.6 magnitudes per square arcsecond. M65 has a total magnitude of 10.3, a size of */.8 by 1.6 arc-minutcsand a mean surface brightness essentially the same, 21.7. NGC 3628 is more diflicult, with a total magnitude of 10.3 and a size of 12 by 2 arcminutes, yielding a fninter mean surface brightness, 22.4 magnitudes per square arcsecond.

In the 8-inch, M66 shows an oval central region surrounded by the oval glow of the fainter spiral arms. The arms appear dimmer than the impression given by most photographs, no doubt because the central region is usually ovcrexposeel. The oval corresponding to the arms is oriented generally north -south, while that of the bright central region is more northwest southeast. The southern arm looked pointed, an appearance familiar from photographs.

M65 showed a bright central region surrounded by the fainter spiral arms. Thc dark lane eould not be seen in the 8-inch. NGC 3628 appeared considerably Winter than either M65 or M66 and was only slightly brighter in the center. The spiral arms fhded gradually into the sky background, and no dark lanes eould bc seen during this observation. However, under exeellent skies the dark lane so evident in the photograph is visible in an 8-ineh telescope.

Photograph of M66 (at upper right), NGC 3628 (at bottom) and M65 (at upper left). South is up(Cour-んリ Canad—Franc-Hawaii Telescope Corporation.)


Drawing /M66 (at up!ight, NGC 3628 (at bottom), and M65 (at upper lejf).

Scale: 2,3 nrc-min/cm Viewing Distnncc (cm)

8iindh "11.5 Cnsscgrnin -----------------------

20mm Erfle (11 7x)         1Ox115 100xl I

12.4mm Erfle                25X 46 200 x6

50x23 300X4 ai mass:1 J 0, faintest sias:14.3 nt zenith, lS^X ; no tracking

2/12/83 t):3D-10:26 UT aWninnnc ranch, Hawaii; R. Clark

M109 (NGC 3992), GALAXY IN URSA MAJOR

RA.llh 57.6m, Dec. 53° 22f (2000.0)

Technical. NGC 3992 was added to Messier's catalog as <tM109,5 as recently as 1953, by Owen Gingerich. It is a barred spiral galaxy of type SBb. A short bar extends through the central hub. At its ends are long, thin spnal aTms that can be traced for about three-quarters of a turn.

Visual.N4109 is magnitude 10.9 and 6.4 by 3,5 arc-minutcs in size; the mean surface brightness comes to 22.9 magnitudes per square arc-second. Through the 8-inch under moderate skies, M 109 appeared as a difH-ise round glow. The central region appeared stellar. There was no hint of spiral structure.


Photograph of M109. South is up. (Courtesy Evered Krehner, The Messier Album.)


Draiving of M109.

Scali:1.2 ase-mi1/em

8-iich 11.5 Cassegrain

20mm Er fc (11 7X)

12.4mm Erflc (1B8X, best view)

Viewing Distaicc (cm)

25x115 200x]4

50x5 7   300x10

100x29   400x7

air mass: 1.32, faintest siar13.8 at zenith,188 X; no tsack11g

5/15/83 9:05-9:16 UT at Barbers Point, Hawaii;

R. Clark

NGC 4038, NGC 4039, THE RINGTAIL GALAXY IN CORVUS

NGC4038:RA.12h     Dec. -1^° 52f

NGC 4039: RA.12101.9m, Dec, 8 5V

(2000.0)

Technical. NGC 4038 and 4039 are interacting galaxies. The pair is known as the Ringtail Galaxy or the Antennae because of two very long, thin "tails" that extend roughly north - south from the small central part. The distance to the pair is about 50 million light-years. Recent computer models indicate the two galaxies were quite normal before their encounter, and that the tails are stars and gas flung from the outlying regions of the original galaxies. The gas, enough to form about 1.5 billion suns, has been detected at radio wavelengths, being primarily hydrogen. The two galaxies have probably taken several hundred million years to reach their present state.

The galaxies5 main portions show intricate detail. Both lack a nuclear region, and measurements of velocities show complex motions that at first seemed diflrcult to explain. However, each galaxy is rotating about its own axis, and the two are orbiting each other. Computer models can account for the motions when this combination of orbits is considered.


Photograph / NGC 4038 (the bottom portion of the irreguarly shaped U) and NGC 4039 (the top portion). South is up. (Courtesy Palomar Obseirva-tory.)

VsuuL NGC 4038-39 look unusual, quite unlike normal galaxies. They appear as a "U" shaped object with the open end to the west. The northern leg of the U appears lnr-ger. This is NGC 4038, magnituCs 11.0, about 2.5 by 2.5 nrc-minutcs in size not including thc tails. NGC 4039 is magnituCs 12 and 2.5 by 2.Q nrc-minutes not including tails. The mean surface brightness is 21.6 magnitudes per square are-second fir NGC 4038 and 22.4 for NGC 4039.

The parts seen in the 8-ineh were sssme-what sniallcr than the sizes above. Two ■ ’stars" were seen, one in each galaxy. They may be two of the many bright knots that appear on photographs. If so, better skies should reveal much of the intricate detail with an 8-inch. Thc tails are extremely faint, and it is questionable if they can be seen at all in medium size telescopes.


Drawing of NGC 4)38 (the larger object,) and NGC 4039 (the smaller, thin extension above it).

Scale1.2 arc-min/cm

8-inch (711.5 Cassegrain

20mm Erfle (117X) 12.4mm Erfle (188X,

best view)

Viewing Distance (em)


25X115 200X14

50X: 57 300X:10

100X29 400X: 7

air mass:131,faintest star:13.8 nt zeiilih, 188X; no iracking

5/15/83 6:45-7:04 UT at Barbers Point, Hawaii;

R. Clark


M99 (NGC 4254), GALAXY IN COMA BERENICES

RA.12h 188Dec14° 25' (2000.0)

Technical.M99 is a type -Sc spiral in the great Virgo Cluster of Galaxies. It is probably 50 million light-years distant and has one of the greatest redshifts in the Virgo Cluster: 2300 kilometers per second. m99 was discovered in 1781 by Pierre M^echaln. It is nearly face-on aid has a well-defned spiral pattern. The bright southeri arm extends westward uiusually far from thc iucleus. This was the second galaxy to be recognized as spiral, by Lord Rosse in 1848.

Visual.  M99 appears at magiitudc 10.4,

with an aigular size of 4.5 by 4.0 arcminutes, yielding a low mean susface brightness of 22.2 magiitudcs per square arcsecond. Ii the 8-inch, thc ccitral portfon appeared as a small, bright diffuse area, while the spiral arms formed a soft, uniform glow around it. No hint of spiral structure was seen under moderate to good skies. Detection of the bright southcri spiral arm has been rcponcd by oesesvers under good to excellent skies with 8-iich telescopes.


--------------5,------------


Photograph of M99. South is up. (Courtesy Evered Kreimer, The Messier Albu?m)


Drawing of M99.


Scaai:1.4 are-mi1/em

8-ln ch f/11.5 Cassegraii 20mm Erilc (117X ) 12.4mm Erfle (188X, best view)

7mm Erflc )334 X)

Vicwfig Distance (cm)

25x98

200X

12

5OX49

300X

8

100x25

400x

6

air mass:1.3 & faiitcst srar: 13.8 at zciith, 188X; io trackiig

5/15/83 10:13-10:28 Uf at Barbers Point, Hawaii;

R. Clark

M106 (NGC 4258), GALAXY IN CANES VENATICI

R-A.12h 19J)m, Dec. 44° 18 (2000.0)

Technical. NGC 4258 was added to Mes-sifr's catalog as "Ml 06" by Helen Sawyer Hogg in 1947. The galaxy appears to have erupted about 20 million years ago. Its nucleus is unusually bright at both visible and radio wavelengths. The spiral arms terminate knots of bright young stars. "Ghost" radio arms, unseen optically, trail behind the visible arms. Two clouds of material, amounting to several tens of millions of solar masses, appear to have been ejected from the nucleus in the galaxy's plane.

Visual. M106, magnitude 9.0, is 20 by 6.5 src-minutes in size, though the brighter part b only 8 by 3 arc-minutes. The overall mean surface brightness is 22.9 magnitudes per square arc-second.

Through the 8-inch under moderate to good skies, this galaxy was quite a surprise. I was quite familiar with photographs of it and had seen it many times before, sometimes under good to excellent skies. But these observations were done at low powers b efore the research for this book was completed. The surprise was a distinct dark lane easily detected next to the nucleus on the west side. It is rarely seen on photographs because the central region is usually overexposed. The lane was best seen at powers near 200x. The spiral arm to the north was also seen, though its contrast was low. The arm ended in a point about 3 arc-minutes from the nucleus. Excellent skies or larger telescopes would surely show beautiful detail in this galaxy.


Drawing ” M106.


Photograph ” M106. South is up. (Courtesy Palo-mar Observatory.)


Scale: 2.3 arc-min/cm

8-inch “11.5 Cassegrain

20mm Erlle (117X)

12.4mm Erfle (188x, best view)

Viewing Distance (cm)


25X6O 2OOx7

50x30   300x5

100x15   400 x4

air mass: 1.24, faintest star:1 3.8 at zenith, 188X; no tracking

5/15/83 9:18-9:31 UT at Barbers Point, Hawaii;

R. Clark

M100 (NGC 4321),GALAXY IN COMA BERENICES

R. A.12h 22,9im,      15° 49 (2000.0)

Technip     M 100 is a spiral galaxy of class

Sc seen nearly face-on. Its distance is estimated to be about 40 million light-years and s linear Ciametsr slightly more than 100 000 light-years. Thc galaxy's total luminosity is about 20 billion times that of our Sun, its mass about 160 billion suns. Thcrc arc two main spiral arms and complex dust lanes. The arms can be followed all thc way in to the nucleus.


Photograph of M100. South is up. (Courtesy Evered Krehrner, The Messier Album.)

Visual. In small to medium telescopes, M100 appears as a bright ceitral spot sur-roundcd by a uiiform, diffuse glow. Thc total magnitude is 10.4 and the diametcs 5 ase-minutcs. This corresponds to a mean surface es1ght1css of 22.6 magnitudes per square arcsecond. The main spiral arms are oily 3 arcminutes across, which is often as large as the galaxy appears. Thc arms beyond 3 arcminutes are quite faint and low in eo1tsast even uider excellent skics.

In the 8-iich, io spiral stsuctnsc could bc detected uider modcsatc to good skics. Some observers have scposted hints of spiral arms ii medium size telescopes.


Drawing of M100.

Scali:1.2 ase-m11 /cm     Viewing Distaicc (cm)

8'iich f/11.5 Casscgrali ------------------------

20mm Erfle (11 7X)        25x115 200 x14

12.4mm Erfle (188 X ,      50X57 300 x 10

best view)                 100X29 400X 7

air mass:12 & faintest       1 3.8 at zeniih,188 X

no tracklig

5/15/83 9:55-10:12 UT at Barbers Point, Hawaii;

R. Clark

M84 (NGC 4374), M86 (NGC 4406), AND 13 OTHER GALAXIES IN VIRGO

M84:      R.A.12h 25.P”     12° 53'

NGC 4387: R.A.121257m,    12° 49

NGC 4388: R.^.12t25^8tmjDe(^.12° 39 NGC 4402: R.,^, 26.1m, Dec. 707’ M86:      尺/.12h 26.2n,     12° 56'

NGC 4413: R.^.12^ 26.5n,De^.l2o 36' NGC 4425: R.A. 12h27.2n,    1244

NGC 4435: R.^. 122.7tn,De(^.13o 04 NGC 4438: R.A. 12^ 27.8tn,        00f

NGC4458: R.A. 12^29.0”,    13° 15

NGC 4459: R.A.12ft 29g Dec 13° 58 NGC 4461R.A. 12^29.1”, D(^(^.131T NGC 4473: R.A. 12h 29.8Dec. 13° 25' NGC 4477: R.A. 12^30.0tnf    13° 38

NGC4479: RA.12130.3”,    13° 35’

(2000.0)

Technical These galaxies are near the core of the Virgo Cluster of alaxies, which in turn is the csntsr of the gigantic Local Supercluster. Our Galaxy and the Local roup of galaxies is near the edge of the sup)crclustcr. The Virgo Cluster is about 20 million light-years across and roughly 50 million light-ycars distant. It contains about 250 large galaxies arid more than a thousand small ones.

M84 is an cllip)tical system about 25 000 light-years across with a mass of about 500 billion suns. M86 is another elliptical galaxy, but it seems somewhat out of place in the cluster. Its spectral lines show no red shift, but rather a blue shift! While N484 has a red shift indicating that it is receding from us at nearly 900 kilometers per sceond, M86 is ap)p)ronching us at 400 kilometers per seeorid. MB6 may bc escaping from thc Virgo Cluster, or it could he elose to us and not a cluster member nt all.

Two galaxies very near M84 and M86 on thc sky are the nearly cdge-on spirals NGC 4388 and 4402. Attributes of all the galaxies observed are listed in Table 7.1.


rounded by a uniform glow corresponding to thc spiral arms.

This collection of galaxies is quite 1ntsrsst-ing because several at a time can be seen at low to medium powers. Thc only diflculty is finding the region and identifying them, because thcrc arc few bright stars and many other galaxies to eonfuse the observer.


4 3 8 8

Q*

0 4 3 8 7    '

O 44 1 3

44 0 6

U ( M 8 6 )

ヽ            04425

4 4 0 2


445 8°


°4 4 6 1


4 4 7 7 “   44 7.9


Figure 7.2. Finder chart for Virgo galxies. The arrow indicates thc dirsetion of north.


Visua!Almost all these ,galaxies appear just as small fuzzy patches, s1thsr round or elliptical in the 8-iiieh teleseope. Only NGC 4388 and 4405 the edge-on spirals, appsarsC very elongated. M84 and M86 appsareC noticeably brighter toward their centers, nr efleet most pronounced in 1861 NGC 4413 is a barred spiral; it showed a bright nucleus sur-


Table 7.1. Characteristics osome Virgo Galaxies

Object

Galaxy type

Visual magnitude

Size arc-min

Surface brighmess

NGC 4374 (M84)

El

10.5

2.0 x 1.8

20.5

NGC4387

E5

12.8

1.9 x 1.1

21.4

NGC 4388

SBc

12.0

5.0 x 1.0

22.4

NGC 4402

Sb

13.0

2.0 x 0.8

22.1

NGC 4406 (M86)

E3

10.5

3.0 x 2.8

21.4

NGC 4413

SBa

13.2

1.1 x 0.7

21.5

NGC 4425

SO

12.9

2.0 x 1.5

21.5

NGC 4435

E4

11.8

1.4 x 0.9

20.7

NGC 4438

Sa

11.0

4.0 x 1.5

21.6

NGC 4458

E0

12.0

1.9 x 1.8

22.0

NGC 4459

SO

11.7

1.5x 1.0

20.8

NGC 4461

so

12.2

2.0 x 1.0

21.6

NGC 4473

E4

11.3

2.0 x 1.0

20.7

NGC 4477

SBa

11.8

4.0 x 3.5

21.9

NGC 4479

SBO

12.6

1.5 x 1.5

22.0

Surface brightnesses are in magnitudes per square arc-second.

上“;;

4548 * *    *

+M88

“ソ

E? J

+ 4JU

»2B*   - 一

♦4639 '

4654

M904

COMA VIRGO

44爪 ん, 4461 +

X

ー亠

V3S *“2 吟血卜

184 .

*4189

* • • 4216       *

-

.34 .

°MS8+ •

+ M.

44550

4478 -

・・         •十

8

,・・ ・

M

お辛 +m59

+4638

4660

4567

4M0

'■--

'4452

+4503    .

V4429

4371.

4JW + + 4

;

•  忸

,• *

• 27 RIHO.

*     46^8

■ •

.*4596

2.

■ °

40

...

12H42                    12H34                    12H26                   12 8

[CENTRAL ~PORTION OF THE VIRGO GALAXY ~CLUSTER |

Figure 7.3. A wide-field finder chart for the Virgo Cluster region. The diagonal box indicates the area covered by the drawing and finder chart on the previous page. Adapted from Bumham's Celestial Handbook with permission.

PhotographM84 (at lop,just left of center) and M86 (the large object 3 cenlimeler below and slightly to the light of M84). North is to the lower lf A finder char for the ot-her galaxies is on page 146, and one for the whole inner Virgo Cluster region i on page 147.((Courtesy Akita Fujii.)


Drawing oM84, M86, and many other galaxies in Virgo. A finder chart is onpage 146.

Scale 54 arc-min/cm

8-inch f/11.5 Cassegrain

20mm Erfle (11 7X) air mass:1.14, faintest star: 14.2atzenith, 188X; no tracking

Viewing Distance (cm)


10x64   100x6

25x25   200x3

50x13   300x2


2/12/83 11:10-11:58 UT at Waianae ranch, Hawaii: R. Clark

NGC 4449, GALAXY IN CANES VENATICI

R. 0 28.2m, Dec. 44° 05' (2000.0)

Technical. NGC 4449 is ai issegu1ar galaxy in the approximate shape of a rectangle. Oi the 1osthes1 eornes is a small hook that points cast, composed mostly of H II regions. Visual. This galaxy appears 4.2 by 3.0 arc-mliutes in size and has a total magnitude of 10.5. Thc mean susfaec bs1ght1ess is 21.9 magnitudes per square asc-seco1d. Through the 8-lnch, the galaxy appeared as an elongated glow with a faint exteision on the north side that eossespo1ds to thc hook in the photograph. Under some coiditiois at low powers with medium size telescopes, the galaxy may appear more seeta1gulas.


Photograph of NGC4449. South is up. (^^^^rtesy of K.A. Brownlee and Deep Sky Magazine.)

---------------------------5---------------------------

Drawing /NGC 4449.

Scale:1.0 nrc-min/cm     Viewing Distance (cm)

8-nrh “11.5 Cassegrain -

12.4mm Erfle (188 X) 25x138 200X:1 7 50X68 300X11

100X34 400x9

air mass:1.16, faintest star:14.3 at zenith,188Xno tracking

2/11/83 9:1 7- 9:30 UT nt Waianas ranch, Hawaii;

R. Clark

VISUAL ASTRONOMY OF THE DEEP SKY

M87 (NGC 4486) NGC 4476, NGC 447& GALAXIES IN VIRGO

NGC4476: R.A. 12tl3^0..^,n,      122,

NGC 4478: R.A. 12 303”, De<^.12° 19 M87:      R• A.12h 30.8in,     1223'

(2000.0)

Technical. M87 is a giant elliptical galaxy, the brightest member of the Virgo Cluster and one of the intrinsically brightsst galaxies in the sky. It is also one of the most massive. By one estimate, M87 contains 3 trillion stars and dozens of times thc mass of our Galaxy! An estimated 10 000 globular elusters surround this galaxy, over 800 of which have been Csteetsd by large observatory telescopes. In contrast, our Galaxy has only a eouple hitndred known globular clusters.

M87 is about 120 000 light-years across, not much more than many spirals. But since it is spherieal, while spirals are fattened, M87 may have thc largest volume of any known galaxy.

M87 also has a very violent nucleus. A high-velocity jet of matter is emerging from thc nucleus toward thc northwest. It consists of a line of at least six blobs of very hot gas (20 million kelvin) and has a strong magnetic fc1..l'hs jct extends along thc galaxy's axis of rotation. It is sstimatsd to be 2000 light-ycars long and only 15 000 years old. A scdond, fainter jet was recently fbund emerging &om the nucleus tn the opposite direction. A third, broad fail also extends to one side. The whole area emits eonsiderable diation, from radio to X-ray.

Near !V87's innermost core the stars nrc orbiting very rapidly, indicnting that within 300 light-years of the center there is a very massive object that emits little or no light. This object, with an estimated mass of 5 billion suns, is usually presumed to be a blaek hole. Gas falling toward it would form an extremely hot and energetic "accretion disk" orbiting just outside the hole as it spiraled in. The accretion disk could be responsib1s fbr the creation of the jcts.

The galaxies to the west of M87 arc NGC 4478 and NGC 4476, both ellipticals that arc small only in comparison to their giant neighbor.

Visual.M87 is magnitude 8.6 and about 3 aic-minutes in diameter. In this area the mean surface brightness is high, 19.6 magnitudes per square arCiSecond1 The very faintest outer portions of the galaxy extend to 7 are-minutcs, and the globular elusters to 9 nrc-minuics, though these outer parts eannot be deteeted visually through amateur telescopes.

I'hc jet of M87 can be photographed wh medium to large amateur telescopes but ca n-not be detected visually. The jet's total mag-rdt ude is 15, and it extends only about 20 arc-seconds from the bright center. Moreover, the jet is superimposed on essentially thc brightest part of the galaxy, so the contrast is very low. A teleseope a couple of meters in aperture is probably needed to view thc jet! Thc only recorded visual observation of it is by Otto Struve with the 100-inch telescope on Mount Wilson, California.

In the 8-inch, M87 appears quite bright compared wh other ellipticals in the area. It has a bright center and the intensity de-creasss unifbrmly to the edge, with no features.

NGC 4476 has a visual magnitude of 13.3, an apparent size of 0.7 by ().4 arc-miiiutcs, and a mean surface brightness of 20.5 magnitudes per square arc-sccond. NGC 4478 has a visual magnitude of 12.4, a size of 1.0 by 1.8 arciminutcs and a mean surface brightness of 21.7 magnitudes per square arc-second.

In the 8-inch, NGC 4476 nppearsd brighter and smaller than NGC 4478, ever though the latter is nearly a magnitude brighter'. This is because the light of the latter is spread over a larger area. Thc mean surface brightness values indieate this effsdt illustrating their value for dcteeting objects. Both galaxies appeared as small, faint, fuzzy spots. Medium to high powers nre needed to see them.

Photograph of M87, the large galaxy at right. NGC 4448 is in the uppe    and NGC 4476 is not

"®© bbiinjust off the left edge. Sodhis up. (Courtesy EveredKreimer, The Messier Album.)

center edge). The positions NGC 4476 and the star at upper lee't are only approximate.

Scale:1.2 arc-min/cm     Viewing Distance (cm)

8-inch fl1.5 Cassegrain -----------------------

20mm Erfle (11 7X)       25x115 200X14

12.4mm Erfle (188x)      50x57 300 x10

100X29 400x7

air mass: 1.46, faintest star: 14.3 at zenith, 188Xno tracktng

5/11/83 1 0:5〇--]) :05 UT at Waianae ranch, Hawaii; R. Clark

NGC 4565, EDGE-ON GALAXY IN COMA BERENICES

R, A.121 36.4m, Dec. 25° 59' (^000.0)

Technical. NGC 4565 is a marvelous galaxy that is orlcitcd only 4° f*om perfectly edge-on. It is probably an outlying member of the Virgo Cluster. Its distance is thought to be about 20 million light-years, aid its appareit length at that distance cosrcspo1ds to about 90 000 1ight-yeass. Its total light is estimated to be about 3 billion times that of our Sun.

Thc entire length of thc galaxy exhibits dark dust lanes. H1gh-seso1ut1on photographs show beautiful, intricate detail tn the dust lanes reminiscent of the festoons seen on Jupitcr. Thc gravitational aid magictlc fields tn a spiral galaxy tug at the dust clouds, density waves compress them, and clouds collide wh one another. This coitiiual energy input causes upwellings that often reach hundreds of light-years above the galactic plane. As clouds fkll back to thc plane of the rotating galaxy, their paths form arcs that produce the festoon features. This is a common 0hhurrence tn spiral galaxies, but here we can view ft especially clearly. The features in NGC 4565 are quite small in angular size, appearing no more than 5 arc-seconds wide and 10 to 15 arc-seconds long.

Visual. NGC 4565 is a spectacular sight in medium and large amateur telescopes. This galaxy is often overlooked by amateurs, but in my opfifon it is one of the most beautiful in the sky, being more spectaculas than M104, the commonly observed, nearly edge-oi galaxy 37° to the south. Thc visual magii-tudc of NGC 4565 is 10.5, its apparcit size is 15 by 1.1 arc-mi1utes and its mean surface brightness is 22.2 magnitudes pcr square arcsecond. Through the 8-fnch tn moderate to good skies, the dark lane was quite easily seen without averted vision by several observers at powers from 11 7 to 188X.

I had viewed this galaxy several times tn poorer skies at lower powers without spotting the dark lane. At 188x tn a 12.4-mni Erlle eyepiece, thc galaxy stretched about halfway across the 23 arc-mliutc field of view. Thc iuclcar region showed detail rarely seen in photographs, because they usually overexpose the center in order to show the faint outer parts; the nucleus itself appeared like a bright star. The intensity dropped fairly rapidly for the first 10 arc-seconds or so, then about 25 arc-seconds on each side of the nucleus, in the plane of the galaxy, two bright spots were seen that also rarely appear in photographs. Apparently, dust clouds darkei the region between the nucleus and thc spots. When this observation was made, none of the obsesvers had seen photographs of the nuclear region, so the details were a pleasait discovery. More details are in thc descriptioi on page 55 (Chapter 5).

FhotogTQph oNGC 4565. South is up. (CoutUy Palomar Observatory.)

Scale:1.2 arc-min/cm Viewing Distance (cm) 8-inch : I 1.5 Cassegrain --------------------------

20mm Erfle (11 7x)        25x :115 200x14

124mm Erfle (188X,      50X: 57 300X10

best view)                 100X29 400X7

air mass1.21, faintest star: 14.3 at zeniih,188 X no tracking

5/11 /83 10:00-10:42 UT at Waianae ranch, Hawaii; R. Clark

M90 (NGC 4569), GALAXY IN VIRGO

RA. 12h 36.8m De.1309 (2000.0)

Technical. M90 is a spiral galaxy in the Virgo Cluster. Its distance is about 40 million light-years and its Ciametsr about 80 000 light-years. The galaxy has been sstimatsC to weigh about 80 billion solar masses. It was discovered by Charles Messier in 1781.

Visual.M90 appears at magnitude 9.0, with an apparent Ciamstsr of 7 by 2.5 arc-minutsS1 The mean surface brightness is 20.7 magnitudes per square arc second1 The iucIsus appears like an 11 th-magnitude star, sur -rounCsC by the galaxy's faint oval glow. No details were sssi in the 8-inch under moderate skies, though numerous dark dust lanes appenr near the bright central region on


Photograph of M9. ( Courtesy Eve red Kreimer, The Messier Album.) photographs. A large amateur telescope or better skies may begin to show these. Only the innermost 4.5 by 0.9 arc-minutes of the galaxy was seen; the outer spiral arms are very faint.

Drawing oM9.


Scab:1.2 arc-min/cm

8-in ch 1711.5 Cassegrain 20mm Erfle (117X) 12.4mm Erfle (X, best view)

Viewing Distance (cm)

25x]15 2OOX14 50x57 300X10 100X29 400X: 7

airmass: 1.38, faintest star1 3.8 at zenith, 188X; no tracking

5/15/83 10:31-10:41 UT at Barbers Point, Hawaii;

R. Clark

M104 (NGC 4594), THE SOMBRERO GALAXY IN VIRGO

Rノ・12h 39.9m, Dec. ^11° 37’(2000.0)

TechinccL M104 rs a beaut11111 spiral galaxy tipped only 6° from edge-on. It is probably at a dlstaicc of 40 million light-years aid a member of the Virgo Cluster. This is thought to be ai especially massive galaxy, with about 1.3 tsi11ion solar masses. Thc diameter of the main part is 80 000 light-y ears, though faint outer portions extend to 13() 000 light-years.

M104 played a key role in support of the "Island Uiivcrsc11 theory. Early in this century its red shift was measured at 11 00 kilometers per second. That was the highest then known anywhere tn the uiIvcssc, aid ft tidt-catcd that M104 was unlikely to be a small ofcject within our Galaxy. Subsequent studies of other "spiral icbulae" showed their true extragalactic iaturc.

Visual. M104 appears at magiitudc 82 with an aigular size of 7.0 by 1.5 arcminutes. Thc mean surface brightness is high,19.4 mag it udes per square arc-secoid, suggesting that this ,galaxy is a good target under poor skies. Through the 8-fnch telescope under moderate skies, thc dark lane was easily seen at medium to high powers. M104 appears very similar visually to its photographs, but this is partly an illusion. Compare the size of the drawing with the photo. Thc ceitral posiIoi of thc galaxy appears like a miiiaturc of the whole thing. Only the brighter hcntsa1 part can be seen visually, while the faiitcr outer portions are brought out by 1ong-exposusc photography. A similar effect is seen w h many globular c1ustess.


Photograph oMl04. South is up. (^ourte.vy

National Optical Astronomy Observatories.)

--------------------5’--------------------

Drawing o M104.

Scab:1.2 arc-min/cm

8-inch(711.5 Cassegrain

20mm Erfle (11 7 X ) 124mm Erfle (188X, best view)

Viewing Distance (cm)

25x115 200x14

50X57 300x:10

100X29 400x7

air mass: 1.25, faintest star: 13.5 at zeniih,1 88X; no tracking

1/13/83 14:20-14:43 UT at Hawaii Kai, Hawaii;

R. Clark

M94 (NGC 4736), GALAXY IN CANES VENATICI

R.A 12h 51.0”, Dec. 41° 07’ (2000.0)

丁“!!!);“】.M94 is a violently active galaxy with tightly wound spiral arms. Although it looks rather normal, there is evidenee of an explosion that may have occurred as recently as 1 million years ago. Some astronomers spscu1ats that all spiral galaxies have periodic violent outbursts. Thus thc so-called violent galaxies may actually be quite nor -mal. (See also the dsscription of M106, another of this class.)

Thsrs nrc two sets of spiral arms. The inner set contains many irregular dust lanss which are usually lost in dcep-sky photographs owing to overexposure. The outer arms arc much fainter and rich in dust. A ring of material beyond them extends 15 arcminutes from the nucleus.

Visual. M94 appears nt magnitude 8.9 nnd has a size of 5.0 by 3.5 arc-minutes yielding a mean surface brightness of 20.6 magnitudes per square arc-second. Thnt size corresponds to the faint outer arms, which may be un


Pho tograph / M94. South is up. (Courtesy Palomar Observatory.) observable under most conditions. The brighter inner arms are about 2 by 1.5 arcminutes, and the mean surface bsightness in this region is a magiitude or more bsightes.

Thc high surface bs1ghtness helps tn the detection of detail tn this galaxy. Through the 8-inch under only moderate skies aid at pow -ers icar 200 X, thc inner spiral arms were seen as a ring sussou1d11g the nucleus. Thc nucleus is very bright compared to thc arms, but does not appear stellar, being 30 isc-seconds across.

Drawing /M94.

Scaae:1.2 asc-mi1/cm Viewing Distaicc (cm) 8-ii ch fl1.5 Cassegrain

12.5mm Orthoscopic       25 X 115 200X 14

(187X)                      50X57 300X10

100X29 400x7

air mass: 1.31, faintest stair 13.3 at zenith, 188X; io tracklig

6/22/82 8:00-8:15 UT at Hawaii Kai, Hawaii; R.

Clark

M64 (NGC 4826), THE BLACK EYE GALAXY IN COMA BERENICES R^.A. I2h 56.8m, Dec. 21° 4V (2000.0)

Technical. M64 is an unusual spiral galaxy. The outer spiral arms are very smooth in appearance on the finest ohservatory photographs, indicating a lack of large dust clouds or bright star-forming regions. Nor arc there any concentrations of stars in the arms. Galaxies with this characteristic arc called anemic. What makes the lack ofdust in the outer arms particularly strange is that near the nucleus, about one-quarter of the way to the outer edge, is an extremely large and thick dark dust lane. This is the "Black Eye".

M64, discovered by Johann Bode tn 1779, is one of the 12 brightest galaxies in the sky. It is somewhat closer than the Virgo Cluster of Galaxies and is about 65 000 light-years in diameter.

Visual164 is ail interesting object, but many amateurs have found detection of the black-eye feature difficult. Nevertheless, amateur astronomer John Mallas saw the eye in 4-inch and 2.4-inch tc1eshopes. Failure to detect the dark spot is probably due most often to once again — inadequate magnifi a-tion. M64 has a visual magnitude of8.6 and a size of 7.5 by 3.5 arc-minutes. 1'hc mcan surface brightness is 20.8 magnitudes pcr square arc-seco^^d^.

Through the 8-inch in only moderate skies, the spot was visible at powers over 100X. Closer to 50X was hard to see. The galaxyt nucleus is nearly stellar, and the arms fade smoothly into the sky background.



Photograph of M64. South is up. (Courtesy Marin Ge rmano.)


Drawin. /M64.


Scale:1.2 ase-mi1/em

8-lnch fl1.5 Cassegrain

20mm Erflc (117X)


Viewing Distaicc (cm)


25x]15 200x]4

50X57 300x]0


100X29 400x7

air mass: 1.16, faintest star:13,3 at zcilih, 838X; io tracktig

6/22/82 7:30—7:40 UT at Hawaii Kai, Hawaii; R.

Clark

M63 (NGC 5055), GALAXY IN CANES VENATICI

R.A 13h 15・ア”,Dec, 42° 0T (2000.0)

Tehnical.M63 has been ealled the Sunflower Galaxy. Its tightly eoiled spiral arms, tilted about 30° from edge-on, enclose a nucleus about 6 are-seeonds in diameter. The spiral arms appear as two parts: bright and tightly eoiled out to a distance of 50 are-seeonds, and fainter, looser arms out to nearly 4.5 arc-minutcs. The outer arms eontain many bright knots of stars intermingling with dust lanes. These arms have been deseribed as sparks thrown out by a fiery pinwheel. M63 is estimated to be 30 or 40 million light-years away. It is in the class of multiple-arm spirals, which have many more than the typical two to four arms.

A supernova was diseovered in M63 by J. Golly in May 1971,and was bund independently by myself four days later. I was using an 8-ineh Newtonian telescope, and the supernova, a Type I, was magn ude 12.11 Having observed the galnxy before, I thought a star 3 are-minutes south of the nucleus seemed out of place. This casual familiarity with the field paid off; the supernova was confirmed by the Smithsonian Astrophysieal Observatory a few days later. Making drawings sueh as those in this book is an asset to finding novae and supernovae, since the observer ,gains experience with the field as well ns a record of "permanciH" stars in the area.

VisuaL M63 is magnitude 9.8 and 7 by 3.5 arc-m1nutss in size, with the fnintest portions reaehing out to 9 by 4 arc-minutes. The mean surface brightness is 5513 magnitudes per square arc-second, though the inner portions are much brighter. The nuclear region appears quite small. No detail could be seen through the 8-ineh under good skies. The inner spiral arms appeared as a region nearly uniform in brightness; the outcr-arm region faded uniformly into the sky background, with a maximum extent of about 5.5 by 2.0 arc-minutes. Through a 16-inch te1esdops in excellent skies, many bright knots could be seen at 520x and the whole ,galaxy wns as big as 7 by 3.5 arc-minutes.

Photograph oM63. South i up. (Courtesy Evered Kreimer. The Messier Album.)

Drawing " M63.

Scale1.4 ar'c-min/cm     Viewing Distance (cm)

8-inch f711.5 Cassegrain -----------------------

20mm Erfle (117X)       25x98 200X112

]2.4mm Erfle (188X,      50X49 30OX : 8

best view)               100 X 25 400X 6

air mass:1.08, faintest star: 14.3 at zeniih, 188X; no tracking

5/11 /83 9:00—9:15 UT at Waianae ranch, Hawaii;

R. Clark

VISUAL ASTRONOMIY OF THE DEEP SKY

NGC 5128, PECULIAR GALAXY IN CENTAURUS

R.A 13h 25.3Dec. -43O (2000.0)

Technical. NGC 2158 is a very unusual giant elliptical galaxy; it has an enormous, complex dust band across its esntsr. Recently astronomers picecd together elear evidence of what they have long suspected: NGC 2158 is the result of the collision and merger of two galaxies, an elliptical and a spiral.

This object is one of the strongest radio sources in the sky; radio astronomers know it as Centaurus A. The radio emissions come from a huge area, 6° by 10°. At the estimated distance of 16 million light-years, this corresponds to a width of 3 million light-ycars! High-resolution radio tcleseopes have y ieldcd dramatic images of this source: two great, smoky-looking lobes of gas blown into intcr-galactic space by two thin jets coming from opposite sides of thc galaxy's nueleus.

One ofthejets has bccn found optically; its visible portion is 13() 000 light-years long, insisting of blobs and streaks. It is very much like thc jet from thc nucleus of M87 (sec page 153), and like it may bc streaming from the face of an accrstion disk surrounding a supermassive blaek hole. The gas upon which the hole is "ffeeding" may have been diverted in the course of the two-galaxy col-lision1 NGC 2158 is also a source of X- and gamma rays.

Visual. NGC 5)58 is extremely scinating. It is big and bright, as galaxies go, with a total visual magn ude of 7.2 and a size of 10 by 8 arc-minutcs. The mean surface brightness is 20.6 magnitudes per square are-seeond1 Unfortunately for Northern-Hsmisphsrs observers, it is far south at declination -43°. It rises only 7° above the horizon as seen from latitude 40° north; for a dseent view of its details it should bc at least at 20° altitude. So the observer ought to bc at least as far south as 27° latitude (Florida, Texas) and should plan to catch thc galaxy when it is on the meridian.

Thc observations through the 8-ineh were mnde in Hawaii at 1at1tuCs 21° north, and even then the air mass was a very thick 21411 Nevertheless the gnlaxy was awc-inspiring. It appearsC about 5 are-minutcs tn d1amstsr and the dark band was obvious at all powers. The band should be easy in small amntcur telescopes, since it is a full areim1nuts across at its narrowest point. Through thc 8-ineh, a bright patch could be seen within the dark lane on the west side. This gnlaxy must be even more spectacular from the Southern Hemisphsrs where it can be seen overhead.

Photograph of NGC 5128. South is up. (Courtesy David Malin, Anglo-Australian Telescope Board.)


Drawing o/NGC 5128.

Scale:1.2 arc-Ein/cm

9-ineh fl1.5 Cassegrain

20mm Erfle (11 7 X)

12.4mm Erfle (188 X, best view)

7mm Erfle (334x)

Viewing Distance (cm) 25xl15 200x:14

50X57 300x10

100X29 400x7

air mass: 2.41, faintest star:1 3.8 at zei^itt^,1 88X no [racking

5/15/83 7:15-7:40 UT at Barbers Point, Hawaii;

R. Clark

VISUAI- ASTRONOMY OF T1IE DEEP SKY

NGC 5139 (OMEGA CENTAURI), THE GREAT GLOBULAR CLUSTER IN CENTAURUS

131 26.8m, Dec. -4T 29 (2000.0)

Technical. Omega Cc1tausi is without a doubt the grandest globular cluster in the sky. It bas the largest true diameter of aiy yet measured (620 11ghl-yeass) and also happens to bc one of the closest known (16 500 light-yeass). It is about 85 blllloi years old, roughly the age of our citirc Galaxy. Omega Centauri coitains ai estimated one million stars. 8 8 is onc of the most massive h1ustess known, with about 500 000 times the mass of our Sun. In addittoi, it is one of the fastest rotat-fgg globulars. As a result ft is decidedly elliptical, about 25 pcscc1t longer n one axis. We are fortunate to have ft as such a nearby neighbor.

Like other globular clusters, Omega Ccn-tausi is deficient tn heavy elements aid con talis no measurable ,gas or dust. Siicc the cluster's stars arc nearly as old as the Universe, they formed out of material rclat:i\/^Ty fresh from the Big Bang: hydrogei and helium, with only small traces of heavy elements that were synthesized inside previous gcicratlois of stars.

Thc lack of gas aid dust is explalied by the e1ustcs^s orbit. A detailed study of the motions of iidividual stars tn the cluster allowed ail aeeusatc dctcrmiiatioi of thc cn-iIsc cluster's motion aid hence its orbit arouid aid through our Galaxy. Omcga Ccntau'i follows a highly elliptical orbit around the ccitcr of our Galaxy that brligs ft to withii 6 200 1tght-yeass of the galactic nucleus aid as far away as 28 000 light-years. Its many passes through the plage of our Galaxy have swept ft cleai of gas. This orbit is typical of other ,g1obu1ass. Since they have no ig-tcsstcl1ar gas, they have not been able to produce iew stars for bi111ons of years.

Omega Cc1taus1 was catalogued by Claudius Ptolemy over 1,800 years ago. In 8603 was again listed as a star, this time by Johaii Bayer, who gave it the Greek letter Omcga in his sky atlas UranomenQ. Edmond Halley seems to have been thc first to recognize the object as a cluster, ig 1677. When high tn the sky, it definitely appears larger than a star and quite fuzzy to the naked eye.

Visual. Omega Centauri is beyond compare. Its total visual magnitude of 3.65 makes it the brightest globular in the sky. With a diameter of 30 arc-minutes, the mean surface brightness is 19.6 magnitudes per square arcsecond. Only the cluster 47 Tucanae far to the south can come close to its visual splendor.

Through the g-inch telescope under moderate skies, Omega Centauri was aweinspiring even when very low in the sky. At powers of more than 100X it was resolved to the center. Countless stars filled the field of medium-power Erfle eyepieces.

The star density increases only slowly toward the center. The cluster's bright central portion is 6 to 7 arc-minutes across, and the maximum extent observed through the 8-inch was about 13 arc-minutes. On deep-sky photographs Omega Centauri is well over one degree in diameter, though visually when high in the sky it appears about 30 arcminutes across.

East of the center are two U-shaped strings of stars with the Us connected at their bottoms. Farther east, and above and below the double U, are two strings of stars that extend farther eastward still. The southernmost is an arcaboul 3.5 arc-minutes long. In the accompanying drawing, only a few of the brightest stars are in their geometrically correct positions. Plotting thousands of stars by eye is hardly feasible!

The brightest stars in Omega Centauri are of 11lh magnitude, so the cluster can be at least partially resolved with telescopes as small as 2 inches, when it is high in the sky. These bright stars are red giants, and their color may be detectable in large amateur telescopes. Omega Centauri contains over 160 known variable stars, second only to M3.

The well-known globular M13 (NGC 6205) in Hercules appears miniscule in comparison with Omega Centauri. From low northern latitudes, such as in Hawaii, M13 and Omega Centauri are above the horizon at the same time, so the two can be compared. Such a comparison can be made here: the drawing of Omega Centauri and that of M13 on page 186 are at the same scale. Note that Ml 3 appeared only half the size of Ome ・ ga Centauri through the g-inch — even though the latter was very low in the sky, while the former was observed nearly overhead. This is not intended to denigrate the splendor of M 13, but rather to put it in perspective for northern observers for whom Omega Centauri is one of those tantalizing, legendary objects on or below the southern horizon. Since M 13 is called the Great Globular Cluster in Hercules, perhaps Omega Centauri should be named the "Super Great Cluster in Centaurus .

Photograph ofNGC5139 (Omega Centauri). South is up. (Courtesy National Optical Ast7^onorny Observatories.)


Drawing of NGC5139 (Omega Centauri).

Scab:1.2 arc-mii/cm

8-inch 011.5 Casscgrati

20mm Erflc (H7X) 12.4mm Erfle (188X,

best view)

7mm Erfle (334X)

Vlewlig Dlstaicc (cm)

25x]15 200x14

50x57 300x10

100X29 400x7

air mass: 2.78, faiitest star13,8 at zeniih, 188X; no tracking

5/15/83 7:4(0"8:20 UT at Barbers Poiit, Hawaii;

R. Clark

M51(NGC 5194), THE WHIRLPOOL GALAXY IN CANES VENATICI NGC 5195

M51:      R.A.1329.9Dec. 47° 12,

NGC 5195: R.^,30J^jm9 Dec. 47 16’ (2000.0)

Techniccl. M451 was discovered by Charles Messier in 1773, and it was the first galaxy recognized as having spiral characteristics, by Lord Rosse in 1845. It and NGC 5195 are a pair of interacting galaxies. M51 is estimated to be three times as massive as its companion, or about 100 billion times as massive as our Sun. This pair of galaxies is only about 13 million light-years away.

MI51 is tilted 60° from edge on, but is somewhat distorted because NGC 5195 has stretched it into an elliptical shape. The small galaxy is passing the larger one, with tidal forces modifying the appearance of both. Computer simulations have been able to reproduce the structure of each galaxy. NGC 5195 passed MI51 many millions of years ago and has bent one spiral arm away fVom its normal spiral pattern; this is the arm that appears to trail after the smaller galaxy.

In photographs the spiral pattern ofMM51 is nothing less than spectacular, highlighted by complex star clouds and bright and dark nebulosity. Some of the highest-resoluiion photographs even show a few individi^ral su-pergtant stars. On the inner side of the spiral arms are long, thin, dark dust lanes showing great complexity. The arms can be traced for about one-and-one-half turns, and can be detected as close as 15 arc s econds from the nucleus. The nucleus appears about 2.7 arcseconds, or approximately 500 light-years, in diameter.

NGC 5 195 has a bright nucleus no more than 140 light-years across, and radio waves are emitted from a region several times larger than this. Apparently many hot young stars populate the nucleus, tntcrming1ed with gas heated to 30 000 °C and dust. This galaxy is classed as an irregular, though it is believed to be evolving into a barred spiral.

Visual. The M51 system ean be an exeellent sight in amateur teleseopes, and it may show its spiral structure. M451 is visual magnitude 8.1 and 10 by 5.5 arc-minutes in diameter, while NGC 5195 is magnitude 11.0 and 2.0 by 1.5 are-m inutcs in size. Here again, mean surfaee brightness is a better indication of the visibility of the two objcets. M51 has a mean surface brightness of 51.1, and NGC 5195 20.8 magnitudes per square arc-second. Although NGC 5195 is 3 magnitudes 1ntcr, its slightly higher mean surfaee brightness makes it seem about the same brightness and size as the centra! region of M51.

The visibility of M5Ts spiral structure in amateur te1esdopes is analyzed in detail in Chapter 6. Thc smallest telescope required is about 6 inehes. Amateur John Mallas reported hints of spiral structure in a 4-ineh refractor, though he remarked that the observation may be spurious since hc was quite familiar with photographs of the object.

The view through the 8-ineh teleseope is shown here for three different observing conditions and levels of observer expcrienee. The first drawing, made in 1983, was with good skies after the research for this book was complete. The detail that could be seen with careful observation was phenomenal. Some details have never been reported befforc with medium-size amateur tcleseopes so br as I know. The two spiral arms were reasonably easy nt all powers. At high power (334 x) a hub was visible around the central core and was slightly brighter at its east side, appearing like a rim. After observing this ,gnlaxy many times without detecting detail in the companion, it came as a surprise to sec structure in NGC 2192. It had a bright, starlike nucleus, but at 188X and higher, there was a deerease in brightness and then an increase away from the nucleus. Apparently a dark dust lane surrounds thc nucleus. The next day I searched observatory photographs for this fieaturc. This central part of the galaxy, as well as the hub of M51, are commonly overexposed. When a properly exposed photograph was found, the dust lane was quite apparent. It is quite satisfying to find something in the sky that one had not seen before, and then prove the observation was not spurious.

Compare that drawing with the one made in 1971.Less was seen then even though the sky was better (thc limiting magnitude was at least a half magnitude fainter) and my observing expcrienee was already good. But the eoneepts in this book had not been realized at that time. First notice that the highest power used in 1971 is the lowest used in 19831 That had a large effect on what was seen. The observing time was substantial in both cases, but in 1971 no details were detected in the companion ,galaxy or thc central hub. The two main spiral arms were seen in 1971 but were more distinct in the 1983 observation.

Under moderate or poorer skies, a medium-sizc teleseope may not show even a hint of spiral structure. Sueh a view is shown in thc third drawing, made on June 20,19821 Thc contrast in sueh skics is so low that no matter what power is used, virtually no detail ean be seen. A hint of spiral structure was possibly seen, but higher powers showed the same or less, even in the brighter central regions. A larger aperture in sueh skies would show more detai! but a small te1esdope in the country often outperforms a large one in the city. Sky quality, not te1esdope size, is the most important factor for seeing detail in deep-sky objects.

Under good to exeellent skies, large amateur telescopes will begin to show dark lanes as well as bright knots in thc spiral arms.

Photograph of M51(the main galaxy), with its smalle companion NGC 5195. South is up. (Cour-なワ National Optical Astronomy Observatories.)


Drawing M51 and NGC 5195, its smaller companion. Compare with the drawings on the next two pages. The reasons for the diferences are described in the text.

Scale:1.2 arc-min/cm

9-inch "11.5 Cassegrain

20mm Erfle (11 7 X )

12.4mm Erfle (188X) 7mm Erfle (334 X)


Viewing Disiance (cm)


25xl15 200x14

50X57 300x:10

100X29 400X7


Drawing Method 2

air mai^^^: 1.11, faintest star: 14.3 at zenith,1 88X; no tracking

5/11 /83 8:15-854 UT at Waianae ranch, Hawaii; R. Clark

Drawing made May 22,1971,of M51 and NGC 5195. Compare the detail with the previous drawing, made in 1983. The sky coouiiions were much better for the one above, bu better obsetuing techniques led to more being seen in 1983.

Scale:1.2 nrc-min/cm     Viewing Distance (cm)

8-inch 177.25 Newtonian -----------------------

28mm Kcllncr (52x) 25xl15 500x:14

12.5mm Orthoscopic      50x : 57 300X10

(120x)                     100x 29 400x7

air mass: 1.05 faintest star:14.8 nt zeniih,1 88 X;

tracking

5/55/71 6:37-6:55 UT at Manastash Ridge,

Wnshirgton; R. Clark

5'-----------------

Drawing made June 20,19821"M51 and NGC 5195. Compare this draining with the previous M51 drawings, and note how much less detail is visible under poor sky conditions. Maybe a hint o spiral structure was seen. Higher powers could not be used because of the low contrast.

Scale:1.2 arc-min m     Viewing Dis(ance (cm)

8-inch f 11.5 Cassegrain -----------------------

20mm Erfle (117X)       25X 115 200X14

50X: 57 300X:10 100X29 400X7

air mass: 1.25, fainieststar:13.3 at zeniih, 117X no tracking

6/20/82 8:15-8:25 UT at Hawaii Kai, Hawaii

R. Clark

M83 (NGC 5236), GALAXY IN HYDRA

R.A.13h 37.1m, Dec,2952' (2000.0)

Technical. M83 is a beautiful facc-on spisa1 galaxy. Although usually classed as ai Sc type, it shows chnsnctcsistics of a bnsscd spiral. M83 is about 30 millioi light-ycars away aid has a mass estimated at almost onc tsi1-lion times that of our Sun. The total light amouits to about 8 00 billioi times that of the Sui. Thus M83 is compasab1c with our Galaxy in light output.

Oi color photogsaphs thc spiral arms show all thc signs of vigorous star formation: many knots of youig blue star clusters aid piik emission nebulae, bosdesed by da& lancs of dust. The arms have been stch in supernovae: one every 10 or 15 years. The galaxy's ce1tsa1 scgion on thc other hand, displays the eharaetcrist1e yellow of an older ste11as populatioi.

While most spiral galaxies have flat disks, that of M83 is warped. The arms are beit toward us on one side and away on the other. Left behind in the plane of the galaxy is avast amount of hydrogen gas. Thc reason for this


Photograph of M83. South is up. (Courtesy Evered Kreimer, The Messier Album.)

strange warping is unclear. No other galaxies of substantial mass arc nearby. NGC 5253, two degrees away, might be a possibility, but seems to have only a tenth as much mass and would have had to practically collide with M83 to cause the warping.

▼      M83 is magnituCs 8.0 and 1(by 8

arc-minutes across; the mean surface brightness is 21.4 magnitudes per square arc-sceond. M83 is among the 25 brightest galaxies in thc sky and a showpiece for Southern Hemisphere observers.

Through the 8-inch under moderate to good skies, M83 began to show its spiral structure even when low in the sky (air mass 2」).In fact it appeared like a barred spiral: the arms extended straight out from thc nucleus, then began to curve. The detection of spiral structure was quite a surprise, as I had observed the galaxy several times before with no sign of it. But that was using powers bclow 60X. Thc arms were evident at near 500 x. This galaxy must be a grand sight in medium and large nmntcur telescopes when high in a dark sky.


Drawing of M83.

Scale:1.2 nrc-min/cm Viewing Distance (cm)

8-ineh "11.5 Cassegrain

20ee Erfle (11 7x)        25 X115 200X 14

12.4mm Erflc (188X,      50 x57 300 x10

best view)                   100X 29 400 x 7

Drawing Method 2

nir mass: 2.14, faintest star14.3 nt zenith,1BJ8Xno tracking

5/11/83 11:07-11:30 UT nt Waianas ranch, Hawaii; R. Clark

M4 (NGC 6121),GLOBULAR STAR CLUSTER IN SCORPIUS

R.A 16h 23.7U Dec. -26 3V (2000.0)

Technical.M4 is a beautiful globular that is easily found near Antares. It is about 6000 light-years distant and at present considered the nearest globular cluster. Its mass is about 60 000 times that of our Sun, quite small compared with giants such as Omega Centauri. M4 is dimmed by the foreground dust in the Antares region. Its stars are only loosely compacted, as globular clusters go, and a nearly straight line of stars appears to cut through its middle. The cluster was discovered in 1746 by P. L de Chcseaux.


Photograph oM4. South is up. (Courtesy Martin

Germano.)

Visua!M4 has a total magiitudc of 7.4 and a maximum diameter of 20 arc-mfiutes. This works out to a mcai surface brightiess of 22.5 magiitudcs per square asc-second, though, of coussc, the cci tral region is far brighter. Since M4 is a loose globular cluster, ft cag be partially resolved into stars with telescopes somewhat sma11cs than 4 inches, under good skies. Medium-size amateur tele -scopes partially resolve it under most sky contditfons.

Through the 8-inch, the line of stars in thc ccitcr appeared like a bsi11iant knife edge slicing through the cluster. The line is also visible in small telescopes. With large aper-tuses thc individual stars making up the "kilfe'' cai be disccsned making for a unique and bcaunitH view. Whereas most globular clusters are quite similar, the "knifC'' makes M4 distinctive.


Drawing oM4.

Scale:1.5 asc-m1n/cm      Viewing Distance (cm)

8-itnch f/18.5 Cassegrain --------------------------

20mm Erfle (8I7X)        25X22 200X:11

5OX46   300X8

8OOX2 3   400X6 air mass:1.49, falitcst star: 13.3 at zcifh, 188X; no tracking

6/20/82 9:10-9:25 UT at Hawaii Kai, Hawaii:

R. Clark

M13 (NGC 6205), GLOBULAR CLUSTER IN HERCULES

R.A.16h 41.7m Dec. 36<y 27' (2000.0)

TechnichL M13, the Great Globular Cluster in Hercules, was disdovercd by Edmond Hallcy in 1714. At a distancs of 20 000 to 25 000 light-years, it has a Ciametsr of around 175 light-years, though some of its stars lie outside that Ciametsr1 Estimates of the total stellar population range from a little over 500 000 to more than a million, nnd the mass is about 500 000 times the Sun's. The cluster's brightest stars are 11 th-mngnitude red giants; thc faintest ones arc bclow magnitude 221 Stars in this cluster thnt are as luminous as thc Sun are magnituCs 19.

Visua l. At magnituCs 5.7, M13 can be seen by the unaiCsC eye under moderate to good skics, a fact noted by Halley. This is the brightest and most spectacular globular in the celestial northern hemisphere (though it has several close rivals). Thc cluster has a maximum diameter of 23 ard-minutes, yis1C-ing a mean surface brightness of 5).5 magnitudes pcr square arc-sscond1 Because most of its stars arc dond<^ntrated in thc eentcr, however, the surface brightness there is several magnitudes brighter.


Photograph of M13. South is up. (Courtesy Palomar Obse-^^vato^ry.)

Some stars are resolved in telescopes as small as 3 inches, under good skies. In medium-size amateur telescopes many stars can be resolved. Through the 8-inch under moderate skies, the cluster was mostly resolved at magnifications near 200 X. Notice that M 13 is only half the size in the drawing that it is in the photograph. The bright central region in the photograph is overexposed and washed out, but to the eye it is quite spectacular. M13 is certainly the globular showpiece for Northern Hemisphere observers who cannot see the larger Omega Centauri (NGC 5139).         

The visual appearance of M13 seems to vary considerably, depending on sky quality, telescope aperture, magnification, and observer experience. The central region has several small star-poor areas, which may be more or less apparent, depending on the observing condiions. There are also many star chains, some of which appear in the drawing. Their visibility too depends on the observing conditions.

Half a degree northeast of M 13 is a small galaxy, NGC 6207. It is a IL..-magnitude, type-Sc spiral 2 by 1 arc-minutes in size. Its mean surface brightness is 21.7 magn udes per square arc-second.


Drawmg oM13. Compare this drawing with that Omega Centauri on page 175.

Scale:1.6 arc-min/cm

8'inch (711.5 Cassegrain

20mni Erfle (117X) 12.4mm Erfle (199x, best view) atr mass:1.05, fatntesi stair 13.8 at zenith, )99X ; no irackicg

Viewing Distance (cm)


25x86   200xll

50x43   300x7

100x21   400X5


5/15/83 1 2:012:36 UT at Barbers point, Hawaii;

R. Clark

M20 (NGC 6514), THE TRIFID NEBULA IN SAGITTARIUS

724 18^ 01.9m Dec, 2302, (2000.0)

Technica!The Trifid Nebula is a spectacular mass of glowing hydrogen gas with dust clouds silhouetted tn front of ft. Discovered by LcGeitll in 1747, it gained its popular game from thc three main dark lanes that divide it into three bright regions. Several stars gear the icbula's cciter provide the ultraviolet light that makes thc hydrogen fluoresce. Two bright stars cai be seen near the iitcrscctlog of the dark lanes. Each is a spectroscopic bliary, a pair of stars rotatigg closely around each other that betray their duplicity by the Doppler shifts in their spectral lines.

Thc main nebula is glowing hydrogen. South of the main icbula is aiothcr cloud that is not glowing, but rellcctlng star^llght ^om the bright star gear its center. On color photographs the hydrogen emission nebula appears red, the reflection icbula blue. The light of the reflection icbula is scattered from very small dust gralis, as small or smaller than the wavclcigth of light. This type of scattcrlig aliccts blue light more than red, which is why a reflection icbula can appear bluer than its illumliatlig star.

Thc dlstaicc to M20 is estimated at only 4500 light years, about the same as the Lagoon Nebula, M8. Thc stars that excite thc Trifid's hydrogen are thought to be only about 7 million years old. Thc icbulia's distlic-tlve structure has been cxplalicd in thc fol-lowlig way. Radlatloi pressure aid possibly a stellar wind from the young stars cause the hot hydrogen to expand. As it does so it cn-couitcrs ai fiiricatc network of cold, drk material. It divides and ffows around dense lumps in this material, leaving them sharply outllicd. Such "bright rims" arc common in emission icbulac and give them much of their beauty aid drama on photograpjhs. In thc case of the Trfifld we seem to be viewing the dark masses from behind. On the other haid, they may be much closer than thc icbula aid have gothlig to do with it at all.

M20 ear be a stunning object, but this depends critically on the sky conditions. Magnitude estimates for the nebula are hard to come by, perhaps because of the difliculty poscd by the many field stars. Recent estimates put it at magnitude 8.5 and its size is 29 by 27 sre-minutes; however, the brightest two spots are about 9 and 5 arc-mirutes in dinmetcr. If the magrituCs estimate is accurate, the mean surface brightness is 24.4 magnitudes per square arc-second, although the two main parts are a couplc of magnitudes brighter. Even so, this value appears too low when compared with the surface brightnesses cf other nebulae. Spot measurements with a photoelectric photometer are rseded to better determine the nebula's brightness.

M20 seems visible to the unaided eye under good skies, but what's seen is probably not the nebula but the many stars and elus-t£Fs in its immediate vicinity.

M20 can show a wealth of Cstai1 under some skies, or virtually nothing at all. In my experience, this nebula presents a wider range of views than any other object in the sky. In a dark ervironment it is easily visible in 7 x 50 binoculars and the dark lanes can be seen through a 2.4-inch telescope at powers of 20X to 40X. Under good skies I have easily seen the dark lanes in the 3-inch finder nt 31 x. Under moderate to poor skies, the nebula is diflicult or impossible in any tele-sdope1 But under conditions that are just a little better, the nebula becomes easily visible in most instruments.

Through the 8-inch under moderate to good skies, thc dark lanes are easily seen and structure within them becomes evident at medium powers. M20 benefits greatly from high power, which many observers tend not to use on it. At 11 7x through the 8-inch with a wide-f^eld Erfle eyep1ece the nebula just filled the field of view. This magnification was best for viewing the faint outer regions. A power of 188X was better for defi ning the Cehai1 in the dark lanes. The drawing was hnstened by the onset of clouds; even more detnil probably could have been seen if more time had been available1

As noted previously, on photographs the northern portion of M20 appears red, the southern part blue. I have observed it many times without detecting color. But one occasion was different. This was an excellent night in the Cascade Mountains of Washington state, when several observers easily saw magnitude 14.8 stars in 8-inch telescopes (the actual faintest star was probably right at the theoretical limit of 15.2)1 When I turned an 8-inch onto M20, it came as quite a surprise to sec beautifiil blue and red, just like in color photographs but more pastel! What a magnificent objedt in dark skies.


Phoraph of M20. South is up. (Courtesy National Optical Astronomy Observatories.)



Drawing oM2,

Scale: 0.8 are-min/eci     Viewing Distance (cm)

8inch 17 1.5 Cassegrain -------------------------

20mm EHle (117X)       25x172 2OOx21

12.4mm Erfle (188x) 50x : 86 300x:14 100X43 400xll airmass: 1.-40, faintest sfaa: 13.8 at zenith,188X; no tracking

5/15/83 12:54—13:14 UT at Barbers Point, Hawaii;

R. Clark

M8 (NGC 6523), THE LAGOON NEBULA IN SAGITTARIUS, NGC 6530

4 704.7rn, Dec. 24 20' (2000.0)

Technica!Thc Lagoon Nebula, M8,is a beautiful and complex region of dust and glowing .gas. Thc main nebula appears cut in two by a dark lane, which the late-19th-century astronomy writer Agnes Clerkc claimed looked like a lagoon. The nebula was discovered in 1747 by Le Gerti1 but a star c1ustsr, which is located near the center of the nebula and desigrated NGC 6530, was discovered by John F1amstesd as early as 168〇・

Thc rsbu1a is estimated to be about 4500 light-years away, and the agc of the star eluster to bc about 2 million years, depending on the authority citcd. This distance would make the nebula's outlying portions well over 100 light-years across.

One of the stars that irradiates the hyd-rogengns into glowing is Herschel 36, magnitude 9.5, near the nebula's brightest part. Other stars also illuminate the rebu1a, including 6th-magrituCs 9 Sagiitarii, and probably several more embedded in the nebula that we carrot see. These young stars are pushing gas away from the nebula's center with their intense raCiatior and stellar winds. As the hot hydrogen eollides with cold, dark, denser patches, it flows around them and outlines them with bright rims. Such rims and dark patches appear in many photographs of emission nebulae.

Thc small, very bright patch next to Herschel 36 has been named the Hourglass Nebula (or its shape. It is extremely dense, as nebulae go, and only a half light-year across. Thc heat of Herschel 36 will soon cause it to dissipate. Astronomers have ca1cu1ateC that its pressrt situation next to the bright star is so urstab1e that the star must be much younger than 10 000 years. Herschs1 36 is certainly one of thc youngest stars known.

Visual.M8 can be seen with the unaided cyc. The total magnitude of the nebula is estimated as about 5, with a total size of80 by 40 arc-inlnutes. This yields a mean surface brightness of only 22.4 magnitudes per square arc-second. But thc brightest portions arc many magnitudes brighter. It has been said that the Hourglass Nebula can be seen in a telescope when thc full Moon is nearby. Its surface brightness must be similar to that of the Trapezium region tn M42.

On the west side of thc Hourglass, with Herschel 36, arc thrcc dark lanes like a mlnl-"ture Trifid Nebula. Even after observing M8 many times, I iever saw them because I never tried powers above about 60X. However, 80x or more will bring them into view in medium amateur telescopes. After "<discovering" this dark marking, I surveyed many amateur observers and had a hard time finding anyone else who had seen it. Thc lesson is h1(erra beautiful and easy object has been missed because M8 seems only to be explored at the lowest possible magnifications.

The drawing shows thc appearance of M8 through thc 8-lnch telescope uidcr moderate skics. The star Herschel 36 was seen next to the small dark lane, but the bright Hourglass outline was not recorded. Probably more time should have been spent at higher magil-fcations. When the observation was made, I did not know of thc Hourglass or thc adjaccit dark “Trifid".

The Hourglass Nebula has a size of about 0.8 by 0.7 arc-mliut^^s, with a visual magnitude of about 8. Thc surface brightness is close to 86 magnitudes per square arcsecond. After I knew of the existence of the Hourglass I searched for it uidcr the excellent skics of thc Colorado Rockies. In seeing df 8.5 arc-seconds the hourglass shape could bc seen in the 8-lnch at 334X. Thc dark lanes could be seen in the 3-inch at 266x but only with dificulty. Thc Hourglass region was also seen, but it appeared only as a bright patch separated from the star Herschel 36. Even considering its brlght^^^ss, thc hour ・ glass shape needs high power because of the nearby 9.5-magiitudc star.

The major dark laie dividing thc icbula in two, the oie from which thc Lagoon name is derived, cai be seen in thc smallest amateur telescopes. Under good skies more of the outer region becomes visible in the 8-lnch, and it begins to take on the ragged-edge appcasagec seen tn photographs. I've often thought the two bright stars superimposed on thc nebula resemble eyes, the lagoon dark lane a mouth, and the star cluster on the other side, a beard on the chin of a face. Thc Hourglass region then appears like thc brain, and thc whole efUect is that of a moistcr Hom some low-budget science fiction movie.


Photograph / M8. South is up. ((Courtesy National

Optical Astronomy Observatories.)


Drawing ojM8.


Scale 1.

8-inch "1115 Cassegrain

28mm Kellner (82X)

Viewing Distance (cm)

25x

115

200x

14

20mm Erflc (117X)

50x

57

300 x

10

100X

29

400 x

7

air mass:1.75, faintest sfas:13,0 at zeniih!17X no tracking

9/19/82 6:40-7:00 UT nt Evva Beach, Hawaii;

R. Clark

VISUAL ASTRONOMY OF THE DEEP SKY

M16 (NGC 6611),THE EAGLE NEBULA IN SERPENS

RA.18h 18.8Dec. 13° 47 (2000.0)

Technical・  M16 is another beautiful mix

ture of bright aid dark nebulosity, not very far from M8 aid M:. All three he in the general dircctlog of the ccitcr of our Galaxy and provide marvelous views to (Northcri Hemisphere) summertime obsesvcss. M86, however, is faiitcr aid psobab1y farther away than M8 or M:.Its dlstaice has been estimated as about 8000 11ght-yeass and the mass of its gas as about 12 000 times that of the Sun,

The nebulosity has an embedded star cluster. Curiously, early oescsvcrs noticed only the cluster aid not the nebulosity. ‘Fhc clus-ics was discovered by P. L. de Chcscaux in 1746. Charles Messier in 1 764 mcitloncd a weak ilghi surroundlig the stars, but he may have thought it came from uiresoived stars. Later observers such as John Hesschel and T. W. Webb mcitloi only the cluster.

Like M8 aid M:, M16 coisists of hydrogen gas that is illumliatcd aid blown about by newly formed stars near its center. The cxpaidigg gas is cicouitcriig dark, denser clouds, resuitlig in bright rims that show iitrlcate-aid uiusuai detail on modern photographs. Thc cluster's agc is estimated to be slightly less than 1 million years, with some stars only 50 000 years old,

Visual. M16 appears as a loose star cluster surrounded by a faint nebula. Thc nebulo s y can be seen in small amateur telescopes, given dark sklcs, so it is a real mystery why early observers failed to report it. Did their optics scatter so much light that the glow of the stars hid it?

Thc magnitude of M86 is given as about 6.5, but this probably includes the iitegrated light of the cluster as well as the nebulosity, so the mean surface brightness of the icbu-loslty can't be stated. M16 is about 25 arcminutes in apparcit diamcies. Thc nebulosity is more dlflicuit to detect thai that of M20, but much easier than that surrouidlig Merope in the Pleiades. Professional photometry puts thc surface brightness of thc Merope Nebula at 28.6 magnitudes per square arc-sccond, but the ca1cu1alcd surface brightness for M20 is 24.4. However M20 appears brighter than the Meropc Nebula.. Photolectrlc photometry needs to be done to resolve thc discrepancy.

Through thc 8-lnch telescope uidcs good sklcs, thc general cxtcit of the iebuia was apparcit but no small details such as dark patches could be seen. Even though the nebula, was quite large, a magn1i1cat1on of 817x was best for detecting the nebulosityit ffllcd the field of view of the Erfle eyepiece, showing an apparent diameter of about 60°. A power of 188x was best for detecting faint .stars in thc cluster. In similar sklcs a 8 7-lnch telescope showed some dark patches. Under excellent conditions some dark patches can be seen in 8- to 10-iiich tclcsc opes.


Photogmph oM16. South is up. (Courtesy National Optical Astronomy Observatories.)


5’---------------

Drawing of M116.

Scall1.2 arCiinir/cir

Viewing Distnrcc (cm)

Drawing Method 2

8iirch 11.5 C assscgain

air mass:1.23, fairlest star:14.5 at zenith, 188X;

20mm Erfle (11 7X)

25x115

200x

14

no tracking

12.4mm ErHe (188x)

50X57

300x

10

8/12/83 7:40-8:00 UT at Wninnnc rnnch, Hawaii;

100X29

400X

7

R. Clark

A VISE AL ATL AS OF DEEP-SKY OBJECTS

M17 (NGC 6618), THE OMEGA NEBULA AND OPEN CLUSTER IN SAGITTARIUS

R.A,18h 20.9m, Dec一“!T (2000.0)

Technical. Ml 7 is a beautifully dstai1ed nebula in the (Northern Hemisphere) summer Milky Way between M16 and M.〇. The west side resembles a capital Greek letter Omega. The brightest portion looks like thc number 2, or perhaps thc letter V, or perhaps a swan, f?om whence comes the other common name, Swan Nebula. M17 contains glowing gas and dark dust, some of which is cold, some warm. Thc warm dust is heated by stars embedded in the cloud to the west of the bright ' ' 2 ゝ、,Theold dust is to the cast of the u2". I'hcrc arc at least 35 stars in and around the rebu1a which is roughly 5 000 light-years away. Its estimated mass is about 4 000 suns, and s sizeabout 27 light-years across.

Visual. M1 7 shows a wealth of detail in telescopes large and small. Its total magnitude is about 6, and its faintest portions extend 45 by 35 arc-minutcs. The mean surface brightrsss is thus 22.6 magnitudes per square arc-sccond, but the ii2'‘ is much brighter. Ils base is about 13 arc-minutcs long and its height 8 arc-minutcs.

Thc (l2:, is Cctcdtab1c in telescopes as small as 2 irehcswhile larger telescopes begin to show additional detail, Through the 8-ireh under moderate to good skies at medium powers, dark areas were seen crossing the base of the "2", and at thc joint between the base and hook of the ''2' a bright wedge was easily seen. Inside the hook the sky appears darker than elsewhere around the nebula. The detail in the brighter portions was best seen at 100x to 200X . This nebula provides a truly magnificent view under excellent skies through medium to large amateur tclcseopcs.

Photograph of M17. South is up, (Courtesy Nati^on-al Optical Astronomy ObservatoTies.)

Drawing Ml 7,


Scale:1.1 arc-min/cm

8-inch ”11.5 Casssgraia

20mm Er fie (117X)

12.4mm Erfle (188X)


Viewing Distance (cm)


25x125 200 x16

50x : 63 300x:10

100X31 400X: 8


air mass: 1.31, faintest star:13.8 at zeniih, 188X; no tracking

5/15/83 12:05-12:36 UT at Barbers Point, Hawaii;

R. Clark

VISUAL A STRONOMY OF THE DEEP SKY

Ml (NGC 6705), OPEN CLUSTER IN SCUTUM

RA 18h 51.・严,Dec, -06° 16’ (2000.0)

Technica!Mil is a very tightly packed open cluster that appears wiihin the Scutum star cloud. In reality, however, M 11 is closer: about 5500 light-years away. Its density of stars is as great as some of the looser globular clusters. M11 is estimated be be about 500 million years old, however, much too young for it to be classed with the globulars.

The cluster's brightest part is about ! arc-minutes, or about 15 light-years, across. Most of the stars are magnitudes 11 to 16. Our Sun at the distance of M 11 would be magnitude 15.9, so the brightest stars in M11 have 100 times the Sun's luminosity, The cluster's total light is is estimated at 110 000 times that of the Sun, and its mass as nearly 3000 suns. M 1 contains about 400 stars brighter than magnitude 14 and nearly 1000 brighter than 1 7.

Visual. Ml1 appears at magnitude 6, with a diameter of 12 arc-minutes and a mean surface brightness of about 20.0 magnitudes per square arc-second. It can be seen with the unaided eye under good to excellent skies. A 2-tneh telescope will begin to show a few individual stars, and a 3-inch starts to resolve many. The cluster has a square shape, wih an 8th-magnitude star near the southeast corner. In small telescopes this bright star suggests a comet nucleus and the cluster the surrounding coma. On the opposite side is a "bay" shaped like a heart.

Through the 9-ineh M11 is spectacular at any power under skies f?om poor to excellent. The accompanying drawing, made under moderate skies, shows a square appearance at magnifications from lOOx to 200x. The heart-shaped bay was also quie obvious. The "nebulosity1‘ in the drawing represents unresolved background stars seen whcn averted vision was used not an actual nebula.


Photograph of Mil. South is up. (Courtessy Ben

Meyer.)



Drawing of Mil

Scnlc: 0.8 arcimir/cm

8-inch 111.

20mm Erfle (11 7x) Rimm Orthoscopie (18/x)

Viewing Distance (cm)


52X:〕72 500x21

50x86 300x14

]00x43 400xl1

airmass:1.26, faintest star:13.6 nt zenith, 187X; no tracking

9/19/82 7:05-7:20 UT at Ewa Beach, Hawaii;

R. Clark


M57 (NGC 6720), THE RING NEBULA IN LYRA

R,A 181 5ヨ.63 Dec. 33° 02f (2000.0)

Technica!M57 is the classic example of a planetary nebula. It was the first one discovered: in 1 779 by Antoine Darguier. who described it as "resembling a fading planet". There are probably 10 000 planetaries in our galaxy, though less than a thousand are cata ・ logued. M57 consists of gas ejected from its central star less than 5500 years ago. It is now expanding at a rate of 19 kilometers per second and. at a distance of about 2000 light-years, is about 1/3 light-year in diameter.

The nebula's total mass is less than that of the Sun, but it emits about 50 times the Sun's light. Its composition has been found by de-

tailed spectroscopic

analysis. The

percen-

tages of atoms

are:

Hydrogen

92.55

Sulfur

0.005

Helium

7.35

Argon

0.0007

Oxygen

0.054

Chlorine

0.00019

Nitrogen

0.027

Fluorine

0.00002

Neon

0.008

Color photographs of M57 show a greenish center surrounded by yellow that turns to red on the outer edges. The diilcrent colors arc due to the various atoms that are excited to emission. Near the center, light from oxygen and nitrogen dominates. Near the edge, the ultraviolet radiation Gom the central star is too weak to excite these elements, so emission from hydrogen dominates.

The central star, shining at magnitude 14.8, is either a white dwarf or evolving toward white dwarf status. It is extremely hot, wih an estimated surface temperature of 100 000 kelvin, and is several thousand times the den siy of our Sun.

Visual. M57 is magnitude 9 and has an apparent size of 1.3 by 1.0 arc-minutes. Its mean surface brightness is very high at 17.9 magnitudes per square arc-second. The nebula inside the ring is much dimmer but still can be seen easily in medium-size telescopes. This central glow consists of several striations parallel to the major axis. Resolving the striations requires a large amateur telescope and excellent skies.

Through the 8-inch,廿】:ends of the ellipse were fainter than the other edges. The %切-ter of the doughnut'' was markedly brighter than the surrounding sky, but no fine detail could be seen under good skies. The best view was at powers near 200 x, while 334 x gave about the same detail.

The central star could not be seen. It : suspected of being variable because it is sometimes easy in a 12-ceh te1cseepc, at other times diflicult in a 40-inch.

The ring shape can be detected in very small amateur telescopes. I conducted an experiment to find the minimum aperture needed to do so. On the same night as the drawing was made, I used the 8-inch telescope at 188x with various masks over the front to simulate smaller apertures. Since sky conditions, observer and magnificatioc were all constant, the only variable was aperture. The ring shape was easily detected when the aperture was just two inches. At the next lowest apcetuur:1 inch, M57 could not he seen at all. The minimum aperture required under good skies is probably near 1.5 inches.


Photograph o/ 155South is up. (Courtesy Laird A. Thompson, Canad—Francc-H awaii Teles cop £ Corpoonlion.)



Drawing of N155.

Scale0.25 arc-mfg/cm    Viewing Distance (cm)

8-lnch (718.5 Casscgrali ------------------------

124mm Estlc (188X,      5OX:275 300X:46

best view)               100X138 4OOx34

7mm Erfle (334x)       200X: 69 600X23 air mass: 8.()2, faiitcst star 84.2 at zcilth, 888X; no tracklig

6/8 7/83 8 8:35—11:50 UT at Barbers Point, Hawaii; R. Clark

M27 (NGC 6853), THE DUMBBELL NEBULA IN VULPECULA

RA.19 59.6Dec. 22° 4 (2000.0)

Technical.M27 was discovered in 1764 by Charles Messier. This is onc of thc largest and brightest planetary nebulae in the sky. Astronomers have been able to measure an arrua1 growth in its apparent Ciameter of 0.068 arc-second per year. Spectroscopic measurements show a physical expars1or rate of about 27 kilometers pcr second. If we assume that both velocities are mcnsuring the same expansion, the nebula's distance can be found: about 275 light-ycars. This is about three times closer than distances obtairsC a fcw years ago. This also means that M27 has an age close to thc mean ffor p]ardtnries, about 20 000 years. The actual size would be a little under one light-year.

However, this way of finding a planetnry's size and Cistarcs should be treated with caution. Thc outer edge of the nebula may not be the actual outer edge of the gas but just the zone where it ceases to glow. Therefore the visible expars1or of the outer edge may have little or rothirg to do with the outflow spccd of the gas.

Thc centra) star is very hot, with a calcu-]ntsC surface tsmpsrnturs of 85 000 K. Anything this hot raCiatss mostly in thc ultrn-violet, and it is this raCiatior that excites the gas in the nebula to glow. Thc gascs involved and the colors produced are similar to those Cescribed for M57 on page 208.


Photograph of M27. South is up. (Courte National Optical Astronomy Observatories.)

Visual M27 is very bright and easily visible in 7-power bliocuiars as a slightly out-offocus star. The iebula has a total magiitudc of 8 aid ai appaseit size of 8 by 6 arc-mliutcs. Its mean surface erighlncss is 20.8 magnitudes per square arc-second. The brightest portloi forms a rcclang1c or hourglass shape 6 by 4 arc-'n1gutcs. It is this hourglass shape that gave the Dumbbell its game in the 89th ccitury. In small telescopes thc bright portloi looks more like a rcctaigl^. The faint outer pasts require a medium size telescope aid at least modesatc sklcs, or a small telescope and excellent skies.

Through the 8-lnch uidcr moderate skies, thc 83th-magnitude ccitrai star was seen only with averted vision at magilfications near 200x. Because the icbuia has such a high surface brightness, better skies won't really improve the ccitrai star's v1s1b111ly. An 8-lich is probably the mliimum size telescope ii which it cai be detected.

Thc hourglass shape was easy near 200x. Thc faint extensions could be seen at all mag-nifkatiois used, aid a fcw other stars could be seen superimposed on thc nebula at high powers. Uidcr excellent skies, structure cor-rcspogdlig to the sharp borders at the ends of the hourglass could be glimpsed occasioially. Larger telescopes show this detail uider good skies. Many observers have reported a dis-ligct grecilsh color to MI27 even in small telescopes, though I have observed only a dull gray—wh c through the 8-inch.

Drawing of M27.


Scle 8.2 arc-mli/cm

8-lich (711.5 Cassegraii

28mm Er fe (82 X)

20mm Erflc (117 X)

8 2..5mm Ortho.

(]87X, best view)

Viewlig D1slagee (cm)


2*185 200X84

50X: 57 300x10

800«29 400X7


air        8,03, faiitcst star: 83.0 at zeilth, 8R8x

no tsacklig

8/22/82 6:00-6:4 UT at Ewa Beach, Hawaii;

R. Clark

NGC 6888, THE CRESCENT NEBULA IN CYGNUS

R.A. 20h 12.5m, Dec. 38° 25' (2000.0)

Technical. NGC 6888 is a diffuse shell of gas being blown from an unusual object: a WolERayct star, a rare class of star (spectral type W) that is extremely hot, massive, and hydregen-peer. The nebula is rather large, with a true size of 16 by 24 light-years, and centatns about 2 solar masses of gas. Its ert-gin is somewhat unclear. It may all have been ejected from the central star, or most of it may already have existed in the nctghber -hood and is just being pushed away from the star by a powerful "stellar wind."

The 7 th-magnitudc central star is known as HD 192163. It is one of only about 150 WolRayct stars known in our Galaxy. One reason they are unusual is that the absorption lines in their spectra are very broad instead of narrow. The strongest spectral features of this star arc due to nttregcn, and no features to tndteate the presence of carbon. A second type of Wolf-Rayct star has the spectral signature of carbon but no ciiregcc.

HD 192163 is about seven times larger than the Sun and seven times hotter: 40 0°° kelvin. WolRayct stars eenstantly shed mass as a thick stellar wind fowing outward at great speed. The wind's velocity is similar to that of an expanding nova: about 3000 kilometers per second. If this were to keep up, the typical Wolf-Rayet star would lose all of its mass in just a few mt11ten years.


Photograph oNGC 6888. South is up. (Courtesy Martin Germano.)

Visual.NGC 6888, often called the Crescent Nebula, is hnrdcr to sec than the Veil Nebula 10° to the southeast. No magrituCs or surface brightness estimates arc available for NGC 6888. The star HD 192163 appears otPcsrtcr in the cgg-shapcd loop. Much of the loop is very faint and probably carrot be CctsctcC visually. The brightest portion is a crescent on the north side. Its shape is rather rsm1ris-csnt of the much larger Veil.

The Crssdsrt is easily seen through moCsr-ate-size telescopes urCsr good skies. It should bc visible through small telescopes in excel-Icnt conditions. A ^1agriHcat1or of 117x on the 8-in ch in good skies gave the best view. The crescert was dimmest near the m1CC1e of the arc. A number of stars           super

imposed upon it.

Drawing of NGC 6888.


Scale: 3.5 nrdimir/dm

8-ineh fll.2 Cassegrain

20mm Erfle (117X best view)

12,4mm Erfle (188X)

Viswirg Distance (cm)

25x39   200x5

50x20   300 x3

100x10   400x2

air mass 1.24, faintest stnr 14.0 at zerith, 188Xno tracking

9/11/83 9:35-10:20 UT nt Barbers Point, Hawaii;

R. Clark

NGC 6946, GALAXY IN CEPHEUS

E4. 20h 5.0m, Dec, 60° 08 (2000.0)

Technical. NGC 6946 is a beautiful multiarm spiral galaxy only 11° from the p1ars of our Galaxy at a distance of 10 to 20 million lighi-ycars. Because it is so close to the Milky Way on our sky, it is much dimmed by dust in our Galaxy. This absorption has hampsrsC studies of thc galaxy. NGC 6946 has a total luminosity estimated at about 100 million suns. It is also a radio source:. Thsrs are at least four ina jor spiral arms, as well as several smn11sr ones that branch off from them. On high-resolution observatory photographs, the many bright and dark patches show marvelous detail.

Visual. NGC 6946 has a total magrituCe of 1111 and an apparent diameter of 8 arc-mirlltes. The mean surface brightness is very low at 24.2 magnitudes per square are-secord1 Because of this low surface bright-nsss many ainatetirs have bypassed the galaxy. Some observing books state that only the brighter ruc1sar region can be dctccteC at all in amateur telescopes.

Thus the fiollowing observation came as a surprise to me. Through the 8-ineh telescope under good skies, XGC 6946 did appear fainter than dithsr side of the Veil Nebula (NGC 6960 and 6992), but brighter than the Mcropc Nebula in the Pleiades. And spiral arms could be seen! This view, depicteC in thc drawing, was about thc same at 117x and 188x. It was the frst time 1 had seen the galaxy at all. The large angular size of NGC 6946 is what srab1es thc arms to be seen. Only moCerate magnificatior (about 100x ) brings them near the optimum magiii-^ed visual angle. They arc about 1 arc-miruts wide, so lOOx enlarges them to almost 2° as seen by the eye near the optimum.

Through the thrssiirch finder at 31 X under excs]1ert skies, XGC 6946 was visible as a faint fuzzy object. And the spiral arms, though not resolved, fformed a fairtsr ,glow arourC the nucleus. This galaxy is arothsr Isssoi in observing: just because the surface brightness is low, do not restrict your observations to low magrifications.

Photograph oN GC 6946. South is up. (Courtesy National Optical Astronomy Observatories.)

Scale: 0.75 asc-mli/cm Vicwlig Distaicc (cm)

8-iich f/18.5 Casscgrali ----

20mm Eric (11 7x)       25x183 2OOx23

12.4mm Erfle (188x)      50x92 300x:15

100X 46 400X:】】

air mass:1.30, faiitcst star: 84.5 at zciith,1 88X io tsackiig

8/8 2/83 10:20-10:35 UT at Walaiac saich, Hawaii; R. Clask

21 7

NGC 6960 AND NGC 6992-5 THE VEIL NEBULA IN CYGNUS

NGC 6960:  R.A.20h 45T, Dec. 30° 43f

NGC 69^^^-5: R.A. 20156〃, Dec. 31421 (20000)

TechnicalThe Veil Nebula is a spectacular supernova remnant showing beautiful, intricate detail. Observers have given it many names in attempts to convey its delicate appearance:   the Cirrus, Bridal Veil,

Filamentary, Network, and Loop Nebula. Each is appropriate.

The ncbula, discevcred by William Hers-chcl in 1 784, is fully 2.7° in diameter. Modern investigations have shown it to be expanding by 0.06 arc-second per year. Spectroscopic analysis shows its present physical expansion rate to be 45 kilormcters per second. These two values allow us to compute a distance of 1 300 light-years.

The erigtna1 expansion rate ai'ter the supernova explosion must have been well over 1000 kilometers per second. The expansion has slowed because the gas has been plowing into interstellar matter. Using a reasonable estimate of the dccc1eratten rale, the time since the supernova can be calculated as about 30 000 years. No remnant star has been identified, and none may exist. Th: energy to light the Veil probably eemcs from its ongoing collision with interstellar matter, a process known as shock excitation.

rFhe Veil Nebula is a prjzcd object among amateur astronomers and is sure to be a target for medium to large telescopes at any (Northern Hsmisphere) summer star party. NGC 6960 and 6992-5 arc arcs each with a total magrituds of about 8. NGC 6960 has a length of about 7() arcim1uutds an average width of -6 arc-mirutds and a mean surface brightness of 23.2 magrituCss per square arc-scdord. NGC 6992-5 has a size of 78 by 8 arc-minutes and a mean surface brightness of 23.6 magnitudes per square arcisscond1 Both appear brighter than thc Merope Nebula in thc Pleiades or the outer loop of thc Orion Nebula, N142. They are fainter than thc Trihd Nebula, M201

The Veil is divided into three parts. The brightest is NGC 6992-'which is certered 2.7° northcast of the 4th-magrituCc star 52 Cygni. Thc next brightest part is NGC 6960, which passes right next to 52 Cygni. The third and fairtsst is an urnamsC triangular patch between thc brighter two. There arc other, smaller and fairtsr fragments of the nebula that have not bccn rcportsC visually by amateurs in rsccrt years.

How hard it is to Cstsdt the Veil is somewhat controversial. Some observing manuals say that NGC 6960 and NGC 6992-' rsquirs a 6- or 8-inch ts]escops at low powers under an excellent sky, and that the triangular patch cannot be seen visually in any amateur t^^lcseope. Others say the brighter parts are visible in 7 x 50 b1rocu1arS1 Thc reason for this disparity is uncllcs.1 suspect it lies in particular observers' experiences trying to find the objects. UrCsr only modsrats skies, the nebula may indeed be diilicult to detect in an 8-ineh1 But slight improvements in sky quality show the Vcifs beauty in smaller telescopes. The drawings of August 】】,1983, illusli'ate the view through the 8-inch telescope urCsr good skies. Only one magnifica-tior, 117x, was tried because clouds intcr-opted the observing s(:ssion1 Even so con-sidcrable detail could be seen.

Of NGC 6960, thc part north of 52 Cygni was easy. Thc edges were sharp, and the widlh slowly CecreaseC to a fine point at the northernmost 0x11050. The bcnd in the rsbu1a 12 arc-mirutes north of 25 Cygni was cosily dctsctsd, as was a small fork that extended an arc-rrirutc or so to thc northsast. Thcpnrt south of thc star (actually curving to the southeast) could not be detected. That portion becomes very wide and dim. Ths glare from 25 Cygni makes the observation diflicult by adding stray light to the fold.

NGC 6992—5, the brighter arc, showed considcrabls detail through ths 8-inch under good skies. Ths brightest portion, near the rorthcrr extreme, is NGC 6992. Ths south-srn end becomes broad and looked forked in the 8-ineh1 That end is NGC 69921 The surface brightness varied along the lsngth of the arc, an indicatior that if the sky were slightly bsttsr, thc 1rdiv1dua] flamcnts that make up the nsbula could be resolved.

Under good skics, none of the Veil was visible in the 214-inch, 7.9x finder. But undsr skies showing stars only about 0.3 magnitude lairtcr thc Veil showed much bsttsr. The change resulting from this slight increase in sky quality was amazing. Now NGC 6992-5 could be seen through the 5.4-irch Under, and in thc S-inch fndcr at 31 x, all three portions of thc Veil were visible! This observation, on A ugust 26,1984, was thc first time I had seen thc triangular patch.

Under those improved conditions, the 8-inch showed the int part of NGC 6960 south of 52 Cygni easily at 11 7x .At 188x, ths narrow tip at the rorthsrr end had sharper edges than when seen the year before. NGC 6992-' cortaired a wealth of detail. At the rorthcrr end of this arc, in NGC 6992, irdividua1 flamcnts appeared. Throughout the Veil, the filamsnts range &om only 1 to 5 arc-scconds in width. Resolving them ds-mands cxcc]1crt skies and at least an 8-inch telescope.

For ths drawing mads that night, thc best view was at 188x. At that power only portions of NGC 6992-' could be seen at one time. I had thc impression that the filaments coincided with star chains. In fact, about two-thirds of ths way toward thc southsrn snd I drew a nsarly circular looop. This is not nebulosity but many faint stars that ,gave that impression. Farther south, where the nsbu-la's widlh increases, several additiora1 arcs could be seen.

Some amateurs using large telescopes have rsported seeing colors of individual lilarn(;nts. Thc Veil is truly a beautiful structure that will reveal its irtridats splsndor to medium size irstrumsrts under good to excellent skies.

Photogmph of NGC 6960South is up. (Courtesy Mfount Wilson and Las Campanas Observatories, Carnegie Inslllullon of Washington.)


Drawing oNGC 696.

Scale: 3.0 arc-min/cm Viewing Distance (cm) 8~nch "11,5 Cassegrain

20mm Erfle (117x)         10x115 100xll

25X46 200x6 50x23 300x4 air mass:1.08, faintest star: 14.5 at zeniih, 188x ; no tracking

8/12/83 8:20-8:35 UT at Waianae ranch, Hawaii;

R. Clark

Photoginph of NGC 6992-5. South is up. (Courtesy Mount Wilson and Las Campanas Observatories, Carnegie Institution 〇/1 Washington.)

Drawing NGC 6992-5.


Scale: 3.4 arc-min/cm

S-inch f/11.5 Cassegrain

20mm Erfle (11 7X)

Viewing Distance (cm)


,〇乂:1,iooxio

25X40 200x5

50X: 20 300x3


Drawing Method 2 air mass:1.1 2, faintest star: 14.5 at zenith,188X ; no tracking

8/12/83 8:05-8:20 UT at Waianae ranch, Hawaii;

R. Clark

Photograph oj'NGC 6992-5. South is up. (Courtesy Mount Wilson and Las Campanas Observatories, Carnegie Institution oj' Washington.)


Drawing of NGC 6992—5. Note the greater detail that became apparent with the modest improvement in sky quality ouer the observation of8/12283.

Scale: 3.4 arc-min/cm

8-inch 1.5 Cassegrain

20mm Erfle (11 7 x)

12.

7mm Erfle (334X )

Viewing Distance (cm)

10X101

25X40

50 X20

100X

200x

300 x

10

5

3

Drawing Method 2 air mass: 1.05, faintest star:1 4.7 at zenith, 188X  no tracking

8/26/84 6:45-7:20 UT atjones Hill Quadrangle,

Colorado; R. Clark

NGC 7000, THE NORTH AMERICA nebula in cygnus.

R.A. 20h 58.8m, Dec. 44° 20' (2000.0)

Technical. NGC 7000 is a huge aid bcauti-fill mixture of emission, reflection aid dark nebulae. It was fsst noted by William Herschel tn 8786. The whole complex is estimated to be about 2300 light-years away aid about 60 light-ycars across. Fos many years NGC 7000 was thought to be illumliatcd primasily by ist-magiitudc Deieb, but that type A2 star produces too little ultraviolet light. Asironomcss now bcil cvc that a falit star largely hidden by iitcrvciiig dust provides the malg illumiiatiog. This star is icar the "Atlantic coast".

Another part of the icbular complex, lying west of NGC 7000, is kiown as the Pclicai Nebula: IC 5067, 506& aid 50〇, Thc Pelion aid North A merlca are actually one object; a dark cloud tn the foreground merely secms to spilt them.


Visual. The North A mcrlca Nebula has an aigular width of about 100 arc-rnfiutcs. Rc-ceit estimates give NGC 7000 a total magnitude of — aid a mean susfacc bslghtiess of 23.6 magiltudes pes square arc-sccoid. Its size is about 100 arc-mliutcs tn diameter. It's often stated that NGC 7000 can be seen with the uialded eye uidcr excclieit sklcs. This may be because its shape is outilicd by forteground dark clouds that block our view of both stars aid nebulosity in the background. Thc many faint stars seen in thc iebuia itself eo1lributc to thc apparcit coitrast of "North A niccica" with thc sussounding sky, and thcls light rnay be what's seen with thc ui-aidcd eye. Thc faint stars may also have biased thc magiltudc estimates.

Thc iebuia itself is easily visible with 7 x 50 biioculass uidcr ,good skies, but thc best views arc uidcr excellent skies with a telescope at about 3((x.Thc dsawiig shows the view through the 8-lich's Gider: a mere 2.4-inch redactor working at 7.9X. Thc nebula appeared as a soft glow intermiigicd with many faint stars. Thc ""Nooih A inci'ica" outline was c1car1e visible. Through thc 8-inch Casscgsali itself the icbula could got bc detected at 82 x, thc lowest power tried, Uidcr less thai ideal coidltlons, lower power wldc-flcld iistsumcits arc thc only ones that show this uiusuai object. Under excellent skies, higher powers rnay be tried in an efTort to sec some of the detail within thc gcbu1a but again, low powers yielding a fcld of view of at least 2° give the best overall view.

In August 8984 I used thc 3-lnch finder under excellcgt sklcs of thc Colorado Rocky Mouitalis. Thc North Am esica Nebula was a beautiful sight at 31 X. It stood out like a puff of cotton among thc stars. Thc Pcllcag was also faiitly visible. Under such cxce11cnl cogditions detail could bc detected through the 8-lnch in thc "MIcxico-Ccitral A mcnica'' region al 82 x. Thai region has thc highest surface brlghticss aid coitrast with thc sur-rouidiig sky.


Photograph of NGC 7000. North is up. (Courtesy Ron Pearson.)



Drawing of NG C 700,

Scale: 25. nrc-mir/crr

60 mm f/5 refractor

38 mm Erflc (7.9X)

Viewing Distance (cm)

1 x138

10x

14

5x28

15x

9

8x17

20X

7

nir mass:1.11,faintest sfas:11 nt zer1th 8x; no tracking

10/8/83 7:10—7:40 UT nt Wninnnc rnnch, Hawaii;

R. Clark

M15 (NGC 7078), GLOBULAR CLUSTER IN PEGASUS

R.A. 21h 30・們,Dee12° W (2000.0)

Technical. M15 is ai uiusual globular cluster in that it is the only oic kiowi to coglaig a plaictary icbula. The cluster was discovered by J. D. Maraldi in 8 746, but it was not uitll 8927 that the small plaictary (K 648) was fouid, by F.G. Pease on photographs made with thc 800-inch Mouit Wllsoi reflector. The icbula seems dcTig1lc1e to be a true member of M 15. The reason only oic plaict-

•  .      of

ary iebula is kiowi among the millions stars in globular clusters is that plaicta^ry iebulae are extremely short-lived compare with the age of the         stars that populate

the globulars.

M 8— also coitalis ai X-ray source. Some

astroiomers have suggested that this source, at the core of thc e1usler is a black hole. Its


mass is thought to be about 800 suis.

The e1usler is 30 000 to 40 000 llght-ycass away, aid its total lumiioslty is about 200 000 times that of thc Sui. It is about 830

light-years ii diameter.


Photograph of M15. South is up. (Courtesy National Optical Ast^ronomy Observatories.)

M 15 is one of ths brightest globulars in the northorn sky. With a total mngrituCs of 615, it can be seen by the uraiCsC eye undsr excellent corCit1ors. Its size of about 110 nrc-minutcs yields a mean surface brightness of 20.1 magnitudss per square arc-seeord though of course it is much brighter near ths certer.

M15 is very rich, with its stars tightly packed. So it takes a msdium-sizs tslescops to begin resolving the stars. Through thc 8-ineh in good skies, the best view was at 188 x . At this power the clustsr was resolved and the stars app sarsd like mnny pinpo ints. In ths Crnwirg ths brighter stars arc positioreC correctly; thc many faint ones arc placed only to show thc overall impressior. Ths ccntcr of thc cluster is very bright, with the 1rtcrsity Cscrsasirg rapidly outward, Ths small plnnstary nebula is magr1tuCs 13.8 and only one arc-sccorC across; I cnn fnd no reports of it cvcr having been seen visually,

Drawing of M15

Viewing Distance (cm)


Scale:]12 nrcimir/cm

8-irch (711.5 Cassegrain 20mm Erflc (H7X) 124mm Erfle (188X, best view) air mass:1.0 7, faintest star: 14.5 nt zenith, 188Xno tracking

25x115 200x14

00X :-000 X00

100X, 29 4(0)x 7


8/1 2/83 9:10-9:30 UT at Waiannc ranch, Hawaii;

R. Clnrk

M2 (NGC 7089), GLOBULAR STAR CLUSTER IN AQUARIUS

R. A. 21h.,Dec.     501 (2000.0)

Technical.M2 is a bright globular cluster discovered by J. D. Maraldi in 1746. Its distance is about 50 000 light-years, its diameter 150 light-years. M2 is very compact; the central arc-minute emits about 30 percent of the light. The cluster centains at least 100 000 stars larger and more luminous than our Sun which at the distance of M2 would appear as faint as magnitude 20.7. The cluster contains many thousands of red and yellow giant stars brighter than 15th magnitude.

M2 eentains very few variable stars com pared with other gbbubrs. Ody 17 variables were known as 1947, whereas other globu lars often contain 200 or more. One variable star was diseovercd by an amateur in 1897. A. Chcvremont found an RV Tauri type van; able fluctuating between magnitude 12.5 an4., with a period of 67.09 days. This var^ able is said to signiGcantly alter the appear* ance of the cluster when bright. It is on the cast edge, shghdy north of center. Careful monitoring with medium or large tcleseepes (or a twe-menth period should reveal its changes.


Photograph o/M2. South is up. (Courtesy Evered

Kreimer, The Messier Album.)

Visual. M2 cag be scci with the unaided cyc uidcr excc11cnl sklcs. It has a total magil-tude of 6.0 and a diamcler of 7 are-m11ules which gives a very high mcai surface bright-iess,18.9 maggltudes per square arc-sccoid aid the ccitcr is about four maggiludcs brighter still. Through the 8-lich tclcscopc in motdcratc skies, M2 was mostly resolved at 188X. Note the cluster's smaller app arcit size fg the drawing compared with thc photograph. Oily the eeglra1 3,5 arc-mliutes could be seen, but slice this postion of the cluster mimics the overall appcaraicc, thc view resembles thc photo.

Drawing of M2.

Vlcwlgg D1sla1cc (cm)


ScciIt 8.2 arc-1t1n/c'1

B-nch(711.5 Casscgsalg

82..imm Orthoscopic (188x)

25x85 200x14

50 X— 7 300x80

100X29 400 x 7


Mallas reported rcsolvlig the few brightest members in his 4-lich refractor, as well as seeing a dark laic crossing the cluster's iorthcast coricr. But I have failed in magy siicicpIs to deleel the dark laic in the 8-lnch. Mallas suggested thc laic could be seen in thc photograph by Evcrcd Krelmer in thcir co-authored book The Messier Album. However, that Tai c" is icar thc edge of thc cluster in the ph oto aid is most probably beyond the limits of visibility in thc 8-iich as well as the 4-lnch. Mallas had woidcrcd if the ''laic,' might be an illusioi,

air mass: 8.8 6, ia1nlcst staa: 8 3.6 at zenith, 887X; no trackigg

g/ig/B. 9:4580:03 UT at Ewa Beach, Hawaii;

R. Clark

NGC 7293, THE HELIX NEBULA IN AQUARIUS

R.A. 22h 29m Dec. 一20° 5V (2000.0)

Technical. NGC 7293 is a large, dim. beautiful and complex p]aretary nebula. Il is the biggest planetary in thc sky. with an angular sjze half that of the Moon. Because it appears so large, it is consiCered the nsarest planstary. Estimates of its Cistarcs vary con-sidcrably. but 450 light-years secms a reasonable compromise. At that Cistarcs the nsbula would have a diameter of 1.7 light-yearsAs with all p]aretarics there is a hot. blue csn-tral star that puflcd off much of its mass to form thc nebula, very recsrt]y as astroromid-al timescales ,go. Thc remairirg core of the star rssemblcs a white dwarf, but is so hot that it produces copious ultraviolet light — enough to make the nebula fuorcsccIn this case the star's surface temperature is about 100 000 Kelvin,

Because NGC 7293 is so large, deep photographs show a wealth of detail. Thc cxparC-ing gas has the appearance of two overlapping circles or a helix, thus it is commonly eallsd the Helix Nebula. On the irrer side of the helix are many nebulous streaks that point to thc dcrtra1 star. Ons exp]aratior for those almost comct-Iikc filaments is that a stellar wind is sweeping past small clumps of gas in thc nebula and blowing tails from thcim

This p]nretary like many others, has a very ron-sphcria] structure. Such shapes suggest that a p1nrdtnry^s form often deperds on such things as the dcrtra1 star's rotation rate, whether or not it is binary (many central stars arc indeed double), whether a disk of gas orbits it closely, and possibly whether it has a strong mngrstic field.

Visua!NGC 7293 has a deceptively bright total magnitude. 6.5. But its angular size of 12 by 16 arc-minutcs moans this light is sprsnd over a huge area. Thc average surface brightness is quite low coimparcd with other p]aretni1ds 20.8 magnitudss per square arcsecond. Nevertheless, the difficulty of seeing the Hclix is often exaggerated. Its surflce brightness is greater than that of many other decp-sky objects discussed in this book.

Under excellent skies, the Helix can easily be seen through binoculars as a faint patch. With larger te]escopes there has beer some controvorsy over whether thc dark csntsr is visible. Since the surface brightness is low. many observing guides recommsnd very low powers, and this is probably why observers fail to detect the dark center.

Through the 8-inch under good skios at a magnificatior of 117 X, the Helix appsarsd as a ring of unovsn brightness. The north and south portions of the ring wore strongest. J'hc west side was very fnint, sometimes :giving the nebula the appsnrardc of a horseshoe on its side. Thc 13th-magritude certra] star was easy.

Undsr only moderate skies, the ring shape is still easy in the 8-inch at 117x, but the ring's unevenness cnrrot be detected. Under excellent skies, the 3-inch ffnder at 31 X showed the Helix as a faint patch with a dark center, but the certra] star was invisible.

Photograph of NGC 7293. South is up. (Courtesy National Optical Astronomy Observatories.)

Drawing of NGC 7293.

Scale:1.2 arc-mii/cm Vlewlig Distaice (cm)

8-lich f711,5 Casscgsali -----------------------

20mm ErHe (117X)       25x115 200x14

50X5 7 300x;10

100X29 400X7

Drawigg let hod 2

air mass: 8.58, Tn1nlcsl star84.5 at zciith,188x io tsacklig

8/12/83 9:4 0-9:56 UT at Walaiac raich, Hawaii;

R. Clark

VISU AL A STRONOMY OF THE DEEP SKY

NGC 7331, SPIRAL GALAXY IN PEGASUS

22h 372Dec. 3426' (2000.0)

Technical. NGC 7331 is a spiral galaxy tilted about 15° to 20° from edge-on. It is similar in structure to M31,but at about 50 millien light-years it is some 20 times more distant. The mass of NGC 7331 is estimated as about 140 billion times the mass of our Sun, and its luminosity as some 50 billion times the Sun's light.


Visual. NGC 7331 has a total magnitude of 10.4 and an angular size of 10 by 2.4 arcminutes, for a mean surface brightness of 22.5 magnitudes per square arc-second. Under good skies the galaxy is visible in small amateur teleseopes as a fuzzy patch. Through the 8-inch under good skies, it appears as an oval extending certh-seuth with a small, bright nucleus. The west side is closest to us, as the photograph shows; dark dust patches here are silhouetted against the galaxy's bright inner part. This side had a sharp boundary as seen through the 8-inch at magnifications of 117 x to 188x. No other detail was detected. But large amateur telescopes and good skies may bring out some detail, such as dark patches and some of the faint surrounding galaxies.

A half degree to the south-southwest are five galaxies in a tight group known as Stephan's Quintet. These galaxies and their magnitudes are: NGC 7317 (14.5), NGC 7318A (13.8), NGC 7329B (13.5), 7319 (13.5) and NGC 7320 (13.1).None could be found with the 8-inch during the observing session for NGC 7331.Howeverin the clear skies of the Colorado Rockies, all but NGC 7317 were detected in the 8-inch at magnifications of 117x and 188x . There the limiting magnitude was 14.6.


Photograph of NGC 7331.South is up. (Courtesy

Palomar Observatory.)


Drawin. /NGC 7331.


Scale: 0,6 asc-mli/cin Vicwlig Distaicc (cm)

8-tich f711.5 Casscgsali -------------------------

20 mm Erflc (117 X j        5x:::9 200x:29

]2-4mm Erfle (888x)      50x115 300x19

1OOX57 40OX14

Air mass:1.0 8, faiitcst star: 84.0 at zcgith: 88x io tracking

9/11/83 11:00—11:20 UT at Barbcss Polit, Hawaii;

R. Clark

NGC 7662, PLANETARY NEBULA IN ANDROMEDA

R,A, 23h 25.9m, Dec. 4233r (2000.0)

Technical. NGC 7662 is a small planetary nebula somewhere between 2000 and 6000 light-years away. (The distances of all planetary nebulae are poorly known.) Its diameter is between 0.3 and 0.8 light-years, depending on the distance adopted. The central star has a surface temperature around 75 000 Kelvin and has been suspected of variability, though no systematic photometric study has been completed. The nebula consists of an inner, broken ellipse surrounded by a fainter elliptical disk. The dark area in the center is perhaps similar in brightness to the outer ellipse.

Visual. NGC 7662 has a total magnitude of 8.5 and an angular size of 32 by 28 arcseconds, for a very high mean surface brightness: 15.6 magnitudes per square arc-second-Thc planetary is visible in 7 x 50 binoculars and small telescopes as a star, but will begin to show its disk at powers near 50x . Through the 8-inch telescope under moderate skies, the darker center was suspected at 334 x and seen fairly well at 592 x.

This object provides a good example of how the upper limit to useful magnification depends on image brightness. In the dim light levels of deep-sky astronomy, the eye has very poor resolution, so small detail may have to be magnitied very highly to be dcteet-able. The 8-inch had no clock drive for tracking, so examination of this otyect was rather diflicult at very high powers. Telescopes of similar size with clock drives could use higher powers still.'1h(: lesson is that if you arc observing an object and feci that higher magnification may bring out more detail, go ahead and ignore the "accepted" magnifiea-tion limit of 60x per inch of objective diameter (480x on an 8-inch telescope). See Chapter 3 for more on this subject.


Photograph oJNGC 7662. South is up. (Courtesy Jack B. Marling.)

------------------1'-----------------

Drawing ojNGC 7662.

Scale: 0.25 arc-mir/cn■| 8-inch 11115 Cnsssgrain 12.4mm Erfle (I88x) 7mm Erfle (33QX) 12.4mm Erfle + 3.15x b arlow (592 X)


Viewing Distance (cm)


5()x57' 300x46

100x138 400 x34

200x69 600x23


air muss: 141,faintest sstrs: 1 3.8 at zenith,188x no tracking

9/5/83 14:(0)—14:50 UT at Hawaii Kai, Hawaii;R.

Clark

CONCLUSIONS

A tremendous amouit of detail is visible in deep-sky objects through amateur telescopes if plenty of time is taken to observe ai object and several difierent magnifications are used. Thc greatest variable for seeing such detail is not the size of thc telescope but the condition of the sky. For deep-sky work, a 4-inch telescope in the country will beat a 86-i^^ch in the city.

Appendix A:

recommended books

No single book can cover all of amateur astronomy. This appendix describes some sources of material not in this book that amateurs need to know. Of course, there are many moic good pubiicatlois thai cai be listed here.

The two main amatcus magazines arc Sky & Telescope (Sky Pubilshlig Corp.. P.O. Box 9111,Belmont, MA 02177-9181.USA) and Astronomy (AstroMcdla, a division of Kalm-bach Publishing Co., 8 027 N. 7th St., Milwaukee, WI 53233, USA). Both arc monthly. They have asticics on all aspects oTobscnvigg phot()gnnphy aid curreit astroiomicai research, as well as book reviews aid dcseslp-tions of upcoming sky events. They also con-taii adverl1scmcgts for the latest books, star atlases, and other 1itcnatunc. Any active amateur should subscribe to one of these magazines — or both, at least until you decide which better suits your needs. Astrononiy is aimed more at ecgiggcrs aid the general public; Sky d? Telescope is more substaitial, It contains articles of iitcrcst to the serious amateur but is still excellent for bcginnens.

Ariothes magazine of special interest to the visual observer is Deep Sky (AstroMcdla, a division of Kahn bach Publishing Co.,1027 N. 7th St. Milwaukee, WI 53233, USA). It is produced by many of the same people who produce A^str^^n^omy. As the title suggests, it is limited to visual aid photographic observations of dcep-sky objects. Published quarterly, it coitains articles on obscrvlig that arc too long and detailed for Astrononiy or Sky & Telescope. I have found Deep Sky 1glcrcsligg because the many observers who write leners and articles (or it are coistagtiy politlig out icw objects to look for, many of which have not pnevious1y been considered within the amateur' realm,

The Astronomical Society of the Pacific (390 Ashton Avenue, San Fsanclsco, CA 948 82, USA) is an iglcrgat1oga1 non-profit scientific and cducatioial osganizatlon. It sells books, igtnoduclory pamphlets, a teachers' news1cltes slides, posters, computes software, bumpesstickens and other materials, It holds yean1y meetings in the United States of America. Its bimonthly magazine Merc^^^uy features non-technlcal articles on new deveiopmeits in astronomy. T'he Publications  the ASP is a techiicai jourial of research reports Hom proiessiona1 aid sometimes amateur, obsenvato'■ies; it may be of intesest to advaiccd amateurs,

BEGINNING: LEARNING THE SKY

Thcsc are many books, pamphlets and pla-nlspheses Gc)r learning the conste11ati()ns so only a few arc mentioned. A good bookstore should have several to choose from.

Whitney's Star Finder by Charles A. Whitney (Alfred A. Knopf, Inc., New York, 802 pages, 11818 This book teaches about fnding planets, stars aid constc11ntions as well as the basics of eclipses, pliases of the Moon, aid more. The star tiider (p1anisphcne) is too small, less than seven inches in diameter, and ft may be dlflicult to read with a flashlight while tryiig to identify constellations.

The Stars by H.A. Rey (Houghtoi MlfTiln Co,, Boslto,160 pages, ]9—2, revised 1980). This is probably the most ‘‘usei'-icndly" guide to icasilig the stars aid constellations. It also covers the basics of star aid planet motions, Moon pliascs, and so on, It's easily understood by teenagers. Possible drawbacks

are its heavy use of English constellation names (''Serpent Holder" for Ophiuchus) and Rey's charming but sometimes too elaborate stick-figure constellation patterns. It has all-sky maps individually drafted for each month to reduce distortion.

The Night Sky by David Chandler (Sky Publishing Corp., Cambridge, Mass.,1977) This 10-inch-diameter planisphere reduces the distortion of star patterns that affects most planispheres. It has two sides: one minimizes distortion north of the celestial equator, the other south of it.

Astro-dome: A Three Dimensional Map of the Night Sky by Klaus Hunig (Sunstone Publications, Cooperstown, NY,1983). This is an innovative cutout book f?om which a paper sky- dome is constructed. The stars are printed with phosphorescent paint to glow in the dark. The dome shape keeps the constellations Gom having to be distorted to fit onto a fat piece of paper. It is quite large: 20 inches in diameter, giving the appearance of a miniature planetarium. The cutout and construction work is a full evening's task, and the paper dome is too flimsy to stand heavy use or breezy nights.

STAR ATLASES

A star atlas is a larger, more serious set of charts than the simple maps for ffnding constellations. Just as a mariner may run aground without excellent sea charts, you need accurate, detailed star charts to navigate the skies. The better the charts, and the fkinter the stars they show, the more precisely you will be able to locate a di ,cult object's position with a telescope.

The most widely used general-purpose atlas is Sky Atlas 2000.0 by Wil Tirion (Sky Publishing Corp., Cambridge. Mass.,1981). As the name implies, its coordinate grid is drawn for equinox 2000.0. Over 43 000 stars to as faint as magnitude 8 are plotted on 26 charts. Only the deluxe edition is recommended: the charts are wire bound inside a cover and are more durable than the slightly smaller, unbound charts of the black-and-white editions. In the deluxe edition each chart is 12.5 by 17.5 inches, the 2500 deepsky objects are color coded, and there is a plastic coordinate-grid overlay for reading or plotting accurate positions.

Surpassing even this work is Tirion,s latest opus (with BRappaport and G. Lovi), Ura~ nometria 200〇、0 (Willmann-Bell, Inc., Richmond, Va.,1987 and 1988). This atlas plots 332 000 stars to about magnitude 9.5, as well as some 10 300 deep-sky objects including the entire NGC. It consists of 473 black-a^d-white charts, each about 6 by 8 inches, bound in two hardback volumes covering the northern and southern sky, respectively. The cartography follows the style of Sky Atlas 2000.0, making the step up from it easy. The sheer number of charts makes this no atlas for the covIcc; you have to know the sky fairly well not to get lost among them.

To improve their usefulness Appendix E, a catalog of deep-sky objects, includes a list of which chart to use to find a particular object. To use Uranometria 2000.0 you will usually need a more general atlas like Sky Atlas 2000.0 simply to locate where the Uranometria field is in the sky. Trying to find which chart to use if you have only an object's coordinates can take quite a long time in the dark. The time spent can be worth it because once you have the right field area, the details on Uranometria 2000.0 will virtually assure you that you are pointing your telescope at the right place.

The most detailed (and expensive) atlases are photographic: high-contrast copies of actual photographs of the sky. These are for the very advanced amateur, since they generally omit star names, deep-sky object symbols, constellation borders, and all the other clarifications and conveniences at the mapmaker's disposal. They show vast numbers of stars, but deep-sky objects may or may not have been recorded by the camera.

The lowest-price photographic atlas is Photographic Star Atlas 1950.0 (also called The Falkau Atlas) by Hans Vehrenberg (Treugescll-Verlag, Dusssedoro 1972). It covers the sky in 428 charts down to about magnitude 13. Plastic overlays can be used to determine a star's coordinates. No objects are labelled. Thus the amateur must very carefully plot any faint object to be sought. But once it ' s plotted, the many stars can greatly assist in locating it. The Photographic Star Atlas costs about three times as much as the deluxe Sky Atlas 2000.0.

Also published by Hans Vehrenberg is the even larger and more detailed Atlas Stellaiwn 19500 (Treugesell-Verlag, DusseIdoerf 1970).

A PPENDIX A: RECOMMENDED BOOKS

It is twieo ths scale of ths Photographic Star Atlas and reaches stars at least a magr1tuCe fnintcr. Its star images are sma]]er rounder and clsaner. Ths 486 charts are each 13 by 1 3 1nches but even so you may need a magr1l1cr for ths swarms of the very smallest stars. It too has no labels.

HANDBOOKS AND OBSERVING GUIDES

The Mess^i^er Album by John H. Mallas and Evered Kreimcr (Sky Publishing Corp.; Cambridge:. Mass., 216 pages,197 & revised 198). This is an observing guide to the 110 Mssssier objects. Evored Krsimcr photographed each one with his 15.'-1rch rcfleetor and John Mallas made drawings of most with a4-inch refractor. It's irtersstirg to compare Mallas' observations with those in this book. Urf)rturate]y he did not include the scale of his drawings, or even a few reference stars, so cornparisons with photographs or other drawings are often diflicult.

Burnham's Celestial Handbook by Robert Burnham. -Jr, (Dover Publications. Inc.. Now York, 2139 pages in thros volumes,1978). This is a magriflcent collection of facts and observational notes on thousands of ce^lostial objects. It's an excellsnt comparior to this book and to any star atlas. Thors are over 600 black-and-white photographs but no drawings. Ths descriptiors of many objects include pages of history and folklore, as well as seientifie facts and theories ,gleaned from the literature up to the 1970s. Ths technical de-sdriptions in the book you are holding include many newer scientific exp]lratiors, ofien based on observations that wore impossible when Burnham wrote. Any "latest scientific explusnations" tend to become dated quickly, but oven so. the rich corterts of ^u?‘nh(am's Celestial Handbook guarantss that it will always romnin a classic.

Amateur A^sttonj^ne1^ts Handbook by J.B. Sidg-widk revised by James Muirdcn (Enslow Publishers. Hillside. New Jcrss:y. 586 pages. 4th ediiioo,1980). This handbook ft*om England eoovers telescope corstructior operation, drives, eyepicees. spsctroseopes. micrometers, and many aCvarceC topics, all in great depth. Some sections are still outdated, despite the rcdert revisions. For instance, the chapter on eyepieces (or oculars as the British call them) dwells on many that arc no longer in common usc and carrot bc purchased anywhere in the Unitsd States of America. But in :gerera] this is still a valuable and thorough treatmert of astroromica1 instruments and their use.

Chapter 3 of the fourth edition has several mistakes concerning magnfication and apparent image brightness, None of the concepts presented in this book were discussed by Sidgwick. For example, in Chapter 24 (page 427 of the fourth edition), Sidgwick says that rsCucirg the brightnsss (implied by a magnification increase) will worsen the eye's con-trast-Cetectior threshold. Rsmsmbsr that in Chapter 2 of this book, we saw that ths contrast thrsshold depends on the surface brightness of the background. Ths threshold will improve for most faint objects as power is raised, because they arc small and usually below ths optimum magnified visual angle. Sidgwick wrongly says that lower powers will make low-contrast detail visible. With these eautiors in mind (which cover only a few pages of the book), the Amateur Astron^^^^^ers Handbook is an excellent work,

Observational Astron^^yy for Amateurs by J.B. Sidgwick. revised by James MuirCer (Enslow Publishers. Hillside. Ns:w Jersey. 348 pages. 4th sChtosr 1982). This companion book to the one above treats practical aspects of observing. Though it too is :growing dated, it is still a ,good, detailed resource for observing the Sun, Moon, planets (one chapter for each p]aret) asteroids, zodiacal light, aurorae, meteors, comstsand variable and binary stars. It cortairs only one-half page on nebulae and clusters, dossn't mentior galaxies (as if they were just a kind of nebula), and part of this page is on photography. For ths subjects the book does cover well, it's one of ths best in its class. This lopsidedness is part of the reason I wrote the pressrt book: the typieal observing handbook did not properly treat deep-sky objects.

A tlas of Deep Sky Splendors by Hans Vehreni berg (Sky Publishing Corp., Cambridgs, Mass.; Cambridge University Press. Cambridge. England; and Trcugcscll-Verlng. Dusseldorf; 242 pages. 4th s^iithOi 1983). This beautiful collection of wide-field, mostly black-and-white photographs shows over 400 galaxie^s, star clusters, and nebulae. Most of the photos arc a standard 3.5 degrees on a side, a scale that makes them super Under charts but reiders most objects too small to show much detail. The book was designed for the purpose of finding faint objects, and at this it succeeds supesbly.

Webb Society Deep-Sky Obseve's Handbooks, compiled by the Webb Society, Kciicth Glyn Joies, editor (Enslow Publishers, Hillside, NJ, and Lutterworth Press, London, 8979-1987). Published in seven volumes:

8 Double Stars

—Clusters of Galaxies

This series is a fine addltloi to the serious amateur observer' reference co11ecl1on. Each volume has descriptions and drawings of many objects, including many that arc rarely described. Volume 5, Clusters of Galaxies, covers a topic not found elsewhere in amateur 1itenatune. Unfsntunate1y each book is quite expensive for a paperback, the text is reproduced fYom typewnilen maguscrlpt, aid the drawings tend to be reproduced poorly and too small. Often it is hard to correlate a sketch with a photograph.

Edmund Sc1ent1i1c (101 East Gloucester Pike, Barrington, NJ 08007, USA) published a series of short paperback books on astronomy in the mid 8660s all wrlttci by Sam Brown. Thc following is a list:

Homebuilt Reflector Telescopes. 36 pages. Catalog no. 9066

Photography With Your Telescope. 36 pages.

Catalog no. 9078

How to Use Your Telescope. 36 pages. Cat^^log no. 9055

Time in Astronomy 36 pages. Catalog no. 9065 Mounting Your Telescope. 36 pages. Catalog no.

908:                      

Telescope Optics. 32 pages. Catalog no. 9074 Thc above books were compiled into one work with only a fcw omissions:

All About Telescoee. 892 pages. Catalog no. 6064                     

These books describe icarly all aspects of the use of a telescope, finding objects in the sky, the use of scttlig circ1es photography, and even making your own telescope, Thc text is clear and many infonmatioc-packcd fguses appear throughout. Students in grade school or juilor high can easily underst^a^id most of the concepts. Thcsc books are highly recommeided for the bcgliilgg amateur astnogoIccn. Thc price is also less than most books on the market today, costing less than one low-grade eyepiece.

Thc books arc, however, dated. The title "All About Telescopes" implies material on many types, but Schmidt-Casscgnaigs popular today, arc got mcitloicd. Also the sections on photography do got discuss modern films. Ii spite of this they are a good source of basic material for the beginnen.

Appendix B

Star clusters for finding your limiting magnitude

On the following pages are maps of open star clusters whose individual stars have had theif magnitudes determined by Hoag et al.(1961). For each eluster. two c harts are presented: one showing stars labelled with their visual magnitudes; the second, on the facing page, with stars only, Magnitudes are given to the nearest tenth, with the decimal point omitted so it won't be confused with a faint star. Thus, magnitude 12.2 is written 122.

MMost magnitude labels are placed to the upper right of each star, the same distance from the center of the star dot regardless of the dot size. In some cases, crowding required the label be above or to the left of the star, Occasionally, the label had to be put below the star. By remembering these rules, and by refering to the key fbr star sizes with each chart, every magnitude label can be matched to the correct star even when the label is closest to a different star.

Chapter 4 discusses in more detail how to use the charts to determine your telescoped limiting magnitude on a given night. In particular, avoid using faint stars close to otlier stars, especially bright ones. Magnification strongly aflects the visibility of faint stars; each chart lists viewing distances from the page that correspond to various magnifications in a telescope (see Chapter 5 and equation 5.2).

North is up and astronomical east is to the left on each chart. The scales on the sides arc approximate oilsets in arc-minutcs from a star tliat was selected to be the chart's center. These offsets are not exactly right ascension and declination. True lines of right ascension on these charts would converge slightly toward the poles, and most true declination lines would be slightly curved, But these effects are small, and for ordinary visual purposes, the tcX;, directien can be c()nsidered right ascension and the ''Y" direction declination.

NGC 225


RA= 00 43.8 Dec= +61 47  (2000.0)

Viewing distance

in cm

11.5—12.5

< 7.5

7.5-8.5

• L. 5- 13.5

25x:

121

l00x:

30

8.5-9.5

•  33.5-14.5

50x:

61

200x

15

9.5-10,5

•  14.5-15.5

D.5-11.5

•   >15.5

Sea 1 e =

1.13

a r c—m i n

/ cm


E

I

J ro


-5


]

11

>   32 <

1             |             1             1             1             1             |             1             I            1

1331.159

•159      .155

•154

-

156,  .97

.151

132

J • «〇3

•134

.150  *  .120

146

.143

-

•101

.149

.157

1      155

147

."S

.156

<126

•114

•124

•106

<131

!52

.155    .144

.154

•107

.115

.93

.139

-

155•s108

*         .1'5  -

•15 7

159

.109

.101 _

.96

•140

135

.136

.fa  ・门〇

.103

•130

124.   153

97            ♦

.145     >101     .156   =

14 1                     .154

•14 1

150 .

1159

.99

•152

148          •

57

.109

-

.157

•137

•126 .145

• •

155

.130

.1'5

-

・・

•111

-

1

11

1 1 1

J 1 1 1—

1             l

Illi"


APPENDIX B: STAR CLUSTERS FOR FINDING YOUR LIMITING NA GNITUDE

NGC 225 RA= 00 43.8 Dec= +61 47 (2000.0)

•11.58^ 2.5

5
E

I

u
c

(D



5   0-5

X Offset (已「c —min)

NGC 164 7 RA= 04 46.1 Dec= +19 05 (200.)

<75       •1..5212.5

■  7.5-8.5     •  2..5-13.5


Viewi n g distance in cm
25x:   64    100x   16
50x:   32   200x:    6
Sea 1e = 2.13a r c m i n / cm

93


C10

-rH

E

I

U

c_

ro


4

CD

s

M-

>


-10


115.

242 .

146 —

•144

100

• 12Q

• 154

139.

• 151

.101

•145

.15 7

91

128

* 146

7 •建严7

•146.

" 7 5 0

153*

-152 "150

•155  1111

103 1240— <T52 133® 146

96   ,24

花% **133 110

•117   .126

.163 ° 152*

152

153

'145

• 144 •145

•132 •133 *148

0101

込包ペ

畔异36124

161   »124

--      ?.158  *

2

・ 〇

4



145 •144 '155

*131


139 •13 7

•129



125

■ e116 •147 •134


253.229

154 ——

*13.158 152'7

148

153.




3

5 7

1 2

17

•5








10 0 -10 X Offset (arre-min)

NGC 1647


RA= 04 46.1 Dec= +19 05  (2000.0)



•11.-ー〕52


View i ng distance in cm

25x:   64    lOOx:   16

50x:   32   200x    8

Sc a 1 e = 2.13 arc-^min / c m


10


c

•rl

E

u L

(0

0) in MM-

N


-10


10 -10 X Of f se t Sc-miQ)

NGC 2129

RA 06 0 1.1 Dec= +23 18  (2000 . )

v 7.5

•—58.5


H.5-12.5

22.5- 13.5


8.556.5


83.—-]4.—


Viewing d istance 25x:
50x

121
61

1 OOx:

200x

in cm
30

15


6.5580.5


I4.5-]5.—


80.5--11.5


>15.5


Sea le=1.1 3

arc-min

/ cm

5 5 (Ur-1E —OJrn)レ 〇 > ~


-52


.141

•143

.135


153

•   58


-50

• •116


-46


.127


•142

• 750

.160 .126 •     <115


-——

.1 — 6


.1 — 6


-50

-47


-58 '

.156


147


-40


104


#776

*129


83

•119® •


•152


-47

# 725


.131 kTOT


•144


774146

74        •1——


147.   •-54


1れ・・ゝ• ° .

722 •   •      -   •--3J

.1 — 6    156 ..154 11.

735  *114

146


-50

・・-5-I

.760


•142


-53


.129


-——


114


-57


<123


.165 •138


X Of f set


-5

(ac — m in)


APPENDIX B; star clusters for finding your limiting nia gnitude

NGC 2 129 RA= 06 01.1 Dec= +23 18 (20 00.0)

<7.5       •11.-112.5

7一一85     •1•.-I3.5

10.2—11.'   -Af


View ing di stanee in cm

25x121    OOOx    30

50x:    61    200x :    15

Scc le=1 13ac — min / cm


Q

■1

m


NGC 2422(M47) ra=07


36.3 Dec =-14 30 (2000.0)

< 7.5


7.5-8.5





View ing d istanee
25x:
50x

64
32

1 OOx
200x

in cm
16
8

10.5-11.5


>15.5


Sea 1 e =

2.13 arc-min

/ cm

1.〇・

13      118 i1 9

•125     •126 .133102

.140 313.|.!2

11. .105 117     130

* •   ••117             ・・37?128

142

114-.129


.1严・


*

106®


.105   ••


_114 w.139

13.    

*2 9*

M2 —

• 80

▼112

13.« •


.140

f ©113 A100

1        *

117*

.55 .126

•107 <06

.105

.136 .138

••2

•124 •136

93


r .142

•136・・


93


57


.125 •134 •109

.139.139


108


•116


el10


.106


103


.129


80


79


10


-10

X 0 f f se t (0c-miQ)


NGC 2 4 2 2 (M 4 7 ) RA= 07 36.3 Dec= — 14 30 (2000.0)


.< 7.5

$  1.5-8.5


•I..-—12.5

•l...13.5

・  83.5-84.5

-84.5-85.5

->85.5


View ing d i stanee in cm

25x:    64    000x:    16

50x   32   200x    8


Scales 2.13arc-min / cm


10

c -rl E I u

L

(D


(D

ID

M

H-


TO


N

10 -10


X Offst       min)

NGC 6494(M23RA =17 56.9 Dec = 19 0 200〇. 〇)

<7.5        ・〕7.iI1•.5

7--8.5    •15.5-31.5

65

®.


10

c

H

E

I

u

J

ro


—10


99


108«*98


•111


.99

.100


10.


10 .105 .112..109

1211153* ;

95 ly9 • 花ゝ・99        缶訂3 4 sd

4 J04      .

115«  •44 1331•

122.)19*3g ■.120135

T..*116 :J .•1006 •109 UD

133.15 •

• *

•103    *

噌宙

•131


82


•124 130

125*

115  ・い7

95


112


99


s112


•114


•109 •118 •1 P3

122« -

100 .


•123

•106 __ 40 •120


-130.H4


.03

114


98


•126


/ •. *142

.109 】〇5


。・152

•105


1164


109

• .96


•112


•116


114   •j19


10                          -10

X Offs t ac—nnQ



C •rl E

I

u  (0


QJ in


TO


NGC 6494(M23) RA=17 56.9 Dec =-19 01(2000.0)

<7.5

1..5- 125

7.5 — 8.5

L. 5-13 5

B.5~ 9.5

33.5- 14.5

9-5--〇・5

14.5-15.5

•   10.5-11.5      >15.5


Viewi ng d istance In cm 25x:   64    lOOx   16
50x   32    200x:    8
Scale= 2.13ac-min / cm

1              I              1              ■

1              1              1              1              I              1

1 1 1 1 1

■ •

:•

• •

•• .

-

• •

• •

・・ ・・

-

・・ • • •

・・

・・

— • • •

•. • • •

• •

-•

・・・

• •

厂・

• • •

-

• •

■ •

♦ •

ナ・

• •• •

• ■

• •

-

Illi

1 1 1 1 1 1

.f *1     .

1

10

-10

X 0 f f s e t

-min)


NGC 6823 RA=19 43.2 Dec= +23 19 (2000.0)

< 75      •1.55-2•5

6.—5]0.—    !4.5—]—.—


V i e w i ng d istanee in cm

25x

121

lOOx:

30

50x

6 1

200x:

15

Sea le =

1.13

arc-min

/ cm


U — 09


—25


•111

132. • — 50


.135


136.

.141


749

-56


55迓・附

%38   150

laa.-72^ .


95

•116


-03


-56 832* -54 .

-2Be

■——6  *140

.135

2^4 •.148

139 114116* 145 .98 .144

118*        J52.137

•154


132-50 45


• 8空律44 0


7 35.


.136

.12B


・一48

.138


•142


.BB


Q •1 m

C r a


NGC 6823 RA=19 43.2 Dec= +23 19 (2000.0)

.v 7.5

$  7.5-8.'

•11.5—H.. •14.—I35


n -1 m c 厂 a


NGC 6910 RA= 20 23.0 Dec= +40 40 (2000.0)

<5

•11.5-12.5

Viewing d i stance

in cm

7.5-6.5

•12.5-13.5

25x

121

lOOx:

30

8.5-9.5

•13.5-14.5

50x

61

200x:

15

9.5-10.5

 14.5- 15.5

10.5-11.5

 >15.5

Seale=

1.13 arc—min

/ cm

.105

.86

.-38

•101

.133 •144 レレ益・ノ 40

.13 -29 117

■•12詐⑷..74 .•

•148

S23 144 •-4.1-30

133 1?9 * .】。4・・-422 •117 Wフフ:.bioT10914 7,〇•100

.107


•118


.-35


•109

141


•124

•126


.139

.-43      •133

.-36


•1 45

•122


.112


• -44 .135 .139

141


.130


:

.127   139


.130


81


226%23-

.129


.136


•121


.130


5            0           -5

X f f s e t (oc-rnrQ)

NGC 6910

RA= 20

23.0 Dec= +40 48  (2000.0)

Viewing distance in 22x:
50x:

cm 3 15


/ cm

Seale=

113ac — m in

N

< 7.5

B.5-9.5

10~. 5-8 1.5

11.5-:l.5

2..--I..5

3..--Id.5

44.5155.5

>15.5


121
E51

000x
200x :


X 0 f f s e t (acniQ)


NGC 7031


RA= 21 07.3 Dec= +50 50 (20 00.0)

<7.5


1I2—15.5


7.5-B.5


12.'-13.'


B'-9.'


13.5-14.'


Viewing dis t one25x:
50x

121
6 1

lOOx:
200x:

in cm

30

15

9.5-10.5


14.5-15.5


10.5-11.'


Sea le =

1.13 arc —min

/ cm

•129


.149


.146


.136


141.   .13


.16 1?6

*137


131.

117

";罠


13B.

1企茨

■ •

128


.133


.146


•146


.1''


.148


4 — 45


.163


• 137


U43


155


153 -.

•137


113.

142


・鬻・14 7


158


叫へ


168 .159

• 143


!4B

•147

•130


153•.161

•17.1130


!2-


X Of f set


11'8

• —49


146 154

158

•158


147


1155


•143


•145  .143


!2-


•124


121


125


—5


.146


.158 "146 .


a r c-m 1 n


NGC 7031 AA= 21 07.3 Dec= +50 50 (2000.

.5.5 - B.5      • 22.!--13.5


Viewing d i stanee in c m
225121 OOOx:    30
Ox:   61    200x:    15
Scale =1.13 arc —min / cm

X Offs e t (ac 一 min)

NGC 7235


RA= 22

12.5 Dec= +57 15  (2000.0)

<75


11.5-12.5


12.5—13.5


B .5-9 - 5


13 5-14.5


Viewing dis t one
25x:
50x

206
103

100x
200x:

in cm
52
26

9.5-10.5


1 4.5-15.5


10.5-11.5


>15.5


Sea 1 e =

.67

arc -mL n

/ cm

.159


-4-.


•136 *139


1162 •

-52


.127


.14


1E5B0157 -5 8

150.15 7. ■-152 10S-5P.150    -154

*129 5152


.129   ■

131*

-3.


1.9


16.1

160 '


115

.-38 •145


-46 —


.160


1261


.151

109  <00

••155

'-60


• 2 29


•144


-157


• -45


.-2^8


155

.-5 7

-157


.146


-1.9


150 •229

.152 常・

^22 •迸

151


.156 •155 .-6

.146

-qo .153 ナ・口4


14B


•151


152.


.156


.130


162 .

"37 147


•14 3.

151


-06


1.2


.-60


•135 . ♦142

•146


15 3141

• ♦141

*5B

• -45


134・・


• 139

•14 1

.134

•-56

.-58


1.3

* 149


      -2

X Of f set (rr c —m i n)


-4


NGC 7235

RA= 22 12

•  < 7.5

11.51155

■  7.5-8.5

22.5-35

•  B.5-9.5

33.5-145

•  9.5-19.5

14.5-155

•   一〇.!5-11.'

>15.5

5 Dec= +57 15  (2000.0)
Viewing distance in cm
25x206    lOOx:   52
50x103    200x:   26
Seale =  .67 arc—min / c m

X Offs t (a r c -m i n)

Appendix C

Air mass, atmospheric extinction, and other calculations

Thc Earth's atmosphere absorbs and scatters some of the light from every celestial object. Thc longer the light's path is through the atmosphere - and the more dust or haze is in the air - thc greater is this atmospheric extinction.

Thc shortest path that light can follow from space to ground is straight down; that is, when an object is at the observer's zenith. Whenever it is some angle from thc zenith, its light traverses more air and thc dimming is greater. Near thc horizon extinction becomes very grca This is why the Sun is so much dimmer when setting than when overhead.

Another cffcct of air and its contaminants is to absorb or scatter blue light more than red. This is why the Sun appears red when near the horizon, while the light of a clear sky (which is scattered sunlight) is blue.

If wc call the angle of a celestial object from thc zenith a (assuming no atmospheric refraction), and define the atmospheric thickness directly overhead for any observer to bc 1 then at any other zenith angle the relative thickness of the atmosphere - commonly called the air mass - is greater than 8 Its value, 7"ktE is given approximately by

atm = /cos(乙a).               (equation C.8)

Air mass is shown i n Figure C. 8.

Thc actual amount of air overhead at "air mass 1"depends on the observer's height above sea level and on the barometric pressure. A high mountaintop site will have less absorption and scattering than one at sea lcvcl under the same atmospheric conditions. A parameter known as k specifies the amount of light (in magnitudes) that is absorbed for an object at thc zenith. A typical value for in clear air at visual wavelengths is only about 0.85 to 0.25 magnitudes. In other words, you would gain only a very little light by doing astronomy above thc atmosphere.

If the atmosphere absorbs k stellar magnitudes at thc zenith, then at an angle of 60 from the zenith, where cos(乙J is 0.5 and thc air mass is 2.0)2k magnitudes arc absorbed. In equation form, the absorption of light in magnitudes, Xm, is

Ae = "Tttm                 (equation C.2)

CALCULATING ZENITH ANGLE AND AIR

MASS

An objects zenith angle is a fairly involved function of its right ascension and declination, thc observer's latitude and longitude, and thc local sidereal time. But this computation is rendered easy with a home computer or programmable calculator. Hds how.

Thc first step is to find the sidereal time. Some observers keep a sidereal-time clock. Alternaiively, sidereal time can bc computed to great accuracy as follows:

First, convert your standard time to Universal Time (UT) by adding or subtracting the number of hours diflUrence between your time zone and that of Greenwich, England (0 longitude). Sky & Telescope describes how to convert to UT in each issue; scc Appendix A.

Next, thc mean sidereal time at - Greenwich (known as the GMST) in seconds is computed for 0 hours UT on the date desired, by using a standard formula:

GMST0 = 24110.54841 + 8640184.812866X + 0.093104 -0.0000062

(equation C.3) where K is thc number of Julian centuries elapsed from 8 2:00 UT January 2000. To compute K, find thc number of days from this date and time and divide by 36525.

An easy way to find the number of days between any two dates is to convert the calendar month, day and year to the Julian Day number. The (allowing is a simple procedure fbr converting a date based on the Gregorian calendar (the one currently in use) to the Julian Day:

tempa =INT(7*(INT((MONTH

+9)/12) + YEAR)/-) leinpb = INT(YEAR + SGN(MONTH

—9) INT(ABS(MIONTH - 9)/7)) letnpc = - INT((INT(tempb/100) + 1)3/4) lempd = tempa + INT(57'MONTH/9) +

DAY + tempo JI) = tempd + 1721028.5 + 367 YEAR

(equation C.4) where MONTH, DAY and YEAR are integers. ['he SGN function gives the sign (+ if greater than or equal to 〇, 一 if less than 0). 1 he INF function converts to an integer (for example. 5/2 = 2 and -10/6 = -2) the same way as all microcomputer Basic programming languages. The equation is valid at 〇 hours UT on any given date. See Sinnott (1984) for a more general approach and programs written in Basic.

For example, on January 1 2000 at 0 hours UT the JD will be'2451544,5, so at 12 hours U ' T it will be 2451545.0. On January 11987 at 0 hours U '1'the JD was 2446796.21 so the number of days between the two is —474■8.' days.

On January 1 1987 at 0 hours UT the value of K was 0I399968/4657 Using equation C.3. the GMST0 on that date was 24027.3855 sidereal seconds. ' The number of seconds must be converted to a value between 0 and 86400 (the number of seconds in a day) by adding or subtracting multiples of 8640〇.In this example it already is. so we find that the GMST at 0 hours LJ T January 1 1987 equals 6h 40m 27 3B''s, the exact value ,given in The Astronomical Almanac for 1987. This is far more precision than virtually anyone needs.


1 〇       20      40      60      80
Zenith Angle (Degrees)

Figure C.L The relative air mass as a function of zenitli angle. Air mass increases rapidly farther IrciiTi the zenith than about 60°. with a correspondingly rapid loss of an object's brightness. Airglow also increases with zenith angle, degrading the viewing conditions further. At this scale, there is no significant diflercncc between equations C.1 and C.)/.

Your own mean sidereal time, ST, at any time on the date in question is then computed f?om

ST = GMSTO long/15

+ 1.0027379093 UT, (equation C.5) where "lon/s is your west longitude in degrees, and GMSTO, UT, and ST are expressed in hours.

The next step is to find the particular object's hour angle, HA. The HA is the difference between the object's right ascension, RA, and the right ascension of the meridian, which equals ST. The hour angle is zero when the object is on the meridian, negative beforehand, and positive afterward. HA is found from the simple equation

HA = ST- RA.            (equation C.6)

Note that HA must be presented in a form that falls between —-2 hours and + 12 hours. If it does not fall in this range, add or subtract 24 hours until it does.

Now the quantity cos(乙a) can be computed: cos(乙a) = sin(lat)sin(Dec)

+ ces(lat)ces(Dcc)ces(HA)

(equation C.7) where "lat" is the geographic latitude of the observing site and "Dec" is the object's declination.

Finally, the zenith angle, a, can be found by taking the arc-cosine of cos(乙a). Or the air mass can be found without going through this step by plugging directly into equation C.1:

Tle =1/cos(乙a)-               (cquaiion C.8)

OTHER USEFUL COMPUTATIONS

Having gone to the work of Ending so many valuable parameters, we might as well put them to further use. Here are some examples.

Rise and set times. The time when an object rises and sets can be found by first finding its hour angle at rising or setting, HA‘as follows:

cos (HA) =     cos(Zh) - sin(lat)sin(Dec)

cos(lat)cos(Dec) (equation C.9)

where Zh can be the zenith angle of any "horizon'' you wish, be it a mountaintop, treetop, roo" etc.

One brief aside: At sea level the zenith angle of the true horizon (such as a sea horizon) is 90°. But as seen from higher elevations on Earth, the true horizon "dips ' downward owing to the Earth's curvature, and Zh increases^:

Zh = 90° + 0.0162(A)0-5,      (equation C.10)

where h is the            elevation in fee*

The time an object sets,心,in UT hours, is Zset = RA + HA' - GMSTO + long/15

(equation C1)

The time it rises, in UT hours, is

/rise = RA - HA' GM1ST0 + long/15

(equation C.12)

Atmospheric refractio nThe atmosphere not only dims starlight but bends it. This bending, or atmospheric refraction, makes objects appear slightly higher than they really are. Thus the "apparent zenith angle'', where we see an object, is slightly less than the ''true zenith angle,‘‘ where it actually is and where we would see it if the Earth had no air.

So far, we have been calculating entirely with true zenith angles. The apparent zenith angll,can be found more accurately by a simple equation using the true zenith angle expressed in decimal degrees, the air temperature, Tc ; in degrees Celsius, and the pressure P in millibars:

=越 ー 0.05727[P/(273+7)](益

—arcsin[0.99860sin(0.99676 a)])

—0.00059 a-           (皿"〇ロ C.13)

At sea IcvI, P is about 1013 millibars.

Technically, the above equation is used far computing the true zenith angle fYom the apparent zenith angle (reversin/ and zaHowever, the correction is so small that the calculation works either backward or forward. The accuracy is about 0.1 arc-minute for zenith angles between and 75°,1 arcminute between 75° and 90°. Near the horizon the refraction amounts to about 0.5°.

Atmospheric refraction is slightly different at diffecent wavelengths of light (giving rise to atmospheeic dispersion, which makes bright stars and planets show false color fringes near the horizon). It also varies somewhat with

Table C.l. Example computation apparent positions Object: Veil Nebula (NGC 6992-5)

Position: RA = 23 56m 24“ Dcc = 31°42‘

Date of obsewation: 8/14/1687 Julian day at 011 UT = 2447021.5 Obsevalion site: Longitude 105° , Latitude 39° 48'

Elevation = 6,000 fect Pressure =1,000 millibar Temperature = — °C Zenith angle to horizon = 91.3°

SidecrcaFtimu at Greenwich at 0h UT: 2.7m 32.343'

Rise time (UT):lh 44m

Sct time (UT):14h 41m 48s

Time (UT)

Firnc (ST)

Air mass

Alt.udw

(degrees)

A zimuth

(degrees)

Hour angle

h

m s

h

m

s

h

m

s

4

0 0

18

28

11.77

1.165

60.38

93.45

_2

28

12

6

0 0

20

28

31.48

1.015

81.39

142.98

-0

27

53

8

0 0

22

28

51.20

1.066

70.91

253.78

8

32

27

1()

0 0

0

29

10.91

1.371

48.00

276.48

3

32

47

17

0 0

1

29

20.76

1.722

36.66

284.32

4

32

57

82

0 0

2

29

30.62

2.403

25.69

291.92

5

33

07

—3

0 0

3

29

40.48

5.78

15.31

299.82

6

33

—6

84

0 0

4

29

50.33

26.0

5.78

308.43

7

33

26

temperature, barometric pressure, and height above sea level.

Altitude and Azimit hAn object's altazimuth coordinates are often useful to know. 1'he alttt udc of an object above thc horizon is simply

altitude =                    (equation C.14)

Its azimuth is given by:

tmpa = cos(Dcc)sin(H A)

Itenpb = cos(lat)sin(Dcc)

sin(lat)cos(Dec)cos(HA) tempc = ?T(rttn(ttenmQ/tempb),

azimuth = 360° + tempc if tempb > 0 and ternpa < 0,

=tempc if tempb > 0 and tempa > 0, =180° + tempc if te?mpb < 0,

=undefined if tempb = 0

(object at zenith) (equation C.85)

Thc azimuth of thc north point on the horizon is 0°, thc cast point 90°, south 180°, and west 270°.

More accurate air mass A more exact equation for thc air mass can bc expressed as

Tautl =エー 0.0012((3 —x), (equation C.86) where x =1 / cos(s)          (equation C.17)

and is less than about 75°.

These equations and a small computer or programmable calculator will provide most of thc observational parameters an observer might want - though of course none arc necessary for successful observing projects.

To aid you in ehceking your own programs a sample computation is .given in Tabic C.1. Thc results for this case show that at a site near Denver, Colorado in rnid-August, observations of thc Veil nebula would be best around 6 to 7 hours U '1.H'hat is when it is near thc meridian at that date and observation site,

Finally, a BASIC computer program is given in Table C.2. Thc program called ASTROPOS will do thc computations discussed in this appendix. It was developed on a machine that allows variable names up to 4() characters long. It will have to bc rewritten for BASICS that accept only 2-charactcr variables.

/ REM    LONGD = degree portion of longitudewest= +, eass=-

LAT# =latitude in decimal degrees

LATR ATD, LATM, LATS= same as in to latitude of the /!server

longitude, but corresponding on the earth


30 REM


SO# = sidereal time at Greenwich at 0 hours UT on date of observation ST# = Sidereal time, decimal days

UT# = Universal time in decimal days

HA# = hour angle in radians

RA# = object Right Ascension in radians

DEC# = object D^cliin^lti^on in radians

CZA# = cosine of the zenith angle, uncorrected for rcirsctioi

ZH# = zenith angle to the horizon

TSET# = set time of an object in decimal days

TRISE# = rise time of an object in deci1 days

Zcorr# = zenith angle of an obbect, corrected for rcirsctioi

ZA# = zenith angle of an object, not corrected for refracts :^c^n

ALT# = altiuude of an object

AZIM# = azimuth of an object (0=north, 90=eess, 180=south, 270=west) AIRMAS = air mass of an objecc, relative to overhead (where =1.) H = height (slsvatioi) of observer in feet

3 5      PIHALF# = PI// /2I

115 GOSUB 1400 REM inp RA DEC

120 REM setup name

INPUT "name of object*; 0BJNAM$

REM setup times

INPUT "begin time in          BH$,BM,BS

INPUT "end time in          EH$,EM,ES

INPUT        increment in          A$,A2,A3

GOSUB -600 REM DMS to Decimal

TINC# = AA/24#

A$=BH$: A2=BMA3=BS

GOSUB -600 REM DMS to decimal

BTIM// = A#/24

A$=EH$: A2=EM: A3=ES

GOSUB -600 REM DMS to decimal

ETIM// = A///24#

CLS

PRINT "          ******************* ASTR0P0S ***********************

PRINT "Object:   ヽ;0BJNAM$

DDEG#= RAONNRADD//51/: GOSUB -650

DEG1=DEG: MIN1=MINSEC1=SEC DDEGDECi^ONERAD*: GOSUB -650

DEG2=ABS(DEG): MIN2=MN: SEC2=SEC

PRINT USING "Position RD= /#_h ## m //# ・紳#—s” DEG1; MINI;SEC -; IF XSIGN=1 THEN XCHAR$="+” ELSE XC]lA<$=”-"

PRINT USING " DEC= //';DEG2;: PRINT CHR$(228);

PRINT USING " //#_* //.///“MIN2;SEC2; : PRINT

PRINT …

PRINT USING "Date: ##_/ #/_/////// MMDD;YY;

PRINT USING " Julian Day at hours # ##//"////#” JJJ/

REM


PRINT "Observation site :":

IF SL0NG=1 THEN XC!HD<$=" ” ELSE XCCHBR(”-"

PRINT " Longitude: ”XCHAR$;

PRINT USING ”##/”L0NGD;: PRINT CHR$(228);

PRINT USING " / ' #//. ##”00NGM; LONGS : : PRINT CHR$(34);

IF SLDT=1 THEN XCHAR$=” " ELSE X^C^H^DR$"-"

PRINT " Latitude: ”XCHAR$;

PRINT USING "////#" :LATD; : PRINT CHR$(228);

PRINT USING " /// ' #/ ・・irLAM;LATS; : PRINT CHR$(34)

PRINT USING ”      Elevation: ////## feet":R;

PRINT USING "    Pressure: #///)# - mbair" :PRESSURE;

PRINT USING "   Tempeeraure: //////# C";TEMPC

REM

GOSUB -270 REM

GOSUB 2300 REM

GOSUB 2400 REM


ZanglHoriz

cosineRA (of horizon) settime

GOSUB


2450 REM risetime


REM

PRINT USING "zenith angle to horizon: #///#. ### degrees"; ZH/*ONERAD/

DDAY# = SO/: GOSUB 2030 REM ddaytoHMS

PRINT "Sidereal time at Oh UT at Greeenich:":

PRINT USING "#//_h ##_m //.种・—s”HOURS : MIN; SEC

DDLY// = TRISE//:_GOSUB 2030 REM ddaysooHMS

PRINT "Rise time (UT)H;H0$RS :"h ":MIN; "m ":SEC;"s"

DDLY# = TSETi#: GOSUB 2030 REM ddaysooHMS

290 PRINT :Set time (UT) :HOURS;'h         Mm ”SEC;"s

325 PRINT Time (UT)         (ST) Air Mass   Altitude   Azimuth   Hour Angle"

330 PRINT "-------------------------------------------------------------------

400 REM ** do compuuasiois **

/9' REM

409 TIM# = BTIM# - TINC//

/10 ILAST = INT((ETIM*-BTIM*)/TINC/+1)

/15 FOR I =1 TO ILAST

420    TN# = TMM* + TNNC*

430    UT# = TMM#

//0    GOSUB 1350 REM UTtoST

/'0    DDAYY/ = UT#

460    GGSUB 5939 REM DDAYtoHES

465    UTHSHOURS: UTE=EIN : UTS=SEC

470    DDAYY/ = ST#

475    GOSUB 5939 REM DDAYttoHMS

480 STH=HOURS: STE=EIN: STS=SEC

/8' REM

490 REM compute ha, alt, azim, aiimas

495 GOSUB —709 REM compAltAzAirm

500 REM

550 REM

555 DDAY* = HA* * ONERYD/36〇・

560    GOSUB 2030 REE DDAYtoHMS

570    HAH=HOURS: HAE=MMN: HAS=SEC

'7' IF XSIGN=1 THEN XCHAR$=" ” ELSE XCHAR$= '8' REM

590

PRINT USING

592

PRINT

USING

594

PRINT

USING

'9'

PRINT

;:

596

PRINT

USING

600

NEXT I

610 GOTO 13'

999 END


"UTH;UTM;: PRINT USING *))./) ;STS; STH;STM;: PRINT USSNG .#*";STS;

:#//#        "; AIREAS ;ALT# ;AZMM# ;

PRINT XCHYR$;

”•/ #) HAH;HAE;HAS

—509 REM ********** compute HY

1501 REM subroutine to find HY

1505 REM

— 50'      HA# = S^)#*2//*PI# - RY#

1207 IF HY# > PI# THEN HA# = HY# -2 * PI# : GOTO —507

1510 RETURN

15'9 REM ********** Zenithangle

15'1 REM subroutine to computts cosine of the zenith angle, CZY

15'5 REM

1255 CZY# = SIN(LATRR)*SIN(DEC#) + COS(LATRR))*COS(DECC))*COS(HA/))

15'7     X)s1)-CZA#*CZA# :IF X・く〇! THEN X* = 1E - 37

15'8     ZY# = PSHALF* - ATN(CZAA/SQR(X#))

—560 RETURN

1270 REM ********** Zangl Horiz

1571 REM subroutine to compute the zenith angle of the horizon ZH 1575 REM

1575      ZH# = (90# + .0162SQR(T))/NNERAD/

1280 RETURN

REM ********** input UT

REM subroutine to request UT input

REM

INPUT *UT in houus, min, sec" A$,A2,A3

IF A2>59 OR A3>=60 THEN PRINT "out of range, rccntcr" : GOTO 1305 ~ GOSUB 1600 REM convert input to decimal

UT# = AA/24#

RETURN

REM ********** UTtoST

REM subroutine to convert decimal UT to decimal ST

REM

ST# = SO# LONGG/36/ +8.002737915/ *UT#

RETURN

REM ********** STtoUT

REM subroutine to convert decimal ST to UT

REM

UT# = (ST# - SO# + L0NG#/3600)/l002737985#

RETURN

REM ********** input RA, DEC

REM subroutine to request input of right ascension and declination REM

INPUT "Right Ascension in houus, min, IF A>—6 OR A3>=60 THEN PRINT "out of GOSUB 1600 REM DMS to Decimal

scc"; A$,A2,A3

range, rccntcr" : GOTO 1405


RA# = A/*15/70NERAD/

REM

INPUT ' ' declination in deg, min, scc"; A$,A2,A3

IF A2>59 OR A3>60 THEN PRINT "out of range, rccntcr" : GOTO 8430

GOSUB 1600 REM DMS to Decimal

DEC / = A#/0NERAD#

RETURN

REM ********** input long,lat

REM subroutine to request input of longitude and latitude

REM

INPUT '0 ngitudc in deg, min, sue"; A$,A2,A3

IF A2>59 OR A3>=60 THEN PRINT "out of range, rccntcr" : GOTO 1505

GOSUB 1600 REM convert input to ducima 1 radians

LONG#=A#: LONGD=A1 LONGM=A2: LONGS=A3: SL0NG=XSIGN

LONGR/ = LONGW/ONERAD#

REM

INPUT Tatiuudu in dug, min, sue"; A$,A2,A3

IF A2>59 OR A3>=60 THEN PRINT "out of range, rccntcr" : GOTO 1530

GOSUB 8600 REM DMS to decimal

LAT#=A/*: LATD=A1: LATM=A2: LATS=A3: SLAT=XSIGN

LATR# = LAT/ /ONERAD#

REM

INPUT ' ' elevation of situ in feet"H

INPUT "pressure at situ in millibars (8 atm =1013 mbaa) "‘PRESSURE

INPUT "tumpeeaturu in degrees C";TEMPC

RETURN

REM ********** DMS to Decimal

REM subroutine to convert sexagesimal to decimal

REM

Table C.2 ()nt.)

1605 1610 1615 1620

  • 1650

  • 1651

  • 1652 1655 1660 1665 1670 1675 1680 1685 1700 1705 1710 1715 1720 1725 1730

  • 1735

  • 1736 1740 1745 1750 1755

  • 1799

  • 1800 1805 1810 1812

  • 1813

  • 1814

  • 1815

  • 1816 1820 1825 1830 1835 1840 1845 1850 1855 1860 1865 1870

  • 1899

  • 1900

  • 1901

  • 1902

  • 1905

  • 1906

XSIGN =1:A = ABS(VAL(A$))

IF LEFT$(A$,1)=”-"THEN XSSGN=-1

A// = XSIGNN(Al+A2/6〇・+A3/3600#)

RETURN

REM ********** Ddeg to DMS

REM subroutine to convert decimal degrees (+ or -) to Deg, Min, Sec.

REM

XSIGN =SGN(DDEGN): X#=ABS( DDEG//) : IT XSIGN=0 THEN XSIGN=1

DEN = INT(X#)*XSIGN: X// = (X//-INT(X/)) )*60)

MIN = INT(X#): X//^C^X-INT^T)^#))*6〇//

SEC = X//

IT SEC > 59.99 THEN SEC = SEC-60: MIN = MIN + XSIGN

IT MIN > 59.99 THEN MIN = MIN=60: DEG = DEG + XSIGN

RETURN

REM ********** compute All, Az, Airm

REM subroutine to compute altitude, azimuth, airmass, hour angle

REM

REM input: ST, RA, DEC, LATR, SO

REM output is corrected for refraction

REM

GOSUB 1200 REM compHA

GOSUB 1250 REM Zenithangle

GOSUB 2500 REM refcorr

GOSUB 2550 REM Altitude

GOSUB 2600 REM Azimuth

GOSUB 2650 REM Airmass

RETURN

REM ********** Cal to JD

REM SUBROUTINE to convert Calendar day to Julian Day

REM adapted from Sky and Telescope May 1984, page 454-455

REM input: yearly month=m day=d

REM g=flag for gregorian calendar (begin 1752 in england, colonies)

REM        (begin 1873 in japan, 1927 in turkey)

REM g=l gregoirian calendar, =0 for Julian calendar

G =1

IT Y 1572 THEN G=0: REM set time for change to Gregorian calendar Dl=INT(D): T=D-D1-5

J=-INT(7*(INT((M+9)/12)+Y)/4)

IF G=0 THEN GOTO 1850

S=SGN(M-9): A=ABS(M-9)

Jl=NNT(Y+S*INT(A/7))

Jl=-INT((INT(Jl/100)91)(3/4)

J=J+INT(275*M/9)+D19G*Jl

J=J917210271 + 2*G+367*Y

IT T>=0 THEN RETURN

F=F+1 J=J-1

RETURN

REM ********** JD to Cal

REM SUBROUTINE to convert Julian Day to Calendar Day.

REM

REM Adapted from Sky and Telescope May, 9984 page 454-455.

REM input: J= Julian Day (integer part), F= fractional part of day

REM output: Y= year, M= month, D=day (including fractional part)

G=1:FTMP=F:JTMPsJ

IF J2360964! THEN G=0

FTMP=FTMP+5

IF FTEPく! THEN GOTO 1935

Ftpp=FTMPp1: JTMP=JTMP+1

IF G=1 THEN GOTO —9/'

A=JTMP

GOTO —95'

Al=sINT((JTPP/36524.25)-51.12264):

A=JTMP++Al--NT(Al/4)

B=A+1524

01(((8/365.2 5)-334 3)

D=INT(36525*C)

E=sINT((B-D)/39•61)

D=SBIA—NT(3061*E) +FTEP

P=E-1:Y=C-4716

IF E>13.5 THEN M=FP-—2

IF -くく.5 THEN Y=Y+1

return

REM ********** HMS to Dday

REM SUBROUTINE TO CONVERT TIME TO DECIMAL DAYS

DDYY// = H0URS/2// A -IN/1//9/ ASEC/8640#

RETURN

RE

REM ********** Dday to DMS

REM subroutine to convert decimal days to hours, min, seconds. XSIGNFSGN(DDAYY)) : X/FABS(DDAY#) : IF 316(=0 THEN 516(=1 DHOIURS# = (X// - 1(^^^/))*24#

DEIN# = (DHOURS# - INT(DTOURS5)))*69/

HOURS = DHOURS# - DMPNT/60/

SEC = (DMIN# - NNT(DMPNT))*69/

-IN = DMIN# - SEC/60

NF SEC > 59.995 THEN SEC = SEC-60: -IN = -IN + XSIGN

NF -IN > 59.995 THEN MIN = -IN-60: HOURS = HOURS A XSIGN

RETURN

REM ********** compSS

RE- sub:roultine to compute sidereal time at Greenwich at hours UT REM        on the date DD MM YY (day, moth, year)

REM J= Julian Ceenuries elapsed from DD M- YY Y= YY

-=--

D= DD

GSSUB 1809 REM Cal to JA

J J# = J

JF# = F

JI# = JJ# A JF#

REM Julian day 2451545.0 is January 1,2000 at 12 hours UT JS# = (JI# - 2451545#)/?6525#

SO// = 24110.54841#+8640184 812866#*J0#+ 7 993104))*J9/*J0#

SO# = SOS - .00000622严・OSTOSPOS

SS# = SSS /866/90

SO// = SSS - INT(SOS)

RETURN

REM ********** cosineHA

REM subroutine to compute the cosine of the zenith angle when thu

REM             object is at thu horizon = COSHA

COSHA# =(COS(ZH#) - S1N(LATRR)*SIN(DECC))/(COS(LATR/1*COS(DEC/

XSQR(1#- COSHARCOSHAA#)

IF X/)=0! THEN X#=lE+37

HAHORZ# = PIHALF# - ATN(COSHAA/X/)

RETURN

REM ********** scttimc

REM subroutine to compute thu set time of an object

REM             note ra, hahooiz, longr are in radians, sO in ducima1 days

REM

TSET# = (RA# + HAHORZ# + LONGR/R/VCPI/) - SO#

RETURN

REM ********** riseiimc

REM subroutine to compute risu t imu of an object

TRISE) = (RA/ - HAHORZ# + LONGRR)/(2/PI/) - SO#

RETURN

REM ********** rcfcorr

REM subrouttine to compute refraction correction to zenith angle. REM

REM the following computes thu arcsin of (.998665(0.9967za)) X# =9986047 * SIN(.9967614 * ZAi))

X# = ATN(XX/SQR(8/-X/*X/)))

XTMP# =-1!* PRESSURE 0571716 /(273! * TEMPC)

XC0RR# = XTMPP//(ZA//H X#)*ONERADD#. 000579084/ ZA^ONERAD#

ZCORR# = ZA# + XCORR0/ONERAD#

RETURN

REM ********** Altitude

REM subroutine to compute altiuudu in decimal degrees REM

ALT# = (ZH/ - ZCORR#)*ONERAD#

RETURN

REM ********** Azimuth

REM subroutine to compute azimuth in decimal degrees

REM

XI# = 一一/*COS(DECC))*S1N(HA/)

X2# = COS (LATR# / *SIN(DEC^f) - SINdATR# )*COS(DEC #)*COS( HA//) IF X2# = 0! THEN AZ IM# = 〇// : RETURN

X// = ATN( Xi // / X 2 //) *0NERAD#

IF X2: AND X/  〇# THEN AZIM# = 3600# +

IF X2/  00 AND X#'  〇く THEN AZIM# =

IF X2/  〇・                THEN AZIM# = -80' +

RETURN

REM ********** Airmass

REM subroutine to compute air mass of an object

REM

X =1! / COS(ZCORR//)

IF ZCORR/<716886 THEN AIRMAS = X - .0082*(XX*X - X)

XTMP = ZCORR// - 1.3089

REM the follcwing is a VERY ROUGH APPROXIMATION when object 75 dug ZCORR IF ZCORR# >=1.3089 THEN AIRMAS = 3.7978 + XTMP * —20

IF ZCORR# > ZH# THEN AIRMAS=999!

RETURN

Appendix D Symbols and their definitions

a       The angular size of the telescope's

difFaction pat te rn in arc-scconds. (Chapter 3)

a       The maximum apparent field of

view seen in an eyspiscs. (Chapter 3)                                               .

Gp      The apparent diameter of an object

as viewed by the human eye. (Chapter 3)

足       The angular diameter of the dif

fraction disk in the telescope, defined as the diameter where the light falls to zero in the ffrst dark ring of the diffraetion pattern. (Chapter 3)

The true angular diameter of an object in the sky. (Chapters 3, 5) altitude Ihe angular height of an object above the loeal true horizo n. (Appendix C)

azimuth The position angle of an object counting around the horizon; 0° when due north, 90° when due cast180° when due south, and 270° when due west. (Appendix C)

m      The amount of light absorbed by

the atmosphere, in stellar magnitude's. (Appendix C)

B       The surface brightness ofan object,

(Chapters 2: 6; Appendic es E. F)

Bo      The surface brightness of the back

ground around an object. (Chapters 2, 6; Appendices E, F)

C       The contrast between an object and

its background. (Chapters 2. 6; Appendices E, F)

Cl      Logarithm of the contrast between

the main surface brightness of an object and sky background of 24.25 magnitudes per square arc-seMond. (Appendices E, F)

D       The diameter of a telescope objective or primary mirror. (Chapters 3, 4; Appendix F)

     The diameter of the fully dilated

human eye, usually taken to be about 7.5 millimeters. (Chapter 4)

Dec The declination of an object. (Chapter 3; Appendix C)

YAec    ' The diff'erence between two de

clinations. (Chapter 3)

勺)        The diameter of a telescoped exit

pupil. (Chapter 3)

f         The focal length of an sys:pisce•

(Chapter 3)

fg       The maximum usable focal length

of an syspiscs. Larger than this, the apparent fcld would be restricted by the eyepiece tube assembly. (Chapter 3)

F        The s^^sctivc focal length of a tele

scope. In simple refectors or re-iraltors, this is the fbcal length of the lens or primary mirror. In compound systems, ii is the focal length of the primary times the magnification of one or more secondaries. (Chapte:r 3)

GMS'10 The mean sidereal time at Greenwich, England, calculated for hours UT on a given date. (Appendix C)

h        The observer's elevation above sea

level in [ssI. (Appendix C)

HA She hour angle of an object from the local meridian. (Appendix C)

HA' The hour angle of an object on the horizon. (Appendix C)

JI)      Julian Day . (Appendix C)

k         Th.ttmssphcic cbbsopptin npc ri^ir

mass in stellar   magnitudes

(Appendix C)

K       She number of Julian centuries

from 12:00 U ' L January 1 200〇. Y

Julian century is exactly 36 525 days long. (Appendix C)

P

The atmospheric pressure in millibars. (Appendix C)

4

The linear size of an eyepiece field of view on a drawing or photograph for a given image scale and viewing

Ps

The image scale of a photograph or drawing, sometimes called plate scale. (Chapters 5. 7)

distance. (Chapter 5)

RA

Ri^ht ascension

ls

A linear distance on a drawing or photograph, which corresponds to

ARA

The dileQecncc between two iight ascensions. (Chapter 3)

a certain angle on the sky. (Chapter

s

The linear size of an image in the telescope focal plane. (Chapter 3)

lat

The observer's latitude on the

Earth. (Appendix C)

S.B.

Surface brightness in magnitudes per square arc-second. (Appen-

long

The observer's longitude om the

dices E)F)

Earth. (Appendix C)

ST

The observe s local mean sidereal

m

The magnification of a telescope,

time. (Appendix C)

(Chapters 3, 4: Appendix ト、)

I

Fhc telescope transmission factor

m

The minimum usable magnification of a telescope. (Chapter 4)

(assumed to be 0.7 in this book)

(Chapter 4)

M

The surface brightness of an object in stellar magnitudes per square

(risc

The rising time in UT of an olyect. (Appendix C)

arc-second. (Chapter 6; Appendices E. F)

(set

The setting time in UT of an object. (Appendix C)

The reduction factor in an object^ surface brightness owing to transmission losses and magnification, expressed in stellar magnitudes per

Tatm

The relative air mass factor. De-ffned to be always 1.0 overhead for any observer under any conditions, (Appendix C)

square arc-second. (Chapter 4; Appendix F)

Tc

Temperature in degrees Celsius. (Appendix C)

The limiting magnitude of the naked eye. (Chapter 4)

UT

Umiversal Time ; the local mean time at 0° longitude. Formerly cal-

%

The reduction in an object's surface brightness in a telescope at the minimum usable magnification. (Chapter 4)

led Greenwich Mean Time (GMT). What astronomers often mean by '"Universal Time" is actually Coordinated Unive-rsal Time

The surface brightness of the background around an object, in stellar magnitudes per square arc-second. (Chapter 6; Appendices K, F)

(UTC), which is broadcast by radio time services such as WWV and is the basis for setting clocks worldwide. UTC is kept within 0.9

The visual limiting magnitude of a telescope. (Chapter 4)

second of true UT by the occasional iitroduetion of leap seconds to

MDM

minimum optimum detection magnification, (Appendix E)

compensate Cor the changing rate of the Earth's rotation. (Appendix C)

ODM

optimum detection magnification. Fhe best power for detecting a particular faint object or detail in a given telescope under given sky conditions. (Appendix F)

v

The viewing distance to a drawing or photograph at which the image appears the same angular size as in a telescope at a given magnification. (Chapters 5. 7)

OMVA

optimum magnified visual angle. The apparent size to which a faint olyect or detail should be magnified

Apparent zenith angle; the zenith angle observed through the Earth's atmosphere. See 乙, (Appendix C)

in a given telescope under ,given sky cond it ions to make it most easily detectable. (Chapter 2; Appendix F)

a

True zenith angee ; the ange hom the zenith to an object, uncGrrected for atmospheric refraction. (Appendix C)

A PPENDIX D SYMIBOLS AND THEIR DEFINITIONS

Normally, thu zenith angle to the true horizon. This angle is 90° at sea luvul, but increases slightly at higher elevations. (Appendix C)

Appendix E A catalog of deep-sky obj ects

This appendix lists thc 611 dccp-sky objects that, in the author's opinion, arc thc most inttulrcstiig f)r amateur astronomers. 'Thu list rcpircscnls a search of the literature for objects that arc both interesting to observe and also havu photographs widely available. I culled the information ^om many sources: Bunham's Celestial Handbookmagazines such as Sky & Telescope, Astronomy, and Deep Sky; Sky Catalog 2000.0 (Volume 2丿 and professional journals such as thc Astrophysical Journal.

In compiling this catalog, thc first step was to chuck that an object might be suen through average amateur telescopes. Thun I searched for those that might show some features. Many objects within rang: of small telescopes weru left out because they are so near the limits that most would just look liku another fuzzy patch. Thc present list still has many of these (depending on your telescope size and sky quality), but many others clearly show sigIli^icait detail and have much text devoted to them in books liku Burnham's.

When .going out for an observing session, one wants to know which objects will bc visible that night, Some books (u.g, Burnham's) arc organized alphabetically by constellation, 50 a search through the entire work is required in order to find out what there is to suc. This list, on thc other hand, is ordered by right ascension. For any given night, one can start at somu point on the list and work downward.

The following data are tabulated:

ID: Thu NGC number of the object, or other catalog number if the object has no NGC dusipnation. Thc Messier number is also gi'ven if appropriate. Buforu thc ID, several codus may appear, An asterisk (*) means the object is discussed in thu book and a drawing and photograph arc presented in Chapter 7. An S indicates thc object is a star cluster with star magnitudes .given in Appendix B, Exclamation points indicate the object is an especially finu Jo oking one, with four (!!!!) being the most spectacular visually.

Positions: Positions in right ascension (RA) and declination (DEC) are tabulated for equinoxes 1950.0 and 20000 Both are .given because star charts for both equinoxes are common, Thc RA is given in hours and decimal minutes of time, and the DEC is given in degrees and arc-minutes. Thc objects are sorted by increasing 1950.0 RA, Thc positions in the catalog have buun chucked against several other catalogs, and as many diserepancies as possible have been eliminated. One good reference is Sky Catalog 2000.0, Volume 2, by Hirshfeld and Sinnott (8 985). Thu 2000.0 positions in this list havu all buun chuckud against HirshfUld and Sinnott, Many positions disagree in the last digit butwuun the two catalogs, but the didUrences are not significant and can bu attributed to round-off error, or to whcrc the exact ccntcr of a large object was chosun (a center may not be obvious in open clusters and nebulae in particular). When the position disagreement was significant, I investigated and chosu the bust position. In some cases that meant measuring photographs. Several small galaxies in thu couple-oParc-minute size range had positions disagreeing by about an arc minute or two. However, thc coordinates are always accurate enough to End an object with setting circles or by plotting on star charts, uvun at high power.

Con: The constellation in which the object is located. Thc following standard abbreviations arc used:

Andromeda

And

Leo

Leo

Antlia

Ynt

Leo Minor

L-i

Y pus

Aps

Lepus

Lep

Aquarius

Aqr

Libra

Lib

Aquila

Aql

Lupus

Lup

Yra

Yra

Lynx

Lyn

Arlhb

Ari

Lyra

Lyr

Auriga

Yur

Mensa

Men

Bootes

Boo

Microscopium

-ic

Caelum

Cae

Monolhros

Mon

Camelopardalis

Cam

Musca

Mus

Cancer

Cnc

Norma

Nor

Canes Venatici

CVn

Octans

Oct

Canis Ma.jor

CMa

Ophiuchus

Oph

Canis Minor

C-i

Orion

Ori

Capricornus

Cap

Pavo

Rav

Carina

Car

Pegasus

Reg

Cassiopeia

Cas

Perseus

Per

Centaurus

Cen

=pohnix

Rhe

Cepheus

Cep

Pictor

Pic

Cetus

Cet

=iblhb

Psc

CPamas/eon

Cha

Piblib Austrinus

RsY

Circinus

Cir

Puppis

Pup

Columba

Col

Pyxis

Pyx

Coma Berenices

Com

Reticulum

Ret

Corona Australis

CrY

Sagitta

Sge

Corona Borealis

CrB

Sagittarius

Sgr

Corvus

Crv

Scoirpius

Sco

Crater

Crt

Sculptor

Scl

Crux

Cru

Scutum

Set

Cygnus

Cyg

Serpens

Ser

Delphinus

Del

Sextans

Sex

Dorado

Dor

Taurus

Tau

Draco

Dra

Telescopium

Tel

Equuleus

-qu

Triangulum

Tri

Eridanus

-ri

TriangulumAustrale TTY

Fornax

For

Tucana

Tuc

Gemini

Gem

UrsaMajor

UMa

Grus

Gru

Ursa Minor

UMi

Hercules

Her

Vela

Vel

Horo/ogium

Hor

Virgo

Vir

Hydra

Hya

Volans

Vol

Hydrus

Hyi

Vulpecula

Vul

Indus

Ind

Lacerta

Lac

The number of listed objects in each constellation is as fbllows:

7 And

1 Ant

1 Aps

7 CMa

5 Aql

5 Aqr

5 Ara

2 Ari

8 Aur

3 Boo

26 CVn

7 Cam

2 Cap

5 Car

12 Cas

8 Cen

11 Cep

21 Cet

ICir

3 Cnc

2 Col

34Com

3 CrA

4 Crt

4Cru

6 Crv

18Cyg

3 Del

5 Dor

9 Dra

15 Eri

20For

5 Gem

5 Gru

5 Her

2 Hor

9 Hya

5 LMi

1 Lac

14Leo

3 Lep

lLib

3T.up

3 Lyn

3 Lyr

6 Mon

3 Mus

3 Nor

9 Oph

12 Ori

2 Pav

7 Peg

12 Per

4 Psc

7 Pup

3 Pyx

2 Ret

9 Scl

19 Sco

5 Set

5 Ser

4Sex

32Sgr

9 Tau

ITel

]TrA

4 Tri

3Tuc

27UMa

lOVei

74 Vir

6 Vul.

Type: The type of object:

Plan:

planetary nebula

Glob:

globular cluster.

Neb:

diffuse nebula.

DNeb:

dark nebula.

OpCl:

open cluster.

SO:

a galaxy with no discernible spiral structure, ihbhmbling an elliptical galaxy but may have a barely dhthctable flattened central plane or disk.

SOp:

Sa, Sb, Sc,

Sd:

peculiar SO galaxy, spiral galaxies type a, b, c, and d. In type a, the central

bulge dominates the spiral arms. I'he central bulge decreases to type d,"it is

almost non-existent. The spiral arms are tightly wound at type a, very loose and open at type d.

SB:

barred spiral galaxy, fbl-lowed by type a, b, or c, as deiined above.

E?2

elliptical galaxy, where » is a number from 0 to 8 describing the ellipticity, 0 being circular 8 most elongated. Y 'P‘ indicates peculiar

Aw—l:

dwarf elliptical galaxy.

Irr:

irregular galaxy.

P^ec:

peculiar galaxy.

QSO

quasi-stcllar object, also called quasar.

Star:

TPs only star in the catalog is "Msssisr /9,7•

This catalog

lists 340 1册浪,108 open

clusters. 65 globular clusters, 49 bright nebulae, 38 planetary nebulae, 9 dark          1

QSO, and 1 star. The galaxys1 types are 237 spiral (S), 76 elliptical (E)19 irregular, and

8 peculiar.

Charts: The chart number in an atlas where

the object can '

be found:

2099:

Sky Atlas 2000.0 by Wil Ti-rion.

VPSY:

Vshrsibsrgb   PfwtogTdphC

Star Atlas,

Uran:

Uaiometria 2000.0 by W. T--Fion, B. Rappaport and G.

Lovi.

Magnitude: For an extended olyect this is difficult to determine, and references often disagree. Furthermore, some objects only have a photographic magnitude determined, which may differ from the visual.A magnitude measurement also depends on how much of the object is included; some objects have very large, very dim outlying areas that cannot be seen visually but contribute substantially to the listed total magnitudes. Thus, the values cannot be relied upon to better than about a half magnitude at best.

Size: The visual size of the object in arcminutes. This is approximately the size that should be detectable in a telescope by eye. The values are consistently smaller than those in Sky Catalogue 2000.0 becauseas described in that work, the largest sizes that can be determined were listed and those are often larger than can be seen visually in any telescope.

S.B. The surface brightness in magnitudes per square arc second. This value is only a rough approximation computed from the visual magnitude and the objeCt's size. The S,B. can be (bund by the equation:

S.B. = v mag 9 2.5 log(2827a?)

where a and b are the object's major and minor dimensions in arc-minutes (an elliptical shape is assumed). The constant equals (60 arc-sec/ai'c-minute)2/4.

Cl: The logarithm of the contrast between the mean surface brightness (column S.B.) and a sky background of 24.25 magnitudes per square arc-seeond. This sky background corresponds to a dark country sky, as described in Chapter 6. The greater this value, the higher the contrast and the easier the object is to detect. We use a logarithmic parameter here because the eye's response to contraSt follows a log scale. To compute Cl, equation 6.1 was used, except that the sky surface brightness (A/) was added to the object's surface brightness (M) to give the equivalent value seen by the eye. This must be done in linear units:

ifB =1094m and Bo =10

then Br = B + Bo, and the contrast is

C =    —       or

C = B/Bo,

which, when converted to magnitudes is:

c =10一〇4(弘%), or

C =log(C)

=—0.4(M-AQ

MDM: The Minimum Optimum Detection Magnification. This is the magnification that enlarges the object to the optimum visual angle (shown in Figure 2.7b) if the telescope size is such that this is its lowest usable power.

If an object is very diflicult to detect, then the MDM divided by about 3.5 (representing a telescoped minimum useful magnification per inch of aperture) gives the optimum telescope aperture in inches to view the olyect at this power! Of course if the contrast is high enough, then the ol)ject is easily detected at many magnifications and wh many telescopes^.

The MDM was computed using the smaller of the two size dimensions and the object^ mean surface brightness. It also assumes that the object is viewed through optics with a transmission factor of 0.7, reducing the surface brightness by 0.38 magnitudes at the telescoped lowest usable magniiSeation

Note that the MDM is not the optimum detection magniiseatson (ODM) unless it is also the telescoped lowest usable power. The ODM for other esreumstanees is tabulated in Appendix T. If the magnification listed is greater than the telescoped minimum (3.5 or 4 times the aperture in inches), then the best magnification is greater than the MDM. The MDM is only an approximate lower limit for detection. It is approximate because the objects mean surface brightness is used, not its peak brightness.

Comments: General notes that further describe the object (including the Messier number) or its neighbors.

Notes: Additional comments too long to fit in the table. They are listed at the end of the catalog.

ID

1950.0             2000.0                      Charts

RA DEC      RA DEC Con Type 000 Uran VPSA

i---------------1--..............i - - - I

NGC

7814

00

00.7

15

51

00

86.6

16

08

Pug

Sa

10

170

NGC

40

00

10.2

72

15

00

12.9

72

32

Cep

Plan

1

3

NGC

45

00

11.4

-23

27

00

13.9

-23

10

Celt

S

18

305

NGC

55

00

12.5

-66

30

00

15.0

・彳今

13

Scl

Irr

18

386

NGC

104

00

8.9

-72

21

00

24.1

-72

04

Tuc

Glob

24

440

NGC

128

00

26.7

02

35

00

29.3

02

52

Psc

E8

10

216

NGC

134

00

27.9

-33

32

00

30.4

-33

15

Scl

Sb

18

351

NGC

147

00

30.4

48

14

00

33,1

48

31

Cas

E4

4

60

NGC

150

00

38.8

-28

05

00

34.3

-27

48

Scl

SB

18

306

NGC

157

00

32.3

-08

40

00

34.8

-08

23

Cut

Sc

10

261

124

10

268

336

406

196

304

40

304

232

NGC

300

00

52.6

-37

58

00

55.0

-37

42

Scl

Sc

88

351

337

NGC

309

00

54.0

-80

13

00

56.5

-09

57

Cet

Sc

10

262

233

Scl

Sys

00

57.0

-34

00

00

59.4

-33

44

Scl

DwEl

18

351

60—

NGC

337

00

57.3

-07

51

00

59.8

-07

35

Cec

SBc

10

262

233

NGC

362

01

00.6

-78

07

08

02.3

-70

51

Tuc

Glob

24

441

406

1.1613

01

02.5

01

52

01

05.1

02

08

Cet:

Irr

10

217

197

NGC

404

01

06.6

35

27

01

09.4

35

43

And

EO

4

91

65

NGC

428

01

10.4

00

43

01

13.0

00

59

Cec

Sc

10

217

167

NGC

457

01

8—.6

58

04

01

19.0

58

20

Cas

Opel

1

36

22

NGC

488

01

19.1

05

00

01

28.7

05

16

Psc

Sb

10

218

161

NGC

520

01

22.0

03

32

01

24.6

03

48

Psc

Puc

10

218

198

NGC

581

M103

01

29.9

60

27

01

33.2

60

42

Cas

OpCl

8

37

23

* NGC

598

M33

01

31.1

30

24

01

66.9

30

39

Tri

Sc

4

91

94

* NGC

604

01

30.7

30

31

01

34.5

30

46

Tri

Nub

4

91

94

NGC

613

01

32.0

■29

40

01

34.3

529

25

Scl

SBc

18

3 —

306

Size

ND v mag arc -min 5. B.   Cl MAM               Commeeints

NGC 221

9.5

3.6x3.1

NGC 225

81

t/xt/

NGC 246

8.5

/.9x2.5

NGC 247

1017

18.OX5.O

NGC 253

7.0

22x6


Tx 〇 ! 〇 !

7 4 6 2 9

0 2 9 4 0

2 2 12 2


25 -32

5 20 scars mag 9a

31 cei^ttral scar mag 12

15

13


NGC

7814

1210

1.0x5.0

22./

7

77

edge・〇e, wih dust lane

NGC

40

30.5

1.0x0.7

18.7

2

2

110

centtral scar

mag 1115

NGC

45

1211

8.0x5.5

5/18

・〇

2

14

NGC

55 -

7.8

25x40

23.9

1

3

NGC

104

4.5

25x25

2011

1

7

3

47 Tucanae

NGC

128

12.8

2.5xO./

21.3

1

2

192

box shape

NGC

134

t'1/

5.0x1.

21.8

1

77

NGC

147

12.1

6.5x3.8

2/12

20

compainion Co

-31

NGC

t'0

1212

2.0xL10

21.6

1

1

77

NGC

157

tt1t

2・一x2・一

21.7

1

37

NGC

175

12.8

'.5x!3

22.2

8

59

theta shape

NGC

185

1118

3.5x2.8

22.9

5

27

companion co

-31

NGC

205

10.8

810x3.0

22.9

5

26

—HO

NGC

188

10.

t'xt'

24.5

-0

1

5

oldest open cluster

NGC

224

4.0

150x50

22.3

8

2

—31. Great G<

alaxy in Andromeda

NGC

255

1218

'.5x'.5

22.3

8

51

151 from NGC 246

NGC

278

1116

'.2x'.2

20.6

1

5

64

compact: spiral with dust /aiss

NGC

292

1.5

210x210

21.7

1

1

Small—-aeel-l^1^ic Cloud

NGC

288

7.2

10x10

2018

1

4

8

NGC

281

8.0

23x27

23.6

3

3

NGC

300

11.3

5txt/

26.1

-0

7

5

NGC

309

12.5

2./x2.'

22.9

5

37

Scl

Sys

8.8

60x60

26.3

-0

8

1

Sculptor System (see NoDes)

NGC

337

12.8

3.0x0.5

5t19

1

154

distorted

NGC

362

61

10x10

19.6

1

8

8

1.3233

1210

11x9

25.6

-0

5

9

membbr of Local Group

NGC

404

11.9

'.3x'.3

2111

1

3

59

NGC

428

1117

319x3.5

23.2

4

22

NGC

457

71

10x10

20.6

1

4

8

100 scars mag 8+

NGC

488

n.2

3.5x3.0

22./

7

26

NGC

520

'2./

3.0x0.7

21.8

1

HO

NGC

581

81

8x8

2111

1

2

10

—03, 40 scars mag 8-12

NGC

598

5.3

60x60

22.8

6

1

—33, Trianeulue Galaxy

NGC

604

lxl

HII region in -33

NGC

613

t'.t

3.0x2.0

21.7

1

.0

38

NGC 175

NGC 185

* NGC 205 M1H0

NGC 188

!!!!* NGC 224  M38


00 34.9

00 36.8

00 37.6

00 39.4

00 40.0


2 4 5 3

10 2 〇 〇 0 8 15 1

2 4 4 8 4


S NGC 225

NGC 247 !!* NGC 253


M32   00 40.0

00 40.9

00 44.6

00 44.6

00 45.1


6 0 9 14

0 12 15


00

37.4

-89

55

Cec

SBb

10

306

268

00

38.9

48

21

Cas

EL

4

60

40

00

40.3

41

48

And

E6

4

60

64

00

44.2

85

19

Cep

OpCl

8

1

8

00

42.7

41

16

And

Sb

4

60

64

00

42.7

40

52

And

E2

4

60

64

00

43.8

61

46

Cas

OpCl

8

16

22

00

47.1

-88

53

Cet

Plan

10

261

233

00

47.1

-20

45

Cut

Sc

18

306

269

00

47.6

-25

18

Scl

Sc

18

306

305


NGC 255

NGC 278

!!! NGC 292

NGC 288

NGC 281


00 45.2

00 49.2

00 50.0

00 50.2

00 50.4


5 8 0 2 9

4 13 5 1

17 3 6 6

14 7 2 5


〇 〇 〇 〇 〇 OOOOO


9 4 4 6 5

2 3 13 3

17 3 6 6

14 7 2 5


rob b c r 1 e s s I G N c s r-1 s e a u c c c T s c


104


1-0076

6 6 6 0 3

2 4 3


Charts

Con Type 2000 Uiran VPSA


2000.0

RA DEC


1950.0

RA DEC


ID


Celt

Sb

10

263

234

Psc

Sc

10

173

126

Per

Plan

1

37

41

Cas

OpCl

1

16

23

Tri

SBc

4

128

126

Celt

Sa

10

263

234

And OpCl

4

92

66

Celt

Sb

10

264

234

Per OpCl

1

37

23

Per Opel

1

37

23


0 7 4 6 6

2 4 3 12

7 5 117

0 15 6 2


5 17 9 7

2 4 5 0 0

0 7 5 7 7

13 0 5 5


17 9 0 8

5 6 16 7

3 3 4 4 4

11111 OOOOO


2 8 7 0 4

9 7 9 9 2

4 5 5 12

111-22

OOOOO


02 22.4

42 21

And Sb

4

62

66

02 23.1

-211.3

Celt Sc

18

309

271

02 33.4

61 26

Cas Neb

1

17

23

02 27.3

33 36

Tri Sb

4

93

95

02 27.6

-01 09

Cet SBa

10

220

199


Cett

Sc

10

220

199

Ari

Sc

4

93

95

Tor

Irr

18

354

307

Per

E7

4

62

67

Tor

Glob

18

354

307


9 9 7 5 6

0 12 0 1

19 4 9 4

0 2 3 3 3


5 2 13 8

8 4 9 0 9

2 3 3 4 3

2 2 2 2 2 o o o o o


5 2 9 11

3 3 10 1

7 5 117

0 15 6 2


0 6 2 5 3

4 2 15 5

0 7 6 6 6

13 0 5 5


7 7 3 2 2

0 2 12 2

2 113 1

4 2 6 3 0


2 6 0 2 9

2 0 4 5 2

19 4 8 4

0 2 3 3 3


NGC 615         01 32.6

* NGC 628   M74  01 34.0

!* NGC 650-1 M76  01 38.8

NGC 663        01 42.6

NGC 672        01 45.0

NGC 681

01 46.7

NGC 752

01 54.8

NGC 779

01 57.2

NGC 869

02 15.5

NGC 884

02 18.9


3 8 6 3 1

9 0 9 4 5

12 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 OOOOO


0 3 0 2 7

6 17 7 7

2 3 3 3 3

2 2 2 2 2

〇 〇 〇 〇 〇



NGC 941 NGC 972 Tor.Sys

NGC 1023 NGC 1049


NGC

1039

M34

02

38.8

42

34

02

42.0

42

47

Per

OpCl

4

62

67

NGC

1055

02

39.2

00

16

02

41.8

00

29

Cett

Sb

10

220

199

* NGC

1068

M77

02

40.1

-00

14

02

42.7

-00

01

Celt

Sb

10

220

199

NGC

1073

02

41.2

01

10

02

43.8

01

23

Celt

Sbc

10

220

200

NGC

1084

02

43.5

■07

47

02

46.0

■07

34

Eri

Sc

10

265

236


b r c cbBr-B s s s I s 匸匸r ii eeorr c c F A E


4 4 4 5 0

2 2 2 2 3 OOOOO


2 7 9 3 4

4 2 2 0 0

0 0 0 5 3

0 0 3 2 2


2 2 2 2 3 OOOOO


NGC 1087

NGC 1090

NGC 1097

NGC 1156

NGC 1187


NGC

1232

03

07.5

•20

46

03

09.8

■20

35

Eri

Sc

18

311

272

NGC

1261

03

10.9

-55

25

03

12.3

■55

14

Hor

Glob

24

419

390

NGC

1245

03

11.2

47

03

03

14.6

47

14

Per

OpCl

4

63

43

NGC

1291

03

15.5

-41

17

03

17.3

-41

06

Eri

SB

18

390

339

NGC

1300

03

17.5

■19

35

03

19.8

19

24

Eri

SBb

10

311

272


03

18.2

-66

29

Ret

SB

24

443

407

03

22.6

■37

14

For

SOp

18

355

339

03

22.7

-37

06

For

Sb

18

355

339

03

23.9

-36

28

For

Sb

18

355

339

03

28.0

■37

09

For

Sba

18

355

340


0 5 7 9 9

4 2 13 1


12 2 2 2

3 3 3 3 3 OOOOO


7 6 1

1-2 4

3 3 3


Size

ID v mag arc-min S. B. Cl MDM

Comments

NGC 615

NGC 628

NGC 65058 一〇.

NGC 663 ,

NGC 672

NGC 688

NGC 752

NGC 779

NGC 869

NGC 884

NGC 891

NGC 908

1.1805

NGC 925

NGC 936

NGC 941

NGC 972

Fojr.Sys

NGC 1023

NGC 1O46

NGC 1O36

NGC 10——

NGC 8068

NGC 1073

NGC 1084 ーー.

NGC 1087

NGC 8O6O 12.8

NGC 1097

NGC 1156

NGC 1187

NGC 1232

NGC 826 12.5

NGC 8245

NGC 129110.2

NGC 1300

NGC 8686

NGC 8386

NGC 1317

NGC 1326

NGC 1341 3.


2.7x0.8

22.1

0

6.8x6.8

22.4

0

1.5x0.7

18.7

2

88x88

20.8

1

4.5x1.7

22.4

0

1.3x1.2

22.0

0

45x45

24.4

-0

3.0x0.5

20.9

1

6—x6—

:,7

1

6—x6 —

21.0

1

12.0x1.0

23.5

0

4.0x1.3

21.5

1

60x60

26.5

0

9.4x9.4

25.5

■0

3.0x2.0

21.9

1

1.9x1.3

22.5

0

2.7x1.0

22.0

0

65x65

26.7

-8

4.5x1.3

21.5

1

0.4x0.4

19.6

1

0x0

21.1

8

5.0x10

22.4

0

2.5x1.7

20.2

8

4.0x4.0

23.6

0

2.1x1.0

20.5

8

2.3x2.3

21.6

1

4.0x1.5

23.4

0

9.0x5.5

23.5

0

2.0x1.5

22.3

0

5.5x4.0

23.3

0

7.0x6.0

23.4

0

2.4x1.0

22.1

0

0x0

24.1

0

5.0x2.0

21.3

1

6.0x3.2

23.1

0

5.0x3.2

22.4

0

3.5x2.5

21.1

1

0.7x0.6

19.9

1

3.0x2.5

22.6

0

0.8x0.8

21.2

1


4

7

M

6 9

9


110 M76

7 80 stars maig 9+

45


9  64 similar to M804

1   2 70 stars mag 9+

4 115- edde-oo spiir^a

4   2 thc Double Clusstcr

3   2 thu Dome Cluster


3 19 5 0


77

59


1 Running Dog Nebula w/1.8795

8

38 near NGC 941


9

0   1 Fornax System

—77

0

4  51 near NGC 1087

0

7 128 Member of Fornax CCuusec of GGaaxies

7  31 Member  f Fornax ceusSeI:  f Galaxies

2  96 Member of Fornax ceLSSec oo Galaxies


3950.0             2000.0                      Charts

ID

RY

DEC

RY

DEC

Con

Type 5000 Uran

i ---1___

VRSA

NGC

3351

03

28.6

-35

02

03

30.5

-3/

52

1---

For

E4

18

355

340

NGC

t3'0

03

29.1

-33

47

03

31.1

-33

37

For

Sb

18

355

308

NGC

1360

03

31.0

-26

00

03

33.1

-25

50

For

Plan

18

312

308

* NGC

1365

03

31.8

-36

18

03

33.7

36

08

For

Sb

18

355

340

NGC

1374

03

33./

•35

24

03

35.3

-35

14

For

-0

18

355

340

NGC

t'Ot

04

02.6

60

47

04

06.9

60

55

Cam

Plan

1

39

25

NGC

t'05

04

03.0

62

11

04

07./

62

19

Cam

OpCl

1

18

5'

NGC

t't4

04

0611

30

38

04

09.2

30

46

Sau

Plan

5

95

97

NGC

1513

04

06.2

49

23

04

09.9

49

31

Per

OpCl

5

64

44

NGC

t'3t

04

1011

-32

59

04

1210

-32

51

—ri

—3

19

356

309

NGC

t'35

04

t015

-33

00

04

1211

-32

52

—ri

Sb

19

356

309

NGC

t'58

04

tl1/

51

07

04

15.2

51

15

Per

Opel

1

39

44

NGC

t'3'

04

1211

-12

52

04

t/1/

-12

44

—ri

Plan

11

268

238

NGC

t'/9

04

t/. 7

-55

42

04

15.8

-55

35

Do

El

24

420

391

NGC

1553

04

15.2

-55

54

04

16.3

47

Dof

SO

24

420

391

NGC

1559

04

17.0

-62

55

04

17.6

-62

48

Ret

SB

24

444

391

NGC

3566

04

18.9

-55

04

04

20.0

•54

57

Do

Sb

24

420

391

NGC

1555

04

19.0

19

25

04

21.9

19

32

Tau

Neb

11

133

130

NGC

1579

04

26.9

35

10

04

30.2

35

17

Per

Neb

5

96

69

NGC

1624

04

36.5

50

21

04

40.3

50

27

Per

Neb

1

40

44

For

-0

18

355

340

For

E7

18

355

340

For

E7

18

355

340

Eri

S

18

355

340

For

SO

18

355

340


79801

25103

5 4 5 6 5

3 3 ? 3 3


15 6 9 0

6 6 6 6 7

3 3 3 3 3

3 3 3 ? 3

00000


79801

3 0 2 14

5 5 5 6 5

3 3 3 3 3


NGC 1379

03 34.2

NGC 1380

03 34.6

NGC 1381

03 34.7

NGC 1386

03 35.0

NGC 1387

03 35.1


5 2 5 2 5

5 15 15

3 3 3 3 3


b

3OB1 E E E s E iirrr てて0 0 0 E E F F F


51705

40223

5 3 5 6 5

3 2 3 2 3


7 8 8 8 8

? 3 3 3 3

〇 〇 〇 〇 〇


5 17 0 5

5 13 3 4

5 3 5 6 5

3 2 3 2 3


3 3 6 8 0

5 6 6 6 7

3 3 3 3 3

3 3 3 3 3

0 0 0 0 0


9 5 9 8 4

8 9 9 9 0

? 3 3 3 4

11111


33071

7 7 4 6 1

2 2 3 3


115

3 3 3


11111818


a

1 0 3 B c E E E s s ii てて てて0 o

E E F H c


14 4 4 6

4 3 2 10


8 8 5 7 8

113 4 6


5 2 3 0 7

90226

3 4 4 4 4


3 3 3

000


NGC 1400

03 37.2

-18 51

NGC 1407

03 37.9

-18 44

NGC 1427

03 /01/

-35 34

NGC 1433

03 /01/

-47 24

1.342

03 /t19

67 57

3


09938

4 2 2 4 6

3 11


8 4 4 15

1


Eri S Tau Neb

Tau SpCl Per Neb

Per Neb


5 4 0 12

5 3 4 16


6 2 9 3 4

3 6 6 3 3

44400

3 3 3 4 4

00000


16807

0 3 5 11

6 3 3 16

3 2 2 5 3


NGC

1437

03

/'17

* NGC

t/3'

03

43.2

* —45

—45

03

43.9

NGC

1491

03

59.5

NGC

1499

04

0011


Size


ID v mag arc - min S. B. Cl MDM


Co]bbbms


NGC

1351

12.8

0.8x0.6

NGC

1350

11.8

3.0x1.5

NGC

1360

6.0x4.5

NGC

1365-

si.2

8.0x3.5

NGC

1374

12.4

0.8x0.8

NGC

1379

12.3

0.6x0.6

NGC

1380

11.4

3.Oxl.O

NGC

1381

12.6

2.0x0.5

NGC

1386

12.4

2.5x1.0

NGC

1387

12.1

1.0x0.9

NGC

1389

12.8

1.0x1.8

NGC

1395

10.2

5.0x2.0

NGC

1399

10.9

1.4x1.4

NGC

1398

10. 7

4.5x3.8

NGC

1404

11.5

1.0xl.0

NGC

1400

12.4

0.7x0.7

NGC

1407

11.4

0.8x0.8

NGC

1427

12.4

1.4x1.0

NGC

1433

11.4

7.0x6.0

1.342

12.0

15x15

NGC

1437

12.9

2.0x1.5

NGC

1435

6.8

15x20

M45

1.4

100x100

NGC

1491

3x3

NGC

1499

6.

145x40

NGC

1501

12.

0.9x0.8

NGC

1502

7

8x8

NGC

1514

11.

2.0x2.0

NGC

1513

9.

12x12

NGC

1531

13.0

0.5x0.3

NGC

1532

11.8

5.0 xlO

NGC

1528

6.

25x25

NGC

1535

9.

0.3x0.3

NGC

1549

11.0

2.8x2.5

NGC

1553

10.2

3.1x2.3

NGC

1559

11.1

3.0X1.5

NGC

1566

10.5

5.0x4.0

NGC

1555

var

0.5x0.5

NGC

1579

8x12

NGC

1624

3x3


1 〇 〇 1

6 1 4 5

0 2 3 0

2 2 2 2


Tx 1! 〇 !

8 2 2 0 6

9 112 0

12 2 2 2


110 1

13 3 4 1

2 10 2 0

2 2 2 2 2


111 〇 〇

3 5 4 15

0 9 14 6

2 12 2 2


11 0

7-6 0

2 1-0 7 - 4

2 2 2 2


1110 !

3 110 6 2

0 0 13 9 2

2 2 2 2 1 2


13 11 ! 〇

6 0 7 0 4 4

15 11 1 2

2 12 2 2 2


9  51 Memmeご of Foormax Cluster of Galaxies

central star mag 9

3  22 Memmer of ド〇てロ玄乂 Cluster of GgInxScs


2  77 Memmbe oo Fornax Cluster oo Galaxies

2 154 Mee^mbe 〇ヾ Fornax Cluster oo Galaxies

9  7 7 Member  f Fornax Cluster oo Galaxies

2  38

6  77 Memme of Fornax Cluster of Galaxies

6 110 near NGC 1407

9  96 near NGC 1400

1  77 Memme of Fornax C^l^^ster of GalaxSes

1 3

9    5

1   5 Metope Nebula in M45

1   2 Ceaiffriia Nebula, see Notes


6

96

centtral

star mag

13.5

6

10

25 stars

mag 84-

2

38

central

star mag

10

5

6

9

256

near NGC

1532

8

77

near NGC

1531

1

3

about 80

stars

7

256

central

star mag

11.5

0

31

near NGC

1553

3

33

2  51

7  19


Hind's Variable Nebula


nebula around 7 stars


1950.0             2000.0                        Chharts

ID             RA DEC       RA DEC    Con Type 2000 Ur an VPSA

Aur

Neb

5

97

99

Aur

OpCl

5

97

99

Dor

Irr

24

444

409

Lup

Glob

19

315

276

Aur

OpCl

5

97

70


14 7

3 2 5

3 3 8

3 3 6


6 6 7

2 2 9

2 2 1

5 5 5 o o o


2 2

〇 〇


8 10

2 2 0

3 3 9

3 3 6


4 8

-3 4

4 5

2 3


3 3 0

9 9 0

112

5 5 5 o o o


2 3

2 5

2 2

5 5

〇 〇


3

9

8

1 c G N


4 2

〇 !

9 9 c c c M G G

N N


NGC

1637

04

38.9

-02

56

04

41.4

-02

50

Eri

Sc

11

224

202

NGC

1647

04

43.2

19

00

04

46.1

19

05

Tau OpCl

11

134

831

NGC

1746

05

00.6

23

44

05

03.6

23

48

Tau pCl

5

134

831

NGC

1792

05

03.5

-38

04

05

05.2

-38

00

Col

Sc

19

358

348

NGC

1807

05

07.8

16

28

05

10.7

16

32

Tau OpCl

11

180

131

NGC

8887

05

09.2

16

38

05

12.1

16

42

Tau

Opel

11

180

131

NGC

1832

05

10.0

-15

47

05

12.3

-15

43

Lup

Sc

11

270

275

NGC

1851

05

12.4

-40

05

05

84.0

-40

02

Col

Glob

19

393

342

1.405

05

13.0

34

16

05

86.3

34

19

Aur

Neb

5

97

99

NGC

1857

05

16.6

39

18

05

20.1

39

21

Sur

OpCl

5

66

70

NGC 1964

05

38.2

-21

59

05 66.6

-28

57

Lup

Sb

19

315

276

!* NGC 16—2

ML   05

38.5

21

59

05 34.5

22

01

Tau

Neb

5

135

132

NGC 1960

M3 6  05

32.9

34

07

05 36.2

34

09

Aur

OpCl

5

97

99

!* NGC 1976

M42  05

32.9

-05

25

05 35.4

-05

23

Neb

11

225

240

NGC 1977

05

33.0

-04

54

05 35.5

-04

52

OrI

Neb

11

225

204

1.443

06

13.9

22

48

06

16.9

22

47

Gum

Neb

5

137

166

NGC 2207

06

84.3

-21

21

06

16.4

-28

22

CMa

Sc

19

317

277

1.1165

06

89.6

-i:

57

06

28.9

-8:

58

CMa

Plan

11

272

241

NGC ::67-6

06

29.6

05

05

06

32.3

05

03

Mon

Neb

12

227

169

NGC 2244

06

29.7

04

54

06

32.4

04

52

Mon

OpCl

12

227

205

Size

ID

v mag

----

arc-min

S.B.

Cl

-A—

CoInemptts

..................................

........

NGC 1637

tt1/

2.7x2.0

21.9

110

38

NGC 1647

6.5

/0x/0

23.1

0.4

5

25 stars mag 8 0 13

NGC 1746

61

/'x/'

22.9

0.5

5

50 stars mag 8+

NGC 3792

,10.7

3.0x1.

20.5

1.5

77

NGC 3807

7.5

10x10

2111

1.2

8

15 stars mag 8 to 9

NGC 1817

81

15x15

22.5

0.7

5

50 stars mag 10+

NGC 1832

12.3

2./x/./

21.8

1.0

70

NGC 1851

71

5x5

'91'

2.1

15

1.405

101

18x30

25.5

■0.5

4

nebula with AE Auieah

NGC 1857

7 .

9x9

20./

1.5

9

45 stars mag 8+

1.410

91

20x20

2/1t

0.0

4

NGC 1893

81

12x12

22.0

0.9

6

near './t0, 20 stars mag 9 to 12

L—C

110

360x360

22./

0.7

1

Large —aeS/ai^c Cloud

NGC 1904

81/

7,5x7.5

2t1/

1.1

10

—79

NGC 1912

6.2

20x20

21.3

1.2

4

-38, t'0 stars mag 8+

NGC 1964

1118

5.0x1.6

22.7

0.6

48

NGC 1952

91

5x3

20.6

1.5

56

—,the Crab Nebula

NGC 1960

6.3

12x12

20.3

1.6

6

—36, 60 scars mag 9+

NGC 1976

41

65x65

51.7

1.0

1

-42, the Great Nebula in Orion

NGC 1977

71

40x25

2311

0.4

3

includes NGC 1973, 1975

NGC 1982

81

7x5

20.5

1.5

15

—43

NGC 1999

91

5x5

1911

2.0

38

near —43

B33

6x4

Torshhhad Nebula

1.434

60x15

?

conltains HorshPhad Nebula, B33

NGC 2023

?

10x10

?

NGC 2024

?

50x50

?

beauuifu/ compJlhx detail

NGC 2070

-5.?

50x50

—50.!

1.7

4

Taranu/s Nebula

NGC 2068

81

8x6

20.8

t./

13

—78

NGC 2071

4x3

15* N— from NGC 2068

NGC 2099

6.2

50x50

21.3

1.2

4

M3, t'0 stars mag 9+

Barn. Loop 6 .

840x60

26./

■0.9

1

Barnard's Loop: faint arc

NGC 5t59

71

5x5

1911

2.1

15

about 50 stars

NGC 2t'8

111

4x4

22.6

0.6

19

near —35

NGC 2168

5.5

30x30

21.5

111

3

-35,120 stars mag 8+

NGC 2174

?

40x30

Ape —an Nebbla; includes NGC 2t7'

1.443

?

'0x40

supernova remnant

NGC 2207

12.3

2.5x'.5

22./

0.8

51

iitersliie P“r of galaxies

1.2365

12.5

O1t3xO1t3

16.7

3.0

591

NGC 2237

91

60x80

26.8

i!.0

1

Rosete Nebula

NGC 2244

5.5

/0x/0

2211

0.8

5

duster suri7oundine NGC 2237

NGC

2346

07

06.8

00

44

07

09.3

-00

49

Mon

Plan

12

228

206

NGC

2276

07

11.0

85

5/

07

28.2

85

47

Cep

Sc

1

1

1

NGC

2359

07

15.4

-13

07

07

17.7

■13

12

CMa

Neb

12

274

242

NGC

2360

07

15.4

■15

33

07

17.7

-15

38

CMa

OpCl

12

274

278

NGC

2300

07

16.5

85

50

07

33.5

85

45

Cep

E2

1

1

1

NGC

2362

07

16.6

-24

5/

07

18.7

-24

57

CMa

OpCl

19

319

278

NGC

2383

07

22.6

-20

50

07

24.8

-20

56

CMa OpCl

19

319

279

NGC

2366

07

23.6

69

08

07

28.9

69

02

Cam

Irr

1

21

13

NGC

2392

07

26.2

21

01

07

29.2

20

55

Gem

Plan

5

139

135

NGC

2403

07

32.0

65

43

07

36.8

65

36

Cam

Sc

1

21

13

Oti

Neb

11

225

240

Ori

Neb

11

271

240

OrI

DNeb

11

226

204

Neb

11

226

204

Neb

11

226

204

"

Neb

11

226

204

Do

Neb

24

445

409

Neb

11

226

204

〇てI

Neb

11

226

204

Aur

OpCl

5

98

99


6 3 8 4 3

14 2 2 1

5 6 2 2 2 o o o o o


0 3 3 8 4

5 0 0 13

19 0 0 2

0 6 0 0 3


6 6 6 7 7

2 3 3 3 3

2 1111


15 5 5 5


b c c c b e p p p e No o o N


0 8 6 0 0

3 10 2 3

1-3440

0 2 2 2 2


6 5 9 17


5 6 !^1

3 3 4 4 4


1-9672

4 3 4 4 5


5 5 5 5 5 OOOOO


8 5 0 6 5

14 3 2 1

5 6 2 2 2 OOOOO


2 4 2 7 3

5 0 0 13


19 0 0 2

0 6 0 0 3


114 6 2

3 4 8 8 9

3 3 3 3 3

5 5 5 5 5 OOOOO


9 9 4 4 9

3 3 4 4 4

〇 〇 〇 〇 〇


!!* NGC 1682

NGC 1666

!* NGC 2024 ! ! NGC 2070

!* NGC 2068

! NGC 2066


Barn. Loop

05 52.5

-08 31

05

55.0

NGC 2126

05 58.1

23 18

06

01.1

NGC 2158

06 04.3

24 06

06

07.4

NGC 2168  M35

06 05.7

24 20

06

08.8

NGC 2874

06 06.7

20 30

06

09.7


Chhirs


2000.0


RA DEC Con Type 2000 Uran VPSA


1950.0

ID              RA DEC


06 39.1

08 43

Mon Neb

12

182

169

06 41.2

09 53

Mon OpCl

12

183

169

06 47.0

-20 45

CMa OpCl

19

318

278

06 49.3

41 04

Awr OpCl

5

68

71

07 02.9

-08 20

Mon OpCl

12

273

242


6 6 2 7 6

4 5 4 0 1

8 〇.-1 8

0 0 2 4 0


4 4 9 8 5

6 8 4 5 0

3 3 4 4 0

6 6 6 6 7 o o o "


! 〇

4 5

M M



Pup

OpCl

19

319

279

Pup

OpCl

12

274

243

Lyn

Glob

5

100

72

Pup

OpCl

12

274

243

Pup

Plan

12

274

243


0 4 8 4 4

2 13 11


3 6 2 9 9

6 6 8 11

3 3 3 4 4

7 7 7 7 7 o o o o o


0 3 0 2 6

3 2 0 4 3

0 4 9 4 4

2 13 11


13 8 6 6

4 4 4 9 9

3 3 3 3 3

7 7 7 7 7 o o o o o


NGC 2421

S NGC 2422  M47

NGC 2419

!* NGC 2437  M46

* NGC 2438


NGC

2447

M93  07

42.4

•23

45

07

44.5

-23

52

Pup

OpCl

19

320

279

NGC

2477

07

50.5

■38

25

07

52.3

-38

33

Pup

OpCl

19

362

345

NGC

2516

07

59.7

-60

44

08

00.5

-60

5/

Car

OpCl

25

424

393

NGC

2547

08

08.9

-49

07

08

10.4

-49

16

Vel

OpCl

20

396

372

NGC

2523

08

09.2

73

45

08

15.0

73

36

Cam

SBb

2

7

14

28



0 2 0 0 6

2 12 2


6 6 2 3

3 4 7 7

13 3 1


17 5 7 2

4 9 2 8 0

13 4 11


2 0 5 2 6

12 2 1


QO 4 6 9

4 7 4 4

3


39


OpCl OpCl Sb

OpCl Pec

OpCl OpCl Opel Opel Sb

SO

Sb

OpCl Sb

OpCl


Pup Hya Pyx Pyx

Cnc

Cnc Vel Vel Cnc

Lyn

UMa Lyn Pyx UMa Vel


17 7 9 7

4 5 4 4 2

9 4 2 13

1 4 5 1 3


0 7 7 9 8

2 0 3 5 5

10 6 0 6

5 4 3 5 5


08 12.4

08 13.7

08 33.4

08 37.3

08 38.4


08 40.4

08 42.6

08 46.1

08 51.0

08 52.7


6 10 12

3 4 6 2 7

5 112 2

8 9 9 9 9 o o o o o


9 8 8 6 6

7 5 2 9 5


2 6 6 0 8

5 4 3 0 3

9 4 2 2 3

14 5 13


19 4 2 5

3 12 14

1-6 1 6

5 4 3 5 5


NGC

2546

08

10.6

NGC

2548

M48

08

11.2

NGC

2613

08

31.2

NGC

2627

08

35.2

NGC

2623

08

35.4

NGC

2632

H44

08

37.5

NGC

2659

08

40. 9

H3

08

44.6

NGC

2682

M67

08

48.3

NGC

2683

08

49.6


08 50.0

09 10.9

09 14.0

09 18.6


NGC 2681

NGC 2782

NGC 2818

NGC 2841


1.2488          09 25.7


Size


ID v mag arc-min S. B. Cl MDM


Commeutts


NGC 2261

NGC 2264

NGC 2287

NGC 2281

NGC 2323

NGC 2346

NGC 2276

NGC 2359

NGC 2360

NGC 2300

NGC 2362

NGC 2383

NGC 2366

NGC 2392

NGC 2403

NGC 2421

NGC 2422

NGC 2419

NGC 2437

NGC 2438

NGC 2447

NGC 2477

NGC 2516

NGC 2547

NGC 2523

NGC 2546

NGC 2548

NGC 2613

NGC 2627

NGC 2623

NGC 2632

NGC 2659

H3

NGC 2682

NGC 2683

NGC 2681

NGC 2782

NGC 2818

NGC 2841

1.2488


0 2 9-92


41288 0 5 18 1

11 1 1 1


10914


12 10 7


:x. 20.11 15x26

60x60   22.0

15x15   20.5

10x10   19.6

1.0x0.9  18.5

4  2.5x2.0  22.8

10x5

80x80   22.6

2  1.0x17  21.4


16x10


12 2



3 10 3 0


8x8    23.1 0

20x20   20.1 1


5    :x. 21.6  1


25x25   23.6  0


9    3 M48

5   — about 30 stars mag 7 +


3  85 central star variable mag 11+

6

esmpilUX nebula around 10.4 mag star

6   8 50 stars mag 9 to

1  77 NGC 2276 is 6'

:6

2 110 Eskimo Nebula

5


—.LxL.L 19.8  1

18x18

21.9

0

9

25x25

22.6

0

7

60x60

23.5

0

3

5

15x15

20.0

1

7

7

1.8x1.4

22.3

0

8

25x25

23.6

0

3

5

40x40

22.1

0

8

9

6.4x1,5

22.0

0

9

8x8

22.1

0

8

0

2.0x0.4

22.4

0

7


5   80x80   22.6

7x7    18.9

15x15   21.5

9x9    24.4

3  6.2x2.0  21.7

20x20   22.1


6 4 2 19


9 8 10 8


10 about 60 stars

4 M47

38 most distant globular in our Galaxy

3 M46, with planetary NGC 2438

70 In M46


3 300 stars mag 11+

55 thuta shape

3 50 stars mag 9+

51

10 70 stars mag 11 0 13

162 extending fiamcnts


1 M44, Praesepe

8 50 stars mag 11+

11 35 stars mag 10+

—M67, stars mag 10+

59


18 9 8 4

3 4 3


distorted, extended filmun contains 13th mag 卩い:〇上丫 nebula

50 stars mag 11+


3950.0

ID             RY DEC


2000.0

RY DEC


Chprts

Con Type 5000 Uran VPSA

Vel SpCl

25

426

373

Leo

Sb

6

143

138

Vel

OpCl

25

426

373

U—a

Sc

5

23

14

Ant

Sc

20

365

317


2 13 7 1

5 2 5 6 3


116 3 7

0 2 3 7 5

3 3 3 4 4

9 9 9 9 9 o o o o o


14 3 8 8

2 13 8 0


4 3 9 2 5

2 2 3 4 4


0 3 5 6 7

10 2 7 9

9 9 9 9 9

2 2 2 2 2


GCXGCXGC N N N N N


NGC

3031

—81

09

51.5

69

18

09

55.6

69

04

U—a

Sa

5

23

14

NGC

3034

—82

09

51.9

69

56

09

56.1

69

42

U—a

Irr

5

23

14

NGC

3077

09

59./

68

58

10

03./

68

44

U—a

—2

5

23

/

NGC

3109

10

00.8

-25

55

10

081'

-56

10

Hya

Irr

20

324

317

NGC

3114

10

0111

-59

53

10

02.7

-60

08

Car OpCl

25

426

395

NGC

8tt'

10

02.8

-07

28

10

05.3

-07

43

Sex

—7

13

279

247

NGC

3132

10

04.9

i/0

11

10

07.0

•40

26

Vel

Plan

20

399

347

NGC

8t4'

10

07.7

-15

10

10

1011

25

Hya

SBb

13

279

247

NGC

3166

10

1112

03

40

10

1318

03

25

Sex

Sa

13

234

211

NGC

3169

10

1117

03

43

10

t/18

03

28

Sex

Sb

13

234

211

* NGC 3379 -105

10 /512

12

51

10 47.8

12

35

Leo

El

13

190

176

* NGC 3384

10 4517

12

54

10 48.3

12

38

Leo

-7

13

190

176

* NGC 3389

10 45.8

12

48

10 4814

12

32

Leo

Sc

13

190

176

NGC 3395

10 /71t

33

15

10 49.9

32

59

L—i

Sc

6

t0'

106

NGC 3396

10 47.2

33

16

10 50.0

33

00

L—i

Irr

6

t0'

106

Size

ID

v mag

arc-mSn

S .B.

Cl

MDM

C^i^n^me^ts

NGC

.....

2910

8.

6x6

20.5

1

5

13

30 stars mag '10+

NGC

2903

9.7

11.0x4.7

22.6

0

7

16

NGC

2925

8.

11x11

21.8

1

0

7

about 30 stars

NGC

2976

10.8

3.4x1.9

21.5

1

1

40

memmer of M81 group

NGC

2997

11.0

6.0x5.0

23.3

0

4

15

NGC

3031

8.0

18x10

22.3

0

8

8

M88 (near M82)

NGC

3034

9.2

8.0x3.0

21.3

1

2

26

M82 (near M81)

NGC

3077

11.0

2.6x1.9

21.4

1

2

40

memmer of M81 group

NGC

3109

11.2

11.0x2.0

23.2

0

4

38

NGC

3114

8.0

40x40

24.6

・〇

2

2

100 stars mag 9 to 13

NGC

3115

10.0

4.0xl.0

20.1

1

6

77

Spindle Nebula

NGC

3132

8.2

1.4x1.4

17.6

2

7

55

centiral s tar mag 10

NGC

3145

12.5

2.4x1.0

22.1

0

9

77

NGC

3166

11.5

4.0x1.5

22.1

0

9

51

near NGC 3169

NGC

3169

11.4

3.9x1.7

22.1

0

9

45

near NGC 3166

NGC

3147

11.3

3.0x2.3

22.0

0

9

33

NGC

3185

12.7

1.5x0.9

21.7

1

0

85

group with NGC 3187, 3193, 3190

NGC

3187

13.0

1.0x1.3

21.9

0

9

77

NGC

3184

10.5

5.5x5.5

22.8

0

6

14

NGC

3190

12.0

3.0x1.0

21.8

1

0

77

NGC

3201

8.5

10x10

22.1

0

8

8

NGC

3193

12.0

0.9x0.9

20.4

1

5

85

NGC

3198

11.0

9.0x3.0

23.2

0

4

26

NGC

3228

6.5

20x20

21.6

1

0

4

NGC

3242

8.9

0.7x0.7

16.8

3

0

110

I. 2574

13.0

9.0x4.0

25.5

-0

5

19

memmeof M81 group

NGC

3256

12.1

2.0x1.5

21.9

0

9

51

NGC

3293

5.

8x8

18.1

2

4

10

50 stars mag 6 to 13

NGC

3310

11.0

3.0x2.0

21.6

1

1

38

NGC

3319

11.8

6.0x2.8

23.5

0

3

27

NGC

3344

11.0

6.0x5.1

23.3

0

4

15

NGC

3351

11.0

4.0x3.0

22.3

0

8

26

M95, theta shape

NGC

3372

85x80

Eta CarSnae Nebula

NGC

3359

11.0

6.0x3.0

22.8

0

6

26

NGC

3368

10.2

6.0x4.0

22.3

0

8

19

M96

NGC

3379

10.6

2.1x2.0

20.8

1

4

38

M105

NGC

3384

11.0

4.0x2.0

21.9

0

9

38

group with M105

NGC

3389

12.2

2.2x1.0

21.7

1

0

77

group with M105

NGC

3395

12.4

1.4x0.8

21.2

1

2

96

NGC

3396

12.8

1.0x0.5

20. 7

1.

4

154

pair with NGC 3395

1950.0             2000.0                      Chharts

ID

RA

DEC

RA

DEC

Con

Type

2000

Uran VPSA

! ー ー         i____

NGC

3423

10

48.7

06

L

07

10

51.3

05

51

1---1

Sex

■---1

Sc

! -------------1

13

i                                 I

160

176

NGC

3486

80

57.8

29

15

11

00.5

28

59

LMi

Sc

6

106

106

NGC

3504

11

00.5

28

15

11

03.2

27

59

LMi

Sb

6

146

106

NGC

3511

11

00.8

-::

50

11

03.2

-23

06

Crt

Sc

20

326

284

NGC

3513

11

01.1

-::

58

11

03.5

-23

14

Crt

SBc

20

326

284

5 9 9 5 9

13 3 7 3

1X 1X 1


a c

b B B c b s s s s s a o a o e e M e D L L u L


4 13 5 0

2 4 5 2 5

7 2 2 4 2


17 8 2 2

7 7 7 8 8 11111 o o o o o 11111


9 6 8 0 5

3 5O4O

3 12-12

7 2 2 4 2


7 5 7 4 0 4 8 8 8 9 1111IX

3 3 3 3 3 c c c c c G G G G G N N N N N


10

1716

-46

24

Vel

Glob

20

399

374

10

1815

21

54

Leo

EO

6

144

139

10

1918

45

34

U—a

Sc

6

72

50

10

21.7

-51

44

Vel

Opel

25

426

374

10

24.8

-18

38

Hya

Plan

13

325

283

10

28.7

68

28

U—a

Irr

5

24

15

10

27.8

•43

53

Vel

Pec

20

399

348

10

33./

-58

13

Car

OpCl

25

427

395

10

38.8

53

30

U—a

Irr

5

46

50

10

39.3

41

40

U—a

SBc

6

72

76

10

4314

24

55

L—i

Sc

6

145

106

10

43.9

11

45

Leo

SBb

13

190

176

10

/510

■59

41

Car

Neb

25

427

396

10

46.7

63

14

U—a

SBc

5

24

30

10

46.8

11

49

Leo

Sb

13

190

176


6 2 5 18

4 2 4 5 1


10 35.5

10 15.7

10 16.7

10 19.7

10 22.4


10 55.0

10 25.7

10 31.5

10 35.7

10 36./


18 5 0 5

15 2 3 0


5 19 3 2

2 15 6 1


10 4017

10 /t.8

10 /3.t

10 /3./

10 //12


13 8 8 2 0 9 9 2 4

2 112 2

3 3 3 3 3 •c c c c c G G G G G N N N N N




NGC 3528       11 03.2

NGC 3532       11 03.4

NGC 3610      1175.6


4 4 7 8 4

12 5 10

0 8 5 5 9

0 5 5 5 5


5


2 0 12 8

0 4 4 0 4

0 8 5 5 8

0 5 5 5 5


Luo

Sb

13

236

212

Car

OpCl

25

427

396

UMa

Sc

2

46

30

UMa

Plan

2

46

30

UMa

E4

2

46

30


NGC

3613

18

15.7

58

17

11

18.6

58

01

UMa

E5

2

46

30

NGC

3621

11

15.9

•32

32

11

18.3

-32

48

Hya

Sc

20

367

319

NGC

3623

M65

11

16.3

13

23

11

18.9

13

07

Luo

Sa

83

191

176

NGC

3627

M66

18

17.6

13

17

11

20.2

13

01

Luo

Sb

13

168

176

NGC

3628

18

17.7

13

53

11

20.3

13

37

Luo

Sb

13

161

176

NGC

3631

11

18.3

53

28

11

21.1

53

12

UMa

Sc

2

46

51

NGC

3672

81

22.5

-09

32

11

25.0

-09

48

"匸

Sb

13

281

249

NGC

3675

11

23.5

43

52

88

26.2

43

36

UMa

Sb

6

73

77

NGC

3718

11

29.9

53

21

11

32.7

53

04

UMa

SBa

2

47

51

NGC

3726

11

30.7

47

19

11

33.4

47

02

UMa

Sc

6

73

58

NGC

3887

11

44.6

-86

35

11

47.1

-16

52

"匸

Sc

13

282

285

NGC

3893

11

46.1

49

00

11

48.7

48

43

UMa

Sc

6

74

51

NGC

3918

11

47.8

■56

54

11

50.3

-57

11

Cen

Plan

25

428

396

NGC

3662

M1809-

11

55.0

53

39

11

57.6

53

22

UMa

SBb

2

47

51

NGC

3668

11

55.3

55

44

11

57.9

55

27

UMa

E2

2

47

30

NGC 4026

NGC 4027

NGC 4030

NGC 4036 !* NGC 4038

!* NGC 4066

NGC 4048

NGC 4051

NGC 4085

NGC 4088

NGC 4096

NGC 4100

NGC 4105

NGC 4106

NGC 41一一









3 3 4 4 〇?u


18 0 2 8

5 10 6 1


8 2 4 0 0

16 4 5 5


15 4 13


5 10 11


11 59.5

50 57

UMi E8

2

47

51

11 59.6

-89 16

Crv Puc

13

327

285

12 00.4

-01 06

Vir Sb

13

238

283

12 01.5

61 53

UMa E6

2

25

30

82 01.9

-88 52

Crv Puc

13

328

285


82 01.9

12 02.3

12 03.2

12 05.3

12 05.5


3 8 112

5 0 3 2 3

8 2 4 0 0

16 4 5 5


Crv Puc

13  328  285

UMa

Sc

2

25

30

UMa

Sb

7

74

78

UMa

Sb

2

47

52

UMa

Sb

2

47

52


12 06.0

47 28

UMa Sc

7

74

52

12 06.1

49 34

UMa Sb

7

74

52

12 06.7

29 47

Hya E3

21

368

320

12 06.8

5 29 48

Hya E2

21

368

320

12 07.0

43 04

CVn E7

7

74

78


Size

ID

v mag

arc

S 1B.

Cl

-A-

Com^lmp s

NGC

3423

1117

3.5x3.0

-1

22.9

5

26

NGC

3486

1115

515x/12

23.2

4

18

NGC

3504

"16

2.0x118

2116

1

1

43

NGC

3511

".9

/15x115

22.5

7

51

NGC

3513

12.0

210x1.6

21.9

9

48

NGC

3521

1012

6.0x/.0

22.3

8

19

NGC

3532

7.

60x60

2415

・〇

1

1

150 stars mag 8 0 12

NGC

3556

10.8

718x1./

22.0

9

55

—108, near -97

NGC

3587

tt.0

215x2.5

21.6

1

1

31

—97, Owl Nebula

NGC

3610

1116

!./x0.9

20.5

1

5

85

NGC

3613

1117

1.7x018

20.7

1

4

96

NGC

3621

11.8

3.5x1./

22.2

8

55

NGC

3623

1013

7.8x1.6

2117

1

48

—65

NGC

3627

9.7

810x2.5

21.6

1

1

31

—66

NGC

3628

10.3

12.0x2.0

22.4

7

38

near —65, M66

NGC

3631

11.5

4.5x4.

23. 3

4

19

NGC

3672

11.8

315x'1/

55. 5

8

55

NGC

3675

t'1/

315x1.3

21.7

1

59

NGC

3718

1118

310x3.0

22.8

6

26

NGC

3726

1113

5.Ox3./

23.0

5

23

NGC

3887

11.6

2.8x210

22.1

9

38

NGC

3893

".0

3.9x215

22.1

9

31

NGC

3918

8 .

0.'7xO17

12.8

4

6

452

NGC

3995

10.9

6./x315

22.9

5

22

—109

NGC

3998

1116

1.6x115

20.9

1

3

64

NGC

4026

1119

3.3x0.7

2t1/

1

1

110

NGC

4057

1116

2.Oxx.7

21.6

1

1

45

near NGC 4038

NGC

4030

'!12

313x2./

22.1

9

32

NGC

4036

"16

310x1.0

2'./

1

1

77

near NGC 4043

NGC

4038

1110

2.5x215

21.6

1

1

31

Ringeaii/ Galaxy

NGC

4039

15.

215x2.0

22./

7

38

Ringtail Galaxy

NGC

4041

11.7

2.2x!.9

21.9

9

40

16* from NGC 4036

NGC

4051

11.2

/15x8.O

22.6

7

26

NGC

4085

15.8

2.2x015

21.5

1

1

154

"'from NGC 4088

NGC

4088

!t.t

4.7x115

21.8

1

51

near NGC 4085

NGC

4096

11.5

518x110

22.0

9

77

NGC

4100

11.9

/15x'11

22.3

8

70

NGC

/tO'

12.0

115x115

21.5

1

1

51

iitprsltiie with NGC 4106

NGC

4106

12.5

l.0xx.8

21.8

1

77

iitcisline with NGC 4105

NGC

4''t

1116

31/xO.8

21.3

1

2

96

lcitilu•lar shape

1950.0            2000.0                     Carts

ID

RA

DEC

RA

DEC

Con

Type

2000

Uran

1-—I

VPSA

NGC

4116

1 -

12

05.1

02

I

58

1

12

07.7

02

41

1 1

Vir

SBc

13

238

214

NGC

4123

12

05.6

03

09

12

08.2

02

52

Vir

SBb

13

238

214

NGC

4147

12

07.6

18

49

12

10.1

18

3/

Com

Glob

13

148

142

NGC

4192

M98

12

11.3

15

11

12

13.8

14

54

Com

Sb

13

193

142

NGC

4214

12

13.1

36

36

12

15.6

36

19

CVn

Irr

7

107

78

NGC

4216

12

13.4

13

25

12

15.9

13

08

Vir

Sb

13

193

178

NGC

4236

12

14.3

69

45

12

16.7

69

28

Dra

SB

2

25

16

NGC

4244

12

15.0

38

05

12

17.5

37

48

CVn

Sb

7

107

78

NGC

4251

12

15.7

28

27

12

18.2

28

10

Com

Sa

7

107

108

* NGC

4254

M99

12

16.3

14

42

12

18.8

14

25

Com

Sc

13

193

178

CVn

Sb

7

74

52

Vir

SBc

13

193

178

Vir

E2

13

193

178

Vir

Sc

13

238

178

Com

Sb

7

107

108


8 6 9 0 6

10 4 2 3

7 6 5 5 9

4 0 0 0 2


0 4 4 0 8

9 9 9 0 8

1112 1

2 2 2 2 2


5 3 6 7 3

7 6 6 5 9


2 2 2 2 2

11111


1313


c c 5 a B c B E s s s s r m r r-i i i V c V c V


5 8 14 1 1111


7814423142


3 8 3 7 3

9 3 9 4 9

12 1 1


a a ccctB s s s s s m r m am o i _0 M 〇 c VC u c


4 4 5 8 6

10 15 1



0 0 7 3 7


5 4 0 2 0

!〇! 5 1



2 4 4 0 0

9 9 0 0 1

112 2 2


NGC 4260

NGC 4261

NGC 4273

NGC 4274

NGC 4281

NGC 4293

NGC 4294

NGC 4298

NGC 4299

NGC 4302

NGC 4303 M61

M40       M40

NGC 4340


Cru Opel

25

450

397

Com

E7

13

193

142

Crv

Plan

13

328

286

Vir

E2

13

193

178

Vir

El

13

193

178


16 8 7 2



4 3 4 4 5

2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2

11111


7 8 9 6 0

3 5 2 3 1

16 8 7 3

6 1!〇!


4 4 9 0 6

1112 2

2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2

11111


NGC 4349

NGC 4350

NGC 4361

NGC 4365

* NGC 4374 M84


NGC

4382 M85

12

22.8

18

28

12

25.3

18

11

Com

SO

13

148

142

NGC

4372

12

23.0

-72

24

12

25.9

-72

41

Mus

Glob

25

466

413

* NGC

4387

12

23.2

13

06

12

25.7

12

49

Vir

E5

13

193

178

* NGC

4388

12

23.3

12

56

12

25.8

12

39

Vir

SBc

13

193

178

NGC

4394

12

23.4

18

29

12

25.9

18

12

Com

SBb

13

148

142

Size

ID

v mag

lic-eIn

S.B.

Cl

MDM

Comeu s

NGC

4116

12.3

3.3x1.4

8 —

22.6

0

7

55

....... ' _ .....

nuar NGC 4123

NGC

4123

12.0

3.5x2.4

22.9

0

5

32

near NGC 4886

NGC

4147

88.

4x4

22.6

0

6

19

NGC

4192

ーー.0

8.2x2.0

22.7

0

6

38

M98

NGC

4214

10.5

7.0x4.5

22.9

0

6

17

NGC

4216

10.9

7.2xi.0

21.7

1

0

77

NGC

4236

10.7

22x5

24.4

■0

1

15

NGC

4244

10.7

13.0x1.0

22.1

0

9

77

edee-fn spiraL

NGC

4251

11.3

2.0x0.8

20.4

1

5

96

NGC

4254

0.4

4.5x4.0

22.2

0

8

19

M66

NGC

4258

9.0

19.5x6.5

22.9

0

5

12

ML06

NGC

4260

12.7

2.6x8.6

22.1

0

9

85

NGC

4261

11.7

2.0xi.7

21.7

1

0

45

near NGC 4260

NGC

4273

12.3

1.7x1.2

21.7

1

0

64

NGC

4274

11.5

5.0xi.2

22.1

0

9

64

NGC

4281

12.2

1.5x0.8

21.0

1

3

96

near NGC 4270, 4273

NGC

4293

11.7

4.8x1.8

22.7

0

6

43

heavy dust Lancs

NGC

4294

12.6

2.4x8.6

22.1

0

9

85

near NGC 4299

NGC

4298

11.9

2.7xi.i

21.7

1

0

70

near NGC 4307

NGC

4266

12.9

1.1x8.6

21.5

1

1

85

near NGC 4294

NGC

4302

12.9

4.5x0.5

22.4

0

7

154

udge-on, with dust Land

NGC

4303

10.2

5.7x5.5

22.6

0

7

14

M68

NGC

4321

10.4

5.2x5.0

22.6

0

7

15

M100

M40

9.0

M40: 2 stars separated by 49"

NGC

4340

13.0

2.2x1.4

22.8

0

6

55

thuta shape

NGC

4349

ー〇.

15x15

24.5

-0

1

5

100 stars mag 12-14

NGC

4350

11.9

1.6x8.5

20.5

1

5

154

LunicuLar shape

NGC

4361

10.5

一・3x1.3

19.7

1

8

59

centtral star mag 13

NGC

4365

ーー.0

2.0xi.3

20.7

1

4

59

NGC

4374

10.5

2.0x1.8

20.5

1

5

43

M84

NGC

4382

10.5

3.0x2.0

27.1

1

3

38

M85

NGC

4372

8.

18x18

22.9

0

5

4

NGC

4387

12.0

1.9xi.1

21.4

1

1

70

NGC

4388

12.0

5.Oxl.O

22.4

0

7

77

near MB4

NGC

4394

12.0

3.8x6.0

23.0

0

5

26

near M85

NGC

4395

11.0

10.0x8.0

24.4

-0

1

10

3-branch spiral

NGC

4402

13.0

2.0x0.8

22.1

0

8

96

near M86

NGC

4406

10.5

3.0x2.8

21.4

1

1

27

M86

NGC

4413

13.2

1.1x0.7

21.5

1

1

110

near NGC 4388

NGC

4414

ーー.0

3.1x1.5

21.3

1

2

51

3C273

12

56.6

02

19

12

29.2

02

02

Vir

QSO

13

238

21/

*

NGC

4461

12

26.6

13

28

12

29.1

13

11

Vir

SO

13

193

178

NGC

4472

—49

12

27.3

08

16

12

29.8

07

59

V"

E3

13

193

178

*

NGC

4473

12

27.3

13

42

12

29.8

13

25

V"

E/

13

193

178

*

NGC

4/76

12

27.5

12

37

12

30.0

12

20

Vir

—4

1/

193

178

*

NGC

4477

12

27.5

13

55

12

3010

13

38

Com

SBa

1/

193

178

*

NGC

4478

12

27.8

12

36

12

30.3

12

19

Vir

El

1/

193

178

*

NGC

4/79

12

27.8

13

52

12

30. 3

13

35

Com

Sb

1/

193

178

NGC

4485

12

28.2

41

58

12

30.6

41

41

CVn

E

7

75

78

!*

NGC

4486

—87

12

28.3

12

40

12

3018

12

23

Vir

El

1/

193

178

NGC

4/90

12

2813

/

55

12

30.7

41

38

CVn

Sc

7

75

78

NGC

4/9/

12

28.9

26

03

12

31./

25

/6

Com

EL

7

148

108

NGC

4'0t

—88

12

29.5

1/

45

12

32.0

1/

25

Com

Sb

1/

19/

178

NGC

/517

12

30.2

00

23

12

32.8

00

06

Vir

Sc

14

239

21/

NGC

4526

12

3116

07

58

12

3411

07

41

Vir

—7

1/

19/

178

a b 3 B c s s E s s n r r r m cv i i i。 c V V V c


3 3 2 2 1

3 111 3


9 12 5 5

5 6 6 6 6

2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2

11111


9 4 3 3 0

4 2 15 3

3 3 3 2 1

3 111 3


4 6 7 0 0

3 3 3 4 4

2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2


NGC 4395

NGC 4414


ChaaXs

Con Type 2000 Uran VRSY


2000.0


1950.0


RY DEC


ID             RY DEC



a

7 B o 4 a ESSES r

V V V V V


5 5 4 4 0

3 2 4 0 0

9 9 2 3 3

o o 111


8 1-278

6 7 7 7 7

2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2

11111


2 2 117

5 4 0 2 1

9 9 3 3 3

〇 〇 Tx 1I-


2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2

11111


Com

Sb

7

108

108

CVn

Irr

7

75

78

Com

Sb

13

148

142

Vir

-0

13

193

178

Com

SO

13

193

178


7 5 4 5 8

3 0 0 15


8 4 7 3 3

2 4 111

3 2 4 0 0


8 8 8 9 9

2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2

11111


8 4 7 3 4

2 4 111


8 8 9 5 5

5 5 5 6 6

2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2

11111


NGC //t7

NGC 445/

NGC 4448

NGC 44'0


12 34.2

02 39

Vir Sb

14

239

514

12 34.3

08 11

Vir SBe

14

194

178

12 34.5

02 11

V" Sc

14

239

214

12 33.7

82 34

Cam Plan

5

9

6

12 85./

14 29

Com SBb

/

194

178


6 8 8 16

5 2 2 5 4

2 8 2 2 4

0 0 0 8 1


NGC 4527

NGC 4'8'

NGC 4536

1.3568

NGC /'/8


NGC

4552  —89

12

881t

12

50

12

35.6

12

33

Vir

EO

/

194

178

NGC

4559

12

33.5

28

14

12

36.0

27

57

Com

Sc

7

1/9

108

NGC

4564

12

33.9

11

43

12

36.4

11

26

Vir

-6

/

19/

178

!* NGC

4'6'

12

33.9

26

16

12

36./

25

59

Com

Sb

7

1/9

108

! NGC

4567

12

3/10

11

32

12

36.5

11

15

Vir

Sb

1/

19/

178

12 36.6

!l!/

Vir Sb

14

194

178

12 36.8

13 09

Vir Sb

14

19/

178

12 37.6

11 48

Vir Sb

14

194

178

12 39.7

-60 36

Cru OpCl

25

429

397

12 3915

-56 45

Hya Glob

21

329

320


16 5 0 9

3 2 0 2 2


13 2 0 6

1116 2

13 18 8


M


NGC 4'68

* NGC 4569

NGC 4579

H7

NGC 4590


Size

ID v mag arc-min S. B. CL MDM

Comuents


NGC

4417

12.2

2.2x0.8

21.4

NGC

4424

12.5

2.5xL.3

22.4

NGC

4425

12.9

2.0x0.5

21.5

NGC

4435

11.8

.4x0.9

20.7

NGC

4438

11.0

4.0xL.5

21.6

8

0

8

8

1


NGC

4477

10.4

4.0x3.5

21.9

NGC

4478

12.4

LOxl.8

21.7

NGC

4479

12.5

L.5xL.5

22.0

NGC

4485

12.5

一・3x0.7

21.0

NGC

4486

8.6

3.0x3.0

19.6


2 7 10

2 7 5 1

1

9 0 9 3


near M87

near NGC 4490

9  26 M87


near NGC 4424 near NGC 4417 near M86

near NGC 4438 near NGC 4435

NGC

4448

11.7

2.9xL.O

21.5

8

.8

77

NGC

4449

10.5

4.2x3.0

21.9

0

.9

26

icelegulli shape

NGC

4450

11.1

3.8x3.0

22.4

0

.8

26

NGC

4458

12.0

L.9xL.8

22.0

0

.9

43

NGC

4459

11.7

L.5xL.0

20.8

1

.4

77

dust Lanc

near nucleus

3C273

12.8

stellar

brightest

quasar

NGC

4461

12.2

2.Oxl.O

21.6

1

.8

77

NGC

4472

L0.L

4.0x3.4

21.6

1

.8

23

M49

NGC

4473

11.3

2.0xL.0

20.7

1

.4

77

NGC

4476

13.3

0.7x0.4

20.5

1

.5

192

eeai M87

NGC

4490

L0.L

5.0x2.0

21.2

8

2

38

68〇ロ Galaxy

NGC

4494

10.9

L.4xL.4

20.3

8

6

55

NGC

4501

10.5

5.7x2.5

22.0

0

9

31

M88

NGC

4517

11.4

9.Oxl.O

22.4

0

7

77

uquattorial dust lane

NGC

4526

10.7

4.Oxl.O

20.8

8

4

77

NGC

4527

11.3

5.lxl.l

21.8

8

0

70

NGC

4535

10.7

6.0x4.0

22.8

0

6

19

NGC

4536

11.0

7.0x2.0

22.5

0

7

38

I. 3568

11.6

0.60x0.60

19.—

2

1

128

NGC

4548

10.9

3.9x3.4

22.3

0

8

23

M91

NGC

4552

11.0

2.0x2.0

21.1

1

2

38

M89

NGC

4——6

10.5

10.0x3.0

22.8

0

6

26

NGC

4564

11.1

3.LxL.4

21.3

1

2

55

near NGC 4567, 4568

NGC

4565

10.5

L5.0xL.L

22.2

0

8

70

famous udeu-fe spiral

NGC

4567

12.0

2.4xL.6

22.1

0

9

48

the Siamusu Twins

NGC

4568

11.9

3.6xL.8

22.6

0

7

43

near NGC 4567

NGC

4569

9.0

7.0x2.5

20.7

1

4

31

M90

NGC

4579

10.5

4.0x3.5

22.0

0

9

22

M58

H7

8.

8x8

23.7

0

4

10

about 200 stars

NGC

6 — 6O

8.

9x9

21.4

1

1

9

M68

1950.0            2000.0                     Chh"s

ID

RA

DEC

RA

DEC

Con

Type

2000

Ur an

VPSA

NGC

4594

M104

12

37.3

-11

21

12

39.9

-11

37

1 1 Vir

1 I Sa

14

284

250

NGC

4605

12

37.8

61

53

12

40.0

61

37

UMa

Sc

2

26

31

NGC

4618

12

39.2

41

25

12

41.6

41

09

CVn

Sc

7

75

78

NGC

4621

M59

12

39.5

11

55

12

42.0

11

39

Vir

E3

14

194

178

NGC

4631

12

39.8

32

49

12

42.2

32

33

CVn

Sc

7

108

108

NGC

4638

12

40.2

11

43

12

42.7

11

27

Vir

E5

14

194

179

NGC

4636

12

40.3

02

57

12

42.9

02

41

Vir

El

14

239

215

NGC

4639

12

40.3

13

31

12

42.8

13

15

Vir

SBb

14

194

179

NGC

4643

12

40.8

02

15

12

43.4

01

59

Vi

SBa

14

239

215

NGC

4647

12

41.0

11

51

12

43.5

11

35

Vir

Sc

14

194

179

12 43.6

11 33

Vir El

14

194

179

12 43.7

16 24

Com Sc

14

194

143

12 43.9

13 07

Vr Sc

14

194

179

12 44.0

3/ 10

CVn Irr

7

108

108

12 44.5

1110

Vir E5

14

194

179


9 0 3 6 6

4 4 2 2 2

16 3 2 1

1113 1


12 4 6 0

11112

4 4 4 4 4


12123212


NGC 4649 M60

NGC 4651

NGC 4654

NGC 4656

NGC 4660


NGC 4666

12 42.6

-00

12

12 45.2

-00

28

Vir Sc

14

239

215

NGC 4668

12 43.0

-00

17

12 45.6

-00

33

Vir SBe

14

239

215

NGC 4689

12 45.2

14

01

12 47.7

13

45

Com Sb

14

194

179

NGC 4697

12 46.0

-05

3/

12 48.6

■05

48

Vir E5

14

284

251

NGC 4699

12 46.5

-08

24

12 49.1

08

40

Vir Sa

14

284

251

11 2 1


b c OBb3e s s s E p m m n r m 〇 〇 Vi o c c c V c


0 0 7 8 5

13 0 2 4


5 5 10 5

12 4 12


9 0 111

4 5 5 5 5


6 6 3 2 1

2 4 2 10

5 5 10 6

12 4 12


116 2 4

7 8 8 9 9

4 4 4 4 4

2 2 2 2 2

11111


NGC 4710

NGC 4725

* NGC 4736 M94

NGC 4742

NGC 4747


NGC 4754

12

49.7

11

35

12

/.2

11

19

Vir

SO

14

194

179

NGC 4753

12

49.8

-00

55

12

52.4

-01

11

Vir

Irr

14

239

215

Coalsack

12

50.0

■62

44

12

53.0

-63

00

Cru

DNeb

25

451

397

NGC 4762

12

50.4

11

31

12

52.9

11

15

Vir

SO

14

194

179

NGC 4760

12

50.5

10

13

12

53.1

-10

29

Vir

El

14

284

251

Cru Opel

25

429

397

Vir

SBe

14

284

251

Crv

EO

14

284

251

Crv

EO

14

284

251

Vir

SBe

14

284

251

Com

Sa

7

149

143

Vir

Sa

14

239

215

Hus

Glob

25

451

413

Vir

SBa

14

284

251

Com SO       7  149  109


12 5 4 4

2 3 3 3 1

0 0 2 2 0

6 1111


6 4 6 6 8

3 4 4 4 4

5 5 5 5 5

2 2 2 2 2

11-111


0 1115

0 0 2 2 9


15 2 2 8

4 3 5 0 5

1! 5 7

2 0 7 12


8 13 3 6

6 8 9 9 9

5 5 5 5 5

2 2 2 2 2

1-1111


7 16 6 4

5 5 3 4 1

110 4 8

2 0 7 12


! NGC 4755

NGC 4781

NGC 4782

NGC 4783

NGC 4790

12 50.6

12 51.8

12 52.0

12 52.0

12 52.2

!* NGC 4826 M64

12 54.3

NGC 4845

12 55.5

NGC 4833

12 56.0

NGC 4856

12 56.7

NGC 4874

12 57.2


Size

ID v mag ar^c.^min S.B. Cl —A—

Com^lmp s


NGC

/594

8.2

710x115

19.4

NGC

4605

10.9

/10x'12

21.2

NGC

4618

1112

310x2.5

22.0

NGC

4621

H10

2.0x115

20.8

NGC

4631

9.7

'2.5xt.2

2113

NGC

4638

1212

'1'x015

20.2

NGC

4636

''10

710x2.0

22.5

NGC

4639

12.2

510x1.3

21.9

NGC

/6/3

1116

117x018

20.6

NGC

/6/7

12.0

213x118

22.2

NGC

4649

1010

3.0x215

20.8

NGC

4651

111/

3.0x2.5

22.2

NGC

4654

11.2

/.5x2.5

22.5

NGC

4656

n.0

19.5x2.0

23.6

NGC

/660

1212

t.3xO.6

20.6

NGC

4666

111/

319x0.7

2111

NGC

4668

131/

0.8x0.6

51.5

NGC

4689

11.7

218x5.0

22.2

NGC 4697

10.5

215x113

20.4

NGC 4699

10.3

310x210

50, 9

NGC

4710

12.0

31/x0.5

2112

NGC

4725

10. 5

7.5x/.8

23.0

NGC

4736

8.9

5.0x315

20.6

NGC

4742

12.0

110x016

2011

NGC

/747

12.8

310x0.5

21.9

NGC

4754

11.8

215x1.0

21.4

NGC

/753

10.6

218x5.0

21.1

C/asack

400x300

NGC

/762

1115

3.7x0./

20.6

NGC

/760

12.5

0.6x015

19.8

NGC

4755

/.2

10x10

17.8

NGC

4781

1117

2.6x'1'

5115

NGC

/782

12.9

0.5x0.5

20.0

NGC

4783

12.9

015x0.5

20.0

NGC

/790

12.5

'1/x'.0

21.5

NGC

4826

8.6

715x3.5

20.8

NGC

4845

12.6

/.0x0.8

22.5

NGC

4833

8.5

6x6

21.0

NGC

4856

n./

2.5x017

20.6

NGC

4874

13.5

L.Oxx.O

2211

1

1

1

1

2

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

0

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1 〇 〇 〇

1

1

1

1

51—104 the Sombbero Galaxy 6/

31 ringtaiil ehape

51 M59

6/ edge ・〇 nspiral

15/ near -59 & M60

38

59

96

43 near —60

31 -60

31

31 near NGC 4639

38 stretched S shape

128 near —60

310 near NGC 4668

128 near NGC 4666

38

59

38

/  22

0 15/ distorted

1  77 near NGC 4762

next 0 Souhern Cross

1  70 near NGC /7/2, 4760

7 15/ ouchine NGC 4782

1  77 near NGC 4781

/  22 -64, the Black -ye Galaxy

3  13

/ 110 thets ehape

Chaarts

Con Type 2000 Uran VPSA


2000.0

RA DEC


1950.0

RA     DEC


ID


NGC 4889

12 57.7

28

15

13

00.1

27

59

Com E4

7

149

NGC

4902

82

58.3

-84

85

83

00.9

38

Vir

SBb

14

284

NGC

4945

13

02.4

-49

13

13

05.3

-49

29

Cen

Sc

21

402

NGC

—00—

13

08.5

37

19

13

10.8

37

03

CVn

Sb

7

809

NGC

5024 M53

13

10.5

18

26

13

12.9

18

10

Com

GLob

14

150


809

2 51

377

79

143

CVn

Sb

7

109

79

CVn

Sb

7

76

79

Com

GLob

14

150

143

Cen

SO

21

370

351

Cen

SO

21

403

6—8


3 0 4 3 0

3 4 13 4


5 7 3 9 3

3 5 6 15

1112 2

3 3 3 3 3

11111


17 7 3 5

3 4 13 4


13 3 9 2

1111 2

11111


3 5 3 2 8 3 5 5 0 2 oooll

5 5 5 5 5 c c c c c G G G G G N N N N N


!* NGC

— 136

13 23.8

-47

13

13

26.8

-47

29

Cen Glob

21

403

377

!* NGC

5194 M58

13 27.8

47

27

13

29.9

47

12

CVn Sc

7

76

53

* NGC

5195

13 27.9

47

31

13

30.0

47

16

CVn Puc

7

76

53

NGC

5189

13 29.9

-65

43

13

33.4

-65

58

Mus Nub

25

451

413

!* NGC

5236 M83

13 34.3

-29

37

13

37.1

-29

52

Hya Sc

21

370

322


Boo

Sc

14

196

180

Cen

E

21

370

322

CVn

GLob

7

110

110

UMa

E2

2

49

32

CVn

Sb

7

76

80


3 9 3 12

5 3 2 12

8 18 0 0

0 3 2 6 4


0 2 3 2 3

0 3 2 6 4


119 6 3

5 7 9 7 1

3 3 3 4 5

3 3 3 3 3

111-11


NGC 5248

NGC —2—3

NGC 5272

NGC 5322

NGC —6—0


NGC

—3 — 3

13

51.3

40

31

83

53.4

40

86

CVn

E5

7

76

80

NGC

— 6—4

13

51.3

40

32

83

53.4

40

87

CVn

E3

7

76

80

NGC

5363

13

53.6

05

29

83

56.1

05

14

Vir

Irr

14

241

180

NGC

5371

13

53.6

40

43

13

55.7

40

28

CVn

Sb

7

76

80

NGC

5364

13

53.7

05

15

13

56.2

05

00

Vir

Sb

14

241

180


7 17

2


110


1414


CVn Sa

Cen Neb CVn SBb CVn Sb CVn Sb

Vi Sc Vir Sc UMa Sc Boo GLob UMa Irr


2 9 0 5 4

15 5 2 2

7 9 17 7

4 3 4 3 3


3 7 16 6

6 7 7 8 8

5 5 5 5 5

3 3 3 3 3

1-1111


7 4 5 0 9

2 4 0 4 3

7 9 2 7 7

4 3 4 3 3


14 03.4 -06 03

14 03.4 -06 01

14 03.2  54

14 05.4  28

14 05.0  53


9 7 5 6 4

0 0 5 2 5


14 00.8

14 00.8

14 01.4

14 03.2

14 03.2


56

43

UMa

Sc

2

49

32

34

51

Boo

Sa

7

111

80

-60

43

Cen

OpCl

25

430

198

•44

12

Lup

Sb

21

404

>52

01

41

Vir

Sb

14

243

218


6 17 6 4


9 4 9 2 4

12 2 3 4

4 4 4 4 4


7 5 0 9 4

5 3 6 4 0


o o o

8 2 6

12 2


NGC 5377

NGC 5367

NGC 5383

NGC —664

NGC —36—

NGC 5426

NGC 5427

! NGC 5457 ML01

NGC 5466

NGC 5474

NGC ——8—

NGC 5614

NGC 5617

NGC 5643

NGC 5740


NGC 5033

11.0

8.0x4.0

23.4

0

3

NGC 5055

9.8

9.0x4.0

22.3

0

8

NGC 5053

10.5

8x8

23.6

0

2

NGC 5102

10.8

6.0x2.5

22.4

0

8

NGC 5128

7.2

10x8

20. 6

1

5

NGC 5139

3.6

30x30

19.6

1

9

NGC 5194

8.1

10.0x5.5

21.1

1

3

NGC 5195

11.0

2.0x1.5

/〇・ 8

1

4

NGC 5189

185x130

?

NGC 5236

8.0

10.0x8.0

21.4

1

1

Size

ID

v mag

arc-min

S.B.

NGC

4889

s.....

13.2

1.0x0.6

1-----

21.3

NGC

4902

11.6

2.0x2.0

21.7

NGC

4945

?

?

NGC

5005

10.8

4.7x1.6

21.6

NGC

5024

8.

10x10

21.6


Cl

MDM

C^i^n^mnts

1.2

128

.....

cenlter

of Coma Cluster of Galaxies

1.0

38

1.1

48

1.0

8

M53

19

19 M63

10 near; M53

31

10 pe<cu.liar, with dark lane


3 Omega Cecitasr: spectacular globular

14 M51

51 CfbpaIiifn to NGC 5194

10 M83

near NGC 5353

NGC

5353

12.3

1.1x0.4

20.0

1

7

192

near NGC

5354

NGC

5354

13.0

0.9x0.7

21.1

1

2

110

near NGC

5353

NGC

5363

11.1

1.7x1.5

20.7

1

4

51

near NGC

5364

NGC

5371

11.5

3.7x3.0

22.7

0

6

26

NGC

5364

11.5

5.0x4.0

23.4

0

3

19

near NGC

5363

NGC

5377

12.0

3.0x0.6

21.3

1

2

128

oulter ring

NGC

5367

10.

1.3x1.0

18.9

2

1

77

double nucleus

NGC

5383

12.7

2.2x2.0

22.9

0

5

38

NGC

5394

13. 5

. 5x0.5

20.6

1

5

154

NGC

5395

12.7

2.1X1.0

22.1

0

8

77

iitcraetiig with NGC 5394?

NGC

5426

12.7

1.5x1.1

21.9

1

0

70

near NGC

5427

NGC

5427

12.0

2.0x1.7

22.0

0

9

45

near NGC

5426

NGC

5457

9.0

22x20

24.2

0

0

4

M101

NGC

5466

9.0

5x5

21.1

1

3

15

NGC

5474

11.5

4.0x3.0

22.8

0

6

26

NGC

5585

11.6

4.5x2.3

22.8

0

6

33

NGC

5614

12.9

2.1x0.8

22.1

0

9

96

NGC

5617

8.

15x15

22.5

0

7

5

50 stars

mag 8+

NGC

5643

11.4

2.5x2.3

21.9

0

9

33

NGC

5740

12.6

2.5x1.5

22.7

0

6

51

near NGC

5746

5 14 7 5

5 5 7 5

2 2 3 6 0


NGC

5248

11.0

3.2x1.4

21.3

NGC

5253

10. 8

4.0x1.5

21.4

NGC

5272

6.

18x18

20.9

NGC

5322

11.3

1.4x1.0

20.3

NGC

5350

11.4

3.2x1.4

21.7


M3


Charts


Con Type 5000 Uran VPSY


10


DEC


2000

RY


14

243

218

21

373

324

25

431

399

14

2/3

218

14

243

218

5

50

33

5

50

33

21

33/

290

5

50

33

5

50

33


Vir Sb

Lup GLob

C" OpCl.

Vir E0

Vir SBb

Dra E6

Dra SBb

Lib GLob

Dra Sb

Dra Sb


01 57 -33 05 -55 36

01 36

01 32


1/ 44.8 5 0/.0 5 05.6 15 06.5

15 07.1


-0 3 4 8 4

-1 5 2 4 4 c -

E -29-511

D -03500


19201

ID             RY


NGC 57/6

1/ 42.3

NGC 5824

15 00.9

NGC 5823

5 01.9

NGC 58/6

5 04.0

NGC '85O

5 04.6


5 110 5

4 3 0 2 2


5 5 16 5

5 5 2 5 5


15 06.5

15 15.4

15 17.4

15 15.9 5 16.7


7 2 0 16

5 4 5 3 3

5 5 0 6 5

5 5 2 5 5


115 6 4


6 5 7 7 8

6 0 9 0 0

8 9 8 9 9

5 5 5 5 5


Ser Glob Ser Sc Dra Sb

Lup Glob Nor Plan

14

2//

218

15

199

147

5

51

33

21

37/

354

25

432

379


5 6 0 6 0

0 3 2 4 3

2 6 9 7 1

0 15 3 5



8 6 9 6 1

13 3 4 5


6 6 0 7 1

14 3 3 2

2 6 9 7 1

0 15 3 5



0 6 8 8

9 9 9 9


NGC

6027

15

57.0

20

55

15

59.2

20

46

Ser

E

7

155

147

NGC

6025

15

59.4

-60

22

16

03.7

60

30

TrY OpCl

26

432

399

NGC

6067

16

09.3

-54

05

16

1312

-54

13

No

OpCl

26

432

380

NGC

6093  M80

16

1411

-55

52

16

1711

■22

59

Sco

GLob

22

336

292

NGC

6101

16

20.0

-75

06

16

25.7

■72

13

Yps

Glob

26

45/

415


Sco

Glob

22

336

325

Sco

OpCl

22

/07

355

Nor

OpCl

26

433

380

Sco

GLob

22

336

325

Opp

GLob

15

291

256


12 7 3 3

3 4 3 0 0

6 0 2 6 3

2 4 5 2 1


7 6 7 3 5

3 5 2 7 2

2 2 3 2 3

6 6 6 6 6

11111


4 5 16 7

2 3 3 5 5

6 0 2 5 2

2 4 5 2 1


!* NGC 6121

—4

16 20.6

NGC 612/

16 55.2

NGC 6152

16 28.8

NGC 6144

16 24.2

NGC 6171

-107

16 29.7


NGC

6153

16

28.0

40

08

16

3114

-40

15

Sco

Plan

22

407

355

NGC

6188

16

35.9

-48

55

16

39.7

-49

01

Yrs

Neb

22

407

380

NGC

6192

16

36.8

-43

17

16

/0.3

-43

23

Sco

OpCl

22

407

355

NGC

6193

16

37.6

-48

40

16

/113

-48

46

Yra OpCl

22

407

380

NGC

6205  M13

16

39.9

36

33

16

41.7

36

27

Her

GLob

8

114

83


3 9 16 5

8 4^5 5


4 6 6 0 7

15 4 8 0

112 4


Her Sc Hei: Plan

Opp GLob Her Glob

Sco OpCl


0 7 7 2 8

3 2 0 4 4


NGC 6207

NGC 6210

NGC 6218

NGC 6229

NGC 6231

16 41.3

16 42.5

36 56

23 53

16 /3.1

16 //.6

-12  16 44.6

iO' 52

16 /712

16 45.6

47 37

16 /710

16 50.7

-41 43

16 54.5


7-77-67

0 4 0 7 3

4 2 4 3 3


2 5 2 2 2

2 12 2 2


16 56.2 -40 43 Sco OpCl

17 0113 -30 07 Sco GLob

17 02.6 -56 15 Opp GLob


7 5 115

2 4 7 8 9

1X 1X 111X


H12

NGC 625/

NGC 6259

NGC 6266

NGC 6273


ID

v mag

Size arc-min

S.B.

Cl

MDM

NGC

5746

11.7

6.5x0.8

22.1

0

9

96

............................

near NGC 5740

NGC

5824

9.5

3x3

20.5

1

5

26

NGC

5823

11.

9x9

24.4

・〇

1

9

80 stars mag 13+

NGC

5846

11.5

1.0xL.0

20.1

1

6

77

near NGC 5850

NGC

5850

12.0

2.6x2.1

22.5

0

7

37

theta shape

NGC

5866

11.1

2.9xl.0

20.9

1

3

77

cqusaofia1 dust lane

NGC

5905

13.1

4.4x3.2

24.6

-0

1

24

near NGC 5908

NGC

5897

9 .

8.5x8.5

22.3

0

8

9

NGC

5907

11.0

11.0x0.6

21.7

1

0

128

NGC

5908

13.0

2.4x0.4

21.6

1

1

192

cqusaofia1 dust lane

NGC

5904

6.2

13x13

20.4

1

5

6

M5

NGC

596/

11.9

2.2x1.3

21.7

1

0

59

NGC

5985

12.0

4.3x2.1

23.0

0

5

37

NGC

5986

8.

5x5

20.1

1

7

15

SP1

8,5

1.2x1.2

17.5

2

7

64

ring, 13.5m c^i^t::ral star

NGC

6027

14.

1.7x1.3

23.5

0

3

59

5 close galaxies

NGC

6025

6.

10x10

19.6

1

8

8

30 stars mag 7+

NGC

6067

8.

15x15

22.5

0

7

5

100 stars mag 10+

NGC

6093

8.

7x7

20.9

1

4

11

M80

NGC

6101

10.

4x4

21.6

1

0

19

NGC

6121

7.4

20x20

22.5

0

7

4

M4

NGC

6124

8.

25x25

23.6

0

3

3

100 stars mag 9 to 12

NGC

6152

8.

30x30

24.0

0

1

3

60 stars mag 9+

NGC

6144

10.

3x3

21.0

1

3

26

NGC

6171

8.1

3x3

19.1

2

1

26

M107

NGC

6153

11.5

0.33x0.33

17.7

2

6

233

NGC

6188

20x12

bright and dark nebulae

NGC

6192

10.

7x7

22.9

0

6

11

NGC

6193

5.2

15x15

19.7

1

8

5

about 30 stars near NGC 6188

NGC

6205

5.7

23x23

21.1

1

2

3

M13, spectacular

NGC

6207

12.3

2.0xl.0

21.7

1

0

77

near M13

NGC

6210

9.7

0.33x0.27

15.7

3

4

284

central star 12.5

NGC

6218

8.

10x10

21.6

1

0

8

M12

NGC

6229

8.7

3.5x3.5

20.0

1

7

22

NGC

6231

6.

15x15

20.5

1

5

5

100 stars mag 7 to 13

H12

?

40x40

?

200 stars

NGC

6254

7.

8x8

/1

1.

6

10

MIO

NGC

6259

10.

15x15

24.5

・〇.

1

5

100 stars mag 11+

NGC

6266

6.5

6x6

19.0

2.

1

13

M62

NGC

6273

7 .

6x6

19. 5

1.

9

13

M19

1950.0              2000.0                        Chha7s

ID

RA

DEC

RA

.........

DEC

Con

Type

2000

Utan

VPSA

NGC

6302

17

L0.5

-37

03

17

L3.9

-37

07

8

Sco

Neb

22

376

356

NGC

6318

17

74.3

-39

24

17

17.8

•39

27

Sco

OpCl

22

408

356

NGC

6341

M92

17

15.6

43

12

17

17.1

43

09

He

Glob

8

81

84

NGC

6333

M9

17

16.2

18

28

17

19.1

-18

31

Oph

Glob

85

337

293

NGC

6334

17

17.2

36

01

87

20.6

36

04

Sco

Neb

22

376

356

Sco

Plan

22

376

356

Oph

DNeb

22

338

294

Sco

Neb

22

376

327

Ara

Glob

22

408

381

Ara

Glob

26

455

416


8 8 0 9 3

8 3 4 8 7


NGC 6337

17

18.9

-38 25

17 22.3

B72

17

21.0

-23 35

17 23.5

NGC 6357

17

21.3

-34 07

17 24.6

NGC 6352

17

21.6

-48 26

17 25.4

NGC 6362

17

26.6

-67 01

17 31.8


17 32.3  07 04

Oph Sb

15

203

186

17 33.0 -26 00

Oph DNeb

22

338

327

17 36.3 -44 45

Sco Glob

22

408

356

17 37.6 -03 15

Oph Glob

15

248

222

17 40.9 53 41

Ara Glob

26

434

381


0 5 4 13

0 2 4 0 5


M


4 8 2 7

8 8 0 9

3 3 4 3

6 6 6 6


!

NGC

6405

M6

17

36.8

-32

11

17

40.1

32

13

Sco

OpCl

22

377

327

NGC

6441

17

46.8

-37

02

17

50.2

-37

03

Sco

Glob

22

377

356

!

NGC

6475

M7

17

50.7

-34

48

17

54.0

-34

49

Sco

OpCl

22

377

327

S!

NGC

6494

M23

17

54.0

-19

01

17

56.9

-19

01

Sgr

OpCl

15

339

294

NGC

6543

17

58.8

66

38

17

58.8

66

38

Dra

Plan

3

30

18

! ! *

NGC

6514

M20

17

58.9

-23

02

18

0L.9

-23

02

s

Nub

22

339

294

B86

18

00.0

-27

50

18

03.L

-27

50

Sgr

DNeb

22

339

328

NGC

6520

18

00.3

-27

54

18

03.5

-27

54

Sgr

OpCl

22

339

328

B87

18

0L.0

-32

30

18

04.3

•32

30

Sgr

DNeb

22

377

328

!I*

NGC

6523

M8

88

01.6

-24

20

18

04.7

-24

20

Sgr

Neb

22

339

295

*

NGC

6530

18

01.6

-24

20

18

04.7

-24

20

Sgr

OpCl

22

339

295

NGC

6 — 61

M21

18

01.8

:2

30

18

04.8

-22

30

Sgr

OpCl

22

339

295

NGC

6569

18

70.4

-31

50

18

13.7

-31

49

Sgr

Glob

22

377

328

B92

18

12.7

-18

20

18

15.6

-18

19

Sgr

DNeb

15

339

295

NGC

6584

18

14.6

-52

14

18

18.6

52

13

Tel

Glob

26

434

382

! M24        M24

NGC 6603

* NGC 6681  M16

NGC 6613  M18

!* NGC 6688 M17


Sgr

Glob

22

378

328

Dra

Sc

3

12

19

Sgr

Glob

22

340

295

Sg

Plan

22

340

295

Sgr

GLob

22

340

328


2 5 2 2 0

0 4 4 3 5


3 9 4 5 1

2 12 2 3

11111


3 3 4 4 2

2 3 5 13


〇 !-1-2 7

2 2 2 2 2

8 8 8 8 8

11111


4 3 6 9 8

2 4 2 2 3

6 6 6 6 6

6 6 6 6 6 c c c c c G G G G G N N N N N


Size

ID

v mag

arc-min

S.B1

Cl

-D-

Comments

........1

NGC 6302

1.....

?

2x1

1 -----1

?

i                          1

iiears 8

ehaph

NGC 6318

111

5x5

2311

0.5

15 60 stars

mag 12 to 14

NGC 68/t

6.5

8x8

1916

1.8

10 -92

NGC 6333

81

4x4

1916

1.8

19 —9

NGC 633/

?

30x30

?

NGC

6337

?

O19xO13

?

B72

-

30x30

-

-

dark

S

nebula:

the Snake

NGC

9337

?

4x1

?

NGC

9332

91

8x8

25.1

0.

8

10

NGC

9392

81

9x9

211/

11

1

9

NGC

988/

1213

/10x310

2316

0.

2

26

B78

500xt50

bowl

of

Pipe NebbuLa

NGC

6388

71

4x4

1816

I.

2

19

NGC

9502

91

9x9

2115

1.

1

13

—14

NGC

6397

7.

19x19

22.0

0.

9

4

may be

isalrsst

globin

NGC 6405

NGC 644/

NGC 647/

NGC 6494

NGC 6563

25x25

3x3

9Ox9O

23x23

6  0.4X0.3

12 0 0 3

6 0 5 6 9

19 2 2 4

2 12 2 1


1

3 —6

1

26

7

1

M7

7

3

—2 3

7

239

central star mag 10


NGC 6514

8.5

29x27

B86

-

415x3

NGC 932O

91

5x5

B87

12x12

NGC 9'23

51

80x40

NGC 958O

91

10x10

NGC 938t

71

10x10

NGC 9399

101

2x5

B92

-

15x15

NGC 9384

8.5

9x9

2111  1.3

4.5


24./ .0


3 —20, Trifid Nebula

dark nebuls

15 25 stars mag 9 to 12 Parrot* s Head

2 -8, Lagoon Nebula


22./ .7

1916

1

18

8

50.6

1

14

8

2011

1

19

38

21.0

1

13

13

llastcr in —8 —21

dark nebula


-24

NGC 6603

NGC 6611

NGC 6613

NGC 6618


11.4

6.5


60x90

4x4 2'x2'

7x7 45x35


o o o 1 o

5 0 19 6

2 3 2 0 2

2 2 2 2 2


7    1-24

5  19 within —24

9   3 —16, nebua +60 s tsrs

4   131 M18

7   2 —17 , Omega NebuSa


NGC

662/

81

5

3x3

t913

1

19

26

NGC

6643

15.

310x113

2211

19

59

NGC

9929

81

9x9

20.5

1

15

13

NGC

9929

10.

5

0.25x0125

1611

3

13

307

NGC

9938

91

5

2x2

1916

1

18

38


cent:て丄/ star mag 10

—2 8

centtrsl star mag 13.5


2000.0                        Chhrits

RA

DEC

Con Type

2000

Uiran

VPSA

____

18

31.4

-32

21

Sgr Glob

----

//

378

328

18

31.7

-19

15

Sgr OpCl

16

340

/95

18

31.8

-23

29

Sgr GLob

//

340

295

18

32.7

-16

54

Sgr Opel

16

/95

/95

18

33.5

-10

/4

Set Opel

16

/95

259


1950

.0

ID

RA

DEC

NGC

6637

M69

18

28.1

-3/

/3

1.47

25

M25

18

28.8

-19

17

NGC

6642

18

28.8

-23

31

NGC

6645

18

29.8

-16

56

NGC

6649

18

30.7

-10

26


NGC

6652

18

32.5

-33

0/

18

35.8

-33

00

Sgr

Glob

//

378

328

NGC

6656

M22

18

33.3

-23

58

18

36.4

-23

56

Sgr

Glob

//

340

/95

NGC

6664

18

34.0

-08

16

18

36.7

-08

14

Set

OpCl

16

295

259

1.4756

18

36.6

05

/6

18

39.1

05

/9

Ser

OpCl

16

250

187

NGC

6681

M70

18

40.0

-3/

21

18

43.3

-32

18

Sgr

Glob

22

378

328



09

2 6

Set OpCl

16

/95

/60

06

16

Set OpCl

16

/95

/60

19

21

Aql OpCl

16

205

188

-08

43

Sc Glob

16

295

/60

33

02

Ly Plan

8

117

117


2 15 0 6

5 113 3

4 5 5 5 5

8 8 8 8 8

11111


70778

2 2 14 5


96082

0 0 10 3


5 4 13 7


28901

4 4 4 5 5


45920

90012

6 7 7 7 7

6 6 6 6 6




NGC

6715

M54

18

52.0

■30

32

18

55.2

■30

/8

Sgr

Glob

22

378

329

NGC

6723

18

56.2

-36

42

18

59.6

-36

38

Sgr

GLob

/2

378

358

NGC

6726

18

58.3

-36

57

19

01.7

-36

53

CrA

Neb

//

379

358

NGC

6727

18

58.3

-36

56

19

01.7

-36

5/

CrA

Neb

22

379

358

NGC

6729

18

58.4

-37

0/

19

01.8

-36

58

CrA

Neb

22

379

358

B133

19

04.5

■06

05

19

07.2

-06

00

Aql

DNeb

16

296

/60

NGC

6744

19

05.0

■63

56

19

09.7

-63

51

Pav

SBc

/6

456

40/

NGC

6752

19

06.4

-60

04

19

10.8

59

59

Pav

Glob

/6

435

40/

NGC

6779

M56

19

14.6

30

05

19

16.5

30

10

Lyr

Glob

8

118

117

NGC

6781

19

16.0

06

26

19

18.4

06

31

Aql

Plan

16

/06

188

19 20.8

37 46

Lyr OpCl

8

118

86

19 38.2

46 34

Cyg OpCl

8

84

59

19 40.1

-30 56

Sgr Glob

22

380

330

19 40.4

11 07

Aql DNeb

16

/07

189

19 41.3

40 13

Cyg OpCl

8

84

86


07306

4 2 0 0 0

7 6 1!〇

3 4 3 14


0 7 9 0 6

9 6 6 8 9

13 3 3 3

9 9 9 9 9

11111



3 c c c 4 c G G G 1 G N N N B N


NGC 6814

19 39.9

-10 25

19

42.6

-10 18

Aql

Sb

16

297

261

NGC

6820

19

41.1

23

10

19

43.2

/3

17

Neb

8

162

153

NGC

6818

19

41.1

-14

17

19

43.9

-14

10

Sgr

Plan

16

/97

261

NGC

6823

19

41.1

/3

1/

19

43.2

23

19

OpCl

8

16/

153

NGC

6822

19

42.1

-14

53

19

44.9

-14

46

Sgr

Irr

16

/97

/61

cyg

Plan

3

55

59

OpCl

8

119

118

Sgr

Glob

16

16/

153

Plan

8

119

118

Vul

Plan

8

162

153


15 7 7 3

3 2 4 14

09892

5 2 12 2


NGC

6826

19

43.4

50

24

19

44.7

NGC

6834

19

50.2

29

17

19

52.2

NGC

6838

ML

19

51.5

18

39

19

53.7

NGC

6842

19

53.0

/9

09

19

55.0

!* NGC

6853

M27

19

57.4

2/

35

19

59.6


Size

ID

v mag

arc -niin

S.B.

Cl

MDM

Comments

NGC 6637

7.5

4x4

1 ------

19.1

----

2.0

---1........

19 M69

1.4725

6.

35x35

22.3

0.8

2 M25

NGC 6642

8.

2x2

18.1

2.4

38

NGC 6645

9.

10x10

22.6

0.6

8 75 stars

mag 11 to 15

NGC 6649

9.

9x9

22.4

0.7

9

NGC 6652

8.5

2x2

18.6

2.2

38

NGC 6656

6.

18x18

20.9

1.3

4 M22

NGC 6664

9.

18x18

23.9

0.1

4

1.4756

6.

70x70

23.9

0.2

1 80 stars

mag 7+

NGC 6681

8.

4x4

19.6

1.8

19 M70

NGC 6694

9.5

9x9

22.9

0.5

9 M26

NGC 6705

6.

12x12

20.0

1.7

6 Mil

NGC 6709

8.

12x12

22.0

0.9

6

NGC 6712

9.

3x3

20.0

1.7

26

NGC 6720

9.

1.3x1.0

17.9

2.5

77 M57, the

Ring Nebula

NGC 6715

9.

6x6

21.5

1.1

13 M54

NGC 6723

6.

7x7

18.9

2.2

11

NGC 6726

2x2

nebula around var. star

NGC 6727

?

2x2

?

nebula around var. star

NGC 6729

?

lxl

?

nebula around var. star

B133

10x5

dark oval

nebula

NGC 6744

10.6

9.0x9.0

24.0

0.1

9

NGC 6752

7.

15x15

21.5

1.1

5

NGC 6779

8.

5x5

20.1

1.7

15 M56

NGC 6781

12.5

1.75x1.75

22.3

0.8

44 central star mag 15.5

NGC 6791

11.

20x20

26.1

■0.8

4 coupe j

' hundred stars

NGC 6811

9.

15x15

23.5

0.3

5 50 stars

mag 11 to 14

NGC 6809

7.

15x15

21.5

1.1

5

B143

30x30

dark

pronged nebula

NGC 6819

10.

6x6

22.5

0.7

13 150 stars

mag 11 to 15

NGC 6814

12.2

2.0x2.0

NGC 6820

20x20

NGC 6818

10.

.4x0.4

NGC 6823

10.

5x5

NGC 6822

10.0

20x10

22.3


6 14

? 6 2 4

12 2


0.8  38

in cluster NGC 6823

3.0 192

.9  15 30 stars mag 11+

-0.1 8

NGC 6826

8.8

0.4x0.4

15.4

NGC 6834

10.

4x4

21.6

NGC 6838

9.

6x6

21.5

NGC 6842

13.

0.8x0.75

21.1

NGC 6853

8.

8x6

20.8


5 0 13 4


192 central star mag 11

19 50 stars mag 11+

13 M71

102 central star mag 14.5

13 M27, the Dumbbell Nebula

Chatits

Con Type 2000 Uran VpSY


2000.0

RY DEC


1950.0

RY DEC


ID


cyg

SpCl

9

84

87

Sgr

GLob

23

3/3

598

eyg

RLan

9

84

60

cyg

Neb

9

119

87

Del

P/an

16

208

190


0 5 8 5 4

15 2 2 4


4 16 8 2

4 2 4 3 1


7 14 5

3 6 0 2

0 0 11


5


2 4 9 6 5

0 0 113


20 23.0

40 48

Cyg SpCl

9

84

87

20 2511

•24 48

Cap SBb

23

343

598

50 2/10

38 31

Cyg OpCl

9

120

87

20 3t15

60 38

Cep SpCl

3

30

37

50 3411

07 2/

Del GLob

16

209

190


8 8 18 4

3 5 2 2 1


NGC 9899

NGC 989/

NGC 988/

* NGC 6888

NGC 6891

M75

20 0211

20 03.2

20 08.8

20 10.7

20 12.8

:NGC 99tO

20 21.2

NGC 6907

20 2211

NGC 6913

—29

50 22.2

NGC 6939

20 8015

NGC 998/

50 3117


NGC 6940

20

8513

28 08

20 8516

28

18

Vul SpCl

9

120

119

!* NGC 9949

20

33.9

59 58

20 3510

60

08

Cep Sc

3

30

37

NGC 993t

20

3615

9' '6

20 3711

66

07

Cep SB

3

32

20

!!* NGC 9990

20

5316

30 32

20 4517

30

43

Cyg Neb

9

120

119

NGC 998t  —72

20

50.8

-15 44

20 5315

-15

33

Aqr Glob

16

299

263

NGC

7008

20

59.1

54

21

21

00.6

5/

33

cyg

Plan

3

26

60

NGC

7009

21

011/

itt

34

21

0/11

itt

22

Aq

RLan

16

300

263

NGC

7023

21

011/

67

58

21

02.0

68

10

Cep

Neb

3

33

20

NGC

7056

21

0/16

47

39

21

0613

47

51

cyg

RLan

9

85

61

NGC

7057

21

0511

42

02

21

07.0

42

14

cyg

RLan

9

85

88

S

NGC

7031

21

07.9

50

40

21

07.3

50

50

Cep

SpCl

3

30

61

NGC

70/8

21

1216

59

04

21

46

16

cyg

=Lan

9

86

61

!*

NGC

7078

-1.5

21

27.6

n

57

21

30.0

12

10

Peg

GLob

17

210

192

NGC

7086

21

29.8

51

22

51

3115

51

35

cyg

SpCl

3

57

61

NGC

7092

—39

21

301/

48

13

21

32.2

48

26

cyg

SpCl

9

86

61

*

NGC

7089

M2

21

30.9

-01

03

21

3315

-00

50

Aqr

GLob

17

255

228

NGC

7099

—30

21

8713

-53

25

21

/0.3

■23

11

Cap

GLob

23

346

300

NGC

7217

22

05.6

31

07

22

07.8

31

22

Peg

Sb

9

122

121

S

NGC

7235

22

10.7

57

00

22

'213

57

15

Cep

SpCl

3

57

38

NGC

72/3

22

1312

49

38

22

1512

49

53

Lac

SpCl

9

87

62

!*

NGC

7293

22

27.0

-51

06

22

29.7

20

51

Aqr

Plan

23

347

301

*

NGC

7331

22

34.8

34

10

22

3711

34

26

Peg

Sb

9

123

122

NGC

7410

22

5211

-39

26

22

5419

•39

40

Gru

SB

23

415

362

NGC

7418

22

53.8

-37

17

22

5616

•37

01

Gru

SBc

23

384

362

NGC

7479

23

021/

12

03

23

04.9

12

19

Peg

SBb

17

213

194

Cyg Neb

9

120

119

Cyg SpCl

9

85

88

AqSpCl

16

299

263

Cyg Neb

9

85

88

Del GLob

16

209

155


4 3 3 2 1

14 2 4 6


6 6 8 8 1

2 2 2 2 2


0 7 18 0

3 2 5 0 0

14 2 4 6

3 4 14 1


2 2 2 2 2


! !* NGC 6992-5 NGC 6997

NGC 9995  -73

!* NGC 7000

NGC 7006


Size

ID v mag arc-min S.B. Cl MDM

Comments

NGC 7008

12.

1.4X1.2

21.2

NGC 7009

8.

0.4x0.4

14.6

NGC 7023

18x18

NGC 7026

12.

〇.4x0.4

18.6

NGC 7027

9.

0.3x0.2

14.6

1

3

2

3

NGC

7031

10.

6x6

22.5

NGC

7048

11.

1.0x0.9

19.5

NGC

7078

6.5

10x10

20.1

NGC

7086

9.

8x8

22.1

NGC

7092

5.

30x30

21.0

NGC

7089

6.0

7x7

18.9

NGC

7099

8.

6x6

20.5

NGC

7217

11.3

2.7x2.4

22.0

NGC

7235

9.

4x4

20.6

NGC

7243

8.

20x20

23.1

1

1

1

2

1

1

NGC 7293

6.5

12x16

20.8

NGC 7331

10.4

10.0x2.4

22.5

NGC 7410

11.8

4.0x1.1

22.0

NGC 7418

11.8

2.8x2.5

22.5

NGC 7479

11.8

3.2x3.5

23.1

1 〇 〇 〇 〇

NGC 6866

NGC 6864

NGC 6884

NGC 688&

NGC 689110.

NGC 6910

NGC 6907

NGC 6913

NGC 6939

NGC 6934

NGC 6940

NGC 6946

NGC 6951

NGC 6960

NGC 6981

NGC 6992-5 8.

NGC 6997

NGC 6994

NGC 7000

NGC 7006


8x8

21.1

1

3x3

19.0

2

0.1x0.1

16.1

3

18x12

0.2x0.1

14.4

3

8x8

19.6

1

2.5x2.0

22.5

7x7

19.9

1

8x8

23.1

2x2

19.1

2

20x20

23.1

8.0x8.0

24.2

3.5x3.5

23.6

70x6

23.2

3x3

19.6

1

78x8

23.6

7x7

22.9

lxl

18.6

2

100x100

23.6

lxl

20.1

1


10 50 s tars mag 10+

26 M75

768

Crescent Nebula

768

38 S-shaped spiral

10 100 stars mag 12 to 16

38

4 100 stars mag 9+

10 near NGC 6939

22

13 Veil Nebula

26 M72

77 M73 (four stars)

1 North America Nebula

77

64 cental star mag 13

192 Saturn Nebula

nebula around 7 mag star

192 cental star mag 15

384

13 50 stars mag 11+

85 cental star mag 18

8 ML5

13 M30

32

19 about 25 stars

6 the Helix Nebula

32 Stephan * s Quintet: 〇. 5 deg SSW

70

31

24 Sshape

1950.0             2000.0                        Chhjrits

ID             RA DEC       RA DEC Con Type 2000 Uran VPSA

NGC 7626

NGC 7635

NGC 7654

* NGC 7662

NGC 7789



2 5 0 5 5

8 8 2 3 4

112 2 5


5 5 2 12

0 6 6 4 5


/3 20.7

/3 20.7

23 24.2

/3 25.9

/3 57.0


2 0 6 3 3

113 3 4

8 112 6

0 6 6 4 5


Peg E2

17

214

194

Cas Neb

3

34

39

Cas OpCl

3

15

39

And Plan

9

88

91

Cas Opel

3

35

39

23  350  335


NGC 7793


23 55.3 -32 51


/3 57.9 -32 34 Scl Sd


s ---I ----s

NGC

7510

/3

09.2

60

18

23

11.3  60

34

Cep OpCl

3

58

39

NGC

7582

23

15.8

-42

38

/3

18.6 -42

//

Gru

SBb

23

415

363

NGC

7590

23

16.3

-42

31

/3

19.1-4/

15

Gru

Sb

23

415

363

NGC

7599

/3

16.7

-42

3/

23

19.5 -42

16

Gru

SBc

/3

415

363

NGC

7619

/3

17.8

07

55

/3

20.3  08

11

Peg

El

17

214

194

Size

ID

v mag

arc-mSn

S.B.

Cl

MDM

Comnmntts

NGC

----1

7510

.....1

9.

3x3

l -----l

20.0

1

7

26

30 stars mag 10+

NGC

7582

11.8

3.0x3.0

22.8

0

6

26

group with NGC 7590,

7599

NGC

7590

11.9

2.2x0.8

21.1

1

2

96

group with NGC 7582,

7599

NGC

7599-

12.0

3.8x1.2

22.3

0

8

64

group with NGC 7582,

7590

NGC

7619

12.6

0.8x0.6

20.4

1

5

128

near NGC 7826

NGC

7626

12.7

0.9x0.7

20.8

1

4

110

near NGC 7619

NGC

7635

11.

10x5

23.9

0

1

15

the Bubble Nebula

NGC

7654

7.

12x12

21.0

1

3

6

M52,120 stars mag 9+

NGC

7662

8.5

0.5x0.5

15.6

3

5

154

centtiral star mag 14

NGC

7789

10.

20x20

25.1

-0

4

4

900 stars mag 11+

NGC

7793

9.7

6.0x4.0

21.8

1.

0

19

NOTES

Scl-Sys^: The Sculptor System is one of the most diflscult objects in this catalog to detect in any telescope. The average surface brightness is low at /6.3 magnitude per square arc-second, and even the maximum at its center is a faint /3.9. The brightness distribution is similar to some globular star clusters and probably only the central /0 arc-minutes is detectable visually in the darkest skies.

NGC 1435: The Merope Nebula in the Pleiades. The surface brightness was obtained directly by O'Dell(1965), so the value listed is among the best for any of the nebulae in this book. The total visual magnitude was computed from the size and surface brightness.

NGC 1499: The California Nebula is extremely low in surface brightness but can be seen under good conditions. See Sky & Telescope, December,1982, p. 61/, for a discussion of different successful observations.

M24: M24 is a detached portion of the Milky Way and not an open cluster. See The Messier Album (Mallas and Kireisnee,1978) for details.

Appendix F

Optimum detection magnifications for deep-sky objects

Appendix —listed the minimum optimum detection magnification (MDM) for each of the 01)deep-sky objects cstslogaed. But that magnifeation is the best for an object only if it is the lawhst your teleseops can give. No one will be viewing each object at this power optimally, unless they hsppen to be using a wPoIs battery of diHLercnt-sized telcseapes.

For your psrtieulsr instrument, what is the best power for dsteetine each galaxy, elaster, or nebula? This appendix suggests answers. It lists the optimum detection magnification, which we will call the ODM, for each csIs-lagucd object in a range of teleseapes under a dark country sky.

Of eaarse, if an object is bright enoagp and the sky dsrk enaagh, it will be easy to spc at many magnifications snd no cslculstion is needed. But if the abjeet is a epsllengine onc ncsr the limit of detection, it's very pelpfal to know ths OD—.

HOW THE COMPUTATION IS DONE

L?or tPose who wsnt to know how these values were ealealsted, or who wish to perform their own ealealations for liePt-pollatcd conditions or for objects not listed in ths tsble, ths next I/w pages explain the method. Other resders may wish to skip this section.

The eomputstion of the optimum detection maenifeation is a complsx its rstivc proce-durs ideal for a eomputer. The goal is to find the power that magnifies the object to the optimum magnified visual angle. This sounds simple, but each time you casnge the telescoped magnification, the surlSce briehtness of evcrythine you sre viewing also changes s^. So to find the correct msgniIlestion you simply make a gaess and then compute if that is correct. II not, you make a ncw gaess and try again. By following some simple rules ths solution can bc found quickly.

First check that the object's total msgni-tude is within ロ: sch of your telescape1 Use Tsblc 511 or cqustion 4.2 to find your thlb-scope's limiting magnitude. If the object shaald be dctcctsblp st all. then you can do a computstion to find the ODM.

The ODM depends on tpree things. F'irst is the surface brightness of the background (—J. As in Appendix E we will use Mo = 24.25 magnitudes per square are-seeand for a dark country sky. Second is the size of the object you wisp to study. Use ths smsller dimcneian that describes thc object, l'or example, if you src examining an ellipticsl galaxy, use the minor axis size. II you are examining a wisp of nebulosity, use its width, not its length. Third is the reduction in surfsce brightiiess duc to the tclpscopc's trsnsmission factor and magnification.

The first step is to mskc a gaess st thc ODM. You can use any number you wish hcrp1 To ,ehncrate ths entries in this appendix I simply made a first guess of ISOx. You could use thc MD— value from Appendix E. To get elaee you might try using Figure 2.7h in the following way. Add about onc too the background surfscc briehtnpss Mo (for example for a dsrk country sky try 25), then find the angle corresponding to this value from Figure 2.7b (at M= 25 wc find about 75 are-minutes). 3'his angle divided by the object's size gives the first guess.

Now that wc hsvc made a guhss st thc msgnificstion, wc need to sce whether it is elasC1 We must dhtcrminc whst cficct thc msgnificstion pss on the object's biigptipes Recall Ironi Chapter 4 that mjagnificstion dims ths sppsrcnt surlacs brightness ol anything seen through a tcleseapc. To get a par-ticulsr surfsce brightness redaetion Mb in a

Table F.l. Magnification causing a given surface brightness reduction

Reduction in magn udes/sq. arc-sec

Telescope

0.38

2.12

3.62

4.73

6.24

7.12

aperture

Inches

mm

3.4

Magnification

7.5         15.0

per inch of aperture

25.0        50.0

75.0

2

51

7

15

30

50

100

150

4

102

14

30

60

100

200

300

6

152

20

45

90

150

300

450

8

203

27

60

120

200

400

600

10

254

34

75

150

250

500

750

12

305

41

90

180

300

600

900

14

356

47

105

210

350

700

1050

16

406

54

120

240

400

800

1200

18

457

61

135

270

450

900

1350

20

508

68

150

300

500

1000

1500

24

610

81

180

360

600

1200

1800

30

762

101

225

450

750

1500

2250

36

914

121

270

540

900

1800

2700

40

1016

135

300

600

1000

2000

3000

given telescope means using a particular magiiifcation m. The relation can be easily derived by rearranging equation 4.3:

m = 0.1116 £ 10皿"5), or      (equation F.1)

M = 5 log(加 7 (0.1116 £))), (equation F.2) where D is the telescope aperture in millimeters and M b is in magnitudes per square arc-second. (If you wish to give D in inches, change the constant 0.1116 to 2.833.) Table F.l uses this formula to list the magnifications that yield certain surface-brightness reductions in various telescopes.

Now compute the background surface brightness as viewed by the eye through the telescope at this power. It is found by adding the surface brightness reduction M b from equation F.2 to the initial background Mo Bo = Mo + Ab              (equation F.3)

Now read the OMVA from Figure 2.7b using this new Bo as the background surface brijghtness. (If you extrapolate the OMVA beyond 27.0 mag. per square arc-sec., do not let it become ,greater than 360 arc-minutes, because the object is then spread over too large an area in the eye.)

A new ,guess for the optimum detection magnification, which for now we will simply call m,is given by

m = OMVA/size            (equation F.4)

where "size" is the object's smallest dimension, as discussed above. If ?n turns out to be the same magnification that was used to com ・ pute then m is the optimum detection magnification (ODM), and you're done. More likely will be somewhat diflerent. In this case use the just computed and try again until the two results match within reason. With a computer, a few iterations can quickly narrow in on a good solution.

For those wishing to program this procedure into a computer you must be able to compute the curve in Figure 2.7b. Table F.2 lists specific values along that curve. Other values can be found by interpolation. If you do interpolation, you should interpolate the log(OMVA) values because the line curves too much using normal OMVA values.

Let's work through an example. Suppose we intend to hunt for NGC 134 in an 8-inch telescope. What is the best magnification?

Look at Table F.3, which shows computations for this object. At iteration 1 an initial

Table F.2. The optimum magnified visual angle (in arominutes) for various surface brightnesses

S.B.

OMVA

Log(OMVA)

S.B

OMVA

Log(OMVA)

S.B

OMVA

Log(OMVAl

4.0

9

0.97

16.0

16

1.20

//.0

62

1.79

9.0

10

1.01

17.0

18

1.26

23.0

68

1.83

11.0

11

1.04

18.0

/3

1.36

/4.0

7/

1.86

13.0

12

1.07

19.0

31

1.49

/5.0

79

1.90

14.0

13

1.11

20.0

4/

1.6/

26.0

91

1.96

15.0

14

1.14

21.0

51

1.71

27.0

117

/.07

S.B. is the surface brightness in magiitsdes per square arc-second.

guess for the magnification was made. In this case, 100X was selected (for no other reason than it is a starting point). Now compute the background surface brightness through the 8-inch telescope at 100X using equations F.2 and F.3. We find that Bis 27.5. Next estimate the OMVA from Figure 2.7b or interpolate it using Table F.2. In the table the last entry is at /7, so the OMVA must be found by extrapolation. After doing this we find the OMVA should be 132.4 arc-rninutes.

Using this guess for the optimum size, compute the magnification that would give that size using equation F.3. Because NGC 134 has a smaller dimension of 1.0 arcminutes we find the optimum magnification would be 132.4/1.0 or 13/.4X. But we guessed lOOx. These do not match very well so use 132.4X as a new guess and start over. Examining each iteration in Table F.3 for the 8-inch we see that the guess and the computed magnification are getting closer. By iteration 9 the difference is less than 1 so 186X is very close. At iteration 12 the difference is only 0.1 X so 187X is certainly better than one needs. In practice the final magnification is only approximate for reasons discussed below. Any value between 180 and 190 is accurate enough.

Once the two magnifications agree you have converged on the ODM!

Try the same exercise using a 24-inch telescope. Only 5 iterations are needed to con verge on a value of 76x. Because 81X is already the lowest useful magnifieatioi on a 24-inch, a lower power could not be beneii-cially used, so 81x should be considered the ODM.

WHAT THE ODM MEANS

By examining the entries in the catalog you will note that the optimum magnification on the large telescope is less than on the small one! The reason is that the larger a telescope is, the greater an fbj(^¢^/is surface brightness is at a given magnification, so it can be detected at a smaller apparent size.

Examining the solutions for NGC 134 in the catalog, we see that the ODM on the 8-inch is 187X, and on the 24-inch 81X. Notice that for very small telescopes, the magnification must be higher still.A 4-inch needs about twice the power of an 8-inch to show NGC 134 best.

Once an object has been found, and ifit is not at the very threshold of detection, try raising the power to enlarge any internal detail toward its ODM. Recall that the optimum magnifications in the catalog are only approximate, because the entire object's mean surface brightness is used. Many objects show considerable variation in brightness across their surfaces.

Spiral galaxies, for instance, typically have a bright central region and faint arms. The fainter parts may not be seen at all, while the bright inner area is much smaller (tending to raise the ODM) and much brighter (tending to lower it, but usually not as much as the increase caused by the smaller size). This catalog is only a guide; if an object can?t be detected at the listed ODM, try both higher and lower powers.

In the catalog, when the ODM was computed to be less than the minimum useful power of the telescope, the telescope's mini-

Table F.3. Sample iterative calculation far NGC 134

Iteration     Telescope        Guess              Possible OMVA Computed

#        size (inches) magnification Bo        (arc-min)       magnification

1

8.0

100.0

27.5

132.4

132.4

2

8.0

132.4

28.1

154.6

154.6

3

8.0

154.6

28.4

168.3

168.3

4

8.0

168.3

28.6

176.3

176.3

5

8.0

176.3

28.7

180.9

180.9

6

8.0

180.9

28.8

183.5

183.5

7

8.0

183.5

28.8

184.9

184.9

8

8.0

184.9

28.8

185.7

185.7

9

8.0

185.7

28.8

186.2

186.2

10

8.0

186.2

28.8

186.4

186.4

11

8.0

186.4

28.8

186.5

186.5

12

8.0

186.5

28.8

186.6

186.6

75


16 5

5 4 4

2 2 2


12 3 4 5


mum was listed. Ifthe total magnitude of the object is simply too faint for the telescope under any conditions whatsoever, the entry {or that telescope is left blank.

THE ROLE OF CONTRAST

Even where an optimum magnification is listed, it docs not necessarily mean the object will be seen at that power. The contrast must also be high enough, as described in Chapter 6. To check on the contrast, find the apparent sizzoffheobject's minimum dimension at the ODM, as well as its apparent surface brightness, as described earlier.

For example: in a 12-inch telescope NGC 134 has an ODM of about 114 X , at which a dark country sky background is reduced 2.63 mag ・ niludes to a value of 24.25 + 2.63 = 26.88 magnitudes per square arc-second. We can round this ofT to 27. The size of NGC 134's smaller dimension is 1.0 arc-minutes, which when magnified 114X is 114 arc-minutes. This is the object's OMVA.

The smallest detectable contrast can be found fi~om Figure 2.6 or interpolating the values in Table F.4. The Table lists the log threshold contrast for different values of background surface brightness and OMVA. The entries were used to plot the curves in Figure 2.6. Again you must use log contrast values for any interpolations.

Figure 2.6 shows that, at an apparent size of 114 arc-minutes on the curve for background brightness 27, a contrast of about 1is needed for detection. This is a log contrast of 〇.

The Cl column gives a log contrast for NGC 134 of 1.0 (which equals 10or a contrast of 10), well above the threshold. Thus, NGC34 should be easily detectable.1 have used the logarithm of the contrast because, as for brightness, the eye responds to contrast on a logarithmic scale. Just think of the Cl column as a contrast scale with a higher number meaning more contrast.

The contrast of each object in the catalog was evaluated for each telescope to determine whether it is high enough for detection. Where the contrast is too low, the letter "u" (for undetectable) appears in fi~ont of the magnification entry. Once again, this does not necessarily mean all of the object is invisible, because the calculation was done using the mean surface brightness. If the object has a brighter region, like the nucleus of a galaxy,

Table F.41 Log threshdd conlirast as a Junction angle and surface brightness

Background                             Angle (arc-minutes)

suri ace brightness (magnitudes per sq. are-sceand)

0.595

3190

9.68

18.2

5512

121

360

-0.5555

0.5563

Log an

0.9859

glh (arc-m

1.260

inutcs)

1.742

2.083

2.556

4

0.3769

— 1.8064

2.3868

2.4601

-2.5469

2.5610

2.5660

5

0.3315

一一.7747

-2.3337

-2.4608

-2.5465

2.5607

2.5658

6

0.2685

1.7345

2.3310

-2.4605

2.5467

2.5608

25658

7

—0.1985

— 1.6851

2.3140

— 2.4575

— 2.5481

2.5615

-2.5665

8

01538

1.6255

-2.2791

-2.4465

-2.5463

2.5597

-2.5646

9

-0.0454

1.5529

2.2297

2.4214

2.5343

2.5501

2.5552

10

0.0498

— 1.4655

— 2.1659

—2.3763

2.5047

2.5569

2.5333

11

0.1596

一・.3581

2.080

— 2.3036

-2.4499

2.4853

2.4937

12

0.2934

一一.5256

1.9674

-2.1965

-2.3631

24095

-2.4318

13

0.4557

1.0673

1.8186

2.0581

2.2445

— 2.3083

2.3491

14

0.6500

— 0.8841

— 1.6595

1.8741

-2.0989

2.1848

2.2505

15

0.8808

—0.6687

1.3967

1.6611

1.9284

2.0411

21375

16

1.1558

0.3952

1.1264

1.4176

77300

1.8757

20034

17

1.4822

0.0519

0.8543

—11475

— 1.5051

1.6768

1.8450

18

1.8559

0.3458

0.4954

— 0.8561

1.266

— 1.4751

1.6654

19

2.2669

0.6960

0.1315

0.5510

— 1.0562

1.5895

1.4857

20

2.6760

1.0880

0.2060

0.3210

-0.8800

1.1870

1.3620

21

2.7766

1.2065

0.3467

0.1877

-0.7361

0.9964

7 14439

22

2.9304

1.3821

0.5353

0.0328

-0.5605

0.8606

-1,1187

23

3.1634

1.6107

0.7708

0.2531

— 0.3895

—0.7030

0.9681

24

3.4643

1.9034

1.0338

0.4943

0.2033

—0.5259

— 0.8588

25

3.8211

2.2564

1.3265

0.7605

0.0172

0.5995

— 0.6394

26

4.2210

2.6320

1.6990

1.1320

0.2860

0.0510

_0./0)80

27

4.6100

3.0660

2.1320

1.5850

0.6520

0.2410

0.1510

you still might find it. OI all the objects for which msenitude dsts could be found, all can bc detected in at least one of ths tclcseapc sizes listed.

In some cases, ths listed optimum detection magnification is extremely high because the object is very small.Y good example is the tiny plsnetsry nebuls NGC 89181 However, its contrsst is so high (Cl =4.6, [or a contrsst oI nearly 40 000!) thst it csn easily be seen st any power in sny oithc tclcscapcs. Again, the ODM is a guide for when yaa^^c having diiliculty detecting an object; it's not sn absolate rule.

Finally, a computer progrsm in FORTRAN thst computes the oDm for any object, snd indicstes whether or not thc con-trsst is high enoagp to scc it in a dark country sky, is given in Tsblc F.5,

Optimum Detection Magnification size              fora given telescope aperture

ID

v mag

arc

S.B.

Cl

2

4

6

8

12

16

24

NGC

7814

12.0

1.0x5.0

22.4

7

360

360

265

187

114

87

81

NGC

40

10.5

1.0x0.7

18.7

2

2

514

514

514

412

251

177

122

NGC

45

12.1

8.0x5.5

24.8

-0

2

23

U14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

55

7.8

25x40

23.9

1

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

104

4.5

25x25

20.1

1

7

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

128

12.8

2.2x0.4

21.3

1

2

-

900

900

900

871

613

373

NGC

134

11.4

5.0x1.

21.8

1

360

360

265

187

114

87

81

NGC

147

12.1

6.5x3.8

24.2

52

23

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

150

12.2

2.Oxl.O

21.6

1

1

360

360

265

187

114

87

81

NGC

157

11.1

2.8x2.1

21.7

1

171

84

51

41

41

54

81

NGC

175

12.8

1.5x1.3

22.2

8

-

243

148

104

68

60

81

NGC

185

11.8

3.5x2.8

22.9

5

103

44

30

28

41

54

81

NGC

205

10.8

8.0x3.0

22.9

5

89

38

28

27

41

54

81

NGC

188

10.

15x15

24.5

-0

1

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

224

4.0

150x50

22.3

8

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

221

9.5

3.6x3.1

20.7

1

4

82

35

26

27

41

54

81

NGC

225

8.

14x14

22.4

8

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

246

8.5

4.0x2.5

19.6

1

8

133

57

36

32

41

54

81

NGC

247

10.7

18.0x5.0

24.2

29

16

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

253

7.0

22x6

20.9

1

3

19

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

520

12.4

3.0x0.7

21.8

1

.0

514

514

412

251

177

122

NGC

581

8.

8x8

21.1

1

.2

11

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

598

5.3

60x60

22.8

.6

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

604

lxl

NGC

613

11.1

3.0x2.0

21.7

1

.0

180

93

57

44

41

54

81

5 6 111

5 7 4 4 4



7 1-707

2 4 2 2 2

7


4 4 4 0 4

18 12 1 u 7


1-11 t—I 1

8 8 8 8 8


7 4 7 7 7

2 0 2 2 2 t—I


4 3 7 4 8

14 2 13 u 2



0 10 1-0



NGC 255

NGC 278

NGC 292

NGC 288

NGC 281

12.8

11.6

1.5

7.2

8.0

1.5x1.5

1.2x1.2

210x210

10x10

23x27

NGC 300

11.3

21x14

NGC 309

12.5

2.4x2.1

Scl-Sys

8.8

60x60

NGC 337

12.8

3.0x0.5

NGC 362

6.

10x10

1.1613

12.0

11x9

NGC 404

11.9

1.3x1.3

NGC 428

11.7

3.9x3.5

NGC 457

7.

10x10

NGC 488

11.2

3.5x3.0


Optimum Detection Maagnffcaion size               for a given telescope aperture

ID

v mag

arc-min

S.B.

Cl

2

4

6

8

12

16

24

NGC

615

12.6

2.7x0.8

1-----1

22.1

■ 1

9

----1

1

450

----|

436

----|

306

1

187

----1

131

101

NGC

628

9.0

9.0x9.0

22.4

7

9

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

650-1

10.

1.5x0.7

18.7

2

2

514

514

514

412

251

177

122

NGC

663

7.

11x11

20.8

1

4

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

672

11.6

4.5x1.7

22.4

7

212

134

82

57

46

54

81

NGC

681

12.9

1.3x1.2

22.0

9

290

177

124

76

67

81

NGC

752

7.5

45x45

24.4

-0

1

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

779

11.8

3.0x0.5

20.9

1

4

720

720

720

720

531

373

227

NGC

869

4.4

35x35

20.7

1

4

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

884

4.7

35x35

21.0

1

3

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

891

12.2

12.0x1.0

23.5

3

360

360

265

187

114

87

81

NGC

908

11.1

4.0x1.3

21.5

1

1

277

243

148

104

68

60

81

1.1805

9.

60x60

26.5

-0

9

u7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

925

12.0

9.4x9.4

25.5

-0

5

u9

U14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

936

11.3

3.0x2.0

21.9

1

180

93

57

44

41

54

81

NGC

941

12.9

1.9x1.3

22.5

7

243

148

104

68

60

81

NGC

972

12.3

2.7x1.0

22.0

9

-

360

265

187

114

87

81

For

Sys

9.

65x65

26.7

-1

u7

U14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

1023

11.0

4.5x1.3

21.5

1

1

277

243

148

104

68

60

81

NGC

1049

13.

0.4x0.4

19.6

1

8

-

900

900

900

871

613

373

NGC

1039

6.

20x20

21.1

1

2

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

1055

12.0

5.0x1.

22.4

7

360

360

265

187

114

87

81

NGC

1068

10.0

2.5x1.7

20.2

1

6

212

134

82

57

46

54

81

NGC

1073

12.0

4.0x4.0

23.6

2

47

22

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

1084

11.1

2.lxl.O

20.5

1

5

360

360

265

187

114

87

81

NGC

1087

11.2

2.3x2.3

21.6

1

157

69

42

36

41

54

81

NGC

1090

12.8

4.0x1.5

23.4

4

-

177

108

76

55

54

81

NGC

1097

10.6

9.0x5.5

23.5

3

23

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

1156

12.5

2.0x1.5

22.3

8

-

177

108

76

55

54

81

NGC

1187

11.3

5.5x4.0

23.3

4

47

22

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

1232

10.7

7.0x6.0

23.4

3

19

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

1261

12.5

2.4x1.0

22.1

9

-

360

265

187

114

87

81

NGC

1245

9.

20x20

24.1

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

1291

10.2

5.0x2.0

21.3

1

2

180

93

57

44

41

54

81

NGC

1300

11.3

6.0x3.2

23.1

4

77

33

25

27

41

54

81

NGC

1313

10.8

5.0x3.2

22.4

7

77

33

25

27

41

54

81

NGC

1316

10.1

3.5x2.5

21.1

1

3

133

57

36

32

41

54

81

NGC

1317

12.2

0.7x0.6

19.9

1

7

600

600

600

581

354

249

152

NGC

1326

11.8

3.0x2.5

22.6

7

133

57

36

32

41

54

81

NGC

1341

13.1

0.8x0.8

21.2

1

2

-

450

436

306

187

131

101

Optimum Detection Magnification size              for a given telescope aperture

ID v mag arc-min S.B. Cl 2    4    6     8   12   16   24


NGC 1351

12.8

〇.8x0.6

20.6

NGC

1350

11.8

3.0x1.5

22.1

NGC

1360

6.0x4.5

NGC

1365

11.2

8.0x3.5

23.4

NGC

1374

12.4

0.8x0.8

20.5

1

1


NGC

1379

12.3

〇.6x0.6

19.8

NGC

1380

11.4

3.Oxl.O

21.2

NGC

1381

12.6

2.0x0.5

21.2

NGC

1386

12.4

2.5x1.0

22.0

NGC

1387

12.1

1.0x0.9

20.6

1

1

1

1


NGC 1389

NGC 1395

NGC 1399

NGC 1398

NGC 1404


10.2  5.0x2.0

10.7  4.5x3.8

11.5  1.0x1.0


o 11 o 1

13 3 4 1

2 10 2 0

2 2 2 2 2


NGC

1400

12.4

0.7x0.7

20.3

NGC

1407

11.4

0.8x0.8

19.5

NGC

1427

12.4

1.4x1.0

21.4

NGC

1433

11.4

7.0x6.0

24.1

1.342

12.0

15x15

26.5

1

1

1 〇 -0


NGC 1437

12.9

2.0x1.5

22.7

NGC

1435

6.8

15x20

21.6

M45

1.4

100x100

20.0

NGC

1491

3x3

NGC

1499

6.

145x40

24.0

1

1


NGC 1501

12.

0.9x0.8

20.3

NGC 1502

7.

8x8

20.1

NGC 1514

11.

2.0x2.0

21.1

NGC 1513

9.

12x12

23.0

NGC 1531

13.0

〇.5x0.3

19.6

1

1

1

1


11.8  5.Oxl.O 22.2

6.     25x25   21.6

9.   0.3x0.3  15.0

11.0  2.8x2.5  21.7

10.2  3.1x2.3  21.0


NGC 1559

11.1

3.0x1.5

NGC 1566

10.5

5.0x4.0

NGC 1555

var

0.5x0.5

NGC 1579

?

8x12

NGC 1624

?

3x3

?

7


1

2

7

4

9

8

1

7

3

9

2

6

7

6

8

2

2

9

5

6

9

1

1

9

6

1

7

3

5

6

6

2

5

9

-

600

600

581

354

249

240

177

108

76

55

54

63

27

22

27

41

54

-

450

436

306

187

131

600

600

581

354

249

360

360

265

187

114

87

720

720

720

531

373

360

265

187

114

87

400

400

335

236

144

101

360

265

187

114

87

180

93

57

44

41

54

257

206

126

88

61

55

52

23

20

27

41

54

360

360

265

187

114

87

514

514

412

251

177

450

450

436

306

187

131

360

265

187

114

87

19

14

20

27

41

54

u7

ul4

u20

u27

u41

54

177

108

76

55

54

7

14

20

27

41

54

7

14

20

27

41

54

7

14

20

27

41

54

450

450

436

306

187

131

11

14

20

27

41

54

180

93

57

44

41

54

7

14

20

27

41

54

-

1200

1200

1200

1200

1162

360

360

265

187

114

87

7

14

20

27

41

54

1200

1200

1200

1200

1200

1162

133

57

36

32

41

54

157

69

42

36

41

54

240

177

108

76

55

54

47

22

20

27

41

54


2 1

5 8

T-



2 1111

2 0 8 8 8


Optimum Deeec Son Mannffcヨ匸son

ID

v mag

s Sze

ar/

S.B.

Cl

for a given telescope aperture

2

4

6

8

1/

16

24

........

NGC 1637

.....1

11.4

2.7x2.0

1-----1

/1.9

—s

1.

180

---I

93

---1

57

-----1

44

I

41

---I -

54

81

NGC 1647

6.5

40x40

23.1

. 4

7

14

/0

/7

41

54

81

NGC 1746

6.

45x45

//.9

. 5

7

14

20

/7

41

54

81

NGC 1792

10.7

3.0x1.0

20.5

1.5

360

360

/65

187

114

87

81

NGC 1807

7.5

10x10

21.1

1.2

8

14

/0

/7

41

54

81

NGC 1817

8.

15x15

22.5

. 7

7

14

20

/7

41

54

81

NGC 1832

12.3

2.lxl.1

21.8

1.

327

215

151

92

76

81

NGC 1851

7.

5x5

19.1

2.1

29

16

20

27

41

54

81

1.405

10.

18x30

25.5

-0.5

u7

14

20

/7

41

54

81

NGC 1857

7.

9x9

20.4

1.5

9

14

/0

/7

41

54

81

11111



4 4 4 4 4

11111


7 7 7-27

1


0 9 7 12


10 4 4 3

4 2 2 1-1

2 2 2 2 2


7 6 3 7 1

2 0 0 13

2 2 2 2 2


1.410

9.

20x20

NGC 1893

8.

12x12

LMC

1.0

360x360

NGC 1904

8.4

7.2x7.2

NGC 1912

6.2

20x20

NGC 1964

11.8

5.0x1.6

NGC 1952

9.

5x3

NGC 1960

6.3

12x12

NGC 1976

4.

65x65

NGC 1977

7 .

40x25


NGC 1982

8.

7x5

20.5

1.5

29

16

/0

27

41

54

81

NGC 1999

9.

2x2

19.1

2.0

180

93

57

44

41

54

81

B33

6x4

1.434

?

60x12

NGC 2023

?

10x10

?

NGC 2024

?

20x20

?

NGC 2070

-5.?

20x20

-/0.1

1.7

7

14

20

/7

41

54

81

NGC 2068

8.

8x6

20.8

1.4

19

14

/0

27

41

54

81

NGC 2071

4x3

NGC 2099

6.2

20x20

21.3

1./

7

14

20

/7

41

54

81

Barn. Loop

6.0

840x60

26.4

-0.9

u7

14

20

/7

41

54

81

NGC 2129

7.

5x5

19.1

2.1

/9

16

20

/7

41

54

81

NGC 2158

11.

4x4

22.6

0.6

47

//

/0

/7

41

54

81

NGC 2168

5.5

30x30

21.5

1.1

7

14

/0

/7

41

54

81

NGC 2174

40x30

Optimum Detection Magnification

ID

v mag

size arc-min

S.B.

Cl

for a given telescope aperture

2

4

6

8 ------1

12 -----[

16 ----[.

24

NGC

2261

.....1

10.

2x2

\ -----1

20.1

1.6

180

93

57

44

41

54

81

NGC

2264

5.

15x26

20.1

1.7

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

2287

6,

30x30

22.0

0.9

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

2281

6.

15x15

20.5

1.5

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

2323

6.

10x10

19.6

1.8

8

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

2346

10.

1.0x0.9

18.5

2.3

400

400

335

236

144

101

86

NGG

2276

12.4

2.5x2.0

22.8

0.6

-

93

57

44

41

54

81

NGC

2359

10x5

NGC

2360

9.

10x10

22.6

0.6

8

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

2300

12.2

1.0x1.7

21.4

1.1

360

360

265

187

114

87

81

1 9 11

8 6 8 8

7

2

7

2


5 9

7

2

7

2

1 7

2

7 9

7 6

1 7

2


1.443

?

50x40

NGC 2207

12.3

2.2x1.2

22.4

0.8

1.2165

12.5

0.13x0.13

16.7

3.0

NGC 2237

9.

60x80

26.8

-1.0

NGC 2244

5.5

40x40

22.1

0.8


111 2 1 111 T-1-

88828 8 8 8 8 8


T-



0 7 8 4 0

2 5 2 12

5


12 0 2 5


3 10 3 0


12 2 12



1-11lx 2

4 4 4 4 9


4 4 3 4 7

119 12

3


1- 3


〇 !! 〇 !


NGC

2362

4.

6x6

NGC

2383

11.

2x2

NGC

2366

12.

6

6.0x3.C

NGC

2392

8.

3

0.7x0.7

NGC

2403

8.

8

16x10

NGC

2421

10.

8x8

NGC

2422

5.

20x20

NGC

2419

11.

5

2x2

NGC

2437

8.

25x25

NGC

2438

11.

1.lxl.1


14141414"


NGC 2447

7 .

18x18

21.9

〇.

NGC

2477

7.

25x25

22.6

〇.

NGC

2516

6.

60x60

23.5

〇.

NGC

2547

5.5

15x15

20.0

1.

NGC

2523

12.7

1.8x1.4

22.3

〇.

9

3

1


1-1-5 11

4 4 5 4 7

8


4 4 7

LI 7

1


7 7 0 1-4 1-

2


o o o o o

6 ! 〇 ! 4

3 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2


25x25

5   40x40

9  6.4x1.5

8x8

2.0x0.4


NGG 2546

NGC 2548

NGC 2613

NGC 2627

NGC 2623


NGC 2632

4

.5

80x80

22.6

NGC 2659

9

.5

10x10

23.1

H3

6

7x7

18.9

2

NGC 2682

7

15x15

21.5

1

NGC 2683

10

*6

9.0x1.3

21.9

NGC 2681

11

.3

2.8x2.5

22.0

NGC 2782

12

.4

1.8x1.6

22.2

NGC 2818

11

9x9

24.4

-0

NGC 2841

10

.3

6.2x2.0

21.7

1

1.2488

7

20x20

22.1

6

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

4

8

14

20

27

41

54

81

2

14

14

20

27

41

54

81

1

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

9

277

243

148

104

68

60

81

9

133

57

36

32

41

54

81

8

153

93

66

50

54

81

1

9

14

20

27

41

54

81

180

93

57

44

41

54

81

8

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

Optimum Detection Mgniiifi^f^ttLon size               for a given telescope apeirture

ID v mag arc-min S.B. Cl     2     4     6     8    12    16    24


11111

8 8 8 8 8



1


14 4 14

4 4 14 1



111-7

8 8 8 0 2

1 2


1 3


11/^71

4 4 18 3

115




4 8 5 3 4

13 0 9 1

1


0 6 0 7 4

6 0 6 7 3

3 2 3 11


9 0 4 0

6 0 6 16

4 3 3


4 0 8 4 4

10 3 11

4 5



5 7 0 14


NGC 2910

8.

6x6

20.5

NGC 2903

9.7

11.0x4.7

22.6

NGC 2925

8.

11x11

21.8

NGC 2976

10.8

3.4x1.9

21.5

NGC 2997

11.0

6.0x5.0

23.3

1

1

1


2 7 4 3 4

2 7 19 4 u 1


0 7-02 7

6 5 4 1 5

3 2 2 2 1


24


10 3

18 0


5 9 4 13 4 8


NGC 3031

8.0

18x10

22.3

NGC 3034

9.2

8.0x3.0

21.3

NGC 3077

11.0

2.6x19

21.4

NGC 3109

11.2

110x2.0

23.2

NGC 3114

8.0

40x40

24.6

NGC 3115  10.0

NGC 3132   8.2

NGC 3145  12.5

NGC 3166  11.5

NGC 3169  11.4


1

1

0

4.0x1.0

20.1

1

1.4x1.4

17.6

2

2.4x1.0

22.1

4.0x15

22.1

3.9x1.7

22.1

3.0x2.3

22.0

1.5x0.9

21.7

1

1.0x1.3

21.9

5.5x5.5

22.8

3.0x1.0

21.8

1

10x10

22.1

0.9x0.9

20.4

1

9.0x3.0

23.2

20x20

21.6

1

0.7x0.7

16.8

3


NGC 3147

NGC 3185

NGC 3187

NGC 3184

NGC 3190


NGC 3201   8.5

NGC 3193  12.0

NGC 3198  11.0

NGC 3228   6.5

NGC 3242   8.9

1.2574

13.0

9.0x4.0

25.5

NGC

3256

12.1

2.0x15

21.9

NGC

3293

5.

8x8

18.1

NGC

3310

11.0

3.0x2.0

21.6

NGC

3319

11.8

6.0x2.8

23.5

-0

2

1


11.0

6.0x5.1

23.3

11.0

4.0x3.0

22.3

85x80

11.0

6.0x3.0

22.8

10.2

6.0x4.0

22.3


4 12 9 8

4 5 7 5 6



NGC

3379

10.6

2.1x2.O

20.8

NGC

3384

11.0

4.0x2.0

21.9

NGC

3389

12.2

2.2x1.0

21.7

NGC

3395

12.4

1.4x0.8

21.2

NGC

3396

12.8

1.0x0.5

20.7

1

1

1

1


Optimum00〇匸1〇ロ Magiffc^lson size               for a given telescope aperture

ID v mag arc-mSn S. B. Cl 2    4    6    8   1/   16   24


113 5 0

4 4 4 5 5


7 7 16 6

2 2 5 7 6


8 0 8 7 3

3 2 17 5


5 4 17 9


3423

11.7

3.5x3.O

22.9

3486

11.2

5.5x4.2

23.2

3504

11.6

2.0x1.8

21.6

3511

11.9

4.2x1.5

22.5

3513

12.0

2.0x1.6

21.9

〇 〇

1 〇 〇


11114

4 4 6 4 4

1


7 7 7 3

4 5 3

2 14


8 19 15


3521

10.2

6.0x4.0

22.3

3532

7.

60x60

24.5

3556

10.8

7.8x1.4

22.0

3587

11.0

2.5x2.5

21.6

3610

11.6

1.4x0.9

20.5

-0

1

1


ccccc cccc c GGGGG ggggg

NNNNN NNNNN


15 4 4 4

3 5 5 5 5

1


1


0 7 5 3

5 5 2 3 8

4 2 2 11


4 8 0 17


cccc c ggggg NNNNN

3613

11.7

1.7x0.8

20.7

3621

11.8

3.5x1.4

22.2

3623

10.3

7.8x1.6

21.7

3627

9.7

8.0x2.5

21.6

3628

10.3

12.0x2.0

22.4

1

1

1


gggGC N N N N

c G N

3631

11.5

4.5x4.

23.3

3672

11.8

3.5x1.4

22.2

3675

11.4

3.5x1.3

21.7

3718

11.8

3.0x3.0

22.8

3726

11.3

5.0x3.4

23.0

〇 〇

1 〇 〇


11-811

8 8 18 8

1

2

1

2

1-1 8 1 6

4 4 ^47 2

4 2 8 7 4

4 3 1 2 2

1 1


5 3 12 7

1 1 2

3 7 8 7 0

9 5 1 2 9

1 2 2

0 3 8 3 0

111 3 2


2 11-1^1

2 8 8 8 8


18 3 6 3

1-6 1

5 4 4

2

4 1

<—14


13 6 6 5


114 6 3


11-1 7 1

8 8 8 2 8

2


11-1-15

4 4 4 3 5

5


3 5 8 0 7

9 0 3 2 7

1 T/ 1


7 9 7 10


5 4 7

5 18

11


11 1 3


2 2 12 4


0 7 7 0 0

6 2 7 6 5

3 3 13 4

0 7-0-0

6 2 4 5

3 3 2 4


〇 〇

4

1

1

1

1

1

〇 〇 〇

1

1

〇 〇

1

1

1


NNNNN

CCQC c Qcccc ggggg ggggg NNNNN NNNNN

3887

11.6

2.8x2.0

22.1

3893

11.0

3.9x2.5

22.1

3918

8.

0.17x0.17

12.8

3992

10.9

6.4x3.5

22.9

3998

11.6

1.6x1.2

20.9

4026

11.9

3.3x0.7

21.4

40/7

11.6

2.0x1.7

21.6

4030

11.2

3.3x2.4

22.1

4036

11.6

3.Oxl.O

21.4

4038

11.0

2.5x2.5

21.6

4039

12.

2.5x2.G

22.4

4041

11.7

2.2x1.9

21.9

4051

11.2

4.2x3.0

22.6

4085

12.8

2.2x0.2

21.5

4088

11.1

4.7x1.5

21.8

4096

11.5

5.8x1.0

22.0

4100

11.9

4.5x1.1

22.3

4105

12.0

1.2x1.2

21.5

4106

12.5

l.Oxl.8

21.8

4111

11.6

3.4x0.8

21.3


Optimum Detection Maanificaion size               for a given telescope aperture

ID v mag arc-min S. B. Cl     2    4     6     8   12   16   24


1


4 14 7 1

14 18 4


0 6 0 0 2

6 16 5 2

3 3 4


-5706

4 4 8 3 6

1 1 3


1


14 6 6 6

4 4 4 7 7


4 0 4 0 0

<—0399

4 12 2


14 1 6 1

3 5 0 7 0


111


6 1 6 16

0 5 3 5 3

3 2 12


6 2 5 5 5


0 8 0 7 0

5 10 2 0

4 14 3 4



0 4 6

2 11

7


118 8 3

4 3 6 6 4

5


7 0 4 4 1

2 2 0 0 5

7 11


0 0 8 8 2

2 2 4 4 7

7 11


6 4 0 3 3 8 12 4 4 1

2 7 2 2 1



11-2 4 1

4 4 9 14


4 7 17 7

4 2 5 8 2


7 0 5 5 8

5 2 16 2 2 2


3 4 7 0 8

9 12 6 3 3 3


17 115

4 8 4 5 5

1 2



8 2 6

2 17

4


0 6 0 4 8

2 3 3 10

4 5 1


4 0 4 4 7

15 4 17

4 5 1


1-3-0

10 4

1 2


GJ c c c c G G G G G

N N N N N

c

G

N

c

G

N

c c c G G G

N N N

G G G G

N N N N

G

c c c o c

G G G 4 G

N N N M N

c c c c c G G G G G

N N N N N

c c c c c G G G G G

N N N N N

c c c c c G G G G G

N N N N N

4116

12.3

3.3X1.4

22.6

4123

12.0

3.5x2.4

22.9

4147

11.

4x4

22.6

4192

11.0

8.2x2.0

22.7

4214

10.5

7.0x4.5

22.9

4216

10.9

7.2x1.0

21.7

4236

10.7

22x5

24.4

4244

10.7

13.0x1.0

22.1

4251

11.3

2.0x0.8

20.4

4254

10.4

4.5x4.0

22.2

4258

9.0

19.5x6.5

22.9

4260

12.7

2.3x0.9

22.1

4261

11.7

2.0x1.7

21.7

4273

12.3

1.7x12

21.7

4274

11.5

5.0x12

22.1

4281

12.2

1.5x0.8

21.0

4293

11.7

4.8x1.8

22.7

4294

12.6

2.4x0.9

22.1

4298

11.9

2.7x1.1

21.7

4299

12.9

1.1x0.9

21.5

4302

12.9

4.5x0.5

22.4

4303

10.2

5.7x5.5

22.6

4321

10.4

5.2x5.0

22.6

9.0

4340

13.0

2.2x14

22.8

4349

10.

15x15

24.5

4350

11.9

1.9x0.5

20.5

4361

10.5

1.3x1.3

19.7

4365

11.0

2.0x1.3

20.7

4374

10.5

2.0x18

20.5

4382

10.5

3.0x2.0

21.1

4372

8.

18x18

22.9

4387

12.0

1.9x1.1

21.4

4388

12.0

5.0x1 0

22.4

4394

12.0

3.0x3.0

23.0

4395

11.0

10.0x8.0

24.4

4402

13.0

2.0x0.8

22.1

4406

10.5

3.0x2.8

21.4

4413

13.2

1.1x0.7

21.5

4414

11.0

3.1x1.5

21.3

-0

1

1

1

1

〇 〇 〇 〇 〇

〇 〇

1

1

〇 〇 〇

1 -0

1

-0

1

1

1

1 〇 〇

1

1

1

1 〇 〇

7 5 6 6 6

0 19 5 8

5 9 0 0 9

3 6 9 0 1

7 7 7

6 15 8 4 5

3 5 17 5

18 112


N

G

C

N

G

C

N

G

C

N

G

C

N

G

C


Optimum Detection MagLifi^i^iti^on size               for a given telescope aperture

ID

v mag

arc-min

S.B.

CL

2

4

6

8

12

16

24

NGC

4417

12.2

.........

2.2x0.8

1

21.4

1

1

1

-----1

450

------1

450

------1

436

306

187

131

101

NGC

4424

12.5

2.5x1.3

22.4

7

243

148

104

68

60

81

NGC

4425

12.9

2.0x0.5

21.5

1

1

720

720

720

531

373

227

NGC.4435

11.8

1.4x0.9

20.7

1

4

400

400

335

236

144

101

86

NGC

4438

11.0

4.0x1.5

21.6

1

1

240

177

108

76

55

54

81

NGC

4448

11.7

2.9x1.O

21.5

1

1

360

360

265

187

114

87

81

NGC

4449

10.5

4.2x3.0

21.9

9

89

38

28

27

41

54

81

NGC

4450

11.1

3.8x3.O

22.4

8

89

38

28

27

41

54

81

NGC

4458

12.0

1.9x1.8

22.0

9

200

118

72

51

43

54

81

NGC

4459

11.7

1.5x1.0

20.8

1

4

360

360

265

187

114

87

81

3C273

12.8

stellar

NGC

4461

12.2

2.Oxl.O

21.6

1

1

360

360

265

187

114

87

81

NGC

4472

10.1

4.0x3.4

21.6

1

1

67

29

23

27

41

54

81

NGC

4473

11.3

2.0x1.0

20.7

1

4

360

360

265

187

114

87

81

NGC

4476

13.3

0.7x0.4

20.5

1

5

-

900

900

900

871

613

373

NGC

447 7

10.4

4.0x3.5

21.9

9

63

27

22

27

41

54

81

NGC

4478

12.4

1.0x1.8

21.7

1

360

265

187

114

87

81

NGC

4479

12.5

1.5x1.5

22.0

9

-

177

108

76

55

54

81

NGC

4485

12.5

1.3x0.7

21.0

1

3

514

514

412

251

177

122

NGC

4486

8.6

3.0x3.0

19.6

1

9

89

38

28

27

41

54

81

NGC

4490

10.1

5.0x2.0

21.2

1

2

180

93

57

44

41

54

81

NGC

4494

10.9

1.4x1.4

20.3

1

6

257

206

126

88

61

55

81

NGC

4501

10.5

5.7x2.5

22.0

9

133

57

36

32

41

54

81

NGC

4517

11.4

9.Oxl.O

22.4

7

360

360

265

187

114

87

81

NGC

4526

10.7

4Oxl.O

20.8

1

4

360

360

265

187

114

87

81

NGC

4527

11.3

5.lxL.l

21.8

1

327

327

215

151

92

76

81

NGC

4535

10.7

6.0x4.0

22.8

6

47

22

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

4536

11.0

7.0x2.0

22.5

7

180

93

57

44

41

54

81

1.3568

11.6

0.60x0.60

19.1

2

1

600

600

600

581

354

249

152

NGC

4548

10.9

3.9x3.4

22.3

8

67

29

23

27

41

54

81

NGC

4552

11.0

2.0x2.0

21.1

1

2

180

93

57

44

41

54

81

NGC

4559

10.5

10.0x3.0

22.8

6

89

38

28

27

41

54

81

NGC

4564

11.1

3.lxL.4

21.3

1

2

257

206

126

88

61

55

81

NGC

4565

10.5

15.0x1.1

22.2

8

327

327

215

151

92

76

81

NGC

4567

12.0

2.4x1.6

22.1

9

225

153

93

66

50

54

81

NGC

4568

11.9

3.6x1.8

22.6

7

200

118

72

51

43

54

81

NGC

4569

9.0

7.0x2.5

20.7

1

4

133

57

36

32

41

54

81

NGC

4579

10.5

4.0x3.5

22.0

9

63

27

22

27

41

54

81

H7

10.

8x8

23.1

4

11

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

4590

8.

9x9

21.4

1

1

9

14

20

27

41

54

81

Optimum 0匸〇〇匸1〇ロ eaagiffcaSfn size               for a given telescope aperture

ID

v mag

arc-min

S.B.

C1

2

4

6

8

12

16

24

NGC

.....

4594

8./

7.0x1.5

1-----1

19.4

1

1

9

----1

240

■---1

177

------1

108

-----1

76

55

54

81

NGC

4605

10.9

4.0x1.2

/1.2

1

2

300

290

177

124

76

67

81

NGC

4618

11.2

3.0x2.5

22.0

9

133

57

36

32

41

54

81

NGC

46/1

11.0

2.0x1.5

2, 8

1

4

240

177

108

76

55

54

81

NGC

4631

9.7

12.5x1.2

21.3

1

2

300

290

177

124

76

67

81

NGC

4638

12.2

1.1x0.5

20.2

1

6

720

720

720

720

531

373

227

NGC

4636

11.0

7.0x2.

22.5

7

180

93

57

44

41

54

81

NGC

4639

12.2

/.0x1.3

/1.9

1

277

243

148

104

68

60

81

NGC

4643

11.6

1.7x0.8

20.6

1

5

450

450

436

306

187

131

101

NGC

4647

12.0

2.3x1.8

22.2

8

200

118

72

51

43

54

81

NGC

4649

10.0

3.0x2.2

20.8

1

4

133

57

36

32

41

54

81

NGC

4651

11.4

3.0x2.2

22.2

8

133

57

36

32

41

54

81

NGC

4654

11.2

4.5x2.5

22.5

7

133

57

36

32

41

54

81

NGC

4656

11.0

19.5x2.0

23.6

3

180

93

57

44

41

54

81

NGC

4660

12.2

1.3x0.6

20.6

1

5

600

600

600

581

354

249

152

NGC

4666

11.4

3.9x0.7

21.1

1

3

514

514

514

412

251

177

122

NGC

4668

13.4

0.8x0.6

21.2

1

2

600

600

581

354

249

152

NGC

4689

11.7

2.8x2.O

22.2

8

180

93

57

44

41

54

81

NGC

4697

10.5

2.5x1.3

20.4

1

5

277

243

148

104

68

60

81

NGC

4699

10.3

3.0x2/

20.9

1

4

180

93

57

44

41

54

81

NGC

4710

12.0

3.4x0.5

21.2

1

2

720

.720

720

720

531

373

227

NGC

4725

10.5

7.5x4.8

23.0

5

31

17

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

4736

8.9

2.0x3.2

2, 6

1

4

63

27

22

27

41

54

81

NGC

4742

12.0

1.0x0.6

20.1

1

7

600

600

600

581

354

249

152

NGC

4747

12.8

3.0x0.2

21.9

1

-

720

720

720

531

373

227

NGC

4754

11.8

2.5x1.

21.4

1

1

360

360

265

187

114

87

81

NGC

4753

10.6

/.8x/.0

21.1

1

3

180

93

57

44

41

54

81

Coalsack

400x300

NGC

4762

11.5

3.7x0.4

20.6

1

5

900

900

900

900

871

613

373

NGC

4760

12.5

6x0.5

19.8

1

8

-

720

720

720

531

373

227

NGC

4755

4.2

10x10

17. 8

2

6

8

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

4781

11.7

2.6xl.1

21.5

1

1

327

327

215

151

92

76

81

NGC

4782

12.9

.5x0.5

20.0

1

7

720

720

720

531

373

227

NGC

4783

12.9

. 5x0.5

20.0

1

7

-

720

720

720

531

373

227

NGC

4790

12.5

1.4x1.0

21.5

1

1

-

360

265

187

114

87

81

NGC

4826

8.6

7.5x3.5

20.8

1

4

63

27

22

27

41

54

81

NGC

4845

12.6

4.0x0.8

22.5

7

450

436

306

187

131

101

NGC

4833

8.5

6x6

21.0

1

3

19

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

4856

11.4

2.5x0.7

20.6

1

4

514

514

514

412

251

177

122

NGC

4874

13.5

1.0x1.

22.1

8

360

265

187

114

87

81

Optimum Deeection           ion

size               for a given telescope aperture

ID

v mag

arc-min

S.B.

Cl

2

4

6

8

12

16

24

NGC

----

4889

13.2

1.0x0.6

1------1

21.3

1

1

2

•---1

*---1

600

------1

600

-----1

581

----|

354

1

249

152

NGC

4902

11.6

2.0x2.0

21.7

1

180

93

57

44

41

54

81

NGC

4945

?

NGC,

5005

10.8

4.7x1.6

21.6

1

1

225

153

93

66

50

54

81

NGC

5024

8.

10x10

21.6

1

8

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

5033

11.0

8.0x4.

23.4

3

47

22

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

5055

9.8

9.0x4.0

22.3

8

47

22

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

5053

10.5

8x8

23.6

2

11

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

5102

10.8

6.0x2.5

22.4

8

133

57

36

32

41

54

81

NGC

5128

7.2

10x8

20.6

1

5

11

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

5139

3.6

30x30

19.6

1

9

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

5194

8.1

10.0x5.5

21.1

1

3

23

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

5195

11.0

2.0x1.5

20.8

1

4

240

177

108

76

55

54

81

NGC

5189

185x130

?

NGC

5236

8.0

10.0x8.0

21.4

1

1

11

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

5248

11.0

3.2x1.4

21.3

1

2

257

206

126

88

61

55

81

NGC

5253

10.8

4.0x1.5

21.4

1

2

240

177

108

76

55

54

81

NGC

5272

6.

18x18

20.9

1

3

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

5322

11.3

1.4x1.

20.3

1

6

360

360

265

187

114

87

81

NGC

5350

11.4

3.2x1.4

21.7

1

257

206

126

88

61

55

81

NGC

5353

12.3

1.1x0.4

20.0

1

7

-

900

900

900

871

613

373

NGC

5354

13.0

0.9x0.7

21.1

1

2

514

514

412

251

177

122

NGC

5363

11.1

1.7x1.5

20.7

1

4

240

177

108

76

55

54

81

NGC

5371

11.5

3.7x3.0

22.7

6

89

38

28

27

41

54

81

NGC

5364

11.5

5.0x4.0

23.4

3

47

22

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

5377

12.0

3.0x0.6

21.3

1

2

600

600

600

581

354

249

152

NGC

5367

10.

1.3x1.0

18.9

2

1

360

360

265

187

114

87

81

NGC

5383

12.7

2.2x2.0

22.9

5

-

93

57

44

41

54

81

NGC

5394

13.5

0.5x0.5

20.6

1

5

-

720

720

720

531

373

227

NGC

5395

12.7

2.1X1.0

22.1

8

-

360

265

187

114

87

81

NGC

5426

12.7

1.5x1.1

21.9

1

327

215

151

92

76

81

NGC

5427

12.0

2.0x1.7

22.0

9

212

134

82

57

46

54

81

NGC

5457

9.0

22x20

24.2

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

5466

9.0

5x5

21.1

1

3

29

16

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

5474

11.5

4.0x3.0

22.8

6

89

38

28

27

41

54

81

NGC

5585

11.6

4.5x2.3

22.8

6

157

69

42

36

41

54

81

NGC

5614

12.9

2.1x0.8

22.1

9

450

436

306

187

131

101

NGC

5617

8.

15x15

22.5

7

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

5643

11.4

2.5x2.3

21.9

9

157

69

42

36

41

54

81

NGC

5740

12.6

2.5x1.5

22.7

6

177

108

76

55

54

81

Optimum Detection Maggiffcaion

ID

v mag

size arc-min

S.B.

CL

for a given telescope aperture

2

4

6

8

12

16

24

NGC

5746

11.7

6.5x0.8

----

22.1

-

9

----

450

----

450

----

436

----

306

"---

187

------1

131

101

NGC

5824

9.5

3x3

20.5

1

5

89

38

28

27

41

54

81

NGC

5823

11.

9x9

24.4

-0

1

9

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

5846

11.5

1.Oxl.O

20.1

1

6

360

360

265

187

114

87

81

NGC

5850

12.0

2.6x2.1

22.5

7

171

84

51

41

41

54

81

NGC

5866

11.1

2.9x1.0

20.9

1

3

360

360

265

187

114

87

81

NGC

5905

13.1

4.4x3.2

24.6

-0

1

33

25

27

41

54

81

NGC

5897

9.

8.5x8.5

22.3

8

10

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

5907

11.0

11.0x0.6

21.7

1

600

600

600

581

354

249

152

NGC

5908

13.0

2.4x0.4

21.6

1

1

-

900

900

900

871

613

373

NGC

5904

6.2

13x13

20.4

1

5

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

5962

11.9

2.2x1.3

21.7

1

277

243

148

104

68

60

81

NGC

5985

12.0

4.3x2.1

23.0

5

171

84

51

41

41

54

81

NGC

5986

8.

5x5

20.1

1

7

29

16

20

27

41

54

81

SP1

8.5

1.2x1.2

17.5

2

7

300

290

177

124

76

67

81

NGC

6027

14.

1.7x1.3

23.5

3

148

104

68

60

81

NGC

6025

6.

10x10

19.6

1

8

8

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

6067

8.

15x15

22.5

7

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

6093

8.

7x7

20.9

1

4

14

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

6101

10.

4x4

21.6

1

47

22

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

6121

7.4

20x20

22.5

7

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

6124

8.

25x25

23.6

3

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

6152

8.

30x30

24.0

1

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

6144

10.

3x3

21.0

1

3

89

38

28

27

41

54

81

NGC

6171

8.1

3x3

19.1

2

1

89

38

28

27

41

54

81

NGC

6153

11.5

0.33x0.33

17.7

2

6

1091

1091

1091

1091

1091

940

573

NGC

6188

20x12

NGC

6192

10.

7x7

22.9

6

14

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

6193

5.2

15x15

19.7

1

8

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

6205

5.7

23x23

21.1

1

2

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

6207

12.3

2.0x10

21.7

1

-

360

265

187

114

87

81

NGC

6210

9.7

0.33x0.27

15.7

3

4

1333

1333

1333

1333

1333

1333

895

NGC

6218

8.

10x10

21.6

1

8

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

6229

8.7

3.5x3.5

20.0

1

7

63

27

22

27

41

54

81

NGC

6231

6.

15x15

20.5

1

5

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

H12

?

40x40

?

NGC

6254

7 .

8x8

20.1

1.

6

11

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

6259

10.

15x15

24.5

-0.

1

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

6266

6.5

6x6

19.0

2.

1

19

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

6273

7.

6x6

19.5

1.

9

19

14

20

27

41

54

81

Optimum Detection Magnification for a given telescope aperture

ID

v mag

arc-min

S.B.

C1

2

4

6

8

12 ——|

16 ——|

24

NGC 6302

.....丨

2x1

NGC 6318

11.

5x5

23.1

0.5

29

16

20

27

41

54

81

NGC 6341

6.5

8x8

19.6

1.8

11

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC 6333

8.

4x4

19.6

1.8

47

22

20

27

41

54

81

NGC 6334

30x30

NGC 6337

?

〇 . 6x0.5

?

B72

-

30x30

-

NGC 6357

?

4x1

NGC 6352

9.

8x8

22.1

0.8

11

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC 6362

8.

9x9

21.4

1.1

9

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC 6384

12.3

4.0x3.0

23.6

0.2

-

38

28

27

41

54

81

B78

200x140

NGC 6388

7.

4x4

18.6

2.2

47

22

20

27

41

54

81

NGC 6402

9.

6x6

21.5

1.1

19

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC 6397

7.

19x19

22.0

0.9

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC 6405

6.

25x25

21.6

1.1

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC 6441

8.

3x3

19.0

2.1

89

38

28

27

41

54

81

NGC 6475

5.

60x60

22.5

0.7

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC 6494

7 .

25x25

22.6

0.7

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC 6543

8.6

〇. 4x0.3

14.9

3.7

1200

1200

1200

1200

1200

1162

708

NGC 6514

8.5

29x27

24.4

0.0

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

B86

-

4.5x3

NGC 6520

9.

5x5

21.1

1.3

29

16

20

27

41

54

81

B87

-

12x12

NGC 6523

5.

80x40

22.4

0.7

1

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC 6530

6.

10x10

19.6

1.8

8

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC 6531

7.

10x10

20.6

1.4

8

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC 6569

10.

2x2

20.1

1.6

180

93

57

44

41

54

81

B92

15x15

NGC 6584

8.5

6x6

21.0

1.3

19

14

20

27

41

54

81

Opimium Deeection Magniffc^gion size               for a given telescope aperture

ID

v mag

arc-min

S.B.

Cl

2

4

6

8

12

16

24

NGC 6637

.....

7.5

4x4

1

19.1

2.0

----

47

----|

22

1

20

----|

27

----1

41

■…

54

81

1.4725

6.

35x35

22.3

0.8

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC 6642

8.

2x2

18.1

2.4

180

93

57

44

41

54

81

NGC 6645

9.

10x10

22.6

0.6

8

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC 6649

9.

9x9

22.4

0.7

9

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC 6652

8.5

2x2

18.6

2.2

180

93

57

44

41

54

81

NGC 6656

6.

18x18

20.9

1.3

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC 6664

9.

18x18

23.9

0.1

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

1.4756

6.

70x70

23.9

0.2

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC 6681

8.

4x4

19.6

1.8

47

22

20

27

41

54

81

NGC 6694

9.5

9x9

22.9

0.5

9

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC 6705

6.

12x12

20.0

1.7

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC 6709

8.

12x12

22.0

0.9

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC 6712

9.

3x3

20.0

1.7

89

38

28

27

41

54

81

NGC 6720

9.

1.3x1.0

17.9

2.5

360

360

265

187

114

87

81

NGC 6715

9.

6x6

21.5

1.1

19

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC 6723

6.

7x7

18.9

2.2

14

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC 6726

2x2

NGC 6727

?

2x2

?

NGC 6729

?

lxl

?

B133

10x5

-

NGC 6744

10.6

9.0x9.0

24.0

0.1

9

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC 6752

7.

15x15

21.5

1.1

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC 6779

8.

5x5

20.1

1.7

29

16

20

27

41

54

81

NGC 6781

12.5

1.75x1.75

22.3

0.8

-

126

77

54

45

54

81

NGC 6791

11.

20x20

26.1

・〇. 8

u7

U14

u20

27

41

54

81

NGC 6811

9.

15x15

23.5

0.3

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC 6809

7.

15x15

21.5

1.1

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

B143

30x30

NGC 6819

10.

6x6

22.5

0.7

19

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC 6814

12.2

2.0x2.0

22.3

0.8

180

93

57

44

41

54

81

NGC 6820

20x20

NGC 6818

10.

0.4x0.4

16.6

3.0

900

900

900

900

871

613

373

NGC 6823

10.

5x5

22.1

0.9

29

16

20

27

41

54

81

NGC 6822

10.0

20x10

24.4

-0.1

8

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC 6826

8.8

0.4x0.4

15.4

3.5

900

900

900

900

871

613

373

NGC 6834

10.

4x4

21.6

1.0

47

22

20

27

41

54

81

NGC 6838

9.

6x6

21.5

1.1

19

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC 6842

13.

0.8x0.75

21.1

1.3

480

480

354

215

152

110

NGC 6853

8.

8x6

20.8

1.4

19

14

20

27

41

54

81

Optimum Detection Magnification for a given telescope aperture

ID

v mag

arc-min

S.B.

Cl

2

4

6

8

12

16

24

NGC

・ ・・・

6866

8.

8x8

I                                  1

21.1

1

-

2

11

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

6864

8.

3x3

19.0

2

1

89

38

28

27

41

54

81

NGC

6884

12.5

0.1x0.1

16.1

3

2

-

3600

3600

3600

3600

3600

3600

NGG

6888

18x12

NGC

6891

10.

0.2x0.1

14.4

3

9

3600

3600

3600

3600

3600

3600

3600

NGC

6910

6.5

8x8

19.6

1

8

11

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

6907

12.1

2.5x2.0

22.5

7

180

93

57

44

41

54

81

KGC

6913

7.

7x7

19.9

1

8

14

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

6939

10.

8x8

23.1

4

11

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

6934

9.

2x2

19.1

2

180

93

57

44

41

54

81

NGC

6940

8.

20x20

23.1

4

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

6946

11.1

8.0x8.0

24.2

11

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

6951

12.3

3.5x3.5

23.6

2

27

22

27

41

54

81

NGC

6960

8.

70x6

23.2

4

19

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

6981

8.6

3x3

19.6

1

9

89

38

28

27

41

54

81

NGC

6992-5 8.

78x8

23.6

3

11

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

6997

10.

7x7

22.9

6

14

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

6994

10.

lxl

18.6

2

2

360

360

265

187

114

87

81

NGC

7000

5.

100x100

23.6

2

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

7006

11.5

lxl

20.1

1

6

360

360

265

187

114

87

81

KGC

7008

12.

1.4x1.2

21.2

1

2

300

290

177

124

76

67

81

KGC

7009

8.

0.4x0.4

14.6

3

8

900

900

900

900

871

613

373

KGC

7023

18x18

NGC

7026

12.

0.4x0.4

18.6

2

2

900

900

900

900

871

613

373

NGC

7027

9.

0.3x0.2

14.6

3

9

1800

1800

1800

1800

1800

1800

1743

NGC

7031

10.

6x6

22.5

7

19

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

7048

11.

1.0x0.9

19.5

1

9

400

400

335

236

144

101

86

NGC

7078

6.5

10x10

20.1

1

6

8

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

7086

9.

8x8

22.1

8

11

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

7092

5 .

30x30

21.0

1

3

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

7089

6.0

7x7

18.9

2

2

14

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

7099

8.

6x6

20.5

1

5

19

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

7217

11.3

2.7x2.4

22.0

9

145

62

38

34

41

54

81

NGC

7235

9.

4x4

20.6

1

4

47

22

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

7243

8.

20x20

23.1

4

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

NGC

7293

6.5

12x16

20.8

1

4

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

KGC

7331

10.4

10.0x2.4

22.5

7

145

62

38

34

41

54

81

KGC

7410

11.8

4.Oxl.l

22.0

9

327

327

215

151

92

76

81

KGC

7418

11.8

2.8x2.5

22.5

7

133

57

36

32

41

54

81

NGC

7479

11.8

3.2x3.5

23.1

5

77

33

25

27

41

54

81

60x90

22.5

7

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

4x4

23.0

5

47

22

20

27

41

54

81

25x25

22.1

9

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

7x7

20.9

1

4

14

14

20

27

41

54

81

45x35

22.6

7

7

14

20

27

41

54

81

3x3

19.5

1

9

89

38

28

27

41

54

81

3.0x1.3

22.1

9

277

243

148

104

68

60

81

6x6

20.5

1

5

19

14

20

27

41

54

81

0.25x0.25

16.1

3

3

1440

1440

1440

1440

1440

1440

1061

2x2

19.6

1

8

180

93

57

44

41

54

81


4 16 8 6

1


M24

NGC 6603

NGC 6611

NGC 6613

NGC 6618


6624

6643


6 9 8

2 2 3

6 6 6

6 6 6 c c c c c G G G G G N N N N N


Optimum Detection Magnification f or a given telescope aperture

2     4     6     8    12    16    24


size

v mag arcS.B. Cl


ID


17 9

3 6 4

1 2


117 6 4

4 4 8 7 5

1 3


7 7 6 4 1

2 2 0 2 8

3 15


8 8 6 7 0

2 2 3 7 0

4 16


IX Tx Tx Tx IX


2544


2 7 7 0 7

12 2 2 2

4 7


81


27


12 2 2 2 2



NGC 7510

NGC 7582

NGC 7590

NGC 7599

NGC 7619

9.

11.8

11.9

12.0

12.6

3x3

3.0x3.0

2.2x0.8

3.8x1.2

0.8x0.6

NGC 7626

12.7

0.9x0.7

NGC 7635

11.

10x5

NGC 7654

7.

12x12

NGC 7662

8.5

0.5x0.5

NGC 7789

10.

20x20

NGC 7793

9.7

6.0x4.


Table F.5. Sample FORTRAN computer program: TELE0DM

c c c c c c c c c c c


this pronTglm computes the optimum detection maLgnifica1tion (odm) values and geneerates entries like those in the Appendix F ca tgLon.

-opts iz = optimum size (angle)

opower = optimum detect ion 皿隔ロ丨!1(^ ion on an object odm    = optimum detection magniIfc^gtioi on an object

for each telescope size given by tele

powe r = telescope's power

tele = telescope's aperture in inches

tmag = telescope's Lim^tiiln magiiitude

impllcit iitenei^*4 (i-n) integer^ odm, c^tin, crtout real*4 tele, mb, tmag characteて・80 in, in2 character* il, ihx, ihblnk

data ihx, ihblnk /'x', '  '/

crtin = crtout =

if (tele .le 0.01) go to I

c

sizel =0.0

size2 = 0.0

c

c       sbO is the background surface brightnessYou could add a

c       read statement to input this value to examine other sky

c        conditions

c

sbO = 24.25

sb =0.0 c determine faintest star based on equation 4. (= tmag):

c dmm = telescope's gpe]TtUTe in millimeters

c dsube = aperture of eye in miillineteTS

c trans = telescope transmission factor

c        tanns = 0.7

c        dmm = tele*25.4

c        dsube = 7 5

c        tmag = 8.5 + 2.5* al・〇)L]O(dmm*dmmmmr■ags/(dsube*dsube)) c which reduces to eqn 4.2:

dmm = tele* 25.4

tmag = 3.7 + 2.5* aloglO(dmm*dnm)

c

if ((xma g .It. 0.01) .or. (xmag.gt 25)) go to 25

c       check if total maggntude is bright enough to be seen

if (tmag ltxmag) then

write (crtout, 28) xmig, tele

28                format (* Maggntud(',f6.1,* is too faint to be* ,

end if

1             * in arc-minutes')

read (crtin, *) sizel, size2 if ((sizel.le.0.0)oo・(size20.0)) go to 30

c       compute surface brightness (see Appendix E)

sb = xmag + 2.5* alogl0(2827•〇・sizel*size2)

c        compute the c1 contrast index. See Appendix E.

c =-0.4 * (sb - sbO)

c        find minimum size

if (sizelItsize2) xminsz = sizel if (size2le.sizel) xminsz = size2

c        find minimum useful maggiifcation for telescope

ipmin = int(tele*3.375 + 〇.5)

c       add sky to object surface brightness

sbs = 2.5* alogl0(10.0**(-0.4*sb) + D.0**(-0.4*sb0 ))

c

c ***** find optimum angle : oppsiz = opvang (sbm)

c ***** then minimum detection mggniication is mdm = opts iz / xminsz

c        start initial guess at l00x:

power =100.0

c        find surface brightness reduction in the telescope

c ***** START of iteration LOOP to find ODM

50       mb = 5.0 * alog 10(powe/(2.833487 * tele))

.sbm = sbO + mb

optsiz = opvang(sbm) power = optsiz/minsz

c the following is for debug

c        write (6,501) tele ,powee,powee,sbmoppsiz

c501     format (l/,* D=',f4.0,inches, guess*f6.1,

c      1            i new guees*f6 ・),* sbm=',ff 1,* optsiz=' ,f61)

if (opower .It. ipmin) opower = ipmin if (abs(opower - pooer) .It. 0.1)then

c                CONVERGED n right solution!

c                round off odm then e/it loop

odm = opower + .5

go to 7 5

else

power = opower

endif

go to 50

c ***** END of iteration LOOP

c check


if


odm min useful


poww,


and limit max power


75


if (odm .It. ipmin) odm = ipmin if ( odm . gt. 9999) odm = 9999

c

c check if object is visible in each telescope and determine if it c       has a high enough contrast to be detectable.

angle = odm * xminsz

xc = alogl0( thrconf^j^i^n^ll^jisbi^))

c **** s tart writing output for user

write (crrtou,100) tele, ipmin, tmag

100      format (///,' Telescope aperturef7.1,'inches*/,

c       sbp = surface brightness in telescope at magnification= power

sbp = sbs + mb

102


wr-te (crtout,102) sizel,size2, sb, mb, sbp, sbm format (* 0b ject size* f8.2,* by ‘f82'

* surface brightness (mgg udes 5x,* object with no telescope: 5x,*reduction due to ODM: 5x,* object in telescope at ODM:


5x,* background in telescope at ODM: /)


arc minnues' , /

/ sq arc-sec.):*,/

'<7.1,/,

* ,f7-,/, f7l.


104


write (crtout,104) odm format (' ODM:,i6,*x',/)


106


wite (crtouu,106) c 1, xc

(* Log object conirgs匸:           

* Log threshold cooitTaS*f5 1)


format


if (cl


115


.It xc) then

write (crtout,115)

format (' The CONTRAST IS TOO LOW TO DETECT

* the object',/)


else


120


end if


write (crtout:,120)

format (' The object is detectable ヽ/)


go to


2000


s top end


realU function thrcon (angldsb)

impplcit integer*4 (i-n)

c

c       this function computes the cor^trast threshold for a given angle

c          by two dimensional interpolatioon.

c

c       angle = angle in arc-minutes

c       sb = surface brightness

c       angx =logl0 angles (arc-min) data for 7 values of contrast

c       sbx = log base 10 comrast for angx values for each surface

c               brightness ranging from 4 to 27 maa/arc-sec

c

c       angx and sbx are used to interpolate to the threon given

c                       by ang•

c

c

real*4 玄ロ邸(7), sbx(7,24), angge, sb

real*4 sbxl(7), sbx2(7), sbxヨ(7 ), sbx4(7), sbx5(7), sbx6(7) realU sbx7(7), sbx8(7), sbx9(7), sbxl0(7), sbxll(7), sbxl2(7) reaL*4 sbxl3(7), sbxl4(7), sbxl5(7), sbxl6(7), sbxl7(7)

real*4 sbxl8(7), sbxl9(7), sbx2O(7), sbx21(7), sbx22(7)

equ ivalence equivalence equivalence equivalence equivalence equivalence equivalence equivalence equivalence equivalence equivalence equivalence equivalence equ ivalence equivalence equivalence equivalence equivalence equivalence equivalence equ ivalence equivalence equivalence equivalence


real*4 sbx23(7). sbx24(7) (sbxl(l),sbx(1,1)) (sbx2(11,sbx(1,2)) (sbx3(1(,sbx(1,3)) (sbx4(1(,sbx(1,4)) (sbx5(1),sbx(1,5)) (sbx6(11,sbx(1,6)) (sbx7(l),sbx(l,7)) (sbx8(11,sbx(1,8)) (sbx9(1),sbx(1,9)) (sbxlO(l),sbx(1,10)) (sbx^xKD.sb^d,11)) (sbx3L2(1^^,sb^(1,12)) (sbxl3(l),sbx((,13)) (sbxl4(11,sbx(1,14)) (sbxl5(l),sbx(115)) (sbxl6(l),sbx(l,16)) (sbxl7(l),sbx(l,17)) (sbxl8(l),sbx(l,18)) (sbxl9(l)sbx(l,)9 )) (sbx20( D,sbx(1,20)) (sbx21(l),sbx(l,21)) (sbx22(l),sbx(l,22)) (sbx23(1),sbx(l,23)) (sbx2 4(l),sbx(l,24))

data angx /-〇2255,05563,0.9859,1.2601,17419,2.0828,2.5563/

c ::::::::::::: c mag//rc-sec =4 c :::::::::::::: data sbxl/ 1

c ::::::::::::: c mag//rc-sec =5 c ::::::::::::: data sbx2/ 1

c:::::::::::::: c mg/arc-sec =6 c:::::::::::::: data sbx3/ 1

c:::::::::::::: c mg/arc-sec =7 c :::::::::::::


0376911,-1806444,-2.336825,-2.460093, -2.546943-2.560968,-2.565971/


-0331451-).774717,-2.333688-2.460781, -2.546521-2.560729-2.565756/


-0.268183,-1.734482-2.331011-2.460521,

-2.546681-2.560819,-2.565837/


data sbx4/-0.198177,-1.685101,-2.313951,-2.457228,

1                    -2.548051,-2.561529,-2.56646〇/

c :::::::::::::

c maa/arc-sec =8

c::::::::::::::

data sbx5/ -0 123815,-1.62 5192-2.27911 9,-2 ・必 6245,

1                    -2.546321,-2.55969.-2.5645?〇/

c ::::::::::::: c mag/arc-sec =9 c::::::::::::::

data sbx6/

1 c:::::::::::::: c maa/arc-sec =10 c::::::::::::::

data sbx7/

1

c:::::::::::::: c maa/arc-sec =11 c::::::::::::::

data sbx8/

1 c:::::::::::::: c maa/aI^c-sec =12 c::::::::::::::

data sbx9/

1 c:::::::::::::: c maa/arc-sec =13 c::::::::::::::


-0.04244,-1.552937,-2.229773,-2.421422,

-2.534318,-2.550130,-2.555202/


049842,-1.465538,-2.165945,-2.376266,

-2.504717,-2.526875,-2.533309/


•159558,-1.358055,-2.081004,-2.303572,

-2.449928,-2.482261,-2.493710/


•293355,-1.225640,-1.967764,-2.196521,

-2363052,-2409170,-2 431807/


data sbxlO/

1

c:::::::::::::: c maa/arc-sec =14 c::::::::::::::

data sbxll/

1 c:::::::::::::: c maa/arc-sec =15 c::::::::::::::

data sbxl2/

1 c:::::::::::::: c maa/arc-sec =16 c::::::::::::::

data sbxl3/

1 c:::::::::::::: c maa/arc-sec =17 c::::::::::::::

data sbxlA/

1

c::::::::::::::

c maa/arc-sec =18

c::::::::::::::

data sbxl5/

1

c:::::::::::::: c maa/arc-sec =19 c::::::::::::::


0.455739,-1 067267,-1.818647,-2.053094, -2.244490,-2308296,-2.449087/


0.649990,-0.884068,-1.629165,-1.874059,

-2.09885.2.184839,-2.250534/


0880777,-0.668706,-1.396670,-1.661059, -1.928370,-2041067,-2.137519/


1.155844,-0.395243,-1126426,-1417576, -1.729969,-1872722,-2.003406/


1.482228,-0.041994,-0.824314,-1.147481, -1.5021^ (^,-1.676)^^ 2^,-1.842016/


1.855923,0945791,-0492425,-0.856105,

..266128,-1.472054-1.662449/


Table F.5 (cont.)

data sbx!6/

1

c::::::::::::::

c mag/arc-sec =20


2.266949,0.696000,-0.131546,-0.550963, -1.056193,-1.289210,-1.482659/


data sbxl7/

1

c::::::::::::::

c mag/arc-sec =21 c: data sbxl8/ 1

C::::::::::::::

c mag/arc-sec =22

c::::::::::::: data sbxl9/ 1

C I::::::::::::

c mag/arc-sec =23


2.676000,1.088000,0.206000,-0.321000,

-0.880000,-1.137000,-1.36200〇/


2 776553,1.206474,0.346695,-0.137740,

-0.736142,-0.996400,-1.24390〇/


2.930431,1.382138,0.535251,0.032813,

-0.560534,-0.860600,-1.11870〇/


data sbx2〇/

1

C::::::::::::::

c mag/arc-sec =24

C:::::::::::::: data sbx21/ 1

C::::::::::::::

c mag/arc-sec =25

c                          :

data sbx22/ 1

C ::::::::::::::

c mag/arc-sec =26

C :::::::::::::: data sbx23/ 1

C::::::::::::::

c mag/arc-sec =27

C::::::::::::::

data sbx24/

1


3.163406,1.610655,0.770789,0.253144,

-0.389500,-0.703000,-0.968133/


3.464285,1.903381,1.033812,0.494252,

-0.203342,-0.525901,-0.82880〇/


3.821092,2.256431,1.326535,0.760529,

0.01720〇,-0.29920〇,-0.63940〇/


4.221000,2.632000,1.699000,1.132000, 〇. 286000,-0.051000,-0.40800〇/


4.610000,3.066000,2.132000,1.585000,

0.652000,0.241000,-0.12100〇/


c*debug*

c*debug write (6,1)sbx

c*debugl        format (24(7(f8.4, lx),/))


c find bounding sb indices

isbl=int(s b) -3

if (isbl .It.1)isbl=1 if (isbl .gt. 23) isbl=23 isb2 = isbl +1


c c c

10

c c c c c c c c

15


i =7

ang = aloglO(angle)

if (ang,eangx(l)) go to 100

if (angge.angx(7)) go to 200

find angx values bounding ang

do 10 i =),3

if ((angx(il.an.ang).and.(angx(i+1)・geang)) go co 15 continue


interpolate along the angle direction.


xl

x2


is the contrast interpolted at the is the contrast interpolted at the


in the angle direction first bounding sb value in the angle direction second bounding sb value


x = (ang - angg(i)) / (angx(i+l )-ang(()) *

1         (sbx( i+1,isbl)-sb^((. ,isbl)l + sbx(i,isbl)


x2 = (ang-angg(i)) / (angx(i+1)-an|^)^(i)) *

1        (sbx(i+).isb2)-sbx(i,isb2)) + sbx(i,isb2)

go to 500

c

c       ang less than beginning of table, so eCraploate

c

100 x = sbx(1,i sb)

x2 = sbxO'isbO

go to 500

c

c       ang greater than last in table, so exttraploate

c

200     xl=(ang-angx(6)) / (angx(7)-angx(6)) *

1         (sbx(7,isbl)-sb((6,isbl))+ sbx(6,isbl)

x2 = (ang-angx(6)) / (angx(7)-angx(6)) *

1         (sbx(7,isb2)-sbx(6,isb2)) + sbx(6,isb2)

c

c       Now interpolate (or extrapolate) along sb direction

c       compute thrcon from X, x2

c

500 if (sb .It. 4.0) then

x = xl

else if (sb ge. 27.0) then

x = (sb-27.0)*(x2-xl)+ x2

else

x = (sb - real(int(sb))) * (x2 -X) + xl

endif

if (x.{^t^. 37.0) x=37.0 if (xlt .-37.0) x= -37.0

thrcon =10.0 ** x

c*debug:

c*debug write (6,504) i, isbl c*debug504

c*debug c*debug c*debug c*de bug c*debug505 c*debug sbx(i+1,isbl)1, c*debug     2


iia if


format (' i=',i6, ' isbl=',i6)

i + 1


(iia /• T) iia = 7

write (6,505) i,ang, angx(i), anEx/iia), sbx((,isbl), sbx(iia,isbl) x format (lx,

1


ang


angx(i) angx/i+l) sbx((,isbl)


x',/, lx, i2, 6(f73,lx), / lx, 72(lh—))


return

end

real*4 function opvang (sb) impllcit integer*4 (i-n)

c

c        this function computes the optmumm visual annle

c        of an object given the bacckgoound surface              (sb)

c

c       sbx = surface brightness data for 18 values of optimum

c              visual angle

c       opv = log base 10 optimum visual angles for sbx values

c

c       sbx and opv are used to itter^pplfte to the opvang given

c                       by sb

c

c

real*4 sbx(18), opv(18)

data sbx /4.0,9.0,1.0,.30,1,・0,150,.60,170,18.0,

1               190,200,2.0,22.0,830,2,・0,250,26.0,27•〇/

data opv /097,1.01,1.04,).07,1.),1.4,180,1261•36,

1               ).49,1.62,1.71,).79,183,186,190,196,207/

if (sb.le.sbxKl))go to 100

if (sblesbx(18)) go to 200

c

c       find sbx values bounding sb

c

do 10 i =1,17

if ((sbx(i).Itsb).and.(sbx(i+1).ge.sb)) go to 15

10        〇〇皿;!1116

c

c          ineerpolaiee

c

15       x = (sb-sbx(i)) / (sbx(i+l1-sbb(i)) *

1         (opv(i+l1-opp(i)) + opv(()

go to 500

c

c       sb ess than benIssisn of table

c

100 x = opv(l)

go to 500

c

c       sb gTeateT than last in table

c

200 x = (sb-sbx(17)) / (sbx(18)-sbx(17)) *

1         (opv(18)-opv(17)) + opv(17)

c

c       compute opvang foom x

c

500      ff (xgt.37.0) x=37.0

if (x:Ltt-37 0) x= 37.0

c*debug c*debug505 c*debug     1

c*debug     2


write (6,505) i,sb, sbx(i), format (lx,

* sb      sbx(i) sbx(i+1)

/ lx, i2, 6(f73,lx), /,


sbx(i + l) opp(i), opv(i + 1) x

opv(i) opv(i+1) x1,

lx, 72(lh-))


opvang =10.0 ** x

c

c limit opvang to 360.0 gTCmiisuUe s

c

if (opvang . g. 360.0) opvang = 360.0

return

end

TELEDOM examples

Each example shows the user input in bold.

Example 1: NGC 134:

***** Program Teleodm: Telescope Optimum Detection Maagiffcation *****

Enter the telescope aperture in inches

8

Enter the total ma/itude of the object

11.4

Enter the minimum and maximum sizes 0 f the object in arc-^minutes

5.,1-

Telescope aperture:    8.0 inches

Minimum usable maagiffcation: 27x

Faintest star:   15.2

丁 ・      -   :     5.00 by 1.00 arc minutes

sulface brightness (manitudes / sqobject with no telescope: reduction due t 0 ODM: object in telescope at ODM: background in teLescope at °DM:


Object size:


arc-sec.

21.8 "6


26.2

28.8


):


ODM:   187x

Log object connrast:: 10 Lo/ threshold coontaas: -6 The object is detectable

TELEMMexamples (conn.)

Example _2:Sculpor_System:

***** Program Teleodm: Telescope Optimum Detection Maaltficaa■iot *****

Emer the telescope aperture in inches

8

Enner the total magnitude of the object

8.8

Enner the minimum and maximum sizes of the object in arc minutes

60,60

Telescope aperture:    8.0 inches

Minimum usable maagiffcation: 27x

Faintest star: 15.2

Object size:   60100 by 60.00 arc minutes

surface brightness (maa/udes / sq. arc-sec.):


object wh no telescope: 26.3 reduction due to 0DM: 上 object i n telescope a t 0DM: 24.5 backgro^und in telescope at 0DM: 24.6

0DM:    27x

Log object contast:      —.8

Log threshold coptt•afs: -1,2

The object is detectable

***** Program Teleodm: Telescope Optimum Detection Maagification *****

E^ter the telescope aperture in inches

Bibliography

A^strc^n^om^i^cal Alm^an^ac. US GoveTsment pTistlsg Ofiice, Washington, DC.

Bartley, S. H (1951).The Psychophysiology of Vision. Is Handbook of Experimental Psychology (S.S. Stevens, Ed.) Wiley, New York, 921984.

BlackweH, H. R (1946). Contrast Thresholds of the Human Eye J. Opt SocAmer. 36 624-643.

Bowen, K. P.(1984). Vision and the Amateur AstTosomeT. Sky & Telscope April, 321-324.

Crossier, W. J. and A. H. Holway (1939). Theory and MegsuTemest of Visual Mechanisms I. A Visual DiscTimisometeT. II. Threshold Stimulus Intensity and Retinal Position. J. Gen. Physiol., 22, 341-364.

Curtis, H. D.(1901).On the Limits of Averted Vision. Lick Obs Bull 2 67-69.

Di Cicco. D.(1979). Filters to Pierce the Nightime Veil. Shy & Telescope. March, 2引-236.

Ferris, T (1982). Galaxies. Stewart, Tabori and Chang, New York.

Graham, C. H., N. R. Bartlett, J. L. Brown, Y. Hsia. C. G. Mueller and L. A. Riggs. (1965). V^ision and Visual Perception. Wiley, New York.

De Groot, S. G., J. M. Dodge and J. A. Smith. (1952). Factors in Night Vision Sensitivity: the Effect of Brightness. MRL Rep.194,li, 1-17.

Hecht, S., C. Haig and G. Wald (1935). The Dark Adaptation of Retinal Fields of DiffLsTest Size and Location. J. Gen. Ph^ssol.,19, 321339,

Hirshfield, A. and R. W. Sinnott (1985). Sky Catalog 2000.0, Volume 2, Double Stars, Variable Stars and Nonstellar Objects. Sky Publishing Corp., Cambridge, Mass., and Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, Esglasd, 385pp.

Hoag, A. A., H. L. Johnson, B. Iriarte, R. J. Mitchdll K. L. Hallam and S. Sharpless (1961).Photometry of Stars in Galactic Cluster Fields, Pub. US Naval Obs Second Seiis,17 349-542,

Kingslake, R (1965). Applied Optics and Optical Engineerings Votume 1.Light: Its Generation and Modification, Academic Press, New York and London.

Mallas J. H. and KTeimeT, E.(1978) The Messier Album, Sky Publishing Corp., Cambridge, Mass., 216 pp.

Middleton,W. E. K.(1958). V^ion Through The Atmosphere. Univ, of Toronto Press, Toronto.

O'DeH, C. R.(1965). Photoelectric Spectrophotometry of Gaseous Nebulae 11.The Reflection Nebulae Around Merope. Astrophy. J. 142 604-608.

Roach, F. E. and Jammick, P. M (1958). The Sky and the Eye. Sky & Telescope. February,164-167.

Schweizer, F (1976). Photometric Studies of Spiral Structure. I. The Disks and Arms of Six Sb and Sc Galaxies. Astrophy. J. Suppl. 31, 313-332.

Sinnott, R. W.(1984). Taming Our Chaotic CglesdgT. Sky & Telescope, May, 454-455.

Stoltzmann, D. E (1983). Resolution CTiteTig for DiffYaction Limited Telescopes. Sky & Tele^ scope, February, 176-181.

Index

abe;aioin 19, 20, 22, 24, 26, 29, 48 absorption

of starlight, 268. 279

in refractor 50

agc

effect on pupil size,1 7 effect on exit pupil choice, 30 air mass, 55, 26& 271,278 airglow, 31 Airy disk, 31 aliiiziirnuih, 23 altiinde, 271,278 iipparefiidiiLnieier, 28. 279 apparent field, 26, 2& 279 astigmatism, 20, 22 astronomicaleasi, 23, 41,67, 249 astronomical noi - th. 23,& 42, 44, 45, 67 astronomicalsouth, 23, 38, 41,42, 43, 67 astronomical west, 23, 42, 43, 44, 45, 67 atmospheric (lispcrsioti, 27() atmosphericexlificiion, 5(), 268 aimospberic relraction, 27() atmosphci - ic seeing, 30, 31 aurora, 31 averted visioo,1,1 7 azimuth, 971,278

Barlow lens, 26, 27 ba Qdisloriion, 2() blind spot, 4, 5, 6,18

candela, 5, 7 caring for optics, 46-7

Ccssegiain (reflecior or telescope), 22, 24 catadioptric telescope, 23 celestial sphere, 38, 39 chromatic abei - ration, 20, 22 cleaning optics, 46-7 cokor 1 5

colorviiicon 1 5 coma, 20, 22 compound telescope, 23 cone cells (or cones), 4, 66 & り cofistcllation, 3& 40. 41,42, 245, 246, 283. 284 continuum radiation. 32 contrast. 7, & 11,12,13,18,22,31,59,6(), 65,279, 285,321

increase with nebula filters, 36

contrast discrimination, 7

C()()r(lin;aic(l Lnivcrsal Time. .$ e e Universal Time cornea, 4, 5,4

critical visual angle & 13 14

Dall-Kiiikham (telescope), 23

dark adaptation, 6 10

dark country sky, )1,49, 62, 67, 285 declination, 3& 40

def Initions, 67, 279-81

dew, 47

diffraction disk (oc paitcrn). 30, 31 49, 279 diffuse nebula, 32 (jorspecjc objects,eeaLw individual (Objects in Chftpfer 7, Appendix E and Appendix !

distortion, 2()

Dobsonian (mount), 24, 25

Doppler shift, 188, see also red shift

east (dslronomica), •・cass1ono)mi('g1 east emission nebulla 15, 32 (Jor speij'ic objects, see also individual objects in (:hhppe 7 AppendxEand Appendix})

eqnatoi - iah 23, 2d, 39, 41

Ei ' He (eyepiece), 26, 27

excellent skies, 67

cxitpupil,25, 26, 29,30,279 exlificiion, 5(), 268 eye lens, 4, 5,1 7, 24

eye limiting magnitude, 1(), 49-53, 280 (•"also faimestsiar)

eye relief, 25, 26

eyepiece,19, 24-9, 5(), 279 eyepiece maximum usable focal length, 2& 29,

27

faimestsiar (or limiting ma/fiiude),1 6, 49-53, 55, 67, 949,980.318

fielde, 20

field lens, 25, 26

iield of view, 25, 28, 42, 44-6, 279, 280

fflier, 31 -8

iiltravioleiJfllcring gliasses,1 7

interference, 33, 34 finder, 24,40.4144—7 Under magnificai ion ratio (FMR), 45, 46 (flashlight, 55, 56 focal length,19,24, 28.279 local ratio, .sff r/iat^io forbidden line, 32, 33 1brk (mouml),23, 24 lbv",4, 5.1(),1217,18 1^ratiio 19. 2(), 22, 24, 25, 2& 29, 37

ganglion cells, 4 German equatorial (rmoiun), 23, 24 good skies, 6

Gregorian calendar, 275 Gregorian (telescope), 23 high power, 30, 31,5()67 HII association (or regioi),77 hour angle, 270, 279

Huygens (eyepiece), 25, 27

ilhiminafice, 5 inierfercficc filter, 33, 34 iris, 4, 5, 26, 3() Cs/Y〃/spHpil)

Julian centuries, 268. 279 Julian Day, 269,279

KeHner (eyepiece), 25, 27

large amateur telescope, 6 large telescope, light pollution, 3 1-8 lighl-pollulion filter, 31 —8 lii^miting rmagnilifdc, ..vrffaincsi star liinear size of an i^mage (in the focal plaic), 28, 280

Local group, 68, 74, 77, 287 low ponve, 17,28, 44. 46.47,67 lowest usable power, see minimum usable magnification

I.umcn, 5, 7 luminance, 5

Ml (NGC 1932),95-7,898.859 M2 (NGC 7089), 232-3, 315,316 M3 (NGC 5272), 306,307 M4 (NGC6121), 184—5,30 & 309 M5 (NGC 5904),30 & 309 M6 (NGC 6405), 3H^,31M7 (NGC6475),5)0,5)M8 (NGC6889), 44,192-5, 310, 311 M9 (NGC6999),910,911 M10 (NG(6854),90& 309 Mil (NGG6705), 205-7, 3)2,3)3

M12 (NGC 6818),30& 弓09

M13 (NGC 6205),186-7,弓〇& 3()9

M14 (NGC 6402), 5)0,3)l

M15 (NGC 7078) .45, 230-1 314,315

M16 (NGC66)l).97-9,310, 311

M17 (NGC6618),801—8310,311

M18 (NGC 6613),31()911

M19 (NGC 6273),3() & 309

M20 (NGC6514),188-91,910,911

、・121(NGC 65311,31(0 911

M22 (NGC 6656), 312. 313

M23 (NGC 6494). 258-9, 310,311

M24,310,311

M25 (IC4728),312,313

M26 (NGC6694).318,313

M27 (NGC6889), 210-11 512,313

MDX(NGC 6626),31(),311

M29 (NG(6919),914, 315

M30 (NG(7099),314,315

M 31(NGC 224), 68—71.77. 286. 287

M32 (NG(: 881),68-71,886, 287

M33 (NG( 598),77-9, 286, 287

M34 (NG(10)88 & 289

M35 (NGC2168),292, 293

M3((N(C 1960), 292, 293

M37 (N(C2099) . 292,293

M38 (NGC 1912),292,293

M39 (NGC 7092), 314.315

M40,500,3()1

M4, (NGC2287), 41,294. 295

M42 (N(C 1976),15, 98-105, 292,293

M43 (NGC 1982), 98-105,292, 293

M44 (NGC 2632), 294,295

M45,90-4. 290,291

M46 (NGC2437), 115-17, 294,295

M47 (NGC 2422), 256-7, 294, 295

M48 (NGC 8548),894,89:5

M49 (NGC 4472), 302, 303

M50 (NGC 2323), 294, 295

M51(NGC5194), 43, 59-63,176-81,306, 3()7

M52 (NGC 7654),316,317

M53 (NGC 5024), 306, 307

M54 (NGC6715),318,313

M55 (NGC 6809), 31 2. 313

M56(NGC6775),918, 313

M57 (NGC 6720), 808-9,312,313

M58 (NGC457り),502 303

M59 (N((4621)304.308

M6()(N((464く),3()4,305

M61(N((4303),300,3^0^1

M(i2 (NG( 6266)),3() & 309

M(i3 (NGC 5055),166_7, 306, 307

.64 (NGC 4826).164-6, 304, 305

M65 (NGC 3623).135—7, 29& 299

.66 (NGC3627), 135_7,898,899

.67 (NG(2682),118-19. 294, 295

M68 (NGC4590),02,303

M69(NG(6637),318,313

M70 (NGC 6681),312, 313

M71(NGC 6838),312,313

M72 (NGC 6981),314, 315 173 (NGC 6994),314, 315

M74 (NGC 628) ,80-1,28& 289

175 (NGC 6864), 314, 315

176 (NGC 650-1),82, 28& 289

177 (NGC 1068),86,28& 289

\178 (NGG 2068),110-11292, 293

M79 (NGC 1904),292,293

M80 (N^G^ 6093).3 0& 309

M81(N(C3()1),124-5,296.297

M82 (NGC 3034),126-7,296, 29 7

MSB (NGC 523),182-3,306,3() 7

M84 (NGC 4374146-9, 300,3()1

M85 (NGC 4382), 300,301

M86 (NGC 4406).146-9, 300, 301

187 (NGC 4486),153-5,165 256,254

M88 (NGC 45()1),302, 303

M89 (N(C 4552),302, 303

M90 (NGC 456り),158-9, 302, 303

(NGC4548), 302,303

M92 (N(C 6341),310,311

M93 (NGC 2447). 294, 295

M94 (NGC 4736),162-3, 304, 305

M95 (NGC 3^^1))256.254

M96 (N(;(: 3368),128-9,2961,297

M97 (NGC 3587),137, Z)& 299

M98 (NGC 4152), 300,301

M99 (NGC 4254),142, 300, 301

N100 (NGC4321), 144-5, 300,301 M101(NGC5457), 306, 307 M11021doc•siLexist

Ml 03 (NGC581 ),286,287

Ml 04 (NGC 4594),160 -1,304, 305

M105 (NGC 3379),130 -1,296, 297 ヽ:l()6 (NGC 4258),143, 300,3()1

N107 (NGC 6171),30 & 309

108 (N((3556),132,298,255

109 (NGC 3992),138-9, 298,299

M110 (NGC 205), 68-71,286, 287 isanSiLcgliol,N 11,13,1& 19,20,26, 2& 26.3〇,

'31,44. 45,466 4& 49, 5(), 51.54. 56, 5〇, 60, 63,

64, 66, 67, 249, 279, 280, 285, 31& 319-22, 349,350

iTag^SiScalios limit, 30, 31,242, 243 magnitude, 5,6,7-18, 34-7,42, 43, 45, 49, 53, 55,

* 59, 60, 62, 64, 67, 249, 26& 279, 280, 284, 285,318,321

maximmii usable focal L('snth, 2& 279 mcdimii gmgte【【T telescope, 67 medium power. 657

medium size telescope, 67 medium telescope, 67 meTidian, 35,27〇, 279

\徒",90,91,9,94,197

M(rop(: nebula, 90, 91,106,17,215,201,317

Milky Way, 44,(i5, 6& 83, 215, 317

minimum optimum detection lmagnif caiion (MDM),31 & 285          '

minimum usable mlansiGcatios, 30, 49, 63, 285 minimum useful power, ..sr minimum usable mannilication

moderate skies, 67 mount, ..srlclescope mountisns or indiwidual mounting names

Nagler (eyepiece), 26, 27 nebulgT filter, 31-8 neutron star, 97 Ncwl(osias reflector (/)Newtonian telescope).

22,23,24,25

north (aslTosomicgl), ・・”asT^(somTiicgl north

optics, clegsinn46-/

optimum dclcciion mlagsiGcalios (ODM), 280, 285,318, 321 323-39, 349. 350

optimum magnified visual angle (OMVA), 2,11,

13,15,60.654, 280. 319--*1 ortboscopic (eyepiece), 25, 26, 27 oxygen

and the e\c,16

in nebulae, 32,9 & 208

Petzval cusniutc, 20 pincushion distortions, 20 planetary nebula, 2,15, 31,32, see also individual objects in Chapter 7, Appenniil, and Appendix I plate scale, 50, 56, 280

Plossl (eyepiece), 25, 26, 27 point source^, 8,11,13,14, 30, 49 polar alinnmetil, 41-3 poor skies, 67 precession, 40 pulsar, 95

pupii, 5, 6,17, 25, 26, 29-30, 279, seca/soiris Purkinje       15

quasar, 284

Ramsden (e\epiece), 25

Rayleigh

resolution limit, 30

scattering, 32, 90

redshift,142,146,160 rcflcciion nebula, 32, 90,11() rcHccio22,.0o iclcscopc l)1fYaccor, 21-2, .sv ft/s"iclcsc()pc T(is()hiti()fi

of cvc,11,6)5, 5)r/sscrilical visual angle

of telescope, 22, 30, 31

retina, 4,6,14, 64

rhodopsin, 6

right ascension, 3& 4()

Riichcy-Chwiicn (icktscopc), 23 rod cells (or rods), 4, (j, & 9, 55

Schmid(-Cassegrain (telescope), 21 23

seeing, 30,31,4& 50

setting circles, 41,283

Seyferi galaxy, 86, 87

shock exciiaiion, 218

sidereal lime, 26& 270, 280

sky surface brighiness, 11,49, 50, 51,67, 285 small amateur telescope, 67

small telescope, 67

smoking,1 6

south (asironomical), weasioonomical south spherical aberration, 20, 23 star atlas, 3& 4& 24® 247

star-hopping, 40, 41-5

stellar magnitude, 5, 7, & 26& 280

sunglasses,1 7

Superchislcrr 146

surface brightness, 5, 6, 7,10-16, 28, 3 l,49,50, 51,53, 59, 62,63, 66, 67, 279, 280,285, 31& 319, 320, 322, 349, 350, see also individual obj总心 in Chapter 7, Appendix E and Appendix F

surface brightness reduction, 49, 59, 28(0,318, 319,349, 350

telescope

eyepieces, 24-7, 29

finders, 44-6

mountings, 23-5

transmission factor, 49, 280, 285

types, 20-5,29

transmission factor, see telescope transmission factor

transmittance

of eye,1 7

of fflters, 34-7

transparency, 11,17

true angular diameter, 2& 279 truefield (ofview), (& 29, 44-6, 56

ultraviolet radiation (or lighi) ,17,9& 20& 210, 227,235            *

Universal Time (UT), 54, 66, 268-71,280

very high power, 31,60, 67 very low power, 60, 67 verypoorskies, 67 vieewiif/disiance, 50, 56, 66, 249-67 Virgo Chisler (of Gaaxics)) 146,)53,19& 160,

* 164

visual purple, 6

west (asironomical), ,pastronomical west

Wolf-Ravel star, 212

WWV, 280

zenith, 24, 39, 55,66, 26& 269, 270,280, 281 zenith angle, 268-71,280, 281 zonal aberration, 20

I 'kaalAstronomy Ofthe Deep Sky gives a unique presentation of the most important galaxies and nebulae that telescope users observe. The book is written and designed for beginners as well as for advanced amateur astronomers. The author begins with a description of the human eye and discusses the implications for the observation of faint astronomical objects by telescope. There is a chapter on the techniques you should use for making records and keeping your observations. These ideas are dea!-ly demonstrated through a case study of the Whirlpool Galaxy, M51.

The core of the book is a magnificent visual atlas of deep-sky objects. Ninety of the most impressive galaxies and nebulae are considered by presenting a sketch made at the telescope together with a photograph reproduced at the same scale. This helpful method of presentation is unique. It makes it much easier for you to relate the photograph to what you are likely to see through a small telescope.

There is also a catalog of 611 deep-sky objects which tabulates observational parameters to indicate how easy it is to detect them. Selected star charts for testing how faint you can see with your telescope are also given.

Dr Roger Clark is an active amateur astronomer with a particular interest in deep-sky objects and astrophotography. His research interests are in the planetary sciences. He is thus unusually qualified to write with the authority of a professional at a level understandable to the beginner in visual astronomy.

•Unique presentation with photographs and drawings shown to the same scale.

•Detailed description of 90 galaxies and nebulae

•Catalog of 611 objects included

•Suitable for beginners as well as for experienced observers

Cover design by Pinpoint Design Company

ISBN 0-52L-L55T


Cambridge University Press